Accounting
ACCY 402 – Current Issues in Management Accounting
A survey of recent management accounting literature relating to the behavioural dimensions of management accounting and focusing on the design of reporting systems.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 302 or 314
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 403 – Applied Management Accounting
Examination of selected theoretical and empirical studies from the psychological and behavioural accounting literature. Design of experiments and analysis of data sets.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 402
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 404 – Current Issues in Public Sector Accounting and Finance
An examination of funding, financial management, performance measurement, external government reporting and audit in central and local government.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 307 or 308
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 405 – Foundations of Public Sector Accounting
Examination of fundamental notions such as accountability, distributive justice, property rights and obligations, constitutional constraints on executive power and the nature of the accounting entity.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 404
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 406 – Auditing
Current issues in audit theory and practice including a review of case law affecting auditors' liability to injured third parties for audit negligence.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 330
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 407 – History of Accounting Thought
The course traces the evolution of accounting and accounting thought and relates the historical developments to present day accounting theory and practice.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 408 – ST: Data Analytics for Financial Statements
A critical examination of accounting and finance concepts as applied to financial statements of firms, focusing on the interests of equity investors. The course will also consider the value of financial statement analysis to capital markets and communities.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) ACCY 306
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 409 – Special Topic: Tax Policy
This course explores the theory and application of tax policy, incorporating both academic and practitioner perspectives.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) TAXN 305
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 410 – Advanced Taxation
Analysis of New Zealand income taxation laws with specific reference to business taxpayers, financing of business enterprises and cross-border transactions, and the Goods and Services Tax.
15 pts • (P) TAXN 301 (or MMPA 509)
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 411 – Applied Taxation
Research course on a selected aspect of the New Zealand taxation system.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 410
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 412 – Current Issues in Financial Accounting
A critical examination of policy issues related to accounting professionalism, the determination of a body of knowledge, and the scope and control of financial reporting practices.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 413 – Accounting, Organisations and Society
An examination of the ethical, social and cultural bases underlying the technical dimension of accounting. The course focuses on the values and assumptions underlying accounting systems at both the micro and macro levels of society.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308 (or 307)
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 423 – Studies in Auditing
Examination and review of the theory and practice of auditing in New Zealand with special reference to the exercise of auditor judgement in the context of both evaluation of internal control systems and assessment of financial reporting.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 425 – Studies in Taxation
Examination and review of the theory and practice of taxation in New Zealand with special reference to concepts on income, general deduction provisions and taxation of corporate entities.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308
Not offered in 2024
ACCY 430 – Research Project in Accounting
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level ACCY pts
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
ACCY 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
ACCY 591 – Thesis
MCom thesis in Accounting.
120 pts
ACCY 592 – Thesis in Accounting
90 point Thesis in Accounting.
90 pts
ACCY 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Accounting.
60 pts
MMPA 501 – Financial Accounting
A comprehensive perspective on financial reporting, including current New Zealand GAAP and recognition of revenue, assets and liabilities.
15 pts
MMPA 502 – Sustainable Decision Making and Control
Learn how to use an organisation's internal information for making decisions about pricing, costing and planning for a sustainable future. Discover how to analyse internal data to guide decision-making and how to use it for budgeting, organisational and cost control and the evaluation of performance.
15 pts
MMPA 503 – Business Law
The impact of the legal system and the legislative process on selected aspects of the business environment.
15 pts
MMPA 504 – Finance
Financial decision-making by firms, and the behaviour of financial markets.
15 pts
MMPA 505 – Corporations and Business Associations Law
The law of business organisations and its relevance to the accounting profession.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 503
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 506 – Advanced Financial Accounting
The social, political and economic impact of financial accounting on the contemporary business environment.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501
MMPA 507 – Statistics
Statistical techniques useful in accounting research or practice.
15 pts
MMPA 508 – Economics
Economic principles and their application to issues facing the accounting profession.
15 pts
MMPA 509 – Taxation
An in-depth examination of key aspects of New Zealand's tax regime from a domestic and international perspective. The impact of taxation on business decisions in New Zealand is also examined.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501 or 503
MMPA 510 – Auditing
The corporate governance role of external auditing in financial markets, including professional, ethical and technical requirements, and current auditing research issues.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501
MMPA 512 – Strategic Accounting for Value and Performance
Learn how to use an organisation's strategic environmental and internal information to add customer, supplier and organisational value for a sustainable future. Find out how to account for strategy using value chain analysis, and to account for sustainability and lean management. Discover how to analyse data to guide investment and other decision-making and how to use it for strategic performance measurement, evaluation and management.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 502
MMPA 513 – Accounting Systems, Ethics and Technology
Learn how organisations use existing and emerging technologies to manage their accounting systems and business processes. Discover how data and information are stored, managed and analysed and understand the role of accounts and ethics in this systems environment.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501 or 502
MMPA 516 – Special Topic: New Zealand Banking Law and Regulation
Fundamentals of the law of banking, including the rules relating to money, the bank-customer relationship, negotiable instruments, liability of paying and collecting banks, the recovery of mistaken payments, debit/credit/smart cards, electronic payments, securities for bank lending, letters of credit, unclaimed money, and the Reserve Bank and its regulatory functions.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 517 – Special Topic: Sustainability and Accountability
This course covers the study of sustainability and accountability in a social and political context. Emphasis will be placed on understanding and analysing recent and ongoing developments in this area.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501, 502; (X) ACCY 314
MMPA 518 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 519 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 520 – ST: Issues in Mgmnt Accounting & Decision Making
This course covers current issues in Management Accounting and Decision Making. Emphasis will be placed on understanding and analysing recent and ongoing developments in this area.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 502
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 521 – CA: Financial Accounting and Reporting
This course will examine the main reporting mechanisms for preparing financial statements for organisations across all sectors of the economy to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will also apply the conceptual framework for financial reporting and the financial accounting standards and pronouncements to a variety of real-life practical financial accounting scenarios.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 506
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 522 – CA: Management Accounting and Applied Finance
This course will examine the skills and knowledge that are utilised to identify, analyse, interpret and communicate financial and non-financial organisational information to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will also apply these management accounting skills using integrated case studies and real-life activities and scenarios to help people manage the resources of their businesses more efficiently and effectively and achieve their strategic goals.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 504, 512
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 523 – CA: Audit and Assurance
This course will identify and analyse the requirements of audit and assurance to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will also apply the Auditing, Assurance and Ethics Standards to a variety of real-life case scenarios associated with planning, performing and completing an audit and undertaking other assurance services.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 510
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 524 – CA: Taxation New Zealand
This course will examine and apply relevant New Zealand taxation law to various tax entities to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will explain, calculate and analyse the taxation consequences applicable to a range of real-life simulated scenarios, including a comprehensive tax reconciliation which integrates the various parts of the course.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 509
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 525 – CA: Professional Accounting Case Study
The capstone module integrates knowledge from MMPA 521-524 in developing the professional competence required to become a Chartered Accountant.
12 pts • (P) MMPA 521-524
Not offered in 2024
MMPA 531 – CA: Risk and Technology
This course will analyse how businesses create and protect stakeholder value with a focus on risk management, data and technology.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 502 (C) MMPA 513
MMPA 532 – CA: Financial Accounting and Reporting
This course will cover the application of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or local equivalents and regulatory and ethical requirements to account for and report on a diverse range of business transactions and events.
7.5 pts • (C) MMPA 506, 513 (X) MMPA 521;
MMPA 533 – CA: New Zealand Taxation
This course focuses on areas of technical competence, including tax administration and controls, income tax, taxation of structures and transactions, and other taxes and interactions with taxes. It also explores the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and explain the broad impact of changes across a range of areas that may impact tax practice.
7.5 pts • (C) MMPA 509, MMPA 513 (X) MMPA 524;
MMPA 534 – CA: Business Performance
This course equips students with skills for critiquing the performance of a business and supporting business decision-making.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 531 (C) MMPA 504, MMPA 512; (X) MMPA 522;
MMPA 535 – CA: Audit and Assurance
This course examines the knowledge and skills required for applying professional judgement and professional scepticism in addressing risk in auditing areas where significant professional judgement is required in the context of the audit of general purpose financial statements.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 532 (C) MMPA 510; (X) MMPA 523;
MMPA 536 – CA: Integrated Chartered Accounting Practice
This course enables students to build on and integrate existing technical knowledge, critical thinking and professional skills to provide business advice.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 531-535; one course from MMPA 516-520, GBUS 511, GOVT 512, or an approved substitute (X) MMPA 525
ACCY 690 – Accounting for PhD
120 pts
Actuarial Science
ACTS 416 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts • (P) Programme director approval (X) ACTS 301;
ACTS 417 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
ACTS 501 – Actuarial Control Cycle I
This course provides an understanding of actuarial principles applied to a range of commercial and business problems. It provides a holistic approach to understanding actuarial practice incorporating business skills and actuarial judgment. The course will emphasize case study analysis and problem solving skills.
15 pts • (P) ACTS 301, 336, STAT 335
ACTS 502 – Actuarial Control Cycle II
This course provides an understanding of actuarial principles applied to a range of problems in insurance product design, pricing, valuation and risk management. The course will emphasize case study analysis and problem solving skills with examples drawn from diverse areas of actuarial and financial practice.
15 pts • (P) ACTS 501
ACTS 503 – Data Science for Actuaries
This course introduces modern analytic techniques in data analysis. Students will apply this knowledge to actuarial business settings and communicate results in a professional manner.
15 pts • (P) ACTS 301, 336; STAT 335
ACTS 690 – Actuarial Science for PhD
Thesis for PhD.
120 pts
Animation and Visual Effects
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 541 – Visual Effects Capstone
This studio consists of a supervised practicum, working on experimental design studio based research and project work, generally as a placement in the visual effects industry.
60 pts • (P) MDDN 431 or 432
Antarctic Research Centre
See also School of Geography, Environment and Earth Sciences
GEOL 695 – Geology for PhD (ARC)
Geology for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
GPHS 695 – Geophysics for PhD (ARC)
Geophysics for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
PHYG 695 – Physical Geography for PhD (ARC)
Physical Geography for PhD (Antartctic Research Centre).
120 pts
Anthropology (Cultural)
ANTH 401 – Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
This course critically examines the ethics and politics of ethnographic representation, historically and in the present. It further explores contemporary creative approaches to ethnography that push the genre’s boundaries. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us.
30 pts
ANTH 406 – Special Topic: Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
What does it mean when we call something 'ethnographic'? In this course we will critically examine the diverse anthropological approaches to ethnography, and read key texts that have shaped and reshaped the ethnographic method and writing model. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us to explore and represent cultural worlds.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ANTH 407 – Ideas and Approaches
In this course, we will examine how people anticipate, cope with, and thrive across radical social, political, technological, and environmental changes. Through close readings of selected anthropological, philosophical, and historical texts, as well as works of speculative fiction, we will consider the multiple layers of rupture and continuity in which cultures are always situated, and reflect on how anthropology can comprehend and engage lives lived in shifting conditions. Themes to be addressed will include the Anthropocene, colonialism, late industrialism and capitalism, and posthumanism.
30 pts
ANTH 408 – Ethnographic Methods
There are many methods for conducting empirical research. This course will concentrate on those used in ethnographic research, and guide students through their own fieldwork projects. Students will learn how to write a research proposal, a field report and an ethnographic account.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ANTH 410 – Current Directions in Anthropological Thought
This course examines contemporary issues in anthropological theory. Focusing on cutting-edge ideas in the discipline, it explores historical, ethnographic and philosophical contexts of their development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ANTH 489 – Ethnographic Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an ethnographic field research project and write an extended essay. They will learn basic research methodologies and debates around methods in Anthropology through focused seminars and will then formulate a research question, conduct field research and develop an essay based on that research.
30 pts
ANTH 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Anthropology.
120 pts
ANTH 690 – Anthropology for PhD
120 pts
Applied Linguistics
See also Linguistics and TESOL
LALS 401 – Foundations of Linguistics for Advanced Study
An intensive course that surveys foundational issues in the core areas of linguistics (semantics, syntax, phonology and phonetics). An advanced introduction to the scientific study of language for post-graduate students without sufficient prior linguistics training to proceed directly to the Master of Linguistics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
ALIN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Applied Linguistics.
120 pts
ALIN 690 – Applied Linguistics for PhD
120 pts
Architectural Science
BILD 451 – Project Management in Digital Environment / Ngā Kaupapa Whakahaere o te Ao Hangarau
An investigation of a range of topics relevant to contemporary project management, including digital tools for project delivery, data sharing, design integration and performance monitoring. Traditional and emergent approaches to these topics will be compared and critiqued.
15 pts
BILD 452 – Future of Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere ā Mua
This course examines best practice for project management, including the influences of legal, economic, environmental and social contexts around construction, and awareness of how tikanga Māori influence legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. The course puts students into contact with the most advanced techniques and tools for managing projects and built facilities.
15 pts • (P) BILD 451
BILD 460 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere o ngā Hanga Whare
This course advances students' knowledge of the principles and practices of project management from conception through to completion including constraints, cost planning and control, planning and managing tasks, administration and quality control, including awareness of how tikanga Māori influences legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. Students solve problems in a group setting.
15 pts • (X) BILD 461
BILD 462 – Advanced Contemporary Project Management / Ngā Tikanga Whatutoto o ngā Mahi Whakahaere
Examination of construction project management from conception to completion, utilising tools and techniques that are consistent with current industry practices.
15 pts • (P) BILD 460
BILD 491 – Research Methods for Architectural Science / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau o te Ao Hangahanga
Scientific methodologies are presented for application in research undertaken in the architectural science fields. A research proposal or identification of a professional project, with each focussing on a methodological approach, is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis, research project or practicum project.
15 pts
BILD 581 – Practicum in Architectural Science / Ngā Ritenga o te Ao Hangahanga Hangarau
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in an area of architectural science. Each student is supervised by an academic staff member and a host organisation involved in architectural science research or applications in the public or private sectors. Each student will critically reflect on their experiences in a report and by presenting a seminar.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 582 – Industry Project / Ngā Kaupapa Ahumahi
This course enables students to gain knowledge about architectural science industry issues through supervised research. Students will analyse an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of the built environment in practice and prepare a professional quality report.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
Architecture
ARCI 411 – Architecture Design Research I / Te Mahi Rangahau o Te Whakarākei Whare I
Studio-based advanced design project requiring students to pursue an area of disciplinary specialisation through a research question. Project options will include a range of types including domestic, institutional and urban scales, with an emphasis on architecture as the creative solution to an identified problem.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312
ARCI 412 – Architecture Design Capstone Project / Te Tikanga-Tūtohu o Te Whakarākei Whare
Studio-based capstone project in which students demonstrate through applied design, knowledge gained in the integrated technologies course. Emphasis is placed on developing environmental and technological factors and their relationship with critical thinking and design decision-making.
30 pts • (P) ARCI 411 (C) ARCI 421
ARCI 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakarākei
Advanced construction theory, practice and technology integration. Integrated modules incorporate advanced instruction in servicing, construction and structures, documentation practices and detailing.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 411
ARCI 451 – Architectural Theory, Culture and Critique / Te Ariā Hoahoanga, Te Ahurea me Te Arohaehae
This course examines contemporary architectural theories with a particular emphasis on emergent critical frameworks of cultural, material and aesthetic production.
15 pts • (P) SARC 351 or 352
BILD 451 – Project Management in Digital Environment / Ngā Kaupapa Whakahaere o te Ao Hangarau
An investigation of a range of topics relevant to contemporary project management, including digital tools for project delivery, data sharing, design integration and performance monitoring. Traditional and emergent approaches to these topics will be compared and critiqued.
15 pts
BILD 452 – Future of Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere ā Mua
This course examines best practice for project management, including the influences of legal, economic, environmental and social contexts around construction, and awareness of how tikanga Māori influence legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. The course puts students into contact with the most advanced techniques and tools for managing projects and built facilities.
15 pts • (P) BILD 451
BILD 460 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere o ngā Hanga Whare
This course advances students' knowledge of the principles and practices of project management from conception through to completion including constraints, cost planning and control, planning and managing tasks, administration and quality control, including awareness of how tikanga Māori influences legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. Students solve problems in a group setting.
15 pts • (X) BILD 461
BILD 462 – Advanced Contemporary Project Management / Ngā Tikanga Whatutoto o ngā Mahi Whakahaere
Examination of construction project management from conception to completion, utilising tools and techniques that are consistent with current industry practices.
15 pts • (P) BILD 460
BILD 491 – Research Methods for Architectural Science / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau o te Ao Hangahanga
Scientific methodologies are presented for application in research undertaken in the architectural science fields. A research proposal or identification of a professional project, with each focussing on a methodological approach, is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis, research project or practicum project.
15 pts
PLAN 411 – Urban Planning Design Studio / Whakamahere Tāone Taupuni Hoahoa
This course explores the principles and concepts of urban design and their application in urban planning practice by focusing on the social, cultural, environmental and economic processes that affect the natural and built environment.
30 pts
PLAN 412 – Regional Planning Design Studio / Whakamahere ā-Rohe Taupuni Hoahoa
This advanced design-based planning studio focuses on the research investigation of complexities resulting from the interaction between people and their environment and the associated economic and land development processes at a regional level. Students will engage in Work Integrated Learning by working on real-life issues of planning organisations and presenting back a project report. This exposure increases their awareness of and readiness for a career in planning.
30 pts
PLAN 451 – Planning Theory, Culture and Critique / Ariā Whakamahere, Ahurea me te Arohaehae
This course examines planning theories and approaches and contemporary debates and trends that guide the profession of urban and regional planning.
15 pts
PLAN 455 – Planning Practice / Te Mahi Kaupapa Here
This course will expose students to the practice of planning, focusing on New Zealand: including the philosophy of planning, plan making, plan implementation and planning in a bicultural context.
15 pts
PLAN 462 – Construction and Planning Law / Ture Waihanga me te Ture Whakamahere
A critical understanding of Aotearoa-New Zealand’s bicultural mandate for planning legislation and our obligations to te Tiriti o Waitangi, including key legal concepts and processes, government organisation and inenvirstitutional structures, resource and environmental legislation, and case law.
15 pts
SARC 401 – Introduction to Robotic Fabrication / He Tīmatanga Kōrero mō te Hanga Karetao
This studio-based course introduces students to concepts, tools and methods used in robotic fabrication practices. It investigates through practice, the relationship between technology and design, focusing on the development of skills related to robotic fabrication, as part of the preparation for the construction industry of the future.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 482 (2017 - 2019)
SARC 402 – Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation / Ngā Mahi Waihanga Whare Herehere
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons. International examples will be drawn on. Particular attention will be paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) SARC 223, SARC 352; (X) SARC 368 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 328 in 2020; SARC 468 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 428 in 2020
SARC 412 – Advanced Furniture Design / Ngā Tikanga Matua me Ngā Tukanga Waihanga Taputapu Whare
Studio-based and independent study of advanced concepts, processes, and materials used in the furniture industry. Students extend their knowledge of theory, development, prototyping and production methods, and business models available to professional designers for the design, production and promotion of furniture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from the BAS or BDI schedules (X) SARC 312
SARC 420 – Topic in Digital Computation / Tātai Hangarau
.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/ LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
SARC 428 – Topic in Current Research in Architecture / Ngā Rangahau o te Wā i te Mahi Whakarākei / Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons, including film, digital and heritage representations of prisons. International examples will be drawn on, but there will be particular attention paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
SARC 452 – History of the City in Landscape / Ngā Kōrero mō Te Taone me Te Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
Critical exploration of concepts and practices which have influenced the form and meaning of Australasian cities. Contemporary urban development issues and their relationship to historical and contemporary paradigms for urban form.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351,352, 353, 354; (X) ARCH 371
Not offered in 2024
SARC 453 – History of Architecture / Ngā Kōrero o Mua o Te Mahi Whakarākei
Examines paradigm shifts in architectural thinking. Course material emphasises enduring examples of great architecture which reflect the prevailing social and cultural standards of their respective periods.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351, 352, 354; (X) ARCH 379, SARC 353
Not offered in 2024
SARC 454 – Heritage Conservation / Ngā Mahi Tiaki i ngā Whare Whakaniko
This course introduces the why, what and how of heritage conservation. Historic and contemporary approaches to heritage conservation are discussed with recent case studies (including building visits) used as vehicles for the discussion. The purpose and role of a Conservation Plan is explored, and a plan prepared. Research methods for eliciting historical information specific to a building or interior are introduced and practised. Methods of assessing heritage significance and value, and of making recommendations for conservation activity are explored.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC351, 352, 353; (X) ITDN 373, SARC 354
SARC 455 – House and Home / He Whare, He Kāinga
Ideas and issues surrounding house and home will be presented across a broad range of disciplines ranging from technical aspects to theoretical, with the idea that the accommodation of intra-related disciplines reaches most complexity in the design of a house.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts
SARC 461 – Professional Practice / Ngā Mahi Ngāio
Professional and legal parameters involved in planning processes and project implementation and delivery. The business of practice, including strategic market management, policy development and implementation, financial planning and insurance, and professional conduct.
15 pts • (P) SARC 362 or equivalent (X) ARCH/INTA 461
SARC 462 – Digital Design Methodologies / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau a Te Ao Hangarau
The relationship of building design to numerically or geometrically definable design goals.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321
Not offered in 2024
SARC 463 – Digital Representation and Documentation / Te Mahi a te Ao Hangarau
Computer applications as aids to visualisation and information management.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc, BDI schedules or equivalent; (X) SARC 363
SARC 464 – Building Code Compliance / Ngā Ture Whakaruruhau
Means of compliance with the New Zealand Building Code, building on technical knowledge gained in other courses. Means of compliance are: Acceptable Solutions, Verification Methods and Certification, and Performance Based Design.
15 pts • (P) One of INTA/LAND/SARC 221; (X) BBSC 365, SARC 364, BILD 364
SARC 465 – Building Performance Assessment / He Aronga Hoahoa Whare
An introduction to strategies and methods of assessing the performance of buildings and the manner in which they support user groups and organisations.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321; (X) ARCH/BBSC 321
Not offered in 2024
SARC 471 – International Field Study / Te Mahi a te Ao Whānui
An analytical cross-cultural design exploration of designed spaces and sites with special emphasis on critical understanding of why and how they are uniquely formed by the historical and cultural contexts they are part of and the design inspiration that can be derived from such understanding.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts; (X) SARC 371
Not offered in 2024
SARC 481 – Special Topic: Sustainable Materials
This course examines what makes materials sustainable, how to effectively interrogate their impacts, which existing tools can assist evaluations, and how the evaluations relate to the current sustainability schemes. Attention is also paid to conceptual, psychological and cultural aspects associated with the materials used in built environment.
15 pts
SARC 483 – Special Topic: Advanced Art and Landscape Aotearoa
This course studies the imaginative power of landscape by analysing the art made in Aotearoa during the time people have been living on these islands. It will interpret what it is to be here through images, forms and narratives of imagination. The course explores material culture, tribal history, and Whare Whakairo carving and painting to understand continuities and changes in narrative, form and image through the 19th, 20th and 21st centuries in art of the premodern, modern and contemporary periods. Design outcomes in Architecture, Interior Architecture and Landscape Architecture will be produced through analytic drawing, mapping, and interpretative representation in model and image-making.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules; X SARC 383
Not offered in 2024
SARC 484 – Special Topic: Design Thinking Business
This course critically examines ways that business contributes to architecture and design enterprises. It also evaluates a range of ways that creative strategic design-thinking contributes to various business enterprises. The course will look at how this is applied to architecture by looking at essential business concepts, tactics for starting practices and strategies for growing an established enterprise. In business application, it examines design-based concepts around Lean, Agile, Design Thinking and Scrum. The combined learnings will provide graduates with tools to open new business opportunities inside architecture and a broader set of transferable design-thinking skills to take into other businesses.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS and BDI schedules; (X) SARC 384
Not offered in 2024
SARC 485 – Independent Study / Kaupapa Rangahau Motuhake
Independent study work undertaken on an approved course of study.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
SARC 486 – Special Topic: Advanced Retail Experience Architectural Design
Advanced studio investigating future of retail design relevant to the 21st century, including research concepts underlying ethical branding, products and scripting of customer journeys. Develop a design proposal for the composition and atmosphere of retail space providing extraordinary customer experience for a brand and its products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 212 or BILD 251 or INTA 212 or LAND 212
SARC 487 – Special Topic: Small Spaces
In the contemporary economy small spaces are increasingly seen as a cost-effective and sustainable building option. In this design-led course students will work with industry partners and clients to question, conceptualise and design small spaces and/or products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312 or INTA 312 or LAND 312, or 40 pts from MDDN 300-399, CCDN 300-399, or INDN 300-399
Not offered in 2024
SARC 488 – Advanced Psychology and Behaviour in the Built Environment / He Āta Wānanga i te Mātai Hinengaro me te Whanonga i ngā Whare Hangahanga
Application of advanced psychological theory, principles and research to the study of human interaction with the built environment across a range of settings. This course focuses on how to improve usability, health, well-being and work performance in relationship to space and place. The course covers human and environment interaction theory, systems theory, psychology and design research methods, environmental stressors and consequences of poorly informed design decisions.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 388; SARC 484 (2017 - 2019)
SARC 491 – Research Methodologies / Ngā Momo Tikanga Rangahau
Advanced research techniques, including research by design, historical and theoretical approaches, and qualitative and quantitative method. The course discusses applied research strategies relevant to design based research and planning. A research proposal is is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis project.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND/PLAN/SARC pts
ARCH 591 – Thesis
MArch thesis.
120 pts
ARCH 593 – Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
Research portfolio.
120 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ARCI 593 – Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
This is a studio-based independent research by design project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture/interior architecture/landscape architecture. The final design/research outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development, and expression.
120 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
BILD 581 – Practicum in Architectural Science / Ngā Ritenga o te Ao Hangahanga Hangarau
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in an area of architectural science. Each student is supervised by an academic staff member and a host organisation involved in architectural science research or applications in the public or private sectors. Each student will critically reflect on their experiences in a report and by presenting a seminar.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 582 – Industry Project / Ngā Kaupapa Ahumahi
This course enables students to gain knowledge about architectural science industry issues through supervised research. Students will analyse an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of the built environment in practice and prepare a professional quality report.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
PLAN 590 – Planning Research Project / Hinonga Rangahau Whakamahere
This course enables students to collect, analyse, synthesise, data and propose planning solutions for an established urban or regional area through supervised research. This course is first offered in 2024.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MURPlan Schedule
Not offered in 2024
PLAN 591 – Planning Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau Whakamahere
Research thesis. This course is first offered in 2024.
90 pts
Not offered in 2024
ARCH 690 – Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi Hoahoa Whare
120 pts
PLAN 690 – Urban and Regional Planning for PhD
PhD in Urban and Regional Planning.
120 pts
SSEG 690 – Sustainable Engineering Systems for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Ngā Pūnaha Whakarauora
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
Architecture History and Theory
ARCI 411 – Architecture Design Research I / Te Mahi Rangahau o Te Whakarākei Whare I
Studio-based advanced design project requiring students to pursue an area of disciplinary specialisation through a research question. Project options will include a range of types including domestic, institutional and urban scales, with an emphasis on architecture as the creative solution to an identified problem.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312
ARCI 412 – Architecture Design Capstone Project / Te Tikanga-Tūtohu o Te Whakarākei Whare
Studio-based capstone project in which students demonstrate through applied design, knowledge gained in the integrated technologies course. Emphasis is placed on developing environmental and technological factors and their relationship with critical thinking and design decision-making.
30 pts • (P) ARCI 411 (C) ARCI 421
ARCI 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakarākei
Advanced construction theory, practice and technology integration. Integrated modules incorporate advanced instruction in servicing, construction and structures, documentation practices and detailing.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 411
ARCI 451 – Architectural Theory, Culture and Critique / Te Ariā Hoahoanga, Te Ahurea me Te Arohaehae
This course examines contemporary architectural theories with a particular emphasis on emergent critical frameworks of cultural, material and aesthetic production.
15 pts • (P) SARC 351 or 352
SARC 401 – Introduction to Robotic Fabrication / He Tīmatanga Kōrero mō te Hanga Karetao
This studio-based course introduces students to concepts, tools and methods used in robotic fabrication practices. It investigates through practice, the relationship between technology and design, focusing on the development of skills related to robotic fabrication, as part of the preparation for the construction industry of the future.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 482 (2017 - 2019)
SARC 402 – Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation / Ngā Mahi Waihanga Whare Herehere
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons. International examples will be drawn on. Particular attention will be paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) SARC 223, SARC 352; (X) SARC 368 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 328 in 2020; SARC 468 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 428 in 2020
SARC 412 – Advanced Furniture Design / Ngā Tikanga Matua me Ngā Tukanga Waihanga Taputapu Whare
Studio-based and independent study of advanced concepts, processes, and materials used in the furniture industry. Students extend their knowledge of theory, development, prototyping and production methods, and business models available to professional designers for the design, production and promotion of furniture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from the BAS or BDI schedules (X) SARC 312
SARC 420 – Topic in Digital Computation / Tātai Hangarau
.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/ LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
SARC 428 – Topic in Current Research in Architecture / Ngā Rangahau o te Wā i te Mahi Whakarākei / Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons, including film, digital and heritage representations of prisons. International examples will be drawn on, but there will be particular attention paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
SARC 452 – History of the City in Landscape / Ngā Kōrero mō Te Taone me Te Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
Critical exploration of concepts and practices which have influenced the form and meaning of Australasian cities. Contemporary urban development issues and their relationship to historical and contemporary paradigms for urban form.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351,352, 353, 354; (X) ARCH 371
Not offered in 2024
SARC 453 – History of Architecture / Ngā Kōrero o Mua o Te Mahi Whakarākei
Examines paradigm shifts in architectural thinking. Course material emphasises enduring examples of great architecture which reflect the prevailing social and cultural standards of their respective periods.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351, 352, 354; (X) ARCH 379, SARC 353
Not offered in 2024
SARC 454 – Heritage Conservation / Ngā Mahi Tiaki i ngā Whare Whakaniko
This course introduces the why, what and how of heritage conservation. Historic and contemporary approaches to heritage conservation are discussed with recent case studies (including building visits) used as vehicles for the discussion. The purpose and role of a Conservation Plan is explored, and a plan prepared. Research methods for eliciting historical information specific to a building or interior are introduced and practised. Methods of assessing heritage significance and value, and of making recommendations for conservation activity are explored.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC351, 352, 353; (X) ITDN 373, SARC 354
SARC 455 – House and Home / He Whare, He Kāinga
Ideas and issues surrounding house and home will be presented across a broad range of disciplines ranging from technical aspects to theoretical, with the idea that the accommodation of intra-related disciplines reaches most complexity in the design of a house.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts
SARC 461 – Professional Practice / Ngā Mahi Ngāio
Professional and legal parameters involved in planning processes and project implementation and delivery. The business of practice, including strategic market management, policy development and implementation, financial planning and insurance, and professional conduct.
15 pts • (P) SARC 362 or equivalent (X) ARCH/INTA 461
SARC 462 – Digital Design Methodologies / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau a Te Ao Hangarau
The relationship of building design to numerically or geometrically definable design goals.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321
Not offered in 2024
SARC 463 – Digital Representation and Documentation / Te Mahi a te Ao Hangarau
Computer applications as aids to visualisation and information management.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc, BDI schedules or equivalent; (X) SARC 363
SARC 464 – Building Code Compliance / Ngā Ture Whakaruruhau
Means of compliance with the New Zealand Building Code, building on technical knowledge gained in other courses. Means of compliance are: Acceptable Solutions, Verification Methods and Certification, and Performance Based Design.
15 pts • (P) One of INTA/LAND/SARC 221; (X) BBSC 365, SARC 364, BILD 364
SARC 465 – Building Performance Assessment / He Aronga Hoahoa Whare
An introduction to strategies and methods of assessing the performance of buildings and the manner in which they support user groups and organisations.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321; (X) ARCH/BBSC 321
Not offered in 2024
SARC 471 – International Field Study / Te Mahi a te Ao Whānui
An analytical cross-cultural design exploration of designed spaces and sites with special emphasis on critical understanding of why and how they are uniquely formed by the historical and cultural contexts they are part of and the design inspiration that can be derived from such understanding.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts; (X) SARC 371
Not offered in 2024
SARC 481 – Special Topic: Sustainable Materials
This course examines what makes materials sustainable, how to effectively interrogate their impacts, which existing tools can assist evaluations, and how the evaluations relate to the current sustainability schemes. Attention is also paid to conceptual, psychological and cultural aspects associated with the materials used in built environment.
15 pts
SARC 483 – Special Topic: Advanced Art and Landscape Aotearoa
This course studies the imaginative power of landscape by analysing the art made in Aotearoa during the time people have been living on these islands. It will interpret what it is to be here through images, forms and narratives of imagination. The course explores material culture, tribal history, and Whare Whakairo carving and painting to understand continuities and changes in narrative, form and image through the 19th, 20th and 21st centuries in art of the premodern, modern and contemporary periods. Design outcomes in Architecture, Interior Architecture and Landscape Architecture will be produced through analytic drawing, mapping, and interpretative representation in model and image-making.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules; X SARC 383
Not offered in 2024
SARC 484 – Special Topic: Design Thinking Business
This course critically examines ways that business contributes to architecture and design enterprises. It also evaluates a range of ways that creative strategic design-thinking contributes to various business enterprises. The course will look at how this is applied to architecture by looking at essential business concepts, tactics for starting practices and strategies for growing an established enterprise. In business application, it examines design-based concepts around Lean, Agile, Design Thinking and Scrum. The combined learnings will provide graduates with tools to open new business opportunities inside architecture and a broader set of transferable design-thinking skills to take into other businesses.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS and BDI schedules; (X) SARC 384
Not offered in 2024
SARC 485 – Independent Study / Kaupapa Rangahau Motuhake
Independent study work undertaken on an approved course of study.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
SARC 486 – Special Topic: Advanced Retail Experience Architectural Design
Advanced studio investigating future of retail design relevant to the 21st century, including research concepts underlying ethical branding, products and scripting of customer journeys. Develop a design proposal for the composition and atmosphere of retail space providing extraordinary customer experience for a brand and its products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 212 or BILD 251 or INTA 212 or LAND 212
SARC 487 – Special Topic: Small Spaces
In the contemporary economy small spaces are increasingly seen as a cost-effective and sustainable building option. In this design-led course students will work with industry partners and clients to question, conceptualise and design small spaces and/or products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312 or INTA 312 or LAND 312, or 40 pts from MDDN 300-399, CCDN 300-399, or INDN 300-399
Not offered in 2024
SARC 488 – Advanced Psychology and Behaviour in the Built Environment / He Āta Wānanga i te Mātai Hinengaro me te Whanonga i ngā Whare Hangahanga
Application of advanced psychological theory, principles and research to the study of human interaction with the built environment across a range of settings. This course focuses on how to improve usability, health, well-being and work performance in relationship to space and place. The course covers human and environment interaction theory, systems theory, psychology and design research methods, environmental stressors and consequences of poorly informed design decisions.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 388; SARC 484 (2017 - 2019)
SARC 491 – Research Methodologies / Ngā Momo Tikanga Rangahau
Advanced research techniques, including research by design, historical and theoretical approaches, and qualitative and quantitative method. The course discusses applied research strategies relevant to design based research and planning. A research proposal is is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis project.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND/PLAN/SARC pts
ARCI 593 – Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
This is a studio-based independent research by design project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture/interior architecture/landscape architecture. The final design/research outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development, and expression.
120 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
AHTY 690 – Architecture History and Theory for PhD
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
ARCH 690 – Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi Hoahoa Whare
120 pts
Art History
ARTH 401 – Art History Methodology
ARTH 401 critically examines the work of significant art historians in relation to key topics which have defined the history of the discipline. Topics will range from the construction of the artistic subject and the interpretation of meaning to the social production of art and disciplinary responses to contemporary issues such as decolonisation, globalisation, climate change and Indigeneity. This is a compulsory course for Art History Honours. Honours students from other disciplines are welcome to apply.
30 pts
ARTH 405 – Special Topic: Modernism and its Discontents
Modernism is a central concept used to describe cultural practice from the 1860s to the 1960s, manifested globally in a series of extraordinary endeavours across a range of media. Often associated with canonical works in the visual arts, literature, film and theatre, modernism now seems a nebulous concept perturbed by its treatment of cultural and sexual difference. This course will examine its emergence as a concept, and the subsequent debates as scholars have sought to understand the relation between cultural practice and the historical experience of modernity.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
ARTH 406 – The Cultures of Collecting
The phenomenon of collecting is universal throughout history and across every society. ARTH 406 encourages a critical reading of the literature on the history and psychology of collecting, requiring students to compile case studies related to their own interests. Topics include collecting in the ancient world, in non-European cultures, and in European and colonial societies; the history of the museum; private versus institutional collecting; and the future of collecting.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ARTH 407 – Reading Artists Writing
Writing by artists conveys a specific way of thinking about the relationships between image and text, creative practice, critical thought, aesthetics, imagination and history. With a focus on artist’s writing from Aotearoa New Zealand, this course will consider new critical, allegorical and auto-theoretical forms of art writing. We will concentrate on the essay as a form, as well as on shorter forms of review, commentary, and microtexts. By the end of this course students will have developed an art writing practice, and be prepared to write about art in the world.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ARTH 411 – Topics in Contemporary New Zealand Art
ARTH 411 investigates contemporary New Zealand art from 1960 to the present. Co-taught with ARTH 311 in trimester one, then supplemented in trimester two by a seminar programme and additional reading, requiring a deeper and more extensive knowledge of the subject, and resulting in the completion of a substantial research assignment.
30 pts • (X) ARTH 311
Not offered in 2024
ARTH 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought. Note: This is a compulsory course for Art History Honours.
30 pts
ARTH 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Art History.
120 pts
ARTH 690 – Art History for PhD
120 pts
Artificial Intelligence
AIML 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also give a brief overview of a selection of other current topics in AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, SWEN or NWEN pts (X) COMP 307, COMP 420
AIML 421 – Machine Learning Tools and Techniques
This course addresses the use of machine learning tools and techniques for analysing data and automatically generating applications. The course will explore a range of tools and techniques for classification, regression, image analysis, clustering, text mining, and preprocessing data. It examines the applicability and limitations of the techniques and methods for analysing and evaluating the outcome of using machine learning tools. Students will gain practical experience in applying a range of tools to a range of different problems from different domains.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, NWEN, STAT or SWEN pts (X) COMP 309
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 426 – Evolutionary Computation and Learning
This course addresses evolutionary approaches in machine learning and optimisation. The course will cover both evolutionary algorithms and swarm intelligence as well as some other population-based techniques for problem solving. It will include a range of real-world application domains such as classification, regression, clustering and optimisation.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 427 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) one of (AIML 420, 421, COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); one of (ENGR 123, STAT 193, MATH 177, QUAN 102) or approved background in Statistics; (X) COMP 424, COMP 473 (2016-2018)
AIML 428 – Text Mining and Natural Language Processing
This course focuses on text mining and natural language processing. It covers a variety of topics including text representation, document classification and clustering, opinion mining, information retrieval, recommender systems, query expansion, and information extraction.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts; (C) AIML 420 or COMP 307; (X) COMP 423
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
AIML 430 – Applications and Implications of Artificial Intelligence
AIML 430 explores AI's diverse applications in today's world and what the future might hold. We go beyond just understanding AI solutions, diving into how AI techniques can have real-world consequences and ramifications. Develop your ability to critically analyse AI literature and communicate your own opinions. Learn how varied perspectives shape AI views, emphasising the vital role of ethics. We welcome students from all backgrounds, fostering a deep and balanced understanding of AI's potential and challenges.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
AIML 431 – Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses several current topics in artificial intelligence. Possible topics include Reinforcement Learning, AI for robotics, AI in games, Intelligent image analysis, AI and optimisation, AI Planning.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 440 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 441 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 487 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts
AIML 501 – Research Essay in Artificial Intelligence
An investigation and literature review of an advanced topic in an area of artificial intelligence, reported in a project description and a literature review essay.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440
AIML 589 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440 (C) AIML 501
AIML 591 – Thesis in Artificial Intelligence
MSc thesis in Artificial Intelligence.
120 pts
AIML 690 – Artificial Intelligence for PhD
120 pts
Asian Studies
ASIA 401 – Methods and Issues in Asian Studies
An examination of a variety of disciplinary, conceptual and methodological issues relating to Asian Studies, with particular emphasis on interdisciplinary skills.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ASIA 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
ASIA 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Asian Studies.
120 pts
ASIA 690 – Asian Studies for PhD
120 pts
Biological Sciences
See also Cell and Molecular Bioscience, Conservation Biology, Ecological Restoration, Ecology and Biodiversity, Marine Biology and Microbiology
BIOL 403 – Evolutionary Analysis
This course focuses on classic questions in evolution including speciation processes, reconstruction of biological history from modern specimens, macroevolution, the origin(s) of complexity, and human evolution. Special emphasis is given to the impact of data produced by modern molecular techniques, including DNA sequences.
30 pts • (P) BIOL 329 or approval of the Head of School
BIOL 405 – Pest Management, Biosecurity and Law
Legal and biological perspectives on pest management, invasive species and biosecurity. The course examines national and international law regulating pest management and biosecurity including key international agreements and related dispute settlement processes. It explores issues in domestic and international biosecurity management, and includes recent case studies and Maori perspectives on biodiversity and biosecurity.
30 pts • (X) BIOL 425 prior to 2017
BIOL 410 – Fisheries Science
Underlying principles and techniques used in fisheries science. Topics include population responses to exploitation, collection of fish biology and fishery data, statistical data analysis and population models, and the application of science in resource management. The course is interdisciplinary, with a focus on putting theory into practice.
30 pts • (P) 30 pts of relevant statistics at 200-level or above or permission of Head of School
BIOL 414 – Advanced Island Ecology & Evolution - International Field Course in Biological Sciences
This course will put New Zealand's biota in a broader evolutionary context by investigating how our flora and fauna has evolved after reaching Lord Howe Island (LHI). Students will conduct their own research project during a weeklong field trip to LHI. Tentative dates: 28 June-5 July 2019. Note extra field cost of around $3,000 for the course.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from 300-level Ecology or Evolution, or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 314
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 416 – Advanced Methods in Marine Science
A field-based course in which students will learn advanced skills in analytical methods for a range of multi-disciplinary approaches to Marine Science. Students must take the VUW field course and may choose the field course offered by EITHER the University of Auckland OR the University of Otago. An additional $300 fee is charged as a contribution to the course field costs.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from 300-level Ecology or permission of Head of School (C) BIOL 417 (X) BIOL 428 in 2010-2014
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 417 – Current Issues in Marine Science
A seminar-based examination of selected current issues in Marine Science. Seminars are delivered via an interactive link and are jointly run by the universities of Auckland, Otago and Victoria. The topics and material will recognise the wide range of undergraduate experience across participants and emphasise the value of cross- disciplinary approaches to Marine Science.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from 300-level Ecology or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 427 in 2010-2014
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 420 – Conservation Ecology
BIOL 420 is a course that focuses on the unprecedented loss of biodiversity caused by human activities and provides an overview of the wider context of "Conservation Biology". It first defines the academic discipline of "Conservation Biology" followed by an examination of the most common causes of the observed declines and extinctions of species (i.e., the ecology of extinction). It then proceeds to provide students with tools to help develop and implement effective conservation strategies aimed at protecting species at risk of extinction.
30 pts • (P) 300-level Ecology or approval of the Head of School
BIOL 422 – Ecology
In this course we will critically evaluate current and past concepts in ecology. To do this, we will examine how foundational ecological ideas/concepts have originated and changed over time, and obtain an appreciation for some of the innovative approaches that researchers today are applying to address long-standing (i.e., “classic”) ideas/questions in ecology. We integrate material across a variety of disciplines and systems.
30 pts • (P) 300-level Ecology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 423 – Marine Biodiversity and Ecology
Selected current research topics in Marine Biology, including marine ecology, diversity and conservation.
30 pts
BIOL 424 – New Zealand Conservation Practice
A practical, field-based course in New Zealand's fauna and flora and their conservation. Students visit a range of important field sites to learn about major conservation problems affecting the New Zealand biota. A case study approach is used to examine the conservation practices of New Zealand conservation scientists and managers. October 15 is the deadline for applications to take the course. The field work is of 4 weeks duration, commencing in late-January through to late-February. Assessment of the practical work continues until the end of April.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in MConBio, PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or permission of head of school
^ Limited entry course
BIOL 426 – Behavioural Ecology
A supervised programme of study in Behavioural Ecology. Students will become involved in the collection, analysis and write-up of a project in animal behaviour.
30 pts • (P) BIOL 328 or approval of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 427 – Special Topic: Research Skills in the Life Sciences
This course is designed to develop skills in using the primary research literature, experimental design, record keeping, data presentation, statistical analysis and scientific writing. It also emphasises the importance of communicating scientific results to a variety of audiences.
15 pts • (P) 40 points from (BIOL 329, 340, BMSC 301-354, BTEC 301) or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 428 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 430 – Genetics and Molecular Biology
An in-depth review of research and modern concepts in heredity, genomics, gene regulation and molecular microbiology.
30 pts • (P) 45 points from an approved combination of 300-level BIOL, BMSC, CHEM or PSYC courses or permission of Head of School (X) BMSC 430
BIOL 431 – Cell Biology
Advances in cellular structure, function and behaviour including aspects of developmental biology.
30 pts • (P) As for BIOL 430; (X) BMSC 431
BIOL 432 – Physiology and Pharmacology
Advances in physiological and pharmacological sciences at the molecular, cellular, and organismal levels, including integrative physiology of organ systems, the mechanistics of drug interactions with biological systems, pharmacokinetics, and the structural design, targeting, and biological reactivity of molecular probes and enzymes.
30 pts • (P) As for BIOL 430; (X) BMSC 432
BIOL 435 – Research Skills in the Life Sciences
This course is designed to develop skills in using the primary research literature, experimental design, record keeping, data presentation, statistical analysis and scientific writing. It also emphasises the importance of communicating scientific results to a variety of audiences.
15 pts • (P) 40 points from (BIOL 329, BIOL 340, BMSC 301-354, BTEC 301), or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 580; BIOL 427 in 2019-2021
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 436 – Special Topic: Advanced Community Ecology
Community ecology studies the interactions between populations of co-existing species. It underpins conservation and restoration goals from scales of genes to ecosystems. This course delves into emerging network-based theories in community ecology, exploring their potential to address pressing contemporary issues (e.g. climate change).
30 pts • (P) BIOL 327 or 325 or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 437 – Special Topic: Tropical Marine Conservation
An examination of conservation issues and practices in sub-tropical and tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangrove forests, seagrass meadows, and rock reefs. The course will include a four-day field trip to the Poor Knights islands. The course will provide skills in research development, and monitoring and managing impacts on relevant marine ecosystems.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 529
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 439 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School.
BIOL 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
BIOL 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School; (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School; (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
MMBI 690 – Molecular Microbiology for PhD
120 pts
Biomedical Science
BMSC 403 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
BMSC 404 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
BMSC 405 – Advanced Topics in Biomedical Science 1
A detailed examination of a selection of currently developing areas of major importance in biomedical science.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
BMSC 406 – Advanced Topics in Biomedical Science
A detailed examination of a selection of currently developing areas of major importance in biomedical science.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of Head of School
BMSC 433 – Human and Clinical Biochemistry
Biochemistry of normal function and of pathological conditions; methods of clinical analysis; biochemical basis of therapeutics and biochemical pharmacology.
30 pts • (P) As for BMSC 403; (X) BIOL 433
Not offered in 2024
BMSC 439 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School.
BMSC 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
BMSC 441 – Directed Individual Study in Biomedical and Clinical Science
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School.
BMSC 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts • (P) BMSC 361 or CHEM 305
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
BMSC 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
BMSC 591 – Thesis
MBmedSc thesis.
120 pts
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
BMSC 690 – Biomedical Science for PhD
120 pts
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
Biotechnology
See also Biological Sciences
BTEC 435 – Biotechnology 1
Seminars introducing topics of current interest in biotechnology research.
15 pts
BTEC 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study in biotechnology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BTEC 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study in biotechnology approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
BTEC 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
BTEC 580 – Preparation for Research
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
BTEC 591 – Thesis in Biotechnology
Master's thesis in biotechnology.
120 pts
BTEC 690 – Biotechnology for PhD
120 pts
BTEC 692 – Biotechnology for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
BTEC 695 – Biotechnology for PhD (Ferrier)
120 pts
Building Science
BILD 411 – Integration Project / Te Kaupapa Whakakotahitanga
Studio course in which students demonstrate application of a range of sustainable engineering systems and project management skills to project development. Assignments will be advanced to allow assessment of programmatic, spatial, scale and material implications.
15 pts
BILD 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakarākei
Advanced construction theory, practice and technology integration. Integrated modules incorporate advanced instruction in servicing, construction and structures, documentation practices and detailing for commercial and domestic construction.
15 pts
BILD 422 – Sustainable Engineering Systems Project / Kia Toitū te Taiao
Studio-based course considering the interaction between buildings and the environment at the urban scale and the design of appropriate sustainable engineering systems to achieve sustainable urban development.
30 pts
BILD 423 – Buildings and Energy / Ngā Whare me te Pūngao
The interaction of energy with buildings. The focus is on energy performance and energy management in practice.
15 pts
BILD 431 – Green Building Assessment / Te Arotake i ngā Whare Toitū
The history, practice and future development of worldwide green building assessment systems, with special emphasis on an in-depth exploration of the NZ Green Star building assessment system.
15 pts
BILD 451 – Project Management in Digital Environment / Ngā Kaupapa Whakahaere o te Ao Hangarau
An investigation of a range of topics relevant to contemporary project management, including digital tools for project delivery, data sharing, design integration and performance monitoring. Traditional and emergent approaches to these topics will be compared and critiqued.
15 pts
BILD 452 – Future of Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere ā Mua
This course examines best practice for project management, including the influences of legal, economic, environmental and social contexts around construction, and awareness of how tikanga Māori influence legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. The course puts students into contact with the most advanced techniques and tools for managing projects and built facilities.
15 pts • (P) BILD 451
BILD 460 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere o ngā Hanga Whare
This course advances students' knowledge of the principles and practices of project management from conception through to completion including constraints, cost planning and control, planning and managing tasks, administration and quality control, including awareness of how tikanga Māori influences legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. Students solve problems in a group setting.
15 pts • (X) BILD 461
BILD 462 – Advanced Contemporary Project Management / Ngā Tikanga Whatutoto o ngā Mahi Whakahaere
Examination of construction project management from conception to completion, utilising tools and techniques that are consistent with current industry practices.
15 pts • (P) BILD 460
BILD 463 – Built Facilities Management / Te Whakahaere i ngā Momo Whare Hangahanga
Introduction to best practice in the management of built facilities, with an emphasis on achieving a good fit between a facility and its users.
15 pts
BILD 491 – Research Methods for Architectural Science / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau o te Ao Hangahanga
Scientific methodologies are presented for application in research undertaken in the architectural science fields. A research proposal or identification of a professional project, with each focussing on a methodological approach, is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis, research project or practicum project.
15 pts
BILD 581 – Practicum in Architectural Science / Ngā Ritenga o te Ao Hangahanga Hangarau
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in an area of architectural science. Each student is supervised by an academic staff member and a host organisation involved in architectural science research or applications in the public or private sectors. Each student will critically reflect on their experiences in a report and by presenting a seminar.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 582 – Industry Project / Ngā Kaupapa Ahumahi
This course enables students to gain knowledge about architectural science industry issues through supervised research. Students will analyse an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of the built environment in practice and prepare a professional quality report.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 591 – Building Science Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau o Te Whare Hangahanga
Analysis of an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of buildings. Demonstrate knowledge of relevant literature and research procedures. Understand theoretical developments in the field of building science.
120 pts
BILD 690 – Building Science for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Te Whare Hangahanga
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
BILD 691 – Building Science for PhD (Science)
120 pts
Business (Professional)
BUSI 501 – Organisational Problem Solving
This course helps participants develop their ability to diagnose organisational problems and opportunities, to identify and systematically evaluate options for addressing them, to formulate and justify recommendations about what option(s) to pursue and to effectively communicate recommendations to different audiences in different ways. In doing all of that it builds more general problem-solving and communication skills that can be applied in a variety of professional environments.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 502 – Economic Decision Analysis
This course develops knowledge and understanding of economic concepts and frameworks, and how these affect decision-making in various contexts. It enables students to draw on ideas from public, private and not-for-profit perspectives to develop insights into the principles and application of economics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 503 – Negotiation and Influence
This course develops skills around influencing a variety of stakeholders through negotiation and other techniques. It develops an understanding of cross-sectoral and cross-cultural approaches and allows students to apply these through practical scenarios.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 504 – Building an Evidence Base
This course develops the skills needed to create, assess and use a variety of different forms of evidence to inform decision making capability. How to marshal information and evidence and analyse it.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 510 – Sustainability and Business
How society harnesses its resources impacts on groups in different ways and across time. Sustainable business thinking can be deployed to give voice to those who bear the consequences now and in the future. This spans: local and global levels, reflecting on kaitiakitanga; how to inject optimism and conceptualise fairness; and how to design action plans for the here-and-now to shape the future. This course will challenge students to conceptualise the evolving roles of sustainability and business, and to critically reflect on what this means for business and policy.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 580 – Interdisciplinary Project
15 pts • (P) 120 pts from the MBus(Prof) schedule or approved postgraduate courses
Not offered in 2024
Business Administration
The below is a list of courses for the Masters in Business Administration
EMBA 501 – Leading and Managing People in Organisations
The course will challenge students to reflect on leading in organisations, building teams, creating change and implementing human resource initiatives. It will enable students to explore: individual behaviour in the workplace; group dynamics, including teams and leadership; and organisational theory topics such as structure, culture, and change. HRM will be discussed to include current challenges in talent management, including cross-cultural and diversity issues.
15 pts • (X) the pair MMBA 505, 519
EMBA 502 – Economic Analysis for Business Decisions
This course focuses on economic, social and political contexts of internal decision making within organisations, and how these factors enable and constrain business strategies. Industrial organisation and applied microeconomic theories and literature will help students understand the implications of a wide range of management problems facing nations, organisations and the managers within them.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 503
EMBA 503 – Leading Digital Transformation
Effective organisational leaders need to harness the value of digital transformation. We will start by exploring organisational practices as a basis for understanding how information systems enable organisations to work together. Then we will investigate the opportunities provided by modern information systems to improve organisational performance and to innovate and the related decisions leaders need to make.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 507
EMBA 504 – Fundamentals of Financial and Management Accounting
An introduction to the concepts of financial and management accounting, covering the content of financial statements; concepts of value and profit, cost behaviour and cost-volume-profit relationships; cost allocation principles.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 509
EMBA 505 – Corporate Financial Management
The course covers basic principles of investing: time value of money, valuation of debt and equity securities, discounted cash flow as a foundation for stock prices, the impact of diversification and leverage on portfolio risk, the relationship between risk and expected return in securities markets, and capital market efficiency. These principles are used to analyse capital investment decisions by estimating cash flows and discounting them at the appropriate cost of capital, and how shareholder value is affected by a firm’s financing decisions, such as the choice of using debt or equity capital.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 516
EMBA 506 – Strategic Marketing
Marketing is about competing in the marketplace and is the link between strategy and operations. Students learn about the strategic marketing process and apply theory and practical frameworks to real-world problems in business and Government. Students develop an overview of marketing process and key strategic marketing decisions to develop competitive capabilities and create value.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 518
EMBA 507 – Strategic Operations Management
Management of operating sectors of manufacturing and service organisations, with emphasis on systemically describing, critically analysing and creatively improving operating systems. Examination of the major activities involved in deploying key physical resources of the organisation to deliver competitive goods and services.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 520
EMBA 508 – Integrative Strategic Consultancy
Students are provided with a foundation in the theory and practice of global business consultancy. This course examines the global business environment, cross-cultural management issues and global strategies available to firms to leverage international opportunities. Students will work with a New Zealand based organisation engaged in international business to suggest solutions to global business issues, thereby enhancing global business and cross-cultural practices.
15 pts • (P) 90 EMBA or MMBA pts: (X) MMBA 558
EMBA 509 – Integrative Strategic Consultancy (Int)
Students are provided with a foundation in the theory and practice of global business consultancy. This course examines the global business environment, cross-cultural management issues and global strategies available to firms to leverage international opportunities. Students will work with an overseas based organisation engaged in international business to suggest solutions to global business issues, thereby enhancing global business and cross-cultural practices.
15 pts • (P) 90 EMBA or MMBA points; (X) MMBA 558
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 502 – Business Law
The implications of commercial law for business organisations. Particular emphasis will be placed on contract and tort laws, the law of organisations, intellectual property law and administrative law with respect to business decision-making.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 508 – Problem-Solving and Decision-Making
A multiple-perspective approach to the framing and solution of problems, and practical application of conceptual models and methods of analysis to critically examine everyday managerial decision-making.
15 pts • (X) GBGM 804
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 532 – A Business Research Course or Project
A research project in a selected area of management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 534 – Strategic Management
Participants will gain a toolkit of strategic management frameworks and learn to creatively apply and adapt these to private, public, and not-for-profit organisational contexts. Key strategic issues facing managers in complex multi-objective strategic arenas will be examined. Insight into recent developments and debates in strategic management theory and practice will result.
15 pts
MMBA 545 – Creative Leadership
This course draws on a variety of creative arenas, including design arts, theatre, music and film to facilitate personal development and insight. A creative exploration of the field of leadership emphasising an experiential, hands-on approach. Projects will involve both introspection and experimental practice, individually and in groups.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 546 – Cross-cultural Management
A case-based course focusing on current issues in management from a cross-cultural perspective. Students will have the opportunity to interact with and learn from other students studying in various MBA programmes around the world.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 553 – Project Management
Theory and practice of the management of projects in organisations. The system development cycle; organisational and behavioural issues; systems and procedures for scheduling, resource allocation, control, and evaluation of projects.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 555 – Marketing Communications
Marketing communications are formulated within a buyer context. Students explore how media elements support an organisation’s positioning strategy and integrate with the marketing mix. Students will closely focus on the principles of advertising and communications including mass media advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing, and dealing with an advertising agency.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 556 – Financial Statement Analysis
An overview of the analysis and evaluation of corporate performance, financial conditions and future prospects as set out in corporate entities' published annual reports and financial statements.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 557 – International Marketing
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 560 – Leading Change
An exploration of academic and practitioner perspectives on the challenges and complexities of effective change leadership in organisations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 561 – Strategic/International Human Resource Management
A critical analysis of models of strategic human resource management within the context of international practice. The focus is on the strategic management of employees in a manner that contributes to competitive advantage. Issues of human resource planning, policy and cross-functional integration are addressed.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 562 – Managing Employment Relations
The theory and practice of entering into, managing, and ending the employment relationship, including economic, political, social and technological contexts. The range of employment-related law and policy, the rights and duties of employers and employees, the roles of trade unions and employer groups.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 565 – Innovation and Entrepreneurship
An advanced-level consideration of topics such as new ventures, new product development, entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, creativity, disruptive change and organisation development. This course will focus on the nature and process of innovation, and the key issues faced by innovators and entrepreneurs both in a new business (start-up) and in existing businesses and companies.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 571 – Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
The objective of this course is to teach students how planning, strategy, and knowledge can support goals in negotiation situations and disputes resolution. It explores various types of negotiations, including distributive (win/lose) bargaining, integrative (win/win) bargaining, intra-organisational bargaining and attitudinal restructuring, as well as the various processes used to resolve disputes arising both during and after negotiations (including mediation, conciliation and arbitration). The course is relevant to managers, lawyers, human and labour relations practitioners, trade unionists and individuals working in government.
15 pts
MMBA 572 – Special Topic: Crisis Communication
Students will explore theories, research, and tools related to communication before, during, and after a crisis. Course topics will cover a wide range of crises including organisational crises, product harm crises, natural disasters, and pandemics.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 573 – Special Topic: Business Case Writing
A research methodology course designed to enable students to write a publishable case study about management or policy decision, problem or opportunity, and relate it to the relevant theory.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 574 – Special Topic: The Information Economy
The course explores the economic and strategic principles underpinning the development of the Information Economy and e-Commerce, and develops skills in critical analysis of the ways in which firms and governments are participating in the developing information economy.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 575 – Special Topic: Sustainable Business
An advanced study of business sustainability, defined as the concurrent pursuit of economic prosperity, environmental quality, and social equity.
15 pts • (P) 15 pts at 500-level
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 576 – Special Topic: International Finance
The course provides an overview of exchange rates including their impact on business operations and a strategic perspective of linkages and interrelationships in financial resource management in an open economy such as New Zealand.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 577 – Special Topic: Open Macroeconomics
All the principal areas of macroeconomics will be covered with the emphasis on open economy models involving national accounts, economic growth, fiscal, monetary and external policies together with their impacts on business operations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 578 – Special Topic: Innovation and Prosperity in New Zealand
This course focuses on the role of innovation in the economy and on policy interventions to underpin an innovation-based growth economy.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMBA 579 – Special Topic: Advanced Corporate Management
The analysis and application of the economic principles of corporate governance and management in the public, private and nonprofit sectors to examples in the New Zealand and international environments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
Business Analysis
MBUA 510 – Business and Systems Analysis
Students will immerse themselves in fundamental business analysis principles, processes, techniques, and tools, gaining practical experience as they learn how business and system analysts address organisational challenges. They will develop competence in identifying problems and crafting innovative solutions enabled by information systems.
15 pts
MBUA 511 – Process Management and Design
Business process management covers the lifecycle from identifying and understanding business processes to analysing and improving them. Students learn a modern business process modelling technique as well as process analysis methods and apply both to designing improved business processes. They then test and evaluate their proposed process redesigns using simulation software.
15 pts
MBUA 512 – Data, Analytics & Insights
Equips students with a solid foundation in relational databases, data analytics, and evidence-based decision-making for business development. Through theoretical and hands-on approaches, students learn database design, querying, analytics, and data visualisation. Real-world applications empower them to harness data-driven insights, fostering strategic growth in both for-profit and not-for-profit contexts.
15 pts
MBUA 513 – Leading Digital Projects and Solutions
This course provides students with contemporary IT project management skills - including traditional and agile methodologies - and the use of project management tools. In addition, students will gain an appreciation of risk managment, change management strategies for internal and external stakeholders, and dealing with social and cultural issues in project environments.
15 pts
MBUA 514 – Digital Architecture
Digital architecture addresses the holistic alignment between business goals and strategy, processes and operations across business ecosystems, digital data and systems, and the underlying technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital enterprise and ecosystem architectures, how to plan the transition from a baseline to a target architecture, and how to create effective governance instruments for successful digital architecture management.
15 pts • (P) MBUA 510
MBUA 515 – Digital Innovation and Strategy
This course provides students with the skills required for formulating IS strategy. Students learn about the role of IT in designing new business models and in enabling innovation. Students will develop a mastery of the IS strategic process, including governance, application portfolio management, business case development, sourcing decisions, and benefits assessment.
15 pts • (P) MBUA 510
MBUA 531 – Digital Transformation Consulting Practice
This course covers specific intervention tools and techniques used by business analysts and consultants when assessing organisations and undertaking change projects. Business analysts are required to understand political, managerial, and economic considerations of business analysis practice. Students will learn effective change strategies and how to communicate effectively with stakeholders.
15 pts
MBUA 532 – Business Analysis Project
Research project on a selected aspect of business analysis.
30 pts • (P) MBUA 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515
Cell and Molecular Bioscience
See also Biological Sciences
CBIO 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
CBIO 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
CBIO 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Cell and Molecular Bioscience.
120 pts
CBIO 690 – Cell & Molecular BioSc for PhD
120 pts
Chemistry
See also Biomedical Science
CHEM 421 – Organic and Bio-organic Chemistry
Advanced aspects of organic chemistry are discussed, including the mechanisms of reaction, stereochemistry and the experimental methods of elucidating structure, applications of spectroscopy to organic chemistry, and modern strategies for the synthesis of molecules, particularly those with asymmetric centres.
15 pts • (P) 15 points from CHEM 308, CHEM 309 (or CHEM 301)
CHEM 422 – Inorganic Chemistry
Key areas of modern inorganic chemistry are discussed, including the mechanisms of reaction of transition metal compounds, the structure of inorganic and organometallic compounds and materials, methods of structure elucidation, aspects of organometallic chemistry and homogeneous catalysis.
15 pts • (P) CHEM 310 (or CHEM 302)
CHEM 423 – Physical Chemistry
This course will discuss advanced aspects of physical chemistry and materials science, including statistical thermodynamics, the structure and properties of colloids, and the chemistry and applications of nanostructured materials.
15 pts • (P) CHEM 310 (or CHEM 303)
CHEM 424 – Advanced Aspects of Chemistry A
Students choose topics offered by staff from across the range of chemistry. Typical areas might include: the design and practice of total synthesis; advanced applications of NMR, electron transfer in chemistry and biology; atmospheric chemistry; scanning probe microscopy; homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis; sigma-complexes and C-H activation; advanced materials.
15 pts
CHEM 425 – Advanced Aspects of Chemistry B
Students choose topics offered by staff from across the range of chemistry. Typical areas might include: manganese in biological systems; electron microscopy, multinuclear solid state NMR-theory and application; molecular modelling; advanced materials; structural analysis by single crystal X-ray diffraction.
15 pts
CHEM 426 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CHEM 427 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CHEM 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
CHEM 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School. This might include, where appropriate, following an approved course of study as prescribed for CHEM 301, 302 or 303.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
CHEM 480 – Research Preparation
Training in advanced skills required to research and to communicate the results, including utilising the chemical literature, record keeping, writing reports and proposals, and techniques of oral communication.
15 pts • (C) CHEM 489 (X) CHEM 580
CHEM 489 – Research Project
An individual research project that includes training in advanced laboratory skills.
30 pts
CHEM 580 – Research Preparation
30 pts • (X) CHEM 480
CHEM 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Chemistry.
120 pts
CHEM 690 – Chemistry for PhD
120 pts
CHEM 695 – Chemistry for PhD (Ferrier)
120 pts
Chinese
CHIN 401 – Advanced Chinese Language
Advanced level study of written and spoken Chinese, with particular reference to the language of the print and electronic media of China; advanced practical translation from and into Chinese; tuition in the use of a range of contemporary reference tools. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CHIN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
CHIN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Chinese.
120 pts
CHIN 690 – Chinese for PhD
120 pts
Classical Studies, Greek and Latin
CLAS 401 – Topic in Literary Genre
An author or genre of ancient literature for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CLAS 402 – Topic in Art
Ancient art, architecture and archaeology of the Bronze Age Aegean, Greek, Roman and/or Etruscan worlds for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis. For further information contact classics@vuw.ac.nz.
30 pts
CLAS 404 – Topic in History and Historiography
A period or topic of ancient history and/or historiography for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CLAS 406 – Special Topic: Food, Farming, and Identity in Ancient Greece
What did the Greeks like to eat and drink? How did they grow their food? And what can this tell us about Greek culture and society? In this course, we will study a number of topics including geography and climate; farming methods; butter; cheese; grain supply; and more.
30 pts
CLAS 407 – Topic in Society and Culture in Antiquity
A topic in ancient society and/or culture for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis.
30 pts
CLAS 408 – Directed Individual Study
Students will undertake an approved, supervised programme of research and study on a selected theme/topic in Classical Studies.
30 pts • (P) permission of the programme director
^ Limited entry course
CLAS 409 – Directed Individual Study
Students will undertake an approved, supervised programme of research and study on a selected theme/topic in Classical Studies.
30 pts • (P) permission of the programme director
^ Limited entry course
CLAS 420 – Greek Field Trip
A study of various Greek archaeological sites with special emphasis on sites in Crete. Co-taught with CLAS 320. Note: A maximum of 20 students can be accepted for this and CLAS 320 in any year. An extra fee beyond that for a 30-point course will apply.
30 pts • (X) CLAS 320
Not offered in 2024
CLAS 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) CLAS 405
GREE 401 – Greek Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 402 – Greek Tragedy
This course will examine selected Greek Tragedy Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 403 – Greek Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 405 – Special Topic
50% internal assessment, 50% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) GREE 404.
LATI 401 – Latin Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Latin Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 402 – Augustans
This course will examine selected Augustans Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 403 – Latin Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Latin Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 405 – Special Topic: Readings in Latin Literature
This course will examine selected Latin texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) LATI 404.
CLAS 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Classical Studies.
120 pts
CLAS 592 – Thesis
MA thesis in Classics.
120 pts
CLAS 690 – Classical Studies for PhD
120 pts
CLAS 691 – Classics for PhD
120 pts
Climate Change Science and Policy
CCSP 401 – Physical Basis of Climate Change
Students will learn elementary radiative transfer physics, energy balance, concepts of climate forcing, feedback and response. Some elements of planetary circulation will be covered, along with modes of variability. Carbon, methane and nitrogen cycles will be covered in support of understanding the relationship between emissions and concentrations. Introductory atmospheric, oceanic and cryosphere physics will be taught. Topics to be covered include: observations of the atmosphere, ocean, carbon cycle and cryosphere; earth system models and their performance; modes of variability; patterns of forcing, feedback and response; and emergent patterns of change.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 402 – Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation
This course will provide participants with high-level understanding of climate change impacts and adaptation at global, national and local scales. Climate prediction models will be used to examine social and biophysical vulnerabilities to environmental change, and explore policies and measures to minimise impacts, and the potential for adaptation at different scales. Topics include: global and local implications of climate change impacts and adaptation, implications (and risks) of a variable and changing climate on particular societies, models, feedback processes and uncertainties; adaptation strategies; categories of adaptation; Māori knowledge and values related to adaptation, information and communication; public engagement.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 403 – International Climate Change Policy
This course provides an overview of international climate policy, drawing on policy-relevant physical climate change science, economics, game theory, ethics, and international relations theory relevant for climate policy. At the end of the course students will understand and be able to critically analyse key decision-relevant aspects of climate change science and environmental economics, as well as the history, theory and prospects of landmark efforts to govern climate change, domestically and internationally.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 404 – Climate Change Mitigation
An examination of the domestic and international policy issues surrounding climate change mitigation, including why mitigation represents a challenging social and economic as well as environmental problem; differing perspectives on policy solutions to the mitigation challenge; linkages with international policy; policies and behaviour change; the roles of relevant institutions; sectoral considerations and policy measures; policy communication, and the politics of mitigation strategies.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 405 – Climate Policy: Carbon Pricing Mechanisms
This course introduces the policy and institutional dimensions of carbon pricing. Putting a price on carbon creates incentives for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. This market-based approach has important implications for climate change mitigation. The lectures will cover major international, national, and private-sector initiatives that involve carbon pricing, with a focus on those linked with an emission trading system. Cases from the United Nations, European Union, China, Australia, New Zealand, and other parts of the world will be presented and discussed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) GEOG 407 in 2019-2021
Not offered in 2024
CCSP 408 – Special Topic: Emerging Topics in Climate Change in Aotearoa New Zealand and the Pacific
An applied overview of the practical aspects of addressing climate change in relevant government agencies and organisations in Aotearoa New Zealand and the wider Pacific. This course is delivered through public research seminars from guest speakers in government, industry, and academia. Students will gain valuable insights into the dynamic and evolving landscape of climate change governance and adaptation and mitigation strategies.
15 pts
CCSP 409 – Special Topic
Special topic information to be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CCSP 510 – Research Essay
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a climate related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to a research question concerning an aspect of climate change science or policy, broadly interpreted. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
CCSP 511 – Practicum Placement and Project
This course has three components: a placement, a research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of climate change science, policy or management (e.g. climate-related transport research or policy formulation). The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part 2 with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
Clinical Immunology
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
Clinical Research
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
Not offered in 2024
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience
CBNS 448 – Special Topic: Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience: Consciousness and Cognition
The sense of being conscious is a central aspect of our psychological makeup. However, a lot of perceptual and cognitive processing can be done non- consciously. In this course, we will delve into the mechanisms underlying conscious and unconscious processing, current theories of consciousness, and methodological issues in studying subjective experience. Recommended background for this course is PSYC 327 and 331 (or equivalents).
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CBNS 580 – Research Preparation
This course provides the key skills required for individuals wishing to conduct postgraduate level research in cognitive and behavioural neuroscience. These skills will be acquired via practical exercises conducted across a variety of research laboratories.
30 pts • (P) PSYC 232; PSYC 242 (or 325); 30 pts from PSYC 322, 327, 331, 332 (C) PSYC 465 (X) PSYC 489
^ Limited entry course
CBNS 591 – Thesis
Master's thesis in Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience.
120 pts
Commercial Law
COML 401 – Advanced Competition Law A
An examination of the legal issues involved in formulating competition policy together with a study of the control of undesirable trade practices through the New Zealand Commerce Act 1986.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level COML pts
Not offered in 2024
COML 402 – Advanced Competition Law B
Further consideration of competition law with emphasis on business acquisitions, competition law in certain overseas jurisdictions and a study of selected legal problems arising from competition law.
15 pts • (P) COML 401
Not offered in 2024
COML 403 – Special Topic: Entrepreneurship and Innovation
This course is designed to provide students with expertise in the intellectual property laws that are an essential component of an innovative business. It includes lectures on copyright, designs, patents, trade marks, and business management of intellectual property, as well as studies on videogames, pharmaceuticals and artificial intelligence. The course assessments will require some independent research into topical and controversial areas of intellectual property laws.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; X ENTR 512
Not offered in 2024
COML 404 – Special Topic: Current Issues in Labour and Employment Law
An exploration of current issues in labour and employment law, including the law surrounding individual employment relationships and collective bargaining.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) LAWS 518
Not offered in 2024
COML 405 – Special Topic: Commercial Law and Taxation Research
This course provides students with an understanding of research methodologies, legal theories and skills required for successful postgraduate study in law and taxation. It will address research issues and develop tools for postgraduate study.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
COML 421 – Law of Commercial Transactions
Examination and review of selected areas from the law relating to international and domestic trade and finance, business finance, and secured financing.
15 pts • (P) COML 303
Not offered in 2024
COML 425 – Advanced Law of Contractual Obligations
Examination and review of the law of contract with special emphasis on recent developments in law, doctrine and theory. The course includes comparative analysis and is set within a general law of obligations framework.
15 pts • (P) COML 303
Not offered in 2024
COML 690 – Commercial Law for PhD
120 pts
Communication
COMS 401 – Special Topic: Communication in Context- Violence, Social Change, and the Digital
This course develops students’ understanding of the contemporary intersections of digital communication technologies, violence, and social change. Students will be introduced to critical theories of cultural contexts, mediums and mediation, digital technologies, violence, and social change. Case studies will include #metoo, the Islamic State, Black Lives Matter, and indigenous movements. By the end of the course, students will have a sophisticated understanding of the ways in which communications technologies can be used to both mediate and challenge various forms of violence.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LCCM 471 – Rhetoric: The Art of Persuasion, from Aristotle to the Internet
This course will study both the theory and the practice of rhetoric as a distinct mode of communication, from its classical origins to the contemporary scene. Its overriding purpose is to equip students to critique contemporary examples from the public sphere.
30 pts
COMS 501 – Communication Paradigms
This core course provides an overview of key theories and paradigms in communication studies. Topics include the historical emergence of communication, transmission versus meaning-based approaches, symbolic interactionism versus structural analysis, analog versus digital communication technologies, administrative versus critical traditions as well as political economy, cultural studies, and institutional approaches to communication.
30 pts
COMS 502 – Communication Research Methods
This course provides students with a grounding in key methodologies and methods of data collection and analysis used in communication research. This includes consideration of different research paradigms, qualitative and quantitative approaches, the operationalisation of variables and the development of hypotheses. Research ethics and Māori research tikanga are also covered. Methods include interviews, focus groups, content and discourse analysis, digital and online research methods, as well as the use of online collaborative tools, and documentary/archival analysis.
30 pts
COMS 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the Master of Communication programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) COMS 502
COMS 590 – Internship
Students will complete an approved and supervised work-based communication project while on a placement in a private sector establishment, public sector agency, or non-governmental organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
Communication Design
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Computer Graphics
CGRA 401 – Mathematics for Games and Graphics
This course will introduce applications of mathematics to game and graphics programming. The concepts will be taught through computational and programming exercises with visual results. Topics may include mathematics for shading, geometric computations and numerical considerations for graphics, graphics applications of linear systems with constraints, SVD and eigenvectors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) COMP 471 in 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 408 – Computer Graphics Rendering
This course will introduce a physically based photo-realistic rendering pipeline including radiometry, reflectance models, lighting, scene acceleration structures, ray tracing, path tracing and other global illumination algorithms.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or 352 or (CGRA 251 and 30 300-level CGRA/COMP/SWEN/NWEN points) or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 409 – Geometry Processing Algorithms
This course introduces the algorithmic and mathematical foundations of three-dimensional modelling. Topics include representations such as polygons, splines, implicit surfaces, point models, particle systems and volumetric models; concepts such as parameterisation, curvature and discrete differential geometry; algorithmic approaches such as gradient domain processing, spectral processing and example-based deformation. It does not address content creation.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or COMP 308 or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402 (or COMP 471 and 472 in 2014-15); (X) COMP 409
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 440 – Directed Individual Study
To be confirmed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 463 – Computer Graphics Practicum
The practicum is an opportunity for students to engage with a supervised computer graphics project in the context of an external company or organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 471 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 472 – Special Topic: User Experience for Immersive Technologies
This course provides students with the knowledge and understanding of the processes of user experience engineering, design and evaluation for immersive and interactive technologies, Virtual Reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR), together referred to as XR. The course will focus on interactions, techniques and methods for user experience design and evaluation, and students will engage in hands-on experience with VR devices and technologies. No previous experience in XR is necessary.
15 pts • (P) one of (CGRA 350, SWEN 303, 325, 422) or equivalent
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic in computer graphics approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
COMP 471 – Special Topic: Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches underlying algorithms and techniques of machine learning, with an emphasis on techniques that use probability and graphical models.
15 pts • (P) One of (COMP 307, 309); MATH 177 or STAT 292 or STAT 293, or approved background in Mathematics or Statistics.
Not offered in 2024
COMP 472 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 591 – Thesis in Computer Graphics
Thesis in Computer Graphics.
120 pts
CGRA 691 – Computer Graphics for PhD
120 pts
Computer Science
See also Software Engineering and Network Engineering, and (for postgraduate level) Logic and Computation
AIML 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also give a brief overview of a selection of other current topics in AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, SWEN or NWEN pts (X) COMP 307, COMP 420
AIML 421 – Machine Learning Tools and Techniques
This course addresses the use of machine learning tools and techniques for analysing data and automatically generating applications. The course will explore a range of tools and techniques for classification, regression, image analysis, clustering, text mining, and preprocessing data. It examines the applicability and limitations of the techniques and methods for analysing and evaluating the outcome of using machine learning tools. Students will gain practical experience in applying a range of tools to a range of different problems from different domains.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, NWEN, STAT or SWEN pts (X) COMP 309
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 426 – Evolutionary Computation and Learning
This course addresses evolutionary approaches in machine learning and optimisation. The course will cover both evolutionary algorithms and swarm intelligence as well as some other population-based techniques for problem solving. It will include a range of real-world application domains such as classification, regression, clustering and optimisation.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 427 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) one of (AIML 420, 421, COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); one of (ENGR 123, STAT 193, MATH 177, QUAN 102) or approved background in Statistics; (X) COMP 424, COMP 473 (2016-2018)
AIML 428 – Text Mining and Natural Language Processing
This course focuses on text mining and natural language processing. It covers a variety of topics including text representation, document classification and clustering, opinion mining, information retrieval, recommender systems, query expansion, and information extraction.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts; (C) AIML 420 or COMP 307; (X) COMP 423
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
AIML 430 – Applications and Implications of Artificial Intelligence
AIML 430 explores AI's diverse applications in today's world and what the future might hold. We go beyond just understanding AI solutions, diving into how AI techniques can have real-world consequences and ramifications. Develop your ability to critically analyse AI literature and communicate your own opinions. Learn how varied perspectives shape AI views, emphasising the vital role of ethics. We welcome students from all backgrounds, fostering a deep and balanced understanding of AI's potential and challenges.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
AIML 431 – Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses several current topics in artificial intelligence. Possible topics include Reinforcement Learning, AI for robotics, AI in games, Intelligent image analysis, AI and optimisation, AI Planning.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 440 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 441 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 487 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts
CGRA 401 – Mathematics for Games and Graphics
This course will introduce applications of mathematics to game and graphics programming. The concepts will be taught through computational and programming exercises with visual results. Topics may include mathematics for shading, geometric computations and numerical considerations for graphics, graphics applications of linear systems with constraints, SVD and eigenvectors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) COMP 471 in 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 408 – Computer Graphics Rendering
This course will introduce a physically based photo-realistic rendering pipeline including radiometry, reflectance models, lighting, scene acceleration structures, ray tracing, path tracing and other global illumination algorithms.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or 352 or (CGRA 251 and 30 300-level CGRA/COMP/SWEN/NWEN points) or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 409 – Geometry Processing Algorithms
This course introduces the algorithmic and mathematical foundations of three-dimensional modelling. Topics include representations such as polygons, splines, implicit surfaces, point models, particle systems and volumetric models; concepts such as parameterisation, curvature and discrete differential geometry; algorithmic approaches such as gradient domain processing, spectral processing and example-based deformation. It does not address content creation.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or COMP 308 or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402 (or COMP 471 and 472 in 2014-15); (X) COMP 409
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 440 – Directed Individual Study
To be confirmed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 463 – Computer Graphics Practicum
The practicum is an opportunity for students to engage with a supervised computer graphics project in the context of an external company or organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 471 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 472 – Special Topic: User Experience for Immersive Technologies
This course provides students with the knowledge and understanding of the processes of user experience engineering, design and evaluation for immersive and interactive technologies, Virtual Reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR), together referred to as XR. The course will focus on interactions, techniques and methods for user experience design and evaluation, and students will engage in hands-on experience with VR devices and technologies. No previous experience in XR is necessary.
15 pts • (P) one of (CGRA 350, SWEN 303, 325, 422) or equivalent
Not offered in 2024
CGRA 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic in computer graphics approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
COMP 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also consider a selection of other current topics in AI (Being offered as AIML 420 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level COMP, SWEN or NWEN pts; (X) COMP 307
Not offered in 2024
COMP 421 – Machine Learning
This course covers a range of topics in machine learning, with a focus on inference and uncertainty. Topics include optimization, Bayesian probability theory, learning from rewards, unsupervised learning, Belief networks and particle filters (This course will be replaced by AIML 425 and AIML 429 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) COMP 307 or COMP 420; one further 300-level COMP, ECEN, NWEN or SWEN course
Not offered in 2024
COMP 422 – Data Mining, Neural Networks and Genetic Programming
This course is concerned with data mining concepts and techniques, especially neural networks and genetic programming. It mainly focuses on the following topics: data mining and knowledge discovery in databases; data mining techniques such as nearest neighbour, naive Bayes, support vector machines, neural networks, genetic algorithms and genetic (automatic) programming; image analysis operations such as feature extraction and image recognition; and performance evaluation of data mining/ machine learning/image recognition systems. The course considers applications ranging from general classification, clustering and optimisation tasks to engineering applications (Being replaced by AIML 426 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) COMP 307, one further 300-level COMP, ECEN, NWEN or SWEN course
Not offered in 2024
COMP 423 – Intelligent Agents
This course examines the construction of intelligent agents - software programs that can act for themselves in some part of the human world. This course focuses on agents for improving web search and includes topics such as agents for information extraction from the web, web page clustering and classification, automatic query expansion and web page ranking (Being offered as AIML 427 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) COMP 307, one further 300-level COMP, ECEN, NWEN or SWEN course
Not offered in 2024
COMP 424 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) One of (COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); STAT 193 or ENGR 123 or approved background in Statistics; (X) COMP 473 (2016-2018)
Not offered in 2024
COMP 425 – Computational Logic
This course is concerned with the application of formal logic to problems in Computer Science, and with techniques for mechanising logical reasoning. Topics may include: systems of reasoning; logic programming; the application of temporal and modal logics; and the relationship between proofs, programs, specifications and types. Students are recommended to take MATH 309 or PHIL 211/334/335.
15 pts • (P) COMP 304, one further 300-level COMP, NWEN or SWEN course; (MATH 309 or PHIL 211, 334, 335 recommended)
Not offered in 2024
COMP 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
COMP 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
COMP 471 – Special Topic: Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches underlying algorithms and techniques of machine learning, with an emphasis on techniques that use probability and graphical models.
15 pts • (P) One of (COMP 307, 309); MATH 177 or STAT 292 or STAT 293, or approved background in Mathematics or Statistics.
Not offered in 2024
COMP 472 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
COMP 473 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
COMP 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
CYBR 471 – Offensive and Defensive Security
This course provides an in-depth journey into cybersecurity attacks and defences. It begins with the basics of reconnaissance, scanning, and exploitation, moving into advanced topics such as exploitation tools, post-exploitation techniques, and threat intelligence. The curriculum includes practical log analysis, vulnerability management, incident investigation, and the recovery process.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 371; 45 further 300-level pts from (AIML, CYBR, SWEN)
CYBR 472 – Cybercrime Investigations
This course offers an in-depth look at digital forensics, emphasizing its role in civil and criminal investigations including the legal context. Students will learn to analyse computer systems, mobile devices, and cloud environments, while understanding the legal and ethical aspects of forensic investigations. The program combines guest lectures from industry experts and practical exercises, preparing students to tackle real-world forensic challenges effectively.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (AIML, COMP, CYBR, SWEN)
CYBR 473 – Malware Analysis
This course introduces techniques and tools for analysing and detecting malicious software (malware). It covers in-depth analysis techniques for identifying, dissecting, and neutralising malware threats, including viruses, worms, trojans, and ransomware. The course emphasises practical skills in developing and implementing defensive strategies to protect systems against malware attacks.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (AIML, COMP, CYBR, SWEN)
AIML 501 – Research Essay in Artificial Intelligence
An investigation and literature review of an advanced topic in an area of artificial intelligence, reported in a project description and a literature review essay.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440
AIML 589 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440 (C) AIML 501
AIML 591 – Thesis in Artificial Intelligence
MSc thesis in Artificial Intelligence.
120 pts
COMP 501 – Research Essay in Computer Science
An investigation into an advanced topic in an area of computer science, reported in an essay.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level pts from (AIML, CGRA, COMP, CYBR, NWEN, SWEN)
COMP 589 – Project
Individual project under the supervision of an academic staff member.
45 pts • (P) 60 400-level pts from (AIML, CGRA, COMP, CYBR, NWEN, SWEN) (C) COMP 501
COMP 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Computer Science.
120 pts
AIML 690 – Artificial Intelligence for PhD
120 pts
COMP 690 – Computer Science for PhD
120 pts
COMP 692 – Computer Science for PhD (Engineering)
120 pts
Conservation Biology
See also Biological Sciences and Environmental Studies
BIOL 420 – Conservation Ecology
BIOL 420 is a course that focuses on the unprecedented loss of biodiversity caused by human activities and provides an overview of the wider context of "Conservation Biology". It first defines the academic discipline of "Conservation Biology" followed by an examination of the most common causes of the observed declines and extinctions of species (i.e., the ecology of extinction). It then proceeds to provide students with tools to help develop and implement effective conservation strategies aimed at protecting species at risk of extinction.
30 pts • (P) 300-level Ecology or approval of the Head of School
BIOL 424 – New Zealand Conservation Practice
A practical, field-based course in New Zealand's fauna and flora and their conservation. Students visit a range of important field sites to learn about major conservation problems affecting the New Zealand biota. A case study approach is used to examine the conservation practices of New Zealand conservation scientists and managers. October 15 is the deadline for applications to take the course. The field work is of 4 weeks duration, commencing in late-January through to late-February. Assessment of the practical work continues until the end of April.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in MConBio, PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or permission of head of school
^ Limited entry course
CONB 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
CONB 690 – Conservation Biology for PhD
120 pts
Creative Writing
See also Writing (Academic and Professional)
CREW 591 – Creative Writing Portfolio - Te Kohinga Auaha
Master of Arts in Creative Writing (Writing for the Page Portfolio).
120 pts
CREW 592 – Scriptwriting Portfolio - Te Kohinga Tuhinga Whakaari
Master of Arts in Creative Writing (Scriptwriting Portfolio)
120 pts
CREW 690 – PhD in Creative Writing - Te Tohu Kairangi Tuhinga Auaha
120 pts
Criminology
CRIM 401 – Organised Crime
This course explores issues related to organised crime with a focus on transnational organised crime. Students will learn about trafficking through case study analyses of a number of different cross- border criminal trades. Examples include trafficking in drugs, wildlife humans, diamonds, guns, and art/antiquities. The conceptual relationship between transnational, white-collar and organised crime will be explored. We will also look at the interfaces between trafficking and local forms of organised crime, such as gangs in NZ.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 421 (2016-2018)
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 402 – Crimes Against the Environment
This course explores the nature of environmental harm from a criminological perspective. Drawing on the conceptual foundations and approaches of Green Criminology, the course investigates the causes and contexts of environmental crime, and considers how victimised human beings, non-human animals and ecosystems are responded to by regulatory agencies. Students conduct independent case study analysis to explore these issues in-depth.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 417 in 2016-2019
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 414 – Issues in Crime Prevention
This course critically examines a range of issues central to the conceptualisation, implementation and evaluation of crime prevention in New Zealand and internationally. It critically analyses the emergence of contemporary crime prevention, its major approaches and techniques and the political and bureaucratic context of their practical application in contemporary societies.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 516
CRIM 416 – The Sociology of Punishment
An examination and explanation of the forms, functions, and significance of punishment in modern society.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 417 – Special Topic: Digital Criminology: Harm, Power, and Activism
This course critically analyses concepts and theories of Digital Criminology, harm, power, and activism. ‘Digital Criminology’ explores key issues that relate to the study of Digital Criminology, alongside critically examining the harms related to cyber or technology facilitated crimes, and the ways that digital technology can be abused or misused.
30 pts
CRIM 419 – Gender and Crime
An examination of the role of gender in relation to such areas as rape, murder, family violence and the sex industry. The course will evaluate the extent to which gender needs to be taken into account when considering the causes, effects and prevention of such offences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 420 – Drug Use and Misuse: Key Issues and Debates
The aim of this course is to advance a critical understanding of the diverse nature of drug use and drug users in society. This course critically analyses: the divide between legal and illegal drugs; the social construction of drug use and misuse; the notion of addiction; harm reduction and prevention strategies, as well as emerging debates about performance enhancing drugs, ‘chemsex’ and new psychoactive substances. It critically explores some of the issues related to drug policy and the current focus on punitive prohibition as a response to drugs and those who use them.
30 pts
CRIM 421 – Special Topic: Sexuality, Gender, and Harm
This course draws on zemiology, along with queer and feminist criminology, to examine gendered forms of injustice, and the regulation of sex and sexuality. It unpacks the relationship between social norms, legislative responses, and the production of harms that result from the criminalisation and marginalisation of diverse populations. Course topics may include: the movement for sex worker’s rights, and the impacts of sex work laws; reproductive rights; migration; gender-based violence; the criminalisation of HIV non-disclosure; BDSM and the law; the rights of transgender people; and LGBTIQA+ justice.
30 pts
CRIM 423 – Liberties, Rights and Justice
This course critically examines rights thinking, law, policy and practice. Students explore case-study material and reflect on how state violence and harms are negotiated and sustained through rights frames. Students consider the complexity of rights, with an emphasis on issues relating to Indigenous rights as well as capitalism, patriarchies, racism and other structural relations of power. Course topics include security and new technologies, slavery and exploitation, borders, carceral violations, and climate crisis. Throughout, the course examines the factors that underpin the denial and toleration of violations as well as responses of activism and resistance.
30 pts
CRIM 426 – Crime, Youth and Culture
This course examines the interrelated arguments surrounding youth crime and criminality. The theoretical discussions around the category of youth and youth (sub)cultures will be critically examined, from a variety of criminological perspectives, as will the relationship between social control, the media and policing of young people. Students will be encouraged to think in a creative and critical way in order to develop an understanding of the different theoretical debates which inform the examination of these relationships. Course topics will focus on: critically analysing the extent and seriousness of youth crime, the use of alcohol and drugs by young people, youth, disorder and 'antisocial' behaviour and the punishment of young people, as well as examining the representation of youth in the media. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 427 – Criminal and Investigative Psychology
This course provides an in-depth analysis of several important topics in criminal and investigative psychology. Three main areas will be considered: homicide, offender profiling, and the psychology of punishment. On completion of this course, students will have advanced their understanding of criminal and investigative psychology in several key areas and will be able to apply this knowledge to concrete examples.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 421 in 2013-2015
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 429 – Colonisation and Criminal Justice in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course examines the intersections of colonisation and criminal justice in Aotearoa New Zealand. The development of criminal justice is located within the larger history of settler-colonialism and, against this backdrop, we draw on analytical concepts from settler colonial studies to interrogate the criminal law and associated practices of policing and incarceration. We engage with contemporary debates over the colonial foundations of criminology as a discipline, and ask: what role might criminology play in broader movements for decolonising criminal justice in Aotearoa New Zealand?
30 pts • (X) CRIM 417 in 2022
Not offered in 2024
CRIM 430 – Criminology Theory
This course explores the key foundations and propositions of the most influential theorie of the causes and social responses to crime. Students will learn about the major theoretical questions that have challenged criminologists and the directions that have developed theoretically in the discipline in the search for answers. Emerging or transformative theoretical perspectives, including Māori and Pasifika knowledges, will be considered alongside more traditional or classic approaches to crime theory.
15 pts
CRIM 431 – Criminology Research Methods
This course provides students with a grounding in the key methodologies and methods of Criminological data collation and analysis. It engages diverse research paradigms, including Māori research tikanga and Pasifika methodologies, and allows students to reflect on the politics and ethics of knowledge construction around crime and justice. The course will also introduce diverse methods of doing criminological research and familiarize students with the pros and cons of different applications.
15 pts
CRIM 489 – Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an independent research project and write an extended essay. They will receive individual supervision from a staff member on their research project, while a taught component will familiarise students with the skills necessary to carry out their research project.
30 pts
SACS 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised voluntary work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy or service provision issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
CRIM 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Criminology.
120 pts
CRIM 593 – Dissertation
This course enables students to pursue an individual research project in relation to a Criminological topic. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor and will write up their research in the form of a dissertation.
60 pts • (P) CRIM 430, CRIM 431
CRIM 690 – Criminology for PhD
120 pts
Cultural Anthropology
ANTH 401 – Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
This course critically examines the ethics and politics of ethnographic representation, historically and in the present. It further explores contemporary creative approaches to ethnography that push the genre’s boundaries. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us.
30 pts
ANTH 406 – Special Topic: Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
What does it mean when we call something 'ethnographic'? In this course we will critically examine the diverse anthropological approaches to ethnography, and read key texts that have shaped and reshaped the ethnographic method and writing model. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us to explore and represent cultural worlds.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ANTH 407 – Ideas and Approaches
In this course, we will examine how people anticipate, cope with, and thrive across radical social, political, technological, and environmental changes. Through close readings of selected anthropological, philosophical, and historical texts, as well as works of speculative fiction, we will consider the multiple layers of rupture and continuity in which cultures are always situated, and reflect on how anthropology can comprehend and engage lives lived in shifting conditions. Themes to be addressed will include the Anthropocene, colonialism, late industrialism and capitalism, and posthumanism.
30 pts
ANTH 408 – Ethnographic Methods
There are many methods for conducting empirical research. This course will concentrate on those used in ethnographic research, and guide students through their own fieldwork projects. Students will learn how to write a research proposal, a field report and an ethnographic account.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ANTH 410 – Current Directions in Anthropological Thought
This course examines contemporary issues in anthropological theory. Focusing on cutting-edge ideas in the discipline, it explores historical, ethnographic and philosophical contexts of their development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ANTH 489 – Ethnographic Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an ethnographic field research project and write an extended essay. They will learn basic research methodologies and debates around methods in Anthropology through focused seminars and will then formulate a research question, conduct field research and develop an essay based on that research.
30 pts
SACS 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised voluntary work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy or service provision issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
ANTH 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Anthropology.
120 pts
ANTH 690 – Anthropology for PhD
120 pts
Cybersecurity
CYBR 471 – Offensive and Defensive Security
This course provides an in-depth journey into cybersecurity attacks and defences. It begins with the basics of reconnaissance, scanning, and exploitation, moving into advanced topics such as exploitation tools, post-exploitation techniques, and threat intelligence. The curriculum includes practical log analysis, vulnerability management, incident investigation, and the recovery process.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 371; 45 further 300-level pts from (AIML, CYBR, SWEN)
CYBR 472 – Cybercrime Investigations
This course offers an in-depth look at digital forensics, emphasizing its role in civil and criminal investigations including the legal context. Students will learn to analyse computer systems, mobile devices, and cloud environments, while understanding the legal and ethical aspects of forensic investigations. The program combines guest lectures from industry experts and practical exercises, preparing students to tackle real-world forensic challenges effectively.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (AIML, COMP, CYBR, SWEN)
CYBR 473 – Malware Analysis
This course introduces techniques and tools for analysing and detecting malicious software (malware). It covers in-depth analysis techniques for identifying, dissecting, and neutralising malware threats, including viruses, worms, trojans, and ransomware. The course emphasises practical skills in developing and implementing defensive strategies to protect systems against malware attacks.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (AIML, COMP, CYBR, SWEN)
Data Science
DATA 471 – Practical Data Science
A course in practical data science. The course will introduce interactive displays, infographics and dashboards, focussing on communication, reporting and visualisation. It will bring together techniques in statistical and mathematical modelling with programming as well as social and ethical perspectives on data science. Co-taught with DATA 301.
15 pts • (P) DATA 201; one of (DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017–2018) (X) DATA 301
DATA 472 – Data Management and Programming
A course in the practical aspects of data management for those who work with data sources. Students will apply programming and data management techniques using a high-level language and SQL. Web scraping, data transformation, data cleaning, summary and visualisation. Students will create a web-based application to investigate, analyse and display a data set. Co-taught with DATA 202.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN) (X) DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017-2018, STAT 483 in 2017-2020.
DATA 473 – Statistical Modelling for Data Science
In this course we uncover the role that Statistics plays in Data Science. With a focus on understanding relevant statistical methods and their practical applications, this course will help you consolidate key data science skills. Topics covered include generalised linear models, polynomial regression, generalised additive models, shrinkage methods and supervised learning methods. The topics are covered in the context of inference and prediction for continuous, count and binary outcomes. Co-taught with DATA 303.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) DATA 303
DATA 474 – Simulation & Stochastic Models
Simulation and modelling of stochastic systems, covering examples from Operations Research and Computer Science, including queues, networks and computer systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation experiments. Co-taught with COMP 312, DATA 304.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) COMP 312, DATA 304
Not offered in 2024
DATA 480 – Research Preparation for Data Science
This course provides students with an opportunity to develop their research skills in Data Science, including use of library resources, constructing literature reviews, developing research questions, writing research proposals and developing skills in oral presentation.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MDataSc
DATA 481 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 482 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 483 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 487 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
15 pts
DATA 489 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
30 pts
DATA 491 – Mathematics for Data Science
How should we model data to ensure we have a good understanding of the world? Drawing correct conclusions from well-chosen statistical models needs a range of mathematical techniques. This course shows you the key methods used in the construction and maximisation of likelihoods, the analysis of experimental data and linear models, and an exploration of probability plus several probability distributions. Specific mathematical topics include matrices and their properties, differentiation and optimisation of functions, plus integral calculus. The mathematical methods will be implemented and illustrated using the statistical software R, including the use of simulation, numerical methods and graphics.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) MATH 277, STAT 391
DATA 492 – Data Science Algorithms
This course will derive the fundamental algorithms of data science from mathematical and statistical principles. Algorithms for regression, clustering, dimensionality reduction and stochastic optimisation will be derived, together with methods to generate pseudo-random numbers and samples from probability distributions, including the use of Markov Chain Monte Carlo samplers. Practical work will be used to develop understanding of how the algorithms work in practice and the limits on their use.
15 pts • (P) STAT 391 or DATA 491
Not offered in 2024
DATA 501 – Advanced Techniques in Data Science
A course in the application of Data Science techniques to a problem. Each student will develop a distributable software package to process, investigate, analyse, manipulate, summarise and visualise data from a data source. The package will be developed in a standard programming environment and will be fully documented and peer tested. Students will write an accompanying critique of relevant data limitations and any legal or ethical considerations.
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 400-level pts from (AIML, COMP, DATA, STAT)
DATA 581 – Data Science Practicum
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in the application of Data Science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in Data Science applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to develop teamwork and communication skills in the real world.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in the MDataSc, 60 approved points of courses from the MDataSc
DATA 588 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
45 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
DATA 591 – Thesis in Data Science
MSc thesis in Data Science.
120 pts
DATA 690 – Data Science for PhD
Data Science for PhD.
120 pts
Design
See also Design Innovation
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
DSDN 485 – Directed Individual Study/Ako Kiritahi Horipū
Independent study work undertaken on an approved course of study.
30 pts • (P) Approval is required from the Head of School
DSDN 487 – Special Topic/Take Motuhake: Creative Artificial Intelligence
Introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. Covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate media across domains such as graphics, text, and music. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 488 – Special Topic: Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
DSDN 489 – Special Topic/Take Motuhake: Animation and Compositing
This course will cover key areas of design, production, and post-production for animation and visual effects. Students will produce high quality visual narratives and learn to think like a Director and Technical Artist.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Design for Social Innovation
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DESN 591 – Thesis/Tuhinga Whakapae
MDes thesis.
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
DESN 592 – Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
DESN 690 – Design for PhD
120 pts
Design Innovation
See Culture+Context, Industrial Design and Media Design
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
Development Studies
DEVE 503 – Practicum
Supervised practice in a field of development management focusing attention on policy and practice either as part of a special course offered by an approved overseas tertiary institution or in a particular agency or project engaged in development work either in New Zealand or overseas.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DEVE 515 – Development Theory: Socio-spatial Thinking in Development Studies
This course introduces students to forms of socio-spatial thinking that inform development theories and help us to understand inequalities. It involves a critical examination of key concepts, including power, agency, justice, community and wellbeing in development contexts. We consider mainstream theories informing international aid and geopolitical architecture as well as theories associated with forms of regenerative thinking. These include consideration of approaches such as buen vivir, Tri Hita Karana, Pacific Theory and Buddhism, as well as Kaupapa Māori responses to the legacies of colonisation and how the implications of te Tiriti obligations may be in informing development within in Aotearoa New Zealand. Students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to read a range of literature both critically and independently and to show an ability to analyse and critique theories of development. Co-taught with GEOG 511
30 pts • (X) GEOG 511
DEVE 516 – Development Research Approaches for Just and Regenerative Futures
This course introduces students to the politics and practices of conducting research which aims to inform just and regenerative futures. The course prepares students going on to a Masters thesis in Development Studies or wishing to carry out a research project in a range of community or employment contexts. It specifically grapples with researching in intercultural and development contexts. Co-taught with GEOG 512, ENVI 521 and GEOG 580.
30 pts • (X) DEVE 514, ENVI 521, GEOG 512, GEOG 580
DEVE 517 – Community Engagement and Social Action
This course builds students’ capacities in the analysis and application of professional and creative tools to engage with diverse communities and organisations working towards social action in particular contexts. It supports students to engage with regenerative practices that respond to multiple and compounding contemporary crises.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MDevStud or MIntTr or permission of the Head of School (X) the pair (DEVE 512, 513);
DEVE 540 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts
DEVE 560 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by the Programme Director.
30 pts
DEVE 561 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DEVE 592 – Thesis
Master of Development Studies thesis.
120 pts
DEVE 690 – Development Studies for PhD (Science)
120 pts
DEVE 692 – Development Studies for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
DEVE 693 – Development Studies for PhD (Arts)
120 pts
Earth Sciences
ESCI 404 – ST: Topics in Earth Sciences
15 pts • (P) 40 300-level points (X) GEOL 404
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 407 – Global Tectonics
This course looks at the frontiers of research on the tectonics of plate boundaries and lithospheric geodynamics, focusing on current scientific debate about these topics with examples from around the world.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 302
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 408 – Special Topic: Frontiers of Palaeobiology
This course will review some of the latest results in the field of palaeobiology. Using research papers published over the last twelve months, we will choose the most exciting and extraordinary topics available. Depending on what’s published in that period, topics may include discussions on mass extinctions, processes and patterns in the fossil record, human evolution and any particularly spectacular fossils that are reported. Participants will be encouraged to suggest topics in any area of palaeobiology that interests them.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 409 – Special Topic
This course examines the formation of the elements, origins of the Solar System, and accretion and differentiation of the rocky planets. It reviews the generation and modification of magmas and volcanoes and the investigation of metamorphic conditions and processes, and examines how chemical and isotopic tracers are used in a diverse range of fields. Students will use the School's Geochemistry Laboratory and will obtain hands-on experience in the use of the electron microprobe and laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399, GEOL 301-399
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 411 – Advanced Applied Geophysics
How can we know what materials are under the Earth’s surface? This course will cover methods to find out, including applications in environmental earth science such as seismic hazards, geothermal energy and groundwater. This new knowledge will prepare you for a wide variety of careers such as: geotechnical and energy companies; local and regional councils; and Crown entities such as GNS Science, NIWA and LINZ.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 305; (X) GEOL 411
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 412 – Paleoclimatology
The course is a study of contemporary research papers in Paleoclimate science. Concentrates on environmental proxy indicators, dating methods and climate dynamics. Prominent NZ Quaternary records as well as high profile records from elsewhere are examined. An understanding is developed of how atmosphere, ocean and cryosphere influence climate change as recorded in the geologic record.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 301; (X) GEOL 412
ESCI 413 – Geochemical Forensics of Earth's Origins, History and Future
An advanced course presenting petrologic/geochemical techniques and concepts used for reconstructing Earth processes. Topics include trace element and isotope geochemistry, mantle processes and magmatism, and marine and paleoenvironmental geochemistry.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 303; (X) GEOL 413
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 414 – Physics and Chemistry of Volcanoes
An advanced course covering why and how volcanoes form and the eruption styles that characterise magmas produced at different plate tectonic settings (subduction zone, mid-ocean ridges and oceanic and intraplate settings); quantitative geochemical methods for containing processes and rates of melt generation, storage in magma chambers and eruption; geochemical and geophysical techniques for monitoring volcanic activity and assisting in eruption prediction.
15 pts
ESCI 440 – Directed Individual Study
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
ESCI 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
ESCI 449 – Earth Sciences – International Field Course
This international field course in earth sciences aims to examine key geographical, geological and/ or geophysical localities. The course will offer a variable but unique insight, understanding and experience of earth science in the field beyond that which already exists in New Zealand. This course is offered in alternate years and will run in the USA from 18 November 2019 to 18 December 2019. Numbers are limited, apply by 1 April 2019. An extra fee beyond that for the course, covering travel and subsistence costs applies and is to be met by the student.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from (ESCI, GEOG) including one of ESCI 341-344 or GEOG 323 (X) ESCI 349
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 451 – Active Earth
The physical and chemical phenomena governing tectonism, magmatism, and active margin processes in general interact on a wide variety of timescales. This course explores the observations on which modern understanding of active earth processes are based, the interaction between those processes, and the implications they have for hazard. Using global and New Zealand examples, this course explores how we make and evaluate geoscientific observations and effectively communicate our findings. The topics addressed include theoretical and empirical models of plate boundary processes, including subduction, magmatism, faulting, and fluid migration.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 402, PGEO 401
ESCI 452 – Earth History
This course will examine stratigraphic principles and approaches used to reconstruct past depositional environments, to then interpret major tectonic and/or climatic events in Earth’s history. Geochemical and paleontological proxies will be used to identify changes in Earth's environment and climate over last 100 million years. An emphasis will be placed on an integrated stratigraphic dataset to interpret the history of NZ’s sedimentary basins.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 403, GEOL 403
ESCI 453 – Earth Materials and Resources
Earth materials are essential for renewable energy transition and sustainable development but their extraction impacts our environment. This course will explore the origin, extraction, uses and potential problems associated with a range of Earth resources. We focus on the the transition from fossil fuels to green energy generation and storage, and explore where we might obtain the resources required for construction of a sustainable world.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 416, GEOL 414
ESCI 454 – Frontiers of Paleobiology
This course will review a diverse range of current controversies and debates in paleobiology using recently published papers. Topics will be selected from a list supplied by us and/or proposed by the class. We will suggest some literature as a starting point and students will research their own papers. Examples of topics include human evolution, cyclicity or ecology of mass extinctions, origins of the New Zealand biota, the Cambrian explosion, Quaternary megafaunal extinction, oxygenation of the atmosphere, and evolution of the eye or flight.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 408 in 2016-2020
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 580 – Research Preparation
The course will provide skills and techniques required for successful scientific research in the Earth Sciences including: the philosophy of science; bibliographic database searches; writing, reviewing and revision of proposals; abstracts and journal papers; introductions to data analysis and selected research software; strategies for poster and oral presentations.
15 pts
Ecological Restoration
See also Biological Sciences
ERES 525 – Ecological Restoration
Theory and practice behind the restoration of flora and fauna and functions to degraded sites, with presentations by leading NZ scientists and restoration practitioners. Students will visit current restoration projects, e.g. Zealandia.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
ERES 526 – Ecological Restoration in Practice
A project-based exploration of practical issues underpinning ecological restoration. Students will develop practical skills and obtain knowledge enabling them to contribute to a local restoration project. Focus will be placed on the skills required to develop a restoration plan, implement restoration management and to evaluate the success of restoration efforts.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
ERES 527 – Ecological Restoration and Conservation Skills
A practical course delivering the key skills required for successful ecological restoration and conservation practice. These skills are learnt by completion of projects at selected restoration sites.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ERES 591 – Thesis in Ecological Restoration
MSc thesis in Ecological Restoration.
120 pts
ERES 690 – Ecological Restoration for PhD
120 pts
Ecology and Biodiversity
See also Biological Sciences
EBIO 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School; (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
EBIO 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Ecology and Biodiversity.
120 pts
EBIO 690 – Ecology & Biodiversity for PhD
120 pts
Econometrics
See also Economics
QUAN 690 – Econometrics for PhD
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
Economics
ECON 402 – Macroeconomics: Growth and General Equilibrium
A review of theoretical models widely used in modern macroeconomics for studying positive and normative questions from an essentially New Classical macroeconomic perspective.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 201, 203, ECON 305
ECON 403 – Macroeconomics: Economic Fluctuations and Policy
New Keynesian macroeconomics and its implications for Dynamic Stochastic General Equilibrium (DGSE) models.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 201, 203, ECON 305
ECON 404 – Microeconomics: Consumer and Producer Choice
A study of advanced microeconomic theories including basic choice theory, consumer theory, decision-making under uncertainty, basic welfare theory, uncertainty, producer theory, and general equilibrium with production and firms.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314, QUAN 203
ECON 405 – Microeconomics: Games, Contracts and Incentives
This course applies game-theoretic models to contracts, incentives and delegation.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314, QUAN 203
ECON 408 – Advanced Econometrics: Cross-sectional Data
The course studies advanced econometric theories with both simulation and real-world data applications. It covers the following topics: asymptotic analysis, Monte Carlo Simulation, ordinary least squares, instrumental variables, systems of equations, and maximum likelihood.
15 pts • (P) ECON or QUAN 301
ECON 409 – Econometrics: Panel Data and Time Series
In-depth coverage of econometric methods for time series and models for panel data.
15 pts • (P) ECON or QUAN 301
Not offered in 2024
ECON 410 – Public Economics: Taxes and Transfers
The role of personal income tax and sales tax in achieving the appropriate balance between equity and efficiency; the impact on the efficiency/equity balance arising from different perspectives on distributive justice, income distribution, tax incidence and labour supply incentives.
15 pts • (P) ECON 201, 307 (or PUBL 303); (D) PUBL 410
Not offered in 2024
ECON 411 – Public Economics: Economics of Social Regulations
The role of policy instruments in achieving policy objectives. Applications are considered in environmental policy, health and safety regulations and interventions to influence savings decisions.
15 pts • (P) ECON 201, 307 (or PUBL 303)
Not offered in 2024
ECON 412 – International Economics: Trade
A study of international trade theory. Topics covered include the causes and consequences of trade under various market structures, the effects of impediments to free trade, firms in the global economy, trade and technology, the political economy of trade policy.
15 pts • (P) ECON 309 or 314 (or 201)
Not offered in 2024
ECON 413 – International Economics: Monetary
Key issues and analytical techniques in modern open economy macroeconomics and international monetary economics. The course examines the role of intertemporal considerations in determining external balances, exchange rates, and monetary policy in small open economies like New Zealand.
15 pts • (P) ECON 305 or 309 or 338
Not offered in 2024
ECON 418 – Behavioural Economics
In contrast to the rational and self-interested model of human behaviour traditionally used in economics, behavioural economics uses insights from psychology and sociology to make more realistic assumptions about human behaviour and motivations. In particular, this course studies people’s limited computational capacity, limited self-control and social preferences and their implications.
15 pts • (P) 45 approved 300-level ECON or FINA pts
Not offered in 2024
ECON 419 – Special Topic: Economic Development
A directed reading course, exploring a range issues in development economics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
ECON 423 – Macroeconomic Modelling for the New Zealand Economy
This course features macroeconomic and structural modelling of the New Zealand economy, blending relevant economic theory, applied econometrics and policy-relevant material. Topics include the Reserve Bank and/or Treasury models, and applied equilibrium modelling.
15 pts • (P) ECON 305
Not offered in 2024
ECON 430 – Research Project in Economics
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of economics.
30 pts • (X) ECON 490, ECON 491
ECON 431 – Growth and Development
This course covers mainstream theories of economic growth, and explores a range of issues in development economics.
15 pts • (P) 45 approved 300-level points
Not offered in 2024
ECON 433 – Labour Economics
This course provides alternative theories of labour markets, models and approaches to supply, demand and pricing of different types of labour.
15 pts • (P) ECON 333
Not offered in 2024
ECON 490 – Research Project A
This is one part of a supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of economics or econometrics. In this course, students will formulate a research question, complete a thorough literature review on that question, and formulate a plan for how to conduct research to answer that question. This can be completed prior to completing the other part (ECON 491), or concurrently.
15 pts • (X) ECON 430
ECON 491 – Research Project B
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of economics or econometrics. This will usually be done after completing ECON 490, but may be done concurrently.
15 pts • (C) ECON 490 (X) ECON 430
PHPE 401 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics
This course examines topics at the intersection of philosophy, politics and economics. Topics may include: social choice theory, rational choice theory, economic history, value theory, the politics of global finance, global governance, and comparative political economics.
30 pts
PHPE 402 – Approaches to Microeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of microeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 403 – Approaches to Macroeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of macroeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 404 – Directed Individual Study in Economics
Students will undertake an approved, supervised course of study relating to economics and complementing their work in the Philosophy, Politics and Economics programme.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 502 – Economic Decision Analysis
This course develops knowledge and understanding of economic concepts and frameworks, and how these affect decision-making in various contexts. It enables students to draw on ideas from public, private and not-for-profit perspectives to develop insights into the principles and application of economics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
ECON 501 – Advanced Topic in Economics
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
ECON 502 – Advanced Topic in Economics
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
ECON 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
ECON 591 – Thesis
MCom or MA thesis in Economics.
120 pts
ECON 592 – Thesis
90 point Thesis in Economics.
90 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ECON 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Economics.
60 pts
PECO 511 – Microeconomics in Context
Frameworks for decision making by individuals, firms and government agencies. The course introduces cost-benefit analysis and covers consumer and household economics; different trading arrangements and market structures; implications of government interventions in modern economies. Emphasises the interpretation of microeconomic analysis.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 501;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 512 – Macroeconomics in Context
Aggregate economic analysis and its its implementation in monetary and fiscal policy, using workhorse frameworks such as the AS/AD model and extensions. The course addresses the roles of government and central bank, Keynesian versus neoclassical policy prescriptions and debates in local and global contexts; mechanisms and models of economic stabilisation, growth and development.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 502;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 513 – Applications of Econometrics
Applied econometrics and its use in quantifying relationships in practical settings. Develop econometric models using the R statistical programming language. Using econometric methods in R, explore the time series properties of various types of dataset, including trend, seasonality, autocorrelation, and stationarity. Investigate volatility models.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 503;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 514 – Regulation: economics for the public sector
This course studies the economic analysis of social regulation. It emphasises interventions motivated by externalities or by paternalism. Part one covers topics in the use of Cost Benefit Analysis in regulatory review. This material should complement the material on CBA in PECO511. Part two deals with the selection of appropriate policy instruments. It refers to design standards, performance standards, corrective taxes, cap-and-trade schemes, restrictions on contracts, information provision and possibly nudges.
15 pts • (P) PECO511 (X) MMPE 504;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 515 – Markets and Institutions
How information and institutions may shape industries, distortions in markets and their evolution. The course investigates the characteristics of markets and the implications for firm conduct and market outcomes. Game theory frames specific applications and market case studies.
15 pts • (P) PECO 511 (X) MMPE 505;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 516 – International and Trade Economics
This course examines open economies: small and large, with a focus on Asia/Pacific economies and their trade prospects. It introduces models and mechanisms of international trade: classical comparative advantage; differentiated products; trade and development. It explores trade agreements, rules, and related international structures/bodies; as well as offshore investment and capital market flows.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 526;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 517 – Resource Markets and the Environment: Growth and Environmental Stewardship
This course focuses on business, trade and policy issues around exhaustible and renewable resources. The course covers topical debates - resource-intensive commodities, and environmental stewardship - and case studies specific markets. Core models are used to frame debates, suggest institutions and policy responses.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 507;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 518 – Public Finance: Options, Implications and Impacts
This course studies the design, practice and impact of public sector revenue and expenditure decisions. The course separates public financing from spending issues, relates principles to practical applications, such as infrastructure, and project evaluation. It explores how microsimulation modelling can quantify the impact of policy.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 508;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 519 – Behavioural Economics
In contrast to the rational and self-interested model of human behaviour traditionally used in economics, behavioural economics uses insights from psychology and sociology to make more realistic assumptions about human behaviour and motivations. In particular, this course studies people’s limited computational capacity, computational capacity, limited self-control and social preferences and their implications.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 509, MMPE 520 in 2015-2017;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 520 – The Economics of Natural Disasters and Climate Change
This course frames how natural disasters impact on the economy, evaluates prevention and mitigation policy, and appraises post-disaster interventions and their efficacy. This course covers material on the scientific implications of climate change – impacts, mitigation, and adaptation.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 510, MMPE 520 in 2014, MMPE 522 in 2016;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 521 – ‘Miracle’ economies: growth and development
This course analyses the economic transformation of rapidly growing economies - with an emphasis on Asia - after 1945, examining why some grew faster than others and so many descended into crisis during the 1990s. A strong emphasis is placed on the role of economic policy.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
PECO 522 – Business Cycle Analysis and Implications
This course studies the theory and empirics of business cycles. It explores the output gap: theory, measurement. It covers the topics of recession/recovery dating; leading, coincident, lagging indicators; and fiscal policy: the structural balance, fiscal impulse. We examine overall monetary conditions; the use of diffusion indices; forecasting GDP, interest rates, exchange rates. We use forecasts in business and policy contexts.
15 pts • (P) PECO 512, PECO 513
Not offered in 2024
PECO 523 – Applications of economics and finance
This course gives students an opportunity to connect their knowledge of economics and finance to particular applications.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 or equivalent
Not offered in 2024
PECO 526 – Economics of International Trade
Study of open economics with economic models of international trade, including classical comparative advantage, increasing return to scale, and differentiated products. Apply understanding of economic models to current issues and controversies, including trade and development, environment, trade agreements and trade diversion, offshoring investment, FDI, and outsourcing.
30 pts • (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 516
Not offered in 2024
PECO 533 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
PHPE 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director (X) PHPE 593
PHPE 590 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics Internship
This course builds on the skills and knowledge gained through Part 1 of the PPE programme. It provides students with the opportunity of gaining direct insights into the workings of government, ministries or related workplaces. Placements will be organized through the PPE Internship coordinator. Acceptance into the course will require students to pass an interview.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
PHPE 593 – Dissertation
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
60 pts • (X) PHPE 589
ECON 690 – Economics for PhD
120 pts
Economics (Professional)
MMPE 511 – 'Miracle' Economies: Growth and Development
This course analyses the economic transformation of rapidly growing economies - with an emphasis on Asia - after 1945, examining why some grew faster than others and so many descended into crisis during the 1990s. A strong emphasis is placed on the role of economic policy.
15 pts • (X) MMPE 521 or ECON 421 in 2015-2017
Not offered in 2024
MMPE 512 – Business Cycle Analysis and Implications
Theory and empirics of business cycles. The output gap: theory, measurement. Recession/recovery dating. Leading, coincident, lagging indicators. Fiscal policy: the structural balance, fiscal impulse. Overall monetary conditions. Use of diffusion indices. Forecasting GDP, interest rates, exchange rates. Using forecasts in business and policy contexts.
15 pts • (P) (MMPE502, MMPE503) or permission of the Programme Director.
Not offered in 2024
Education
EDUC 403 – Research Methods in Education
An introduction to quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods research. This course addresses methods of inquiry used to study topics in education. This course is taught on campus in trimester one and two, but is taught online in trimester three.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 503, EPSY 401, 501 or X EDUC 416, 532,C 502 TEAC 502
EDUC 405 – Pacific Values Through Place, Space and Identity
This course considers the relationships between Pacific values through place and cultural identity. It explores the ways Pacific values are understood and integrated into teaching and learning historically, politically and geographically in a range of educational environments and 'spaces'. Also taught as EDUC 505.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 466, 566 in 2016-2019, EDUC 505
EDUC 406 – Mentoring and Coaching for Educational Leadership
A critical examination of theory and practice related to effective mentoring and coaching for educational leadership in diverse cultures and contexts. This course provides an opportunity for participants to critically engage with the research and to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own area of interest. Co-taught with EDUC 538.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 538, EPOL 511, EPOL 585 in 2011 and 2012
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 412 – Contemporary Education Policy
This course will critically examine major policy developments in New Zealand and internationally in education since the 1980s in light of relevant historical, bicultural, theoretical and policy literature. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own educational or workplace setting. Co-taught with EDUC 511.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 511, EPOL 406, 506 or EDUC 401, 402, 501, 502, EPOL 506
EDUC 418 – Social and Emotional Development
A critical examination of theories and research concerning emotional and social development. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to infancy, early childhood, middle childhood and adolescence.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 518, EPSY 405, 505 or EDUC 404, 457, 505, 557
EDUC 420 – Education, Development and Change in Aotearoa
Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives this course studies contemporary debate about the future role of education in creating sustainable, equitable and healthy Maori communities. Educational development policy in post-Treaty settlement environments will be analysed and critiqued.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 520, KURA 405, 505
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 422 – Curriculum: Theory and Practice
A critical examination of the nature of curriculum design and implementation in early childhood, primary, secondary and tertiary settings. Co-taught with EDUC 522.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 522, EPOL 405, 505 or EDUC 421, 521, EPOL 505
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 423 – Education, engagement and community
A critical examination of the intersections between education and engagement with social and environmental issues. Theoretical and philosophical perspectives are used to examine such issues and generate effective educational responses to them. Participants will contextualise course understandings to their area of interest in community, informal or formal education.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 523
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 424 – Psychological Aspects of Neurodevelopmental Disorders
This course explores the impact of neurodevelopmental disorders on students' learning and behaviour and focuses on identifying ways in which educational professionals involved in special and inclusive education can apply evidence-based practices. Neurodevelopmental disorders examined include autism, intellectual disability, cerebral palsy, and associated genetic syndromes. The psychological aspects covered include diagnosis, aetiology, adaptive functioning, learning and behavioural characteristics, and treatment approaches.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 524
EDUC 432 – Child and Adolescent Mental Health
This course examines research and practice on child and adolescents’ well-being. This course includes a focus on how mental health issues impact children and adolescents’ learning and development. It critically explores ecological, inclusive, culturally responsive, collaborative and evidence informed approaches and models used in educational psychology to assess risk and protective factors; identify strengths, needs and goals; develop, implement, and monitor outcomes of school-based, family/whānau and community interventions (universal, selected, and targeted) used to support ākonga/learners.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 532
EDUC 433 – Issues in Early Childhood Care and Education
A critical study of issues related to early childhood care and education (ECCE) in historical and contemporary contexts. National and international models of ECCE practice will be explored using Kaupapa Māori and multi-disciplinary approaches that bridge child development and policy studies. Co-taught with EDUC 533.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 533
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 438 – Education for the Indigenous People of the Pacific
An examination of education for Pacific peoples from a critical perspective, covering issues of relevance for the wider Island Pacific as well as for Pacific peoples of Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 425, 525, KURA 404, 504
EDUC 439 – Critical Pedagogies of Place
A critical examination of the relationship between local landscape, community and the development of human perception. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the importance of ecologically appropriate community-based educational programmes.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 539, KURA 403, 503
EDUC 440 – Research as Praxis: Indigenous Perspectives
A critique of research as it serves indigenous communities. A major theme of this course is the articulation of indigenous knowledge and theoretical explorations of those. The politicisation of indigenous communities within Aotearoa/New Zealand and Pacific Nations will be studied. Co-taught with EDUC 540
30 pts • (X) EDUC 540, KURA 401, 501 or EDUC 441, 541
EDUC 443 – Modern Assessment: Theory and practice
This course critically examines theory and practice in assessment. Different approaches to assessment are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 507 or EDUC 543
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 444 – Evaluation in education
This course critically examines theory and practice in evaluation. Different approaches to evaluation are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development. The course considers both quantitative and qualitative analyses of evaluation data.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 507 or EDUC 544
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 459 – Learning and Motivation
This course examines current theory and evidence on how people learn and why people are motivated, particularly from the perspective of application to formal and informal contexts. The course helps students synthesize and evaluate key features of being motivated in different ways and pivotal benefits and drawbacks of using different learning strategies. In addition, the course presents, evaluates, and critiques evidence on the relationships between learning and motivation. Finally, this course builds students' knowledge of how learners' motivation and learning can be optimally supported and strengthened.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 559, EPSY 406, 506, 531
EDUC 460 – Special Topic
15 pts • (X) EDUC 560
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 461 – Special Topic: Advocacy with and for Children and Young People in Contemporary Society
A critical study of advocacy and issues related to children and young people in contemporary society, particularly in the context of Aotearoa (New Zealand). International and national conventions policies, reports and research will be utilised to develop research-based approaches in response to national and local issues across a range of disciplines.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 561
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 462 – Special Topic: Working with High Achieving (Gifted and Talented) Learners
This course provides a broad introduction into the provision of gifted and talented education, focusing on New Zealand. The course will involve analysis and application of the principles and history underpinning gifted and talented education, and a study of theoretical and research-based practices relating to developing exceptional abilities. This course is taught online.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 562
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 463 – Special Topic
15 pts • (X) EDUC 563
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 464 – Special Topic:
X EDUC 564
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 465 – Special Topic: Applied Research Project Part 1
A supervised applied research project related to the field of education and focused on improving understanding of, exploring or finding solutions to, applied issues. Students will design an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
30 pts
EDUC 466 – Special Topic:
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 467 – Special Topic: Applied Research Project Part 2
A supervised applied research project related to the field of education and focused on improving understanding of, or finding solutions to, applied issues. Students will implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 465
EDUC 489 – Research Paper in Education
This paper is a supervised research project on a topic/question agreed between the student and the supervisor that will result in a scholarly research report. The aim is to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a question or problem usually through a comprehensive review of the literature. The findings of the research are to be presented in a scholarly report.
30 pts • (X) EDUC, EPSY, KURA 489
EDUC 503 – Research Methods in Education
An introduction to quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods research. This course addresses methods of inquiry used to study topics in education. This course is offered on campus in trimester one and two, but is taught online in trimester three.
30 pts • (X) EPSY 401, 501, EDUC 403
EDUC 504 – International Education: Issues and trends in policy, theory and practice
This course provides a broad introduction into the study and practice of international education. In this course students develop the capacity to critically examine international education policies and practices. Attention is paid to intercultural relations and approaches to developing intercultural competencies. X EDUC 460, 560 in 2015-2018. .
15 pts
EDUC 505 – Pacific Values Through Place, Space and Identity
This course considers the relationships between Pacific values through place and cultural identity. It explores the ways Pacific values are understood and integrated into teaching and learning historically, politically, and geographically in a range of educational environments and 'spaces'. Also taught as EDUC 405.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 566, 466 in 2016-2019, EDUC 405
EDUC 509 – Education in a Digital Age
This course examines the theoretical and practical implications of a digital age for educational contexts. Participants in this course will critique pedagogy, curricula, learning environments and educational policy from a digital age perspective. Learning in this course includes an evaluation of digital integration within a selected educational context. This course is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 407
EDUC 511 – Contemporary Education Policy
This course will critically examine major policy developments in New Zealand and internationally in education since the 1980s in light of relevant historical, bicultural, theoretical and policy literature. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own educational or workplace setting. Co-taught with EDUC 412.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 412
EDUC 512 – Evaluating the Design and Use of Learning Environments
This course examines the relationship between learning environment design and user experience. Drawing on research from building science and education, students will examine historical and cultural contexts, the impact of environmental quality on cognitive processes, spatial and furniture design, and the impact of the digital age on the design and use of physical learning environments. A focus of this course is the critique of learning environments and policies that inform design and use. Tools for evaluating environments will be introduced.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 515 – Teaching Linguistically Diverse Learners
A critical examination of issues surrounding equitable educational access for linguistically diverse students. Participants will make informed decisions when designing preparing and evaluating resources to promote the learning of these students. This course is co-taught with EDUC 415 and is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC415, EPSY 502
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 516 – The Language of the Classroom
An investigation into the form and function of language and its contribution to learning, student engagement and achievement in the classroom. Participants will make informed decisions about how to facilitate the language development of their learners. This course is is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 416; EPSY 503
EDUC 518 – Social and Emotional Development
A critical examination of theories and research concerning emotional and social development. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to infancy, early childhood, middle childhood and adolescence. Co-taught with EDUC 418.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 418, EPSY 405, 505
EDUC 520 – Education, Development and Change in Aotearoa
Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives this course studies contemporary debate about the future role of education in creating sustainable, equitable and healthy Māori communities. Educational development policy in post-Treaty settlement environments will be analysed and critiqued. Co-taught with EDUC 420.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 420; KURA 405, 505
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 522 – Curriculum: Theory and Practice
A critical examination of the nature of curriculum design and implementation in early childhood, primary, secondary and tertiary settings. Co-taught with EDUC 422
30 pts • (X) EDUC 422; EPOL 405, 505
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 523 – Education, engagement and community
A critical examination of the intersections between education and engagement with social and environmental issues. Theoretical and philosophical perspectives are used to examine such issues and generate effective educational responses to them. Participants will contextualise course understandings to their area of interest in community, informal or formal education.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 423
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 524 – Psychological Aspects of Neurodevelopmental Disorders
This course explores the impact of neurodevelopmental disorders on students' learning and behaviour and focuses on identifying ways in which educational professionals involved in special and inclusive education can apply evidence-based practices. Neurodevelopmental disorders examined include autism, intellectual disability, cerebral palsy, and associated genetic syndromes. The psychological aspects covered include diagnosis, aetiology, adaptive functioning, learning and behavioural characteristics, and treatment approaches.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 424
EDUC 525 – Education for Pacific People
An exploration of education for Pacific people, focusing on topics crucial to the Pacific community in Aotearoa New Zealand and the Pacific. Co-taught with EDUC 438.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 438, KURA 404, 504
EDUC 526 – Education for Sustainability in Aotearoa New Zealand
The New Zealand Government is committed to the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals. This course will focus on Goal 4.7 which requires educators to ensure that all learners acquire knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development. Students will critically analyse the implications and applications of Goal 4.7 in relation to education policy, curriculum and pedagogy in the Tiriti o Waitangi based context of Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts • (X) EDUC464/564 (2019)
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 533 – Issues in Early Childhood Care and Education
A critical study of issues related to early childhood care and education (ECCE) in historical and contemporary contexts. National and international models of ECCE practice will be explored using Kaupapa Māori and multi-disciplinary approaches that bridge child development and policy studies.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 433
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 536 – Professional Inquiry
The course examines professional pedagogical inquiry from the perspectives of teachers, lead teachers, teacher educators, and policy makers, implementers and evaluators. It critically examines evidence-based professional pedagogical inquiry designed to support the implementation of curriculum across a range of settings.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 436, EPOL 509
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 537 – Mathematics Teaching and Learning
This course examines research-informed approaches to mathematics teaching and learning. Participants will scrutinise specific aspects of mathematical pedagogical content knowledge and culturally responsive approaches towards understanding ways to promote mathematical engagement and enhance achievement. They will be able to contextualise key course understandings to their own work.
15 pts • (X) EPOL 510
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 538 – Mentoring and Coaching for Educational Leadership
A critical examination of theory and practice related to effective mentoring and coaching for educational leadership in diverse cultures and contexts. This course provides an opportunity for participants to critically engage with the research and to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own area of interest.
30 pts • (X) EDUC406, EPOL 511, EPOL 585 in 2011- 2012
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 539 – Critical Pedagogies of Place
A critical examination of the relationship between local landscape, community and the development of human perception. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the importance of ecologically appropriate community-based educational programmes.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 439, KURA 403, 503
EDUC 540 – Research as Praxis: Indigenous Perspectives
A critique of research as it serves indigenous communities. A major theme of this course is the articulation of indigenous knowledge and theoretical explorations of those. The politicisation of indigenous communities within Aotearoa/New Zealand and Pacific Nations will be studied. Co-taught with EDUC 440.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 440, KURA 401, 501
EDUC 543 – Assessment in Education: Principles, Practices, and Innovation
This course critically examines theory and practice in assessment. Different approaches to assessment are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development. The course considers both quantitative and qualitative analyses of assessment data.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 443, EPSY 507
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 544 – Evaluation in education
This course critically examines theory and practice in evaluation. Different approaches to evaluation are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development. The course considers both quantitative and qualitative analyses of evaluation data.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 444, EPSY 507
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 553 – Educational Leadership
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership, including a study of effective leadership in schools, early childhood education services and other educational institutions. The course has an inclusive approach to issues of cultural diversity and leading in diverse cultures and communities.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 453, EPOL 503
EDUC 560 – Special Topic
15 pts • (X) EDUC 460
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 561 – Special Topic: Advocacy with and for Children and Young People in Contemporary Society
A critical study of advocacy and issues related to children and young people in contemporary society, particularly in the context of Aotearoa (New Zealand). International and national conventions, policies, reports and research will be utilised to develop research-based approaches in response to national and local issues across a range of disciplines.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 461
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 562 – Special Topic: Working with High Achieving (Gifted and Talented) Learners
This course provides a broad introduction into the provision of gifted and talented education, focusing on New Zealand. The course will involve analysis and application of the principles and history underpinning gifted and talented education, and a study of theoretical and research-based practices relating to developing exceptional abilities. This course is taught online.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 462
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 563 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 564 – Special Topic:
X EDUC 464
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 565 – Special Topic
To be advised.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 465
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 566 – Special Topic:
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 567 – Special Topic
To be confirmed.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 568 – Sport and Physical Activity: Supporting Youth Development
This course critically examines beliefs about the use of sport and physical activity contexts for youth development and the implications for policy and practice. Students will examine contemporary models and evidence based practice in relation to the evaluation of programmes designed to promote positive youth development.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 464, EDUC 564 in 2015-2018
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 569 – The Design of Professional Development and Learning
A critical examination of theoretical and practical issues in the design of programmes for professional learning, development and training. Key topics will include notions of professional learning, development and training across different workplace contexts; designing and conducting needs analyses and the role of ICT in professional learning. This course is blended.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 469, EPSY 508
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 575 – Language and Literacy Acquisition
A critical examination of current philosophies and constructs of literacy, and current curriculum contexts for literacy acquisition. This course is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 475, EPOL 507
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 581 – Directed Individual Study
This provides students with the option of following a directed individual study, with the approval of the Head of School, and under the supervision of an academic staff member with appropriate expertise.
15 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 582 – Advanced Quantitative Research and Analysis in Education and Psychology
Advanced quantitative analyses and research design for longitudinal and multivariate data sets. Specific understandings and knowledge in advanced statistics including latent variable-based inquiry; structural equation modelling; exploratory factor analysis; confirmatory factor analysis; latent growth modelling.
30 pts • (P) Permission by relevant Associate Dean (Research), EDUC 503 (or EPSY 501) or PSYC 242 (or 325) or approved alternative. (X) EPSY 511, FEDU 511, PSYC 511
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 583 – Advanced Qualitative Research and Analysis in Education
Advanced theoretical and applied understanding of qualitative research and analysis in the field of education. A key focus is critical examination of advanced research frameworks and methods in the context of research problems and data sets drawn from the field of education using participant's own research.
30 pts • (P) Permission by relevant Associate Dean (Research), EDUC 503 (or EPSY 501); (X) FEDU 512, KURA 512
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 584 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 585 – Dissertation
Dissertation.
60 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 589 – Research Project
This course is a supervised research project on a topic/question agreed between the student and the supervisor. The student works independently under the supervision of an academic staff member. The student investigates a question or problem, usually through a comprehensive review of literature with findings of the research presented in a scholarly report.
30 pts
EDUC 590 – Thesis
90 pts • (C) EDUC 503; (X) EPOL/EPSY/KURA 590
EDUC 591 – Thesis
120 pts
EDUC 601 – Critical study of a professional issue
The focus is on producing an appropriate critical review of literature that will contribute to the justification of a proposed research question and methodological approach for investigating an educational issue.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 602 – Framing research in professional contexts
This course focuses on acquiring a robust understanding of philosophical and theoretical frameworks appropriate to the critical examination of research problems in professional contexts in educational settings.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503 (C) EDUC 601;
Not offered in 2024
EDUC 603 – Tools of Inquiry
This course critiques major tools of inquiry placing emphasis on their affordances and constraints for research in professional contexts. The focus is to develop advanced knowledge and understanding to evaluate and make decisions about methods in designing a research project on a professional issue.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503 (C) EDUC 601, EDUC 602;
EDUC 604 – Research Proposal
This course draws together advanced understanding of components of the research process for investigating a professional issue in education. A key focus is producing a thesis proposal.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503 (C) EDUC 601, EDUC 602, EDUC 603;
EDUC 690 – Education for PhD
120 pts
EDUC 691 – Thesis
120 pts • (P) completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by relevant Associate Dean
Education Policy & Implementation
Refer to Education website for information on which courses are part of teacher education programmes
MSSL 501 – Developing Leadership Capacity
An introduction to leadership theory and practice. Participants will have opportunities to develop a greater understanding of their personal leadership capacity including how to lead others and how to develop leadership in others.
15 pts
MSSL 502 – Shaping the Future
An examination of the role of the secondary school principal in leading change and encouraging creativity and innovation. Strategic planning, goal setting and problem solving are aspects of future-based leadership that will be explored in this course.
15 pts
MSSL 503 – Leading Learning and Teaching
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership including a study of the conditions necessary to support effective learning and teaching. The principal’s role in developing staff capacity related to teaching and learning in a digital age will be a focus of this course.
15 pts
MSSL 504 – Managing the Organisation/Systems
Course participants will critically examine some key theories of systems and organisational management, together with good practice guidelines for successful leadership/management of key areas of responsibility in secondary schools. Legal, human resource, financial and property management and governance issues will be considered.
15 pts
MSSL 505 – Partnerships and Networks
Building and sustaining effective relationships with the school community and beyond is the focus of this course. Participants will have the opportunity to evaluate strategies and approaches and to articulate how these may be implemented in a variety of situations. There will be a particular focus on relationships with Māori and Pacific communities.
15 pts
MSSL 506 – Leading Evidence-based Practice
An examination of the use of data to inform teaching and learning organisation and practice, to inform planning, and to monitor progress in New Zealand secondary schools. Tools for data collection and analysis will be considered and the uses of evidence examined.
15 pts
MSSL 507 – Te Tiriti Based Leadership Practice
This course deepens thinking and understanding regarding leadership practice in secondary schools of Aotearoa New Zealand based on the articles, provisions, and principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi. Participants will have opportunities to reflect on how to enact Te Tiriti o Waitangi based leadership and how to equitably privilege mātauranga, kaupapa, and tikanga Māori. Issues of race and colonialism underpinning New Zealand society and the school system will be considered. Participants will be required to critically evaluate and articulate how Te Tiriti can be honoured within school leadership practice and how they demonstrate cultural competencies that reflect Te Tiriti in their work.
15 pts
MSSL 508 – Research Project
A research project in a selected area of secondary school leadership.
60 pts
Education Postgraduate
Refer to Education website for information on which courses are part of teacher education programmes
EDUC 589 – Research Project
This course is a supervised research project on a topic/question agreed between the student and the supervisor. The student works independently under the supervision of an academic staff member. The student investigates a question or problem, usually through a comprehensive review of literature with findings of the research presented in a scholarly report.
30 pts
EDUC 590 – Thesis
90 pts • (C) EDUC 503; (X) EPOL/EPSY/KURA 590
EDUC 591 – Thesis
120 pts
EPSY 512 – Culturally Centred Educational Psychology Practice in Aotearoa/New Zealand
This course takes a Māori-centred approach to understanding cultural competence in educational psychology practice in Aotearoa New Zealand. It provides a critical examination of the historical and cultural foundations of education and psychology in New Zealand and explores key concepts and frameworks relating to culturally responsive practice. Students will be supported to reflect on their own developing cultural competence and ways in which they can use collaborative practice to meet the needs of diverse groups.
30 pts
EPSY 514 – Educational Psychology Assessment
This course focuses on psychological assessments in education. The main topics include foundations of assessment, applied behaviour analysis, contemporary psychometric assessment, ecological assessment and communicating assessment results. There will be specific focus on the implications for cultural relevance of assessments, in particular Maori and Pasifika.
30 pts
EPSY 515 – Applied Behaviour Analysis for Educators
Principles of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) and application of these principles in educational settings to promote learning and development. This course includes a review of the historical antecedents of applied behaviour analysis, specific ABA-based assessment and teaching procedures, and appraisal of the evidence regarding the efficacy of ABA.
30 pts
EPSY 516 – Applied Research Project
A supervised applied research project topic/ question related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding solutions to practical issues. Students will design and implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
60 pts • (C) EPSY 514, EPSY 515
Not offered in 2024
EPSY 517 – Specialist Assessment and Intervention
This course builds on EPSY 514, Educational Psychology Assessment from the MEdPsych and prepares the students to use a range of specialist assessment tools, techniques and processes, and to develop the skills to integrate these assessments into systemic intervention plans for families and organisations. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 514, 515; (C) EPSY 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 518 – Professional Identity
This course explores the role of an educational psychologist. It includes an examination of legal and ethical issues, relevant curriculum and policy documents, the reflective practitioner and researcher practitioner models, leadership in complex teams and systems, utilising a solid research and practice knowledge base. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 515; (C) EPSY 517
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 519 – Professional Practice (Part 1)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 520 – Professional Practice (Part 2)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 530 – Evidence-Based Practice in Education
This course examines conceptual and procedural aspects of evidence-based practice for students with specific learning needs within a range of educational settings. It includes a review of the historical antecedents to evidence-based practice, and the identification and appraisal of evidence including the nature of evidence, and the steps involved in implementing evidence-based practice to promote student learning.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 513
EPSY 531 – Learning and Motivation
This course examines current theory and evidence on how people learn and why people are motivated, particularly from the perspective of application to formal and informal contexts. The course helps students synthesize and evaluate key features of being motivated in different ways and pivotal benefits and drawbacks of using different learning strategies. In addition, the course presents, evaluates, and critiques evidence on the relationships between learning and motivation. Finally, this course builds students' knowledge of how learners' motivation and learning can be optimally supported and strengthened.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 459, 559, EPSY 406, 506
EPSY 532 – Child and Adolescent Mental Health
This course examines research and practice on child and adolescents’ well-being. This course includes a focus on how mental health issues impact children and adolescents’ learning and development. It critically explores ecological, inclusive, culturally responsive, collaborative and evidence informed approaches and models used in educational psychology to assess risk and protective factors; identify strengths, needs and goals; develop, implement and monitor outcomes of school-based, family/whānau and community interventions (universal, selected, and targeted) used to support ākonga/learners.
15 pts
EPSY 533 – Applied Project
This is a supervised project on a topic related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding evidence-based solutions to real-world educational issues. Students will design and complete their project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting and in collaboration with an academic supervisor. Types of projects may include progressional shadowing experiences, professional development, implementation of evidence-based assessments and/or conducting and disseminating systematic evidence-based reviews.
30 pts • (P) B+ or above in EDUC 503 (or EDUC 403 or EPSY 501 or 401) (X) EPSY 516
EPSY 534 – Promoting and Supporting Positive Behaviour for Learning and Well-Being
The course explores the understanding of factors that contribute to behaviours which cause barriers within learning environments and that reduce social and educational opportunities of children and young people. It promotes ecological and evidence-based approach to address such behaviours that takes into account contextual and cultural consideration at both systematic and individual levels of supports.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 419, 519, EPSY 434, 509, 510, 521
EPSY 535 – Exploration of Counselling Theory and Practice Issues
This course critically examines counselling theory and a range of approaches (insight oriented and and action oriented) as well as foundational and change promoting skills. It also critically explores counsellor values and identity and practice issues relating to supporting people with mental health, grief, loss, and trauma for example, working with children and young people, supporting diverse individuals and groups, and the importance of professional standards, self-care, and supervision.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 565
EPSY 563 – Special Topic: Neuroscience of Psychological Disorders
This introductory course will examine brain mechanisms implicated in mental health disorders. Functional and anatomical concepts of the neural pathology of psychological disorders and their connection to behaviour will be explored.
15 pts
EPSY 564 – Topic in Educational Psychology
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
EPSY 565 – Topic In Educational Psychology: Social and Emotional Learning
Social and Emotional Learning (SEL) is an educational method that helps children to identify their feelings, understand and communicate with others, build strong relationships and make good empathetic decisions. The SEL framework uses knowledge from neuroscience, developmental and educational psychology. This course will introduce students to the local and international research that forms the basis of this educational framework and will provide students with an opportunity to work within school environments to implement social and emotional learning strategies.
15 pts
EPSY 593 – Professional Practice Thesis
120 pts • (P) as for EPOL 590.
Not offered in 2024
MSSL 501 – Developing Leadership Capacity
An introduction to leadership theory and practice. Participants will have opportunities to develop a greater understanding of their personal leadership capacity including how to lead others and how to develop leadership in others.
15 pts
MSSL 502 – Shaping the Future
An examination of the role of the secondary school principal in leading change and encouraging creativity and innovation. Strategic planning, goal setting and problem solving are aspects of future-based leadership that will be explored in this course.
15 pts
MSSL 503 – Leading Learning and Teaching
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership including a study of the conditions necessary to support effective learning and teaching. The principal’s role in developing staff capacity related to teaching and learning in a digital age will be a focus of this course.
15 pts
MSSL 504 – Managing the Organisation/Systems
Course participants will critically examine some key theories of systems and organisational management, together with good practice guidelines for successful leadership/management of key areas of responsibility in secondary schools. Legal, human resource, financial and property management and governance issues will be considered.
15 pts
MSSL 505 – Partnerships and Networks
Building and sustaining effective relationships with the school community and beyond is the focus of this course. Participants will have the opportunity to evaluate strategies and approaches and to articulate how these may be implemented in a variety of situations. There will be a particular focus on relationships with Māori and Pacific communities.
15 pts
MSSL 506 – Leading Evidence-based Practice
An examination of the use of data to inform teaching and learning organisation and practice, to inform planning, and to monitor progress in New Zealand secondary schools. Tools for data collection and analysis will be considered and the uses of evidence examined.
15 pts
MSSL 507 – Te Tiriti Based Leadership Practice
This course deepens thinking and understanding regarding leadership practice in secondary schools of Aotearoa New Zealand based on the articles, provisions, and principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi. Participants will have opportunities to reflect on how to enact Te Tiriti o Waitangi based leadership and how to equitably privilege mātauranga, kaupapa, and tikanga Māori. Issues of race and colonialism underpinning New Zealand society and the school system will be considered. Participants will be required to critically evaluate and articulate how Te Tiriti can be honoured within school leadership practice and how they demonstrate cultural competencies that reflect Te Tiriti in their work.
15 pts
MSSL 508 – Research Project
A research project in a selected area of secondary school leadership.
60 pts
EDUC 690 – Education for PhD
120 pts
EPSY 690 – Educational Psychology Thesis for PhD
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis in Educational Psychology.
120 pts
Educational Psychology & Pedagogy
Refer to Education website for information on which courses are part of teacher education programmes
EPSY 434 – Promoting Positive Behaviours for Learning and Wellbeing
The course explores the understanding of factors that contribute to behaviours which reduce opportunities and alienate children and young persons from their learning environment. It promotes an ecological approach to address such behaviours that takes into account contextual and cultural consideration at both systemic and individual levels.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 419, 519, EPSY 509, 510, 521, 534
Not offered in 2024
EPSY 512 – Culturally Centred Educational Psychology Practice in Aotearoa/New Zealand
This course takes a Māori-centred approach to understanding cultural competence in educational psychology practice in Aotearoa New Zealand. It provides a critical examination of the historical and cultural foundations of education and psychology in New Zealand and explores key concepts and frameworks relating to culturally responsive practice. Students will be supported to reflect on their own developing cultural competence and ways in which they can use collaborative practice to meet the needs of diverse groups.
30 pts
EPSY 514 – Educational Psychology Assessment
This course focuses on psychological assessments in education. The main topics include foundations of assessment, applied behaviour analysis, contemporary psychometric assessment, ecological assessment and communicating assessment results. There will be specific focus on the implications for cultural relevance of assessments, in particular Maori and Pasifika.
30 pts
EPSY 515 – Applied Behaviour Analysis for Educators
Principles of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) and application of these principles in educational settings to promote learning and development. This course includes a review of the historical antecedents of applied behaviour analysis, specific ABA-based assessment and teaching procedures, and appraisal of the evidence regarding the efficacy of ABA.
30 pts
EPSY 516 – Applied Research Project
A supervised applied research project topic/ question related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding solutions to practical issues. Students will design and implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
60 pts • (C) EPSY 514, EPSY 515
Not offered in 2024
EPSY 517 – Specialist Assessment and Intervention
This course builds on EPSY 514, Educational Psychology Assessment from the MEdPsych and prepares the students to use a range of specialist assessment tools, techniques and processes, and to develop the skills to integrate these assessments into systemic intervention plans for families and organisations. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 514, 515; (C) EPSY 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 518 – Professional Identity
This course explores the role of an educational psychologist. It includes an examination of legal and ethical issues, relevant curriculum and policy documents, the reflective practitioner and researcher practitioner models, leadership in complex teams and systems, utilising a solid research and practice knowledge base. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 515; (C) EPSY 517
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 519 – Professional Practice (Part 1)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 520 – Professional Practice (Part 2)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 530 – Evidence-Based Practice in Education
This course examines conceptual and procedural aspects of evidence-based practice for students with specific learning needs within a range of educational settings. It includes a review of the historical antecedents to evidence-based practice, and the identification and appraisal of evidence including the nature of evidence, and the steps involved in implementing evidence-based practice to promote student learning.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 513
EPSY 531 – Learning and Motivation
This course examines current theory and evidence on how people learn and why people are motivated, particularly from the perspective of application to formal and informal contexts. The course helps students synthesize and evaluate key features of being motivated in different ways and pivotal benefits and drawbacks of using different learning strategies. In addition, the course presents, evaluates, and critiques evidence on the relationships between learning and motivation. Finally, this course builds students' knowledge of how learners' motivation and learning can be optimally supported and strengthened.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 459, 559, EPSY 406, 506
EPSY 532 – Child and Adolescent Mental Health
This course examines research and practice on child and adolescents’ well-being. This course includes a focus on how mental health issues impact children and adolescents’ learning and development. It critically explores ecological, inclusive, culturally responsive, collaborative and evidence informed approaches and models used in educational psychology to assess risk and protective factors; identify strengths, needs and goals; develop, implement and monitor outcomes of school-based, family/whānau and community interventions (universal, selected, and targeted) used to support ākonga/learners.
15 pts
EPSY 533 – Applied Project
This is a supervised project on a topic related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding evidence-based solutions to real-world educational issues. Students will design and complete their project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting and in collaboration with an academic supervisor. Types of projects may include progressional shadowing experiences, professional development, implementation of evidence-based assessments and/or conducting and disseminating systematic evidence-based reviews.
30 pts • (P) B+ or above in EDUC 503 (or EDUC 403 or EPSY 501 or 401) (X) EPSY 516
EPSY 534 – Promoting and Supporting Positive Behaviour for Learning and Well-Being
The course explores the understanding of factors that contribute to behaviours which cause barriers within learning environments and that reduce social and educational opportunities of children and young people. It promotes ecological and evidence-based approach to address such behaviours that takes into account contextual and cultural consideration at both systematic and individual levels of supports.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 419, 519, EPSY 434, 509, 510, 521
EPSY 535 – Exploration of Counselling Theory and Practice Issues
This course critically examines counselling theory and a range of approaches (insight oriented and and action oriented) as well as foundational and change promoting skills. It also critically explores counsellor values and identity and practice issues relating to supporting people with mental health, grief, loss, and trauma for example, working with children and young people, supporting diverse individuals and groups, and the importance of professional standards, self-care, and supervision.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 565
EPSY 563 – Special Topic: Neuroscience of Psychological Disorders
This introductory course will examine brain mechanisms implicated in mental health disorders. Functional and anatomical concepts of the neural pathology of psychological disorders and their connection to behaviour will be explored.
15 pts
EPSY 564 – Topic in Educational Psychology
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
EPSY 565 – Topic In Educational Psychology: Social and Emotional Learning
Social and Emotional Learning (SEL) is an educational method that helps children to identify their feelings, understand and communicate with others, build strong relationships and make good empathetic decisions. The SEL framework uses knowledge from neuroscience, developmental and educational psychology. This course will introduce students to the local and international research that forms the basis of this educational framework and will provide students with an opportunity to work within school environments to implement social and emotional learning strategies.
15 pts
EPSY 593 – Professional Practice Thesis
120 pts • (P) as for EPOL 590.
Not offered in 2024
e-Government
EGOV 501 – Digital Government and Public Services
Managerial aspects and issues of digital government and public services and its external relationships, drawing on available theory, models, concepts, frameworks and strategies as well as on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts
EGOV 502 – Digital Government and Public Sector Reform
Theories, principles, models and strategies for ICT-enabled public sector reforms, drawing on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 532
Not offered in 2024
EGOV 503 – Digital Engagement in the Public Sector
Challenges, conditions and requirements for managing the use of ICTs to achieve effective forms of public engagement, drawing on New Zealand and international experience.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
EGOV 690 – e-Government for PhD
Thesis for e-Government.
120 pts
GOVT 690 – Thesis
An integrated report on research that makes an original and significant contribution to knowledge or understanding for applied practice.
120 pts • (P) GOVT 601, GOT 602, GOVT 603, GOVT 604, approval of the Associate Dean (Research)
Electrical & Electronic Engineering
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
RESE 411 – Power Systems Analysis
This course introduces the electricity industry and its components along with techniques for modern electric power system modelling and analysis. Topics include transmission line models, transformers and per unit systems, generator models, network matrices, power flow analysis and computation, real and reactive power control, voltage control, and protection. The course incorporates lab and simulation based exercises, an industrial tour, and an industrial project.
15 pts • (P) EEEN 313 or (C) RESE 413
RESE 412 – Advanced Development of RE Systems
This course presents techniques used to design advanced, integrated renewable energy solutions for given situations. The hardware and control enabling renewable energy systems to interact with a wider grid are presented along with topologies such as nano- and micro-grids. To supplement the technical content, this course presents the concepts of systems engineering, which introduces systems thinking principles.
15 pts • (P) (EEEN 313, 315) or (C) (one of RESE 421, 431)
Electronic and Computer System Engineering
See also Computer Science and Physics
ELCO 489 – Research Project
A Research Project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
ELCO 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Electronic and Computer Systems.
120 pts
ELCO 690 – Thesis
This is a PhD thesis, covering all the science aspects of electronic and computer system engineering subjects.
120 pts
Engineering
See also Computer System Engineering, Network Engineering, and Software Engineering
AIML 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also give a brief overview of a selection of other current topics in AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, SWEN or NWEN pts (X) COMP 307, COMP 420
AIML 421 – Machine Learning Tools and Techniques
This course addresses the use of machine learning tools and techniques for analysing data and automatically generating applications. The course will explore a range of tools and techniques for classification, regression, image analysis, clustering, text mining, and preprocessing data. It examines the applicability and limitations of the techniques and methods for analysing and evaluating the outcome of using machine learning tools. Students will gain practical experience in applying a range of tools to a range of different problems from different domains.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, NWEN, STAT or SWEN pts (X) COMP 309
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 426 – Evolutionary Computation and Learning
This course addresses evolutionary approaches in machine learning and optimisation. The course will cover both evolutionary algorithms and swarm intelligence as well as some other population-based techniques for problem solving. It will include a range of real-world application domains such as classification, regression, clustering and optimisation.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 427 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) one of (AIML 420, 421, COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); one of (ENGR 123, STAT 193, MATH 177, QUAN 102) or approved background in Statistics; (X) COMP 424, COMP 473 (2016-2018)
AIML 428 – Text Mining and Natural Language Processing
This course focuses on text mining and natural language processing. It covers a variety of topics including text representation, document classification and clustering, opinion mining, information retrieval, recommender systems, query expansion, and information extraction.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts; (C) AIML 420 or COMP 307; (X) COMP 423
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
AIML 430 – Applications and Implications of Artificial Intelligence
AIML 430 explores AI's diverse applications in today's world and what the future might hold. We go beyond just understanding AI solutions, diving into how AI techniques can have real-world consequences and ramifications. Develop your ability to critically analyse AI literature and communicate your own opinions. Learn how varied perspectives shape AI views, emphasising the vital role of ethics. We welcome students from all backgrounds, fostering a deep and balanced understanding of AI's potential and challenges.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
AIML 431 – Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses several current topics in artificial intelligence. Possible topics include Reinforcement Learning, AI for robotics, AI in games, Intelligent image analysis, AI and optimisation, AI Planning.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 440 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 441 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 487 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts
ENGR 401 – Professional Practice
This course will prepare student's expectations for many of the events and situations they are likely to meet in the professional working world. This includes: codes of conduct, as determined by professional bodies and company practices; ethical behaviour, as found in the workplace and dictated by company practices; critical thinking and people issues, as relevant in the workplace and in company practice.
15 pts • (P) ENGR 201, 301, 302; 45 further 300-level pts from the BE(Hons) Schedule
ENGR 439 – Special Topic: Mechatronic Design
This course presents the fundamentals of sensor and actuator technologies as well as rapid prototyping techniques in the development of mechatronics projects. A number of different sensors and actuators are presented, and the use of microcontroller programming in sensor data measurement, analysis, and actuator control are examined. Basics of PCB design and structural design (using CAD and CAM techniques) and their utilisation in projects involving sensor and actuator technologies are also covered.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
ENGR 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from CGRA, COMP, CYBR, ECEN, EEEN, NWEN, RESE, SWEN; Permission of Head of School
ENGR 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from CGRA, COMP, CYBR, ECEN, EEEN, NWEN, RESE, SWEN; Permission of Head of School
ENGR 489 – Engineering Project
Students will work on an individual project of a complex nature in order to develop a solution to an engineering problem. In addition to the technical engineering development work, the project may require consideration of issues such as customer specifications, cost analysis, IP and product testing and delivery. Students will be required to give an oral and a poster presentation as well as a final report on their project.
30 pts • (P) ENGR 201, 301, 302; 45 further 300-level pts from the BE(Hons) schedule
ENGR 491 – Professional Work Experience
Completion of the work experience requirement for the BE.
0 pts • (P) ENGR 391, 401
AIML 501 – Research Essay in Artificial Intelligence
An investigation and literature review of an advanced topic in an area of artificial intelligence, reported in a project description and a literature review essay.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440
AIML 589 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440 (C) AIML 501
AIML 591 – Thesis in Artificial Intelligence
MSc thesis in Artificial Intelligence.
120 pts
ENGR 501 – Engineering Research and Communication
The course addresses research and communication skills for engineering practice. It will include finding, understanding and summarising research papers and engineering resources, writing engineering proposals and reports, and oral communication skills.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MEP
ENGR 502 – Engineering Professional Practice
The course addresses a range of issues in the professional practice of engineering, including critical thinking and problem solving, working in teams, innovation and entrepreneurship, social, cultural, legal, health & safety, environmental, and sustainability impact of engineering problems and solutions, and professional ethics and codes of conduct. Students will gain skills required to work as a professional engineer in the New Zealand engineering industry.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MEP; (X) ENGR 401
ENGR 510 – Engineering Project 1
Project management including aspects of life cycle, requirements analysis, principles of design, project tasks and deliverables, contracts, feasibility analysis, cost estimation and cost/benefit analysis, project scheduling, critical path analysis, risk management, quality assurance, managing project resources, testing and delivery, maintenance, interpersonal communication, teamwork and project leadership.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MEP
ENGR 511 – Engineering Project 2
The course develops more advanced skills in executing and managing engineering projects. Students will work in teams on a project of appropriate complexity, practising teamwork and project execution, monitoring and closing. The course concludes with the delivery of a successful project outcome to a client.
15 pts • (P) ENGR 502, 510 (C) ENGR 501;
ENGR 581 – Directed Individual Study
Directed individual study in a topic in Engineering.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENGR 582 – Directed Individual Study
Directed individual study in a topic in Engineering.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENGR 588 – Engineering Research and Development Project
Supervised project, working on an engineering research and development problem.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MEP
Not offered in 2024
ENGR 589 – Industry Project
Supervised project, working on an industrial software research and development task, generally as a placement in industry.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MEP
ENGR 591 – Thesis
ME thesis in Engineering.
120 pts
ENGR 592 – Thesis
ME thesis in Engineering.
90 pts
AIML 690 – Artificial Intelligence for PhD
120 pts
ENGR 690 – Engineering for PhD
PhD Thesis.
120 pts
ENGR 695 – Engineering for PhD (Robinson)
120 pts
English Literature
ENGL 404 – Medieval Studies: Middle English Fictions
The dream poem was one of the most popular medieval literary genres, which almost all major English poets explored. This course will study poems by Chaucer, Langland, the Pearl-poet and others, reading their works against traditional theories of dreams, and investigating the medieval use of dream-poetry to create imaginative fictions.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 410 – Renaissance Studies: Literature and Cultural Politics
A study of poetry and politics in the English revolution, with a focus on the poetry of Andrew Marvell and the complete texts of John Milton's Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes. Students taking this course will be encouraged to think about the relationship of poetry to the political and religious ferment of mid seventeenth century England, and about the relationship of writing to fighting at a time of enormous cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 415 – Renaissance Studies: Shakespeare's Classical Worlds
This course deals with a group of Shakespeare's plays set in the classical world of ancient Greece and Rome. It will raise questions of what classical antiquity means to Shakespeare, how he uses it dramatically, and whether there is any consistency in his view of it across a range of different periods and genres. We will also look at the relationship with some of Shakespeare's classical and medieval sources and contexts.
30 pts • (X) THEA 415
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 422 – Modern Poetry
A study of the scope and possibility of the modern lyric; issues in contemporary poetic theory including concepts of voice, race, the politics of form and the role of the lyric in a time of crisis; and the relation between the poetry and poetics of selected poets. Students will have the opportunity to write and workshop original poetry of their own as part of the course. The course will be useful for anyone interested in writing, editing or doing event work involving poetry and the literary arts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 423 – New Zealand Literature: Mansfield and Friends
This course looks at the works of Katherine Mansfield in a variety of contexts: colonial literature, the decadents, Russian literature, modernism, the Bloomsbury group. It examines her relationships with D.H. Lawrence and Virginia Woolf, whom she knew, and Oscar Wilde, Anton Chekhov, and James Joyce, whom she read. It engages with current criticism and biography, and students will be introduced to and work with the Mansfield material at the Alexander Turnbull Library.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 425 – Classical Traditions: The Metamorphoses of Ovid
A cross-disciplinary study of a central classical text, Ovid's epic poem Metamorphoses, and its afterlife in English literature from the middle ages to the early 21st century. No knowledge of classical languages assumed.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 427 – Romantic Studies
This course explores texts, topics, and authors of the Age of Sensibility and of the Romantic Period. Topics vary from year to year. In 2020 the topic is 'John Keats, Poetics, Empathy, and Care'.
30 pts • (X) ENGL 459.
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 428 – Contemporary Fiction
The Literatures of New Zealand, Australia and Canada are not as discrete as we might suppose. Connected to problems of belonging, they open out the complications and contradictions of national, postcolonial discourses and invite us to ask: what is the role of the past? What does it mean to have a "national" literature? Is the city the primary site of identity? What is an indigenous literature? Are we postnational? Students will study a range of recent novels from New Zealand, Australia and Canada and elsewhere in the English-speaking world where appropriate.
30 pts • (X) ENGL 445
ENGL 429 – Eighteenth-Century Studies
This course examines texts, topics and authors from the long eighteenth century (1680-1840).
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 430 – Literary Scholarship
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 432 – Reading the Subject: Marxism, Psychoanalysis, Literature
This course introduces the basic tenets of two of the most influential currents in literary criticism from the past century, Freudian psychoanalytic theory and Marxism, and considers some of the challenges and criticisms they have attracted. It examines the influences of psychoanalysis and Marxism on representations of subjectivity and identity in 20th- and 21st -century literature, the uses of psychoanalytic theory Marxism for literary interpretation, and the uses of literature for critical interpretation of psychoanalysis and Marxism. The focus is on canonical texts by Freud and Marx, and literary, Māori, feminist and queer responses are considered.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 433 – The Culture of Modernism
This course studies some of the most engaging canonical texts of the first half of the twentieth century. It will be particularly concerned with the cultural and social context in which these texts were written.
30 pts
ENGL 437 – Literature and Technology: Utopia, Dystopia, and Science Fiction
This course will explore issues between literature and technology, tracing the history of Utopia and Science Fiction. Attention is given to the role of the body as technology in literature. Literature as technology and Science Fiction's role as genre are foregrounded. Theoretical traditions are explored alongside canonical Utopian texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 441 – A Special Genre: Fantasy
A study of a range of fantasy texts in English, written for adults and for children, from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. The course will explore changing conceptions of fantasy, and a range of critical approaches to and defences of the genre.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 442 – A Special Period: Novel Ecologies, Middlemarch and Moby-Dick
How did writers of the mid-nineteenth century imagine the place of humans in a more-than-human world? How did developments in the natural sciences re-shape how we imagine our entanglements, human and nonhuman? This seminar will explore these broad questions through a focused study of two monumental texts from the period: Moby-Dick (1851) and Middlemarch (1871-2). As we read these two very different novels against each other, our discussions will be informed by writing in the natural and social sciences from the period, as well as by recent work in environmental and ecological criticism.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 444 – Special Topic: The Comic Renaissance
The renaissance is often thought of in terms of high ideals. But the period produced a wealth of irreverent material projecting a pragmatic view of human nature. This paper will examine some of the period's masterpieces, from the 'officially comic' to generically unstable works. These will be considered in relation to (i) the classical and medieval inheritance; (ii) early modern theory, literary and comic.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 445 – Special Topic: The Poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins
The course will have as its primary focus the detailed study of the poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins, including some study of his poetic theory. The set text includes, in addition to all his poetry, a generous selection of Hopkins’s prose, from letters, journals, and spiritual writings, which will also be a focus for study. In addition, we will pay close attention to his life and times, to the ways in which his biography and critical reputation have been established, and to the controversies that have sometimes surrounded him and his writing.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENGL 489 – Research Project
In this course you will pursue an independent research project under supervision. You will develop specialised knowledge of your topic as well as a critical awareness of its importance within the discipline. There are different options for the parameters of your project, including producing a scholarly edition through the New Zealand Electronic Text Centre Project. Your work will be assessed as a final portfolio of 8,000-10,000 words, with an extended research essay as a primary component. This course is required as part of the BA(Hons) degree; you should consult, upon enrolment, with the Honours Coordinator about your options and topic.
30 pts
ENGL 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in English.
120 pts
ENGL 690 – English for PhD
120 pts
Environmental Science
ENSC 401 – Advanced Topic in Environmental Science
This course develops numerical literacy in environmental science. Students will assess methodologies from published literature and apply relevant techniques to collected data, developing scientific, analytical and mathematical skills that can be extrapolated to key environmental problems. Concepts are put into practice using the R computing environment.
30 pts
ENSC 402 – Perspectives in Environmental Science in Aotearoa New Zealand
The Earth is facing escalating pressures on the environment. In this interdisciplinary science course, students will explore contemporary and controversial environmental issues facing New Zealand. The course will be lecture-and seminar- based, with external guest-speakers offering their perspectives on the state of the environment in New Zealand. Students will gain experience and skills of engagement with Various stakeholders.
15 pts
ENSC 410 – Environmental Science Internship
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in environmental science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in environmental science research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills, with production of a report and presentation.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 411 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENSC 421 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENSC 485 – Environmental Science Research Essay
This course develops skills in research and writing in Environmental Science. A review essay will be written on a relevant topic in environmental science, with the supervision of a Victoria academic or an expert from a collaborative institute. The review is expected to meet the conventions of a scholarly outlet. The review findings will be summarised in a blog, suitable for non-experts.
15 pts • (P) ENSC 401, 402
ENSC 510 – Environmental Science Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate an environment-related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to an independent research question concerning an aspect of environmental science. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 511 – Environmental Science Placement and Project
This course provides both professional development and research training. It has three components: a placement, an applied research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of environmental science. The project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken to enrich the student’s knowledge of the organisation’s work. The seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the organisation.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 410, 510;
ENSC 591 – Thesis in Environmental Science
120 pts
ENVI 524 – Environmental Economics for Public Policy
The course introduces ecological economics, the environment as ‘natural capital’ and the economy vis-a- vis society/environment. Covers the mechanics and limitations of the market and government, private/collective choices and their impacts on the environment. Policy- oriented, with focus on relevant core microeconomic theory (market/non-market); heterodox/orthodox approaches; behavioural, institutional and ecological economics.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENVI 530 – Special Topic: Drivers of Human Behaviour
The course examines human behaviour in relation to environmental challenges. It focuses on individual drivers of behaviour, as well as understanding the ways in which (un)sustainable practices are situated within existing social, natural, technological and policy contexts. Through the analysis of case studies, students will gain a better understanding of how individuals can be encouraged to engage in environmentally friendly practices, and how behaviour change principles may be used to inform environmental policy and practice.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENSC 690 – Environmental Science for PhD
Environmental Science for PhD.
120 pts
Environmental Studies
CCSP 401 – Physical Basis of Climate Change
Students will learn elementary radiative transfer physics, energy balance, concepts of climate forcing, feedback and response. Some elements of planetary circulation will be covered, along with modes of variability. Carbon, methane and nitrogen cycles will be covered in support of understanding the relationship between emissions and concentrations. Introductory atmospheric, oceanic and cryosphere physics will be taught. Topics to be covered include: observations of the atmosphere, ocean, carbon cycle and cryosphere; earth system models and their performance; modes of variability; patterns of forcing, feedback and response; and emergent patterns of change.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 402 – Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation
This course will provide participants with high-level understanding of climate change impacts and adaptation at global, national and local scales. Climate prediction models will be used to examine social and biophysical vulnerabilities to environmental change, and explore policies and measures to minimise impacts, and the potential for adaptation at different scales. Topics include: global and local implications of climate change impacts and adaptation, implications (and risks) of a variable and changing climate on particular societies, models, feedback processes and uncertainties; adaptation strategies; categories of adaptation; Māori knowledge and values related to adaptation, information and communication; public engagement.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 403 – International Climate Change Policy
This course provides an overview of international climate policy, drawing on policy-relevant physical climate change science, economics, game theory, ethics, and international relations theory relevant for climate policy. At the end of the course students will understand and be able to critically analyse key decision-relevant aspects of climate change science and environmental economics, as well as the history, theory and prospects of landmark efforts to govern climate change, domestically and internationally.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 404 – Climate Change Mitigation
An examination of the domestic and international policy issues surrounding climate change mitigation, including why mitigation represents a challenging social and economic as well as environmental problem; differing perspectives on policy solutions to the mitigation challenge; linkages with international policy; policies and behaviour change; the roles of relevant institutions; sectoral considerations and policy measures; policy communication, and the politics of mitigation strategies.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 405 – Climate Policy: Carbon Pricing Mechanisms
This course introduces the policy and institutional dimensions of carbon pricing. Putting a price on carbon creates incentives for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. This market-based approach has important implications for climate change mitigation. The lectures will cover major international, national, and private-sector initiatives that involve carbon pricing, with a focus on those linked with an emission trading system. Cases from the United Nations, European Union, China, Australia, New Zealand, and other parts of the world will be presented and discussed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) GEOG 407 in 2019-2021
Not offered in 2024
CCSP 408 – Special Topic: Emerging Topics in Climate Change in Aotearoa New Zealand and the Pacific
An applied overview of the practical aspects of addressing climate change in relevant government agencies and organisations in Aotearoa New Zealand and the wider Pacific. This course is delivered through public research seminars from guest speakers in government, industry, and academia. Students will gain valuable insights into the dynamic and evolving landscape of climate change governance and adaptation and mitigation strategies.
15 pts
CCSP 409 – Special Topic
Special topic information to be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENSC 401 – Advanced Topic in Environmental Science
This course develops numerical literacy in environmental science. Students will assess methodologies from published literature and apply relevant techniques to collected data, developing scientific, analytical and mathematical skills that can be extrapolated to key environmental problems. Concepts are put into practice using the R computing environment.
30 pts
ENSC 402 – Perspectives in Environmental Science in Aotearoa New Zealand
The Earth is facing escalating pressures on the environment. In this interdisciplinary science course, students will explore contemporary and controversial environmental issues facing New Zealand. The course will be lecture-and seminar- based, with external guest-speakers offering their perspectives on the state of the environment in New Zealand. Students will gain experience and skills of engagement with Various stakeholders.
15 pts
ENSC 410 – Environmental Science Internship
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in environmental science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in environmental science research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills, with production of a report and presentation.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 411 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENSC 421 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENSC 485 – Environmental Science Research Essay
This course develops skills in research and writing in Environmental Science. A review essay will be written on a relevant topic in environmental science, with the supervision of a Victoria academic or an expert from a collaborative institute. The review is expected to meet the conventions of a scholarly outlet. The review findings will be summarised in a blog, suitable for non-experts.
15 pts • (P) ENSC 401, 402
CCSP 510 – Research Essay
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a climate related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to a research question concerning an aspect of climate change science or policy, broadly interpreted. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
CCSP 511 – Practicum Placement and Project
This course has three components: a placement, a research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of climate change science, policy or management (e.g. climate-related transport research or policy formulation). The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part 2 with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
ENSC 510 – Environmental Science Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate an environment-related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to an independent research question concerning an aspect of environmental science. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 511 – Environmental Science Placement and Project
This course provides both professional development and research training. It has three components: a placement, an applied research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of environmental science. The project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken to enrich the student’s knowledge of the organisation’s work. The seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the organisation.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 410, 510;
ENSC 591 – Thesis in Environmental Science
120 pts
ENVI 512 – Practicum
Supervised practice in a specialised field of environmental/resource management, focusing attention on policy and practice in a particular agency or organisation concerned with environmental matters.
30 pts
ENVI 520 – Environmental Management
This course critically reviews the theory and practice of contemporary environmental management and governance. Engaging with local and international case studies, including examples of Indigenous-led environmental governance, it considers the different ways in which environmental problems, and their potential solutions, might be understood.
15 pts
ENVI 521 – Research Methods for Environmental Studies
This course provides an understanding of and practice in methods for undertaking research in environmental studies as applied in a range of academic and 'real world' contexts. It covers development of conceptual frameworks, literature reviews, methodological issues, ethics issues and research writing skills.
15 pts
ENVI 522 – Environmental and Planning Law
A practical survey of the law and theories of law as they affect environmental management. Students will be introduced to the basics of environmental legal philosophy and principles applying to the making of law about environmental matters, as well as the basics of the NZ legal system and where environmental laws, the courts and government regulation fit into that system. Key statutes such as the Resource Management Act and Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act will be introduced and their basic workings examined by way of case studies and practical exercises. The new emissions trading legislation and other law relating to climate change will also be surveyed.
15 pts
ENVI 523 – Planning and the Resource Management Act
Sustainable management of resources and the detail of planning law and practice under the Resource Management Act.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENVI 524 – Environmental Economics for Public Policy
The course introduces ecological economics, the environment as ‘natural capital’ and the economy vis-a- vis society/environment. Covers the mechanics and limitations of the market and government, private/collective choices and their impacts on the environment. Policy- oriented, with focus on relevant core microeconomic theory (market/non-market); heterodox/orthodox approaches; behavioural, institutional and ecological economics.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENVI 525 – Maori Environmental and Resource Management
This course aims to build an understanding of Maori perspectives of the environment through an in-depth look at the complex interplay between social, political, environmental and cultural factors that impact on Aotearoa New Zealand’s built and natural environments. The course considers the role Maori environmental perspectives could, and do, play in the creation of uniquely Aotearoa New Zealand places by drawing on case studies across Aotearoa New Zealand. Strategies and methods for ensuring the adequate consideration of these perspectives are evaluated.
15 pts
ENVI 526 – Political Ecology of Conservation
This course will explore the socio-political dimensions of conservation by critically considering philosophies, knowledges and broader political economies that shape conservation policies and practices. Particular focus will be placed on unpacking assumptions about conservation and examining how uneven relationships of power play out through different approaches to conservation.
15 pts
ENVI 527 – The Politics of Environment and Development
This course uses a political ecology approach to explore issues at the interface of environmental conservation and development. Following an introduction to the foundations of political ecology, the course focuses on key themes which will be explored through integrating theory with case study analyses from around the globe.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 507 in 2006/07
Not offered in 2024
ENVI 528 – Climate Change Issues
An examination of the history and science of climate change, conceptualising the policy issues, climate policy and action.
15 pts • (X) CCSP 404
ENVI 529 – Special Topic: Contemporary Urban Issues
This course focuses on how we might understand and respond to urban issues and problems. It takes a multi-disciplinary approach focusing on contemporary issues such as urbanisation, suburbanisation, urban sustainability, culture and space, gender and space and neighbourhood and community dynamics from both Aotearoa New Zealand and global perspectives.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENVI 530 – Special Topic: Drivers of Human Behaviour
The course examines human behaviour in relation to environmental challenges. It focuses on individual drivers of behaviour, as well as understanding the ways in which (un)sustainable practices are situated within existing social, natural, technological and policy contexts. Through the analysis of case studies, students will gain a better understanding of how individuals can be encouraged to engage in environmentally friendly practices, and how behaviour change principles may be used to inform environmental policy and practice.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENVI 591 – Thesis
Master’s thesis in Environmental Studies.
120 pts
ENVI 593 – Thesis
MEnvStud thesis.
90 pts
ENVI 690 – Environmental Studies for PhD
120 pts
ENVI 692 – Environmental Studies for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
Fashion Design Technology
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Film
FILM 401 – Film Theory
This course will examine one or more contemporary and/or historical theoretical perspectives on cinema. It may focus on a specific thinker, a particular theoretical trend, and/or significant issues such as screen aesthetics, the nature of the medium, or the film viewer’s experience. In 2019 the course will focus on cinema and mood. Moods are commonplace but have received little attention within Film Studies by comparison with embodied affects and cognitive emotions. This course will explore how cinema represents and generates moods such as anxiety, boredom, and/or melancholy using theoretical approaches drawn from philosophy and psychology.
30 pts • (X) FILM 401 in 2017
Not offered in 2024
FILM 402 – Film, Culture and Society
This course will situate cinema in terms of its social and cultural contexts at an advanced level. The course may explore issues such as its representational strategies, relationship to specific cultural practices, and/or its links to broader social movements and trends.
30 pts • (X) MDIA 402
FILM 403 – National Cinema: Aotearoa New Zealand
An advanced study of the relation between national cinema and national identity as manifested in the cinema of Aotearoa New Zealand, emphasising primary research using local resources. Topics discussed may include production, distribution, and exhibition practices, along with aesthetic, economic, technological and social approaches.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FILM 404 – Digital Cinema Production
This is a practical course in which students perform some of the key roles involved in the production of dramatic works on video. The emphasis of the course is on the shaping and refinement of creative ideas and their conversion into compelling works of screen art. Topics such as production management, lighting, camerawork, design, mise-en-scene, screen performance, sound recording and mixing, and film music will be explored in workshops (with industry professionals where possible). Students enrolling for FILM 404 will normally have completed an undergraduate course in film production or have independently gained suitable film production experience. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application including a creative portfolio must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FILM 414 – Commercial Production
This course develops advanced production management skills, preproduction planning, collaborative production skills, creative leadership and post-production techniques. Students will collaborate on the production of several short film projects that aim to develop skills in a range of production arenas including advertising/marketing videos, experimental and non-narrative films, and short artistic works of fiction or music video projects. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FILM 416 – Cinema and Technology
This course considers the nature, effects and/or role of technological developments in cinema including processes of change and innovation. It analyses the ways in which technology influences our understanding of cinema, the way technological changes respond to cultural and social shifts, and/or how cinematic technologies draw on and impact on technological changes in other fields.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FILM 417 – Approaches to Film History
This course will explore a specific period, movement, school, cycle and/or other development within the history of cinema. The approach may be framed through chronological, theoretical, aesthetic and/or technological criteria. Topics could include the historical factors that have shaped particular film industries or national cinemas, changing exhibition and reception practices, and/or film historiography. In 2018, students will examine film and media texts about the creative, promotional, and industrial practices of film and other media texts about film. This includes the analysis of fiction and documentary films, making-of films, supplementary DVD material, and television programmes about the film industry. These texts will be examined for what they present and reveal about the process of filmmaking, the film industry and the status of cinema. The course will consider a range of historical and industrial contexts, from the representation and promotion of Hollywood cinema to alternative conceptions of cinema.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FILM 418 – Advanced Textual Analysis
This course provides students with the opportunity to engage productively with cinema through close textual analysis. It may consider issues such as different types of film style, form, or technique; film interpretation and criticism; film authorship; film genre, or the combination of a theoretical approach with textual analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FILM 419 – Cinema and Moving Image Culture
This course examines the relationships between cinema and non-traditional cinematic forms such as proto-cinematic technologies, industrial films, ephemeral cinema, gallery films, and user-generated videos. It interacts with the history of moving image culture in diverse fields be they artistic, industrial or educational.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FILM 420 – Film Industries: Contexts, Practices, Discourses
The course focuses on varied forms of discourses, practices and contexts relevant to the analysis of film as industry and institution. This analysis of cinema involves a critical examination of film industry policies, the political economy of cinema and its relation with other media and creative industries, and/or the industry’s modes of self-reflection and analysis.
30 pts
FILM 480 – Special Topic: 3D Cinema
This course explores 3D cinema’s unique aesthetic qualities. Through theoretical and practice-based work it examines how 3D cinema combines 2D cinema's traditional visual and narrative techniques with enhanced depth planes in order to create new visual fields. 3D cinema will be considered in its aesthetic, technical, historical and cultural contexts. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FILM 489 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project usually in the form of an extended essay, up to 10,000 words, with regular guidance and support from a supervisor. Practical and creative work may be included as part of a research project. Students wishing to include practical work will also need to discuss the resource implications before they enrol.
30 pts
FILM 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
FILM 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Film.
120 pts
FILM 690 – Film for PhD
120 pts
Finance
FINA 401 – Current Topics in Asset Pricing
An intensive examination of modern research in asset pricing, focusing on the role of intertemporal risks, asymmetric information and liquidity. Topics include consumption-based asset pricing models; the theory, estimation and evaluation of factor pricing models; recent developments in the theoretical and empirical market microstructure literature; applications to real-world trading platforms.
15 pts • (P) FINA 306, QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 401 – Current Topics in Asset Pricing
An intensive examination of modern research in asset pricing, focusing on the role of intertemporal risks, asymmetric information and liquidity. Topics include consumption-based asset pricing models; the theory, estimation and evaluation of factor pricing models; recent developments in the theoretical and empirical market microstructure literature; applications to real-world trading platforms.
15 pts • (P) FINA 306, QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 402 – Current Topics in Corporate Finance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate finance based on information asymmetries. Topics include agency costs, financial contracting, security issuing, security design, liquidity, and corporate governance.
15 pts • (P) FINA 301, QUAN 203
FINA 402 – Current Topics in Corporate Finance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate finance based on information asymmetries. Topics include agency costs, financial contracting, security issuing, security design, liquidity, and corporate governance.
15 pts • (P) FINA 301, QUAN 203
FINA 403 – Derivative Securities
An intensive examination of the pricing of options and option-like assets and their use in hedging financial risk. Topics include stochastic calculus, risk-neutral valuation, finite difference methods, Monte Carlo simulation, and fixed income derivatives.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or 306, QUAN 203
FINA 403 – Derivative Securities
An intensive examination of the pricing of options and option-like assets and their use in hedging financial risk. Topics include stochastic calculus, risk-neutral valuation, finite difference methods, Monte Carlo simulation, and fixed income derivatives.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or 306, QUAN 203
FINA 404 – Portfolio Theory
This course provides a rigorous examination of modern research in long-run asset allocation, focusing on the prescriptive role of theory in aiding investment decisions and the explanatory role of theory in resolving or highlighting empirical anomalies.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 305 or 306), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 404 – Portfolio Theory
This course provides a rigorous examination of modern research in long-run asset allocation, focusing on the prescriptive role of theory in aiding investment decisions and the explanatory role of theory in resolving or highlighting empirical anomalies.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 305 or 306), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 405 – Real Options
An intensive development of the real options approach to business decision-making in general and capital budgeting in particular. Topics include the valuation of risky cash flows, dynamic programming, timing options, compound options, learning options, and calibration.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 203, 15 pts from (FINA 301, 305, 306, MOFI 301, 306)
Not offered in 2024
FINA 405 – Real Options
An intensive development of the real options approach to business decision-making in general and capital budgeting in particular. Topics include the valuation of risky cash flows, dynamic programming, timing options, compound options, learning options, and calibration.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 203, 15 pts from (FINA 301, 305, 306, MOFI 301, 306)
Not offered in 2024
FINA 406 – Fixed Income Securities
This course discusses current research questions in the analysis of fixed income securities. Topics include the term structure of interest rates, market efficiency, interest rate models, liquidity, credit risk models and investment behaviour.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or FINA 306
FINA 406 – Fixed Income Securities
This course discusses current research questions in the analysis of fixed income securities. Topics include the term structure of interest rates, market efficiency, interest rate models, liquidity, credit risk models and investment behaviour.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or FINA 306
FINA 407 – Corporate Governance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate governance based on information asymmetries. Topics include the separation of ownership and control, delegated monitoring, executive compensation and the market for corporate control.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314 or FINA 306
Not offered in 2024
FINA 407 – Corporate Governance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate governance based on information asymmetries. Topics include the separation of ownership and control, delegated monitoring, executive compensation and the market for corporate control.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314 or FINA 306
Not offered in 2024
FINA 411 – Stock Prices and Volatility Modelling
An intensive examination of volatility modelling. Topics include simulation and data analysis techniques; continuous-time stock price models; conditional and stochastic volatility modelling; and modelling heavy tails and regimes. Programming skills will be developed through extensive use of statistical software.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 301 or 305), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 411 – Stock Prices and Volatility Modelling
An intensive examination of volatility modelling. Topics include simulation and data analysis techniques; continuous-time stock price models; conditional and stochastic volatility modelling; and modelling heavy tails and regimes. Programming skills will be developed through extensive use of statistical software.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 301 or 305), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 412 – Applications and Extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model
Intensive examination of selected applications and extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Topics include valuation under differential personal taxation; beta estimation; market risk premium estimation.
15 pts • (P) FINA301, QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 412 – Applications and Extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model
Intensive examination of selected applications and extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Topics include valuation under differential personal taxation; beta estimation; market risk premium estimation.
15 pts • (P) FINA301, QUAN 203
Not offered in 2024
FINA 413 – Risk Management and Insurance
Selected topics in financial risk management and insurance, from traditional approaches to risk management to recent broader interpretations. Topics include the global financial crisis; credit derivative securities; insurance markets, reinsurance and alternative means of transferring risk; the inter-relationship between banks, insurance companies and other institutions in the finance sector; and regulation of the finance sector.
15 pts • (P) 15 pts from (FINA 301-399, MOFI 305, QUAN 371)
Not offered in 2024
FINA 413 – Risk Management and Insurance
Selected topics in financial risk management and insurance, from traditional approaches to risk management to recent broader interpretations. Topics include the global financial crisis; credit derivative securities; insurance markets, reinsurance and alternative means of transferring risk; the inter-relationship between banks, insurance companies and other institutions in the finance sector; and regulation of the finance sector.
15 pts • (P) 15 pts from (FINA 301-399, MOFI 305, QUAN 371)
Not offered in 2024
FINA 414 – Special Topic: Behavourial Finance
This course examines the psychological factors that shape financial decision-making. Students analyse cognitive biases, heuristics, and their impact on investment choices, market anomalies, and asset pricing within the framework of behavourial finance. The course covers classic theoretical models and emphasizes the practical application of these concepts to real-world scenarios.
15 pts • (P) FINA 201, FINA 202 (X) FINA 310, FINA 350 in 2018-2021
Not offered in 2024
FINA 414 – Special Topic: Behavourial Finance
This course examines the psychological factors that shape financial decision-making. Students analyse cognitive biases, heuristics, and their impact on investment choices, market anomalies, and asset pricing within the framework of behavourial finance. The course covers classic theoretical models and emphasizes the practical application of these concepts to real-world scenarios.
15 pts • (P) FINA 201, FINA 202 (X) FINA 310, FINA 350 in 2018-2021
Not offered in 2024
FINA 415 – Special Topic: Early Stage Financing
An in-depth review of the financing of early stage companies from the vantage point of both the entrepreneur and the financier (e.g. venture capitalist or angel investor). Operational financial management including pro-forma financial statements, cash to cash cycles, and working capital needs. Evaluate early stage investments using multiple investment criteria. Financing methods such as multiple rounds, convertible notes and hybrids.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
FINA 415 – Special Topic: Early Stage Financing
An in-depth review of the financing of early stage companies from the vantage point of both the entrepreneur and the financier (e.g. venture capitalist or angel investor). Operational financial management including pro-forma financial statements, cash to cash cycles, and working capital needs. Evaluate early stage investments using multiple investment criteria. Financing methods such as multiple rounds, convertible notes and hybrids.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
FINA 416 – Special Topic: Financial Modelling
Develop spreadsheet models using Microsoft Excel to tackle finance questions such as: risk analysis via simulation and bootstrapping, portfolio analysis, efficient frontier estimation, value at risk, equity and interest rate modelling, and bond credit risk models. Using the Python programming language, extend and scale these models.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
FINA 416 – Special Topic: Financial Modelling
Develop spreadsheet models using Microsoft Excel to tackle finance questions such as: risk analysis via simulation and bootstrapping, portfolio analysis, efficient frontier estimation, value at risk, equity and interest rate modelling, and bond credit risk models. Using the Python programming language, extend and scale these models.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
FINA 430 – Research Project in Finance
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance.
30 pts • (X) FINA 490, FINA 491
FINA 430 – Research Project in Finance
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance.
30 pts • (X) FINA 490, FINA 491
FINA 490 – Research Project A
This is one part of a supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance. In this course, students will formulate a research question, complete a thorough literature review on that question, and formulate a plan for how to conduct research to answer that question. This can be completed prior to completing the other part (FINA 491), or concurrently.
15 pts • (X) FINA 430
FINA 490 – Research Project A
This is one part of a supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance. In this course, students will formulate a research question, complete a thorough literature review on that question, and formulate a plan for how to conduct research to answer that question. This can be completed prior to completing the other part (FINA 491), or concurrently.
15 pts • (X) FINA 430
FINA 491 – Research Project B
Students are expected to attend meetings with their supervisor on a weekly basis, present in a symposium and attend one other presentation session other than their own. Students can choose to meet and present on campus in-person or online.
15 pts • (C) FINA 490 (X) FINA 430
FINA 491 – Research Project B
Students are expected to attend meetings with their supervisor on a weekly basis, present in a symposium and attend one other presentation session other than their own. Students can choose to meet and present on campus in-person or online.
15 pts • (C) FINA 490 (X) FINA 430
AFIN 541 – Corporate Finance
An in-depth review of the interface between corporate finance and the markets, from the vantage point of the corporate treasurer. The course investigates firm and project valuations through cash flow analysis, discounting in various forms, the cost of capital, the process of setting risk premiums, and risk analysis. It examines the implications of long term financing decisions to the cost of capital; and valuation of projects through real options analysis.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 or equivalent (X) MMAF 502
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 542 – Global Capital Markets
The application of finance theory to global financial markets. This course studies asset classes, financial instruments and security trading. It explores risk, return, portfolio capital allocation, and the Capital Asset Pricing Model. It also covers bond pricing, interest rates, and bond portfolios.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 or equivalent (X) MMAF 510
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 543 – International Corporate Finance
Financial economics of exchange rates. The international monetary and banking system, global financing and investment. Financial management under volatile exchange rates: translation, transactions and economic exposures. Optimal foreign exchange hedging policies. Multinational strategic management.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 or equivalent (X) MMAF 511
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 544 – Treasury Management
Capital structure design, long term and short term financing options, restructuring and insolvency risks. Issuing bank debt, retail and wholesale bonds, private placements and convertible bonds. Hedging strategies to manage foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity and investment risk. Reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee on investment portfolio performance, liquidity, refinancing and counterparty risk.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 512
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 545 – Banking, Institutions, and Supervision
The application of the theories of financial intermediation to bank treasury operations. The institutional and regulatory aspects of financial institutions. Topics covered are prudential bank regulation, regulatory bank capital, risk management, stress testing, liquidity management, stake-holder engagement, bank strategy and bank governance.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 513
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 546 – Derivatives
Forwards and futures, options, synthetics, exotics and associated products. Pricing from the first principles and from no arbitrage methodology. Use derivatives in portfolio hedging and in open position taking. Contexts covered include equity, fixed interest, commodity and foreign exchange. Trading conventions and techniques.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542 or AFIN 543 (X) MMAF 514
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 547 – Financial Intermediation
The application of the theories of financial intermediation to financial institutions management. On- and off- balance sheet banking, syndicated lending, securisation. contingent claims, project finance and treasury management. Risk Management of assets, liabilities and liquidity.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 515
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 548 – Portfolio Design and Investment
Portfolio building, asset pricing, and performance evaluation. This course develops portfolio design through Modern Portfolio Theory and the Single Index model. It covers asset pricing using the Capital Asset Pricing Model and the Arbitrage Pricing theory model. It explores the use of asset pricing to evaluate fund performance, and the use of portfolio theory for active tactical investment decisions.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542; (X) MMAF 516
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 549 – Financial Econometrics
Develop financial models using the R statistical programming language. Using econometric methods in R, explore the time series properties of financial datasets, including trend, seasonality, autocorrelation, and stationarity. Investigate volatility models.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 (X) MMAF 524, PECO 513
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 550 – Financial Modelling
Develop spreadsheet models using Microsoft Excel to tackle finance questions such as: risk analysis via simulation and bootstrapping, portfolio analysis, efficient frontier estimation, value at risk, equity and interest rate modeling, and bond credit risk models. Using the Python programming language, extend and scale these models.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542 or AFIN 546 (X) MMAF 525
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 551 – Entrepreneurial Finance
An in-depth review of the financing of innovative and entrepreneurial companies from the vantage point of both the entrepreneur and the financier (e.g. venture capitalist or angel investor). Evaluate early stage investments using multiple investment criteria. Operational financial management including Pro-forma financial statements, cash to cash cycles, and working capital needs. Financing methods such as multiple rounds, convertible notes, and hybrids.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 531
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 552 – Mergers and Acquisitions
An integrated approach to mergers and acquisitions, business alliances, and corporate restructuring. Topics covered include the market for corporate control; legal and regulatory considerations, the planning, implementation, and integration processes, merger valuation, deal structure, alternative exit and restructuring activities.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 537
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 553 – Institutional Investment
An in-depth review of the main strategies used by hedge funds and proprietary traders. Topics include institutional issues, trading mechanisms, market liquidity, risk management, performance management, and trading strategy appraisal.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 554 – Applied Corporate Governance
A study of the key concepts, structures and dynamics of corporate governance. The course will focus on the roles and interests of shareholders, managers, and directors. Topics include choices of organisational form, executive compensation, boards of directors, institutional investors, shareholder activism and corporate governance reforms.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 555 – Real Options
Introduction to real options and the analytical framework; valuation of single- and multi-period cash flows; dynamic programming; simple timing options; compound timing options and extensions; switching options; calibration and implementation of real option models.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541
Not offered in 2024
AFIN 563 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
FINA 501 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 501 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 502 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 502 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 531 – Research Paper
Research paper on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 531 – Research Paper
Research paper on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 591 – Thesis
MCom Thesis in Finance.
120 pts
FINA 591 – Thesis
MCom Thesis in Finance.
120 pts
FINA 592 – Thesis
90 point Thesis in Finance.
90 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
FINA 592 – Thesis
90 point Thesis in Finance.
90 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
FINA 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Finance.
60 pts
FINA 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Finance.
60 pts
FINA 690 – Thesis
Finance for PhD.
120 pts
FINA 690 – Thesis
Finance for PhD.
120 pts
Fine Arts
ARTS 401 – Creativity
This course takes an experiential and theoretical approach to the study of creativity. It develops insights into the nature of creativity, factors and conditions that stimulate imaginative behaviours and high levels of innovation. The course is designed to cultivate skills in creative thinking and problem solving, and to enhance the application of creativity through collaborative processes.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
ARTS 402 – Arts Management for Artists
This course teaches students the practical knowledge and skills necessary to effectively market and manage a creative project and to effectively begin a career as a self-employed artist. The course utilises local and international case studies, and encourages students to draw from their own experiences and interests.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
ARTS 490 – Internship
Students will complete an approved and supervised work-based project while on a placement in a private sector establishment, public sector agency, or non-governmental organisation. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass the course will receive a P grade.
30 pts • (P) Permission of HoS
^ Limited entry course
FILM 414 – Commercial Production
This course develops advanced production management skills, preproduction planning, collaborative production skills, creative leadership and post-production techniques. Students will collaborate on the production of several short film projects that aim to develop skills in a range of production arenas including advertising/marketing videos, experimental and non-narrative films, and short artistic works of fiction or music video projects. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
Forensic Psychology
FPSY 401 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship 1
This course provides students with an opportunity to complete a special project or take part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency, undertaking forensic psychology-relevant work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 402 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship 2
This course provides students with an opportunity to complete a special project or take part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency, undertaking forensic psychology-relevant work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 403 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship
This course provides students with an opportunity to spend 2 trimesters working on a special project or taking part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency that undertakes forensic psychology-related work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) FPSY 401, 402
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 411 – Special Topic
This course is part of the MSc in Forensic Psychology and is taught in the School of Psychology.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
FPSY 420 – Introduction to Clinical Psychology for Forensic Practitioners
This course provides students with an understanding of the conceptual, empirical and practical issues associated with assessment. Topics covered include: clinical assessment and reasoning, ethics, mood disorders, psychosis, personality disorders, substance disorders and intellectual disability. In addition, labs cover the principles of assessment, interviewing and psychometric testing.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) PSYC 451, 452
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study tailored to the particular student and approved by the Programme Director. It may include an introduction to clinical assessment and formulation, through participation in relevant sections of PSYC 451/452, or an opportunity to work on a small project or in a placement with key stakeholders.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 580 – Research Preparation
This is a practical course in which students will acquire the key skills needed to undertake postgraduate level research in some aspect of Forensic Psychology. These skills will be acquired via class-based seminars, discussions and practical exercises based in a variety of research laboratories.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 591 – Thesis
Master's thesis in Forensic Psychology.
120 pts
FPSY 690 – Forensic Psychology for PhD
120 pts
French
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
FREN 401 – Advanced French Language
This compulsory French Honours course is for students working towards fluency and accuracy in written and oral French. Techniques required for the dissertation, bibliography ésumé of spoken or written texts, oral and aural activities, are all taught as an internal part of the course. Students will reach a level equivalent to C1 of the European Common Framework for Languages. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FREN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise, on a topic of the student's choice, designed to develop skills in bibliographic searches and the elaboration of a closely-argued analytical text.
30 pts
FREN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in French.
120 pts
FREN 690 – French for PhD
120 pts
Game Design
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Geographic Information Science
GISC 420 – Geographic Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 421 – Geographic Information Science: Applications and Impact
This course provides an overview of Geographic Information Science in New Zealand and internationally. Through field teaching, individual and group work, and guest lectures from industry professionals, students will gain a strong understanding of the dimensions of the geospatial industry from data collection, storage analysis and dissemination. Specific attention will be given to exploring Maori communities and organisations’ use of and impact on GIS; ethics; and GIS fit within organisations, the economy, communities and impact on their decision making. The compulsory three-day field trip will run from 23-25 February 2022.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme
Not offered in 2024
GISC 422 – Spatial Analysis and Modelling
Advances in data collection, such as crowdsourcing and the unique nature of geographic information require an understanding of the complexities of spatial data. Students on this course will learn to apply statistical techniques to the analysis of geographic data. Students will also explore relationships between spatial structures and processes using simulation models.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 423 – Cartography and Geovisualisation
This course provides a theoretical grounding in the various ways geographic information can be visualised. Beyond the conventional map display, alternate representations, interfaces to geographic data, visual exploration of datasets and cartographic generalisation will be covered. The course introduces the concepts, principles, theories and applied components of Cartography and Geovisualisation. Students who passed GISC 403 (offered 2012 to 2018) may not enrol in GISC 423.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 424 – Remote Sensing
A practical introduction to interpretation and analysis of satellite, aerial and radar imagery for earth observation. This course covers the basics of the electromagnetic spectrum and explores its interpretation and use in the analysis of remotely sensed data, specifically covering classification and image manipulation techniques for both active and passive sensors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 425 – Special Topic: Geographical Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 426 – Special Topic:
Topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 427 – Emerging Topics in GIS
This course will explore emerging topics in GIS through current academic literature, lectures, class discussion, and seminars. Such topics may include GIS 2.0, crowdsourcing, sensors and IoT (Internet of Things). Seminar topics vary and will be selected by the students.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 428 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 429 – Internship
This course allows students to apply knowledge gained from the PGDipGIS/MGIS postgraduate courses within business, government and non-profit organisations while gaining career-related work experience, achieving a greater clarity regarding their career goals, and developing ‘workready’ skills.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme and 60 points from the MGIS schedule
GISC 511 – Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a GIS related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay. It will consist of a research question, review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director
GISC 512 – Placement and Applied Research Project
This course comprises of a placement, a presentation, and a research project. The placement is a period of work with a GIS employer. The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director (X) GISC 415;
^ Limited entry course
GISC 591 – Thesis
Master’s thesis in GIS.
120 pts
GISC 690 – Thesis
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
Geography
See also Physical Geography
GEOG 407 – Special Topic: Climate Policy: Carbon Pricing Mechanisms
This course provides an introduction to the policy and institutional dimensions of carbon pricing. Putting a price on carbon creates incentives for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. This market-based approach has important implications for climate change mitigation. The lectures will cover major international, national, and private-sector initiatives that involve carbon pricing, with a focus on those linked with an emission trading system. Cases from the UNFCCC, European Union, China, Australia, New Zealand, and other parts of the world will be presented and discussed.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GEOG 408 – Relational Geographies: The Politics of. Co-existing
This course provides an introduction to advanced debates within social and cultural geography, in particular around the theorisation of place, power and identity. The course will deal with a range of issues and grounded examples while introducing relational, postcolonial and feminist geographies
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GEOG 411 – Special Topic: Urban Geography and Urban Health
The course will provide students with skills to argue which characteristics a healthy city would have, a city which promotes urban health. Students will be equipped with geographical tools and concepts to analyse intra-urban processes and their effects on urban health. The course will will explore how characteristics of urban (notably residential) environments might promote urban health, how such effects can be analysed, and which measures urban planning can offer. Students will be exposed to contemporary urban geography debates about urban health in national and international contexts.
15 pts • (P) permission of the relevant Head of School
Not offered in 2024
GEOG 415 – Introduction to Geographic Information Science and its Applications
This course is designed to empower you with the skills required to tackle complex spatial challenges. GIS combines the art of mapping, science of data analysis, and spatial understanding. Through hands-on computer practicals and lectures, you'll gain a deep understanding of how GIS can make a significant impact in your chosen field.
15 pts • (X) GEOG 215, PHYG 415 in 2008-12
GEOG 417 – Healthy Cities
The course will provide students with skills to argue which characteristics a healthy city would have, a city which promotes urban health. Students will be equipped with geographical tools and concepts to analyse intra-urban processes and their effects on urban health. The course will explore how characteristics of urban (notably residential) environments might promote urban health, how such effects can be analysed, and which measures urban planning can offer. Students will be exposed to contemporary urban geography debates about urban health in national and international contexts.
15 pts • (X) GEOG 411 in 2022-2023
GEOG 418 – Refugee Spaces: Emotional Geographies of Forced Migration
The course aims to understand the effects on, and affects felt, of people experiencing forced migration and refugee resettlement and to generate more nuanced and sensitive responses to them in Aotearoa New Zealand. Throughout we question multi-sited interrelationships of emotion, affect, embodiment, and power through a geographic inquiry into the material places and digital spaces of 'refugeeness'.
15 pts • (X) GEOG 411 in 2020-2021; GEOG 416
GEOG 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
GEOG 489 – Research Project
30 pts • (X) GEOG 408
GISC 420 – Geographic Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 421 – Geographic Information Science: Applications and Impact
This course provides an overview of Geographic Information Science in New Zealand and internationally. Through field teaching, individual and group work, and guest lectures from industry professionals, students will gain a strong understanding of the dimensions of the geospatial industry from data collection, storage analysis and dissemination. Specific attention will be given to exploring Maori communities and organisations’ use of and impact on GIS; ethics; and GIS fit within organisations, the economy, communities and impact on their decision making. The compulsory three-day field trip will run from 23-25 February 2022.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme
Not offered in 2024
GISC 422 – Spatial Analysis and Modelling
Advances in data collection, such as crowdsourcing and the unique nature of geographic information require an understanding of the complexities of spatial data. Students on this course will learn to apply statistical techniques to the analysis of geographic data. Students will also explore relationships between spatial structures and processes using simulation models.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 423 – Cartography and Geovisualisation
This course provides a theoretical grounding in the various ways geographic information can be visualised. Beyond the conventional map display, alternate representations, interfaces to geographic data, visual exploration of datasets and cartographic generalisation will be covered. The course introduces the concepts, principles, theories and applied components of Cartography and Geovisualisation. Students who passed GISC 403 (offered 2012 to 2018) may not enrol in GISC 423.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 424 – Remote Sensing
A practical introduction to interpretation and analysis of satellite, aerial and radar imagery for earth observation. This course covers the basics of the electromagnetic spectrum and explores its interpretation and use in the analysis of remotely sensed data, specifically covering classification and image manipulation techniques for both active and passive sensors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 425 – Special Topic: Geographical Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 426 – Special Topic:
Topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 427 – Emerging Topics in GIS
This course will explore emerging topics in GIS through current academic literature, lectures, class discussion, and seminars. Such topics may include GIS 2.0, crowdsourcing, sensors and IoT (Internet of Things). Seminar topics vary and will be selected by the students.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 428 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
GISC 429 – Internship
This course allows students to apply knowledge gained from the PGDipGIS/MGIS postgraduate courses within business, government and non-profit organisations while gaining career-related work experience, achieving a greater clarity regarding their career goals, and developing ‘workready’ skills.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme and 60 points from the MGIS schedule
GEOG 511 – Socio-spatial Thinking for Human Geography
This course introduces students to a range of socio-spatial approaches to understanding, and acting, in our world. It involves a critical exploration of key concepts including power, agency, justice, community and wellbeing, examined through a geographic lens that emphasises both our embeddedness in specific places, and the spatial relations that inform and transform those contexts. It introduces students to a range of multi-scalar approaches to social action for transformative change. Students will be expected to read a range of literature both critically and independently and to show an ability to analyse and critique theories of social change. Co-taught with DEVE 515
30 pts • (X) DEVE 515
GEOG 512 – Geographic Research Approaches for Just and Regenerative Futures
This course introduces students to the politics and practices of conducting research, which aims to inform just and regenerative futures. The course prepares students going on to a Masters thesis in Geography. Co-taught with DEVE 516, ENVI 521 and GEOG 580
30 pts • (X) GEOG 580; DEVE 514; ENVI 521; PHYG 580; DEVE 516
GEOG 580 – Research Preparation
15 pts
GEOG 591 – Thesis
MSc or MA thesis in Geography.
120 pts
GISC 511 – Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a GIS related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay. It will consist of a research question, review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director
GISC 512 – Placement and Applied Research Project
This course comprises of a placement, a presentation, and a research project. The placement is a period of work with a GIS employer. The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director (X) GISC 415;
^ Limited entry course
GISC 591 – Thesis
Master’s thesis in GIS.
120 pts
GEOG 690 – Geography for PhD
120 pts
Geology
ESCI 404 – ST: Topics in Earth Sciences
15 pts • (P) 40 300-level points (X) GEOL 404
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 407 – Global Tectonics
This course looks at the frontiers of research on the tectonics of plate boundaries and lithospheric geodynamics, focusing on current scientific debate about these topics with examples from around the world.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 302
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 408 – Special Topic: Frontiers of Palaeobiology
This course will review some of the latest results in the field of palaeobiology. Using research papers published over the last twelve months, we will choose the most exciting and extraordinary topics available. Depending on what’s published in that period, topics may include discussions on mass extinctions, processes and patterns in the fossil record, human evolution and any particularly spectacular fossils that are reported. Participants will be encouraged to suggest topics in any area of palaeobiology that interests them.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 409 – Special Topic
This course examines the formation of the elements, origins of the Solar System, and accretion and differentiation of the rocky planets. It reviews the generation and modification of magmas and volcanoes and the investigation of metamorphic conditions and processes, and examines how chemical and isotopic tracers are used in a diverse range of fields. Students will use the School's Geochemistry Laboratory and will obtain hands-on experience in the use of the electron microprobe and laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399, GEOL 301-399
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 411 – Advanced Applied Geophysics
How can we know what materials are under the Earth’s surface? This course will cover methods to find out, including applications in environmental earth science such as seismic hazards, geothermal energy and groundwater. This new knowledge will prepare you for a wide variety of careers such as: geotechnical and energy companies; local and regional councils; and Crown entities such as GNS Science, NIWA and LINZ.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 305; (X) GEOL 411
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 412 – Paleoclimatology
The course is a study of contemporary research papers in Paleoclimate science. Concentrates on environmental proxy indicators, dating methods and climate dynamics. Prominent NZ Quaternary records as well as high profile records from elsewhere are examined. An understanding is developed of how atmosphere, ocean and cryosphere influence climate change as recorded in the geologic record.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 301; (X) GEOL 412
ESCI 413 – Geochemical Forensics of Earth's Origins, History and Future
An advanced course presenting petrologic/geochemical techniques and concepts used for reconstructing Earth processes. Topics include trace element and isotope geochemistry, mantle processes and magmatism, and marine and paleoenvironmental geochemistry.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 303; (X) GEOL 413
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 414 – Physics and Chemistry of Volcanoes
An advanced course covering why and how volcanoes form and the eruption styles that characterise magmas produced at different plate tectonic settings (subduction zone, mid-ocean ridges and oceanic and intraplate settings); quantitative geochemical methods for containing processes and rates of melt generation, storage in magma chambers and eruption; geochemical and geophysical techniques for monitoring volcanic activity and assisting in eruption prediction.
15 pts
ESCI 440 – Directed Individual Study
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
ESCI 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
ESCI 449 – Earth Sciences – International Field Course
This international field course in earth sciences aims to examine key geographical, geological and/ or geophysical localities. The course will offer a variable but unique insight, understanding and experience of earth science in the field beyond that which already exists in New Zealand. This course is offered in alternate years and will run in the USA from 18 November 2019 to 18 December 2019. Numbers are limited, apply by 1 April 2019. An extra fee beyond that for the course, covering travel and subsistence costs applies and is to be met by the student.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from (ESCI, GEOG) including one of ESCI 341-344 or GEOG 323 (X) ESCI 349
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 451 – Active Earth
The physical and chemical phenomena governing tectonism, magmatism, and active margin processes in general interact on a wide variety of timescales. This course explores the observations on which modern understanding of active earth processes are based, the interaction between those processes, and the implications they have for hazard. Using global and New Zealand examples, this course explores how we make and evaluate geoscientific observations and effectively communicate our findings. The topics addressed include theoretical and empirical models of plate boundary processes, including subduction, magmatism, faulting, and fluid migration.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 402, PGEO 401
ESCI 452 – Earth History
This course will examine stratigraphic principles and approaches used to reconstruct past depositional environments, to then interpret major tectonic and/or climatic events in Earth’s history. Geochemical and paleontological proxies will be used to identify changes in Earth's environment and climate over last 100 million years. An emphasis will be placed on an integrated stratigraphic dataset to interpret the history of NZ’s sedimentary basins.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 403, GEOL 403
ESCI 453 – Earth Materials and Resources
Earth materials are essential for renewable energy transition and sustainable development but their extraction impacts our environment. This course will explore the origin, extraction, uses and potential problems associated with a range of Earth resources. We focus on the the transition from fossil fuels to green energy generation and storage, and explore where we might obtain the resources required for construction of a sustainable world.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 416, GEOL 414
ESCI 454 – Frontiers of Paleobiology
This course will review a diverse range of current controversies and debates in paleobiology using recently published papers. Topics will be selected from a list supplied by us and/or proposed by the class. We will suggest some literature as a starting point and students will research their own papers. Examples of topics include human evolution, cyclicity or ecology of mass extinctions, origins of the New Zealand biota, the Cambrian explosion, Quaternary megafaunal extinction, oxygenation of the atmosphere, and evolution of the eye or flight.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 408 in 2016-2020
Not offered in 2024
GEOL 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Geology Programme Director.
30 pts
ESCI 580 – Research Preparation
The course will provide skills and techniques required for successful scientific research in the Earth Sciences including: the philosophy of science; bibliographic database searches; writing, reviewing and revision of proposals; abstracts and journal papers; introductions to data analysis and selected research software; strategies for poster and oral presentations.
15 pts
GEOL 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Geology.
120 pts
GEOL 690 – Geology for PhD
120 pts
GEOL 695 – Geology for PhD (ARC)
Geology for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
Geophysics
ESCI 404 – ST: Topics in Earth Sciences
15 pts • (P) 40 300-level points (X) GEOL 404
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 407 – Global Tectonics
This course looks at the frontiers of research on the tectonics of plate boundaries and lithospheric geodynamics, focusing on current scientific debate about these topics with examples from around the world.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 302
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 408 – Special Topic: Frontiers of Palaeobiology
This course will review some of the latest results in the field of palaeobiology. Using research papers published over the last twelve months, we will choose the most exciting and extraordinary topics available. Depending on what’s published in that period, topics may include discussions on mass extinctions, processes and patterns in the fossil record, human evolution and any particularly spectacular fossils that are reported. Participants will be encouraged to suggest topics in any area of palaeobiology that interests them.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 409 – Special Topic
This course examines the formation of the elements, origins of the Solar System, and accretion and differentiation of the rocky planets. It reviews the generation and modification of magmas and volcanoes and the investigation of metamorphic conditions and processes, and examines how chemical and isotopic tracers are used in a diverse range of fields. Students will use the School's Geochemistry Laboratory and will obtain hands-on experience in the use of the electron microprobe and laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399, GEOL 301-399
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 411 – Advanced Applied Geophysics
How can we know what materials are under the Earth’s surface? This course will cover methods to find out, including applications in environmental earth science such as seismic hazards, geothermal energy and groundwater. This new knowledge will prepare you for a wide variety of careers such as: geotechnical and energy companies; local and regional councils; and Crown entities such as GNS Science, NIWA and LINZ.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 305; (X) GEOL 411
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 412 – Paleoclimatology
The course is a study of contemporary research papers in Paleoclimate science. Concentrates on environmental proxy indicators, dating methods and climate dynamics. Prominent NZ Quaternary records as well as high profile records from elsewhere are examined. An understanding is developed of how atmosphere, ocean and cryosphere influence climate change as recorded in the geologic record.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 301; (X) GEOL 412
ESCI 413 – Geochemical Forensics of Earth's Origins, History and Future
An advanced course presenting petrologic/geochemical techniques and concepts used for reconstructing Earth processes. Topics include trace element and isotope geochemistry, mantle processes and magmatism, and marine and paleoenvironmental geochemistry.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 303; (X) GEOL 413
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 414 – Physics and Chemistry of Volcanoes
An advanced course covering why and how volcanoes form and the eruption styles that characterise magmas produced at different plate tectonic settings (subduction zone, mid-ocean ridges and oceanic and intraplate settings); quantitative geochemical methods for containing processes and rates of melt generation, storage in magma chambers and eruption; geochemical and geophysical techniques for monitoring volcanic activity and assisting in eruption prediction.
15 pts
ESCI 440 – Directed Individual Study
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
ESCI 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
ESCI 449 – Earth Sciences – International Field Course
This international field course in earth sciences aims to examine key geographical, geological and/ or geophysical localities. The course will offer a variable but unique insight, understanding and experience of earth science in the field beyond that which already exists in New Zealand. This course is offered in alternate years and will run in the USA from 18 November 2019 to 18 December 2019. Numbers are limited, apply by 1 April 2019. An extra fee beyond that for the course, covering travel and subsistence costs applies and is to be met by the student.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from (ESCI, GEOG) including one of ESCI 341-344 or GEOG 323 (X) ESCI 349
Not offered in 2024
ESCI 451 – Active Earth
The physical and chemical phenomena governing tectonism, magmatism, and active margin processes in general interact on a wide variety of timescales. This course explores the observations on which modern understanding of active earth processes are based, the interaction between those processes, and the implications they have for hazard. Using global and New Zealand examples, this course explores how we make and evaluate geoscientific observations and effectively communicate our findings. The topics addressed include theoretical and empirical models of plate boundary processes, including subduction, magmatism, faulting, and fluid migration.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 402, PGEO 401
ESCI 452 – Earth History
This course will examine stratigraphic principles and approaches used to reconstruct past depositional environments, to then interpret major tectonic and/or climatic events in Earth’s history. Geochemical and paleontological proxies will be used to identify changes in Earth's environment and climate over last 100 million years. An emphasis will be placed on an integrated stratigraphic dataset to interpret the history of NZ’s sedimentary basins.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 403, GEOL 403
ESCI 453 – Earth Materials and Resources
Earth materials are essential for renewable energy transition and sustainable development but their extraction impacts our environment. This course will explore the origin, extraction, uses and potential problems associated with a range of Earth resources. We focus on the the transition from fossil fuels to green energy generation and storage, and explore where we might obtain the resources required for construction of a sustainable world.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 416, GEOL 414
ESCI 454 – Frontiers of Paleobiology
This course will review a diverse range of current controversies and debates in paleobiology using recently published papers. Topics will be selected from a list supplied by us and/or proposed by the class. We will suggest some literature as a starting point and students will research their own papers. Examples of topics include human evolution, cyclicity or ecology of mass extinctions, origins of the New Zealand biota, the Cambrian explosion, Quaternary megafaunal extinction, oxygenation of the atmosphere, and evolution of the eye or flight.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 408 in 2016-2020
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 402 – Special Topic
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 420 – Introduction to Dynamical Meteorology
This course introduces students to the fundamental concepts of dynamical meteorology and develops skills in problem solving.
15 pts • (P) MATH 323
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 421 – Mid-latitude Weather Systems
This course extends the knowledge gained in GPHS 420 to the development of an understanding of weather systems in middle latitudes. Conceptual and mathematical models are investigated to provide insights into the physical processes that occur during development, including diagnosis of vertical motion. Special emphasis is paid to weather systems in NZ and the Tasman Sea region.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 422 – Radiation and Thermodynamics for Meteorology
Students are introduced to the concepts of radiation and thermodynamics that are relevant to applications in meteorology and atmospheric physics.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 423 – Cloud Physics and Boundary Layer Meteorology
This course investigates the microphysical properties of clouds. The meteorology of the lower boundary layer of the Earth's atmosphere is also examined. Offered in alternate years.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 424 – Satellite Meteorology
This course examines the orbital characteristics and instrumentation of meteorological satellites. It discusses the impact of satellites on the development of modern meteorology.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 425 – Numerical Weather Prediction
Numerical Weather Prediction (NWP) is examined within the context of modern weather forecasting. It includes material on the historical development of NWP, wave properties of the governing mathematical equations, numerical methods, model physics, statistical methods in post-processing, ensemble forecasting, and applications of global and limited-area NWP in modern weather forecasting operations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 426 – Climatology and Remote Sensing
This course takes a mathematical approach to understanding climate dynamics, based on the equations of atmospheric motion and energy transport in the large-scale circulation. The second half of the course derives and uses the equation of radiative transfer as a basis for investigating remote sensing of the atmosphere.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 430 in 2014, PHYG 413
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 430 – Special Topic
Topic to be decided.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 431 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 439 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study apporved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
GPHS 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
GPHS 441 – Solid Earth Geophysics
This course provides a foundation of geophysical knowledge and skills relevant to solve problems of geohazards, geothermal energy, environmental science, and surveying of earth structure. The course explores how observations can be used to remotely infer deep and shallow structure and processes within the earth. Problems involving movement of mass (rock, melt or water), heat, or elastic energy (seismic waves) are analysed and solved using python computer code. A fundamental understanding of the earth is obtained through analysis of deep structure and examples of near-surface geophysical problems relevant to a wide range of real-world applications are considered.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 405, PHYS 406, 441
GPHS 445 – Observational Earthquake Seismology
Introduction to Earth structure and seismic wave propagation.
15 pts • (P) MATH 323 (X) GPHS 409
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 446 – Advanced Seismology
Advanced topics in the theory of seismic sources and seismic wave propagation.
15 pts • (P) MATH 323 (X) GPHS 409
GPHS 447 – Geomagnetism
Physical and mathematical description of the geomagnetic field, spectrum of time variations, secular variation, reversals and sea-floor anomalies, origin of the geomagnetic field, introduction to palaeomagnetism and em induction in the Earth. Also taught as PHYS 447.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 408, 442, PHYS 406, PHYS 442, PHYS 447
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 448 – Advanced Topics in Geomagnetism
A selection of topics from (but not limited to) rock magnetism, palaeomagnetism, electrical/electromagnetic geophysics and satellite geomagnetism.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 408, 443, 444
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of the School.
30 pts
ESCI 580 – Research Preparation
The course will provide skills and techniques required for successful scientific research in the Earth Sciences including: the philosophy of science; bibliographic database searches; writing, reviewing and revision of proposals; abstracts and journal papers; introductions to data analysis and selected research software; strategies for poster and oral presentations.
15 pts
GPHS 520 – Professional Weather Observing, Analysis and Synoptic Diagnosis
This course, together with GPHS 521, forms an integrated study of forecasting practice and supporting meteorological theory. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical principles of weather observation, analysis and diagnosis that underpin weather prediction. Students will actively apply the principles learnt through a variety of simulated exercises.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) GPHS 521;
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 521 – Professional Weather Diagnosis and Forecasting
This course, together with GPHS 520, forms an integrated study of forecasting practice and supporting meteorological theory. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical principles of weather diagnosis at synoptic and meso-scales that underpin weather prediction. Students will apply the principles learnt through advanced simulated exercises.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 581 – Practicum
Appropriate work undertaken in a geophysical observatory under supervision of observatory and VUW staff.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 589 – Project
This project will be based on a ‘real world’ meteorological research objective selected from a list of research topics arising from meteorological operations at MetService. Students will be encouraged to demonstrate their independence, critical thinking and scientific rigour in their project work. MetService will provide all meteorological data required for the project. Supervision will be by MetService and/or VUW staff. Overall guidance and assessment will be by VUW staff.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
GPHS 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Geophysics.
120 pts
GPHS 690 – Geophysics for PhD
120 pts
GPHS 695 – Geophysics for PhD (ARC)
Geophysics for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
German
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
GERM 401 – Advanced Language Study
Advanced-level study of written and spoken German. This is a compulsory course for German Honours. If all students enrolled in GERM 401 are agreed to it, the emphasis will be in Translation Studies. The decision will be made at the first meeting of the class. If the emphasis is to be on Translation Studies, the course will combine the study of the theory of professional translation and interpreting with advanced-level practice of translation of various texts from and into German. Some interpreting will also be practised. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GERM 411 – Special Topic 1: Captured Berlin: the Reflection of a City in Word and Image
This course presents Berlin through the lens of selected examples of literary texts and film from the Weimar Republic (1919-1933) to the present day. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GERM 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise, on a topic of the student's choice, designed to develop skills in bibliographic searches and the elaboration of a closely argued analytic text.
30 pts
GERM 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in German.
120 pts
GERM 690 – German for PhD
120 pts
Global Business
GBUS 511 – Global Business Environment
Understanding the global business environment is a must for any business in a globally connected world. This course provides a contemporary understanding of global institutions; and cross-country differences in political, legal and economic systems. Students will analyse the dynamics of geopolitical tensions involving global powers. They will draw strategic, managerial and ethical implications from their macro analysis of the environment for international firms.
15 pts
GBUS 512 – Management Theory and Practice
This course offers a broad perspective on modern management in the business, public and voluntary sectors, and examines key issues likely to face managers in the near future.
15 pts
GBUS 513 – Strategic Marketing
Leadership often means knowing where and how to compete. Strategic Marketing provides students with the theoretical frameworks and practical tools to achieve and sustain an organisation’s competitive advantage. Students are presented with real business challenges requiring market analysis and data-based decision-making for the creation of innovative ideas, products and experiences for actual and potential customers in new and emerging markets.
15 pts
GBUS 514 – Accounting for Managers
This course introduces students to the concepts of financial and management accounting, covering the content of financial statements; concepts of value and profit, cost behaviour and cost-volume-profit relationships; and cost allocation principles.
15 pts
GBUS 541 – Global Strategy
To be successful in the global market, firms need to develop an effective strategy. This course provides an understanding of frameworks and concepts in strategic management with a focus on global competition, collaborations and corporate governance. Topics include internal organisational analysis, competitive behaviour, mergers, acquisitions and alliances.
15 pts
GBUS 542 – Managing Across Cultures
Graduates looking to expand their career in global business must have cross-cultural management skills. Students will examine the implications of culture on managerial practices and build communication, negotiation and leadership skills.
15 pts
GBUS 580 – Consultancy Project
The project involves visiting and working with an organisation, doing internal and external research, placing the work in a global context, and producing a report and presentation, to a brief agreed with the client.
30 pts
GBUS 581 – Research Project
This course aims to provide students with applied research methodologies whereby practical solutions to real organisational issues can be derived. Students need to identify a relevant issue, position it in a global context, propose an applicable methodology, collect relevant data and write a business research project including appropriate recommendations.
30 pts
Greek
GREE 401 – Greek Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 402 – Greek Tragedy
This course will examine selected Greek Tragedy Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 403 – Greek Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 405 – Special Topic
50% internal assessment, 50% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GREE 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) GREE 404.
Health
See also Midwifery and Nursing
HLTH 501 – Research for Practice
This course examines principles of research, locating and interpreting research, critiquing research and using appropriate research to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective care. The course focuses on practice development using evidence informed frameworks. The course also examines and critiques the socio-cultural, political and ethical contexts influencing health research in Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts
HLTH 502 – Applied Pathophysiology
Pathophysiology is explored in relation to clinical practice and emerging evidence. This course provides a foundation for clinical decisions related to interventions, management and expected health outcomes across the lifespan.
30 pts
HLTH 504 – Specialist Practice: Long Term Conditions
This specialist practice course will enhance the knowledge and skills of health care professionals who support individuals and populations living with long term conditions. Key issues for exploration during this course include: population health approaches to understand the impact of long term conditions, the role of health professionals in long term conditions management, and patient self-management strategies to improve health outcomes. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 506 – Specialist Practice: Acute Care
This course will develop knowledge of specialist practice at an advanced level, in the context of international developments in patient care. Innovations in practice and challenges facing specific specialty practice areas are the key content areas. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH502, students must be in direct patient contact
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 513 – Real World Midwifery
This course explores the role of the midwife as it is constructed in contemporary society. In particular it explores the context in which midwifery is practised and in which it attempts to support and promote normal childbirth.
30 pts • (X) MIDW 523
HLTH 514 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning
This course provides the opportunity for nurses to develop culturally safe comprehensive systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning skills across the lifespan. Students will also have the opportunity to learn more about concepts which support equitable health outcomes. Students must be in direct tāngata whai ora (patient) contact.
30 pts • (P) Registered nurses who have successfully completed HLTH 502, students must be in direct tāngata whai ora (patient) contact.
HLTH 515 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning: Neonatal Nursing
This course is designed to develop the skills of systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning in the care of the neonate. Students work alongside mentors in their clinical practice to develop these skills.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; (X) NURS 553
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 516 – Health, Illness and Disease
This course focuses on sociological and anthropological literature about the experience of being healthy and being sick, as it relates to institutional recognition of disease.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 517 – Diagnostics and Therapeutics
This course examines the sensitivity, specificity and utility of commonly used diagnostic testing methods (including the FBC, 12 lead ECG and telemetry monitoring, radiological imaging, and cardio-pulmonary diagnostics). In addition, course modules will explore the assessments of nutrition, infection, and anaemia alongside their associated common therapies. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502, HLTH 514 Students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 518 – Clinical Pharmacology
This course examines principles of clinical pharmacology, including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and pharmacotherapy, with application to clinical practice clearly drawn to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective use of medicines, and improved quality of care.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
HLTH 519 – Research Review
In developing a review relevant to your area of practice this course will examine the practices of scholarly writing and publishing practices to assist students in preparing manuscripts for publication in the appropriate scholarly or professional forum.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 520 – Practice Project
Students negotiate, design, undertake and report on an evidence based project of relevance to their practice area under the supervision of academic and workplace mentors.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; at least 30 points from HLTH 501-550; (X) HLTH 551, HLWB 513
HLTH 521 – Research Methods
This course prepares students to undertake independent research by developing knowledge and skills in a variety of paradigms and methods, and engaging in higher-level debates on research philosophy and theory, ethics, limitations, data gathering and analysis.
30 pts
HLTH 522 – Health Systems, Policy and Practice
This course explores health care policy and service delivery in Aotearoa New Zealand and internationally. The structural, political, professional and ethical dimensions of health service delivery are examined.
30 pts
HLTH 523 – Contemporary Issues in Nursing
This course will explore the role, place and voice of nurses influencing health and wellbeing at a national and international level. Students will be challenged to articulate their contribution to healthcare and encouraged to think innovatively about healthcare delivery. The course is designed to build professional self-confidence, by cultivating professional identity and professional voice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 524 – Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine the issues that arise in leading and managing in the health sector. It will cover leadership and management theories and concepts, organisational development, budgeting and financing processes in health care, planning human resources and managing people, and consider issues relating to cultural safety.
30 pts
HLTH 525 – Diversity in Health Care
This course explores health from a cultural, ethnic and population perspective. Differences in health and illness patterns amongst groups are examined. The potential development of more appropriate services to address diversity is assessed.
30 pts
HLTH 526 – Patient Safety and Risk Reduction
This course is designed to develop knowledge related to patient safety within the international health care arena. Research related to adverse events and strategies to improve patient safety and reduce risk provide the key content.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 527 – Ageing in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course critically analyses aspects of current health care services supporting the diversity of experiences as people age in Aotearoa New Zealand, inclusive of the perspective of Maori as Tangata Whenua. The course aims to examine the extent of ageing well in Aotearoa New Zealand and how services support person-centred care their whanau/families.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 528 – Evaluation for Health
This course will introduce students to the role and importance of evaluation for informing service development at a service and organisation level. It provides an overview of forms and types of evaluations and uses a programme approach to cover needs analysis, formative evaluation and outcome evaluation. Theoretical and design considerations such as programme logic, ethics, stakeholder engagement, timing of the evaluation, methods and data sources are introduced in relation to planning and critiquing each of these forms of evaluation.
30 pts
HLTH 529 – Special Topic
TBA
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 530 – Special Topic
TBA.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 531 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Master's course learning. Note: Students must have identified suitable mentor/s before commencing this course.
30 pts • (P) At least B in each of the following courses HLTH 514 or HLTH 515, HLTH 517 and HLTH 518; Students must be in direct patient contact (X) HLTH 544
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 532 – Midwifery Assessment and Decision-making in Complex Maternity Care
This clinically oriented course is focused on building midwifery assessment and decision-making for complexity in maternity care across the full range of midwifery practice. Clinical contact with childbearing women is required.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 533 – Midwifery Practicum in Complex Care
This course integrates theoretical knowledge into practice and extends the midwife's experience, knowledge, skills and practice in complex maternity care.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 541 – Advanced Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine leadership and management in the health sector, including strategy development, and monitoring and evaluating organisational performance.
15 pts • (P) HLTH 524 or approved substitute
HLTH 542 – Applied Ethics and Law for Health Professionals
This course will enable health care professionals to develop advanced skills in the interpretation, analysis and application of ethics and law in professional practice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 543 – Prescribing Practicum
This course will develop prescribing knowledge and skills, drawing on the student’s previous learning in advanced health assessment, diagnostic reasoning/therapeutics and pharmacology. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for registered nurse prescribing authority.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; At least a B in HLTH 514 & HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 544 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Advanced nursing practice learning within the context of Mentored practice. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for Nurse Practitioner registration and prepares them to contribute to Improvements in health outcomes for Maori through an Understanding of key concepts such as policy that supports Equitable health outcomes, Whanau Ora and Maori models of Health.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; a least a B in each of the following courses: HLTH 514, HLTH 517, HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact; (X) HLTH 531
HLTH 550 – Transition to Professional Nursing Practice
This course facilitates the transition of the newly graduated nurse to practice using the New Zealand quality and safety capability framework to support the provision of safe person-centred care. Graduate nurses will focus on developing professional resilience, confidence in their clinical assessment and reasoning skills including the application of pathophysiology knowledge to clinical decision making as part of the wider healthcare team in order to provide safe, competent and comprehensive care inclusive of family/whānau.
30 pts • (P) Must have gained registration with Nursing Council of New Zealand no more than 12 months before enrolment; (X) HLTH 540 in 2013
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 551 – Professional Project
This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to plan, execute and complete a project that demonstrates advanced knowledge in a field of professional practice. Students will apply skills acquired during the study programme to solve a practice problem or problems. The outcomes of the project will be presented in a report targeting relevant key stakeholders.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; Part 1 of MNS or Part 1 of MHlth subject requirement; (X) HLTH 520, HLWB 513
HLTH 560 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
HLTH 591 – Master of Health Research - Thesis
120 pts
HLTH 592 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Nursing
120 pts
HLTH 593 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Midwifery
120 pts
HLTH 594 – Thesis for Master of Nursing Science
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to nursing practice and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and makes a contribution to nursing knowledge.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Part 1 of the MNS
HLTH 596 – Thesis for Master of Health Care
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to health care and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and contributes to knowledge in health practice, education and/or health services.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Parts 1 and 2 of MHC degree
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 597 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
HLWB 501 – Health Policy and Planning
This course will examine governance, policy, strategy, service-delivery and decision-making in the health sector. It will consider policy and service delivery issues: key institutions, influences and behaviours, and the roles of the public and private sectors in healthcare systems; the efficiency and quality of health services, and policies to reduce inequities in healthcare services and health outcomes for Māori, Pasifika and other disadvantaged groups. Participants will learn health economics and policy concepts and develop knowledge and skills to address policy and service delivery challenges; design and analyse options; advance health policy and service delivery goals and objectives and advise decision-makers.
30 pts
HLWB 502 – Health Economics and Financing
This course introduces key concepts in health economics and applies health economics to health policy and planning issues. This application includes examining and critiquing alternative approaches to financing and organising health care.
30 pts • (X) HLWB 503, HLWB 504
HLWB 507 – Principles of Health and Safety Management
This course will provide advanced knowledge of management systems, organisational culture, and the integration of legal, regulatory and societal factors in the context of health and safety management.
15 pts
HLWB 508 – Human and Biological Factors in Workplace Health and Safety
This course applies principles of human function and considers the application of cognitive and behavioural psychology to workplace health and safety practice.
15 pts
HLWB 509 – Identification, Assessment and Control of Hazards and Risks
This course provides advanced knowledge about practice and performance in workplace health and safety risk management.
15 pts
HLWB 510 – Principles of Occupational Health and Hygiene
This course will provide advanced knowledge of the principles and practice of work related health – health protection, health promotion and wellbeing. It provides knowledge and understanding of the main work-related health hazards, and the practices to recognise, assess, control and monitor risks.
15 pts
HLWB 511 – Health and Safety Management and Leadership
This course provides insights into organisational behaviour, structures, functions, roles and responsibilities and accountabilities. The approach to workplace health and safety strategies is discussed. The principles of effective project management and human resource management are also covered.
15 pts
HLWB 512 – Professional Role and Functioning
This course provides advanced knowledge about the role and function of corporate governance and corporate social responsibility. The professional role and ethical framework for the workplace health and safety professional is described. Theories of communication and fostering teamwork are also explored.
15 pts
HLWB 513 – Research Project
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MHlth or Part 1 of the MPAH (X) HLTH 520, HLTH 551
HLWB 513 – Research Project
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MHlth or Part 1 of the MPAH (X) HLTH 520, HLTH 551
HLWB 519 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
HLWB 520 – Pae Ora - Māori Health and Wellbeing
This course supports students to develop their knowledge and understanding of Māori health and wellbeing. They will learn to critically analyse strategic approaches to Māori health improvement by examining past and present efforts to achieve equitable health and social outcomes for Māori. The course will focus on Māori engagement, and the development of tangible actions for implementation across the health sector.
15 pts
HLWB 521 – Pacific Community Health and Wellbeing
This course provides students with an in-depth understanding of the community approaches that inform inter-agency collaborations and partnerships across central and local government levels to benefit Pacific communities. It provides them with a foundation for understanding persisting inequities related to the health system and its implementation. It also allows students to examine the cultural influence on the Pacific community's health and wellbeing.
15 pts
HLWB 525 – Health Promotion Theory and Practice
This course develops students' knowledge in core health promotion approaches and perspectives in relation to the economic, social, cultural and environmental influences on well-being. Students will critically appraise health promotion strategies and issues, design and evaluate interventions, and gain skills for health promotion practice.
15 pts • (X) HLWB 505
HLWB 526 – Emerging Issues in Health Promotion
In this guided study course, students will apply their knowledge of health promotion, needs assessment and intervention to an emerging issue in health promotion. The course will provide the opportunity for students to engage with, and critically analyse, the contribution of various paradigms for health promotion, including whānau-based initiatives, the use of digital technologies and social marketing.
15 pts • (X) HLWB 506
HLWB 591 – Master of Health Research - Thesis
120 pts
HEAL 690 – Health for PhD
For exact school dates, times and venues please refer to the Graduate School’s website - www.vuw.ac.nz/nmh.
120 pts
HLTH 601 – Critical Analysis of a Health Issue
During this course, students complete a critical review of the relevant literature as background to framing the proposed research question(s) and methodological approach for their investigation of the health issue that is the focus of their thesis research, including consideration of the importance of the issue for Māori communities.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 521 (or an approved equivalent)
HLTH 602 – Issues in Professional Contexts
In this course, students develop a detailed understanding of the philosophical and theoretical frameworks and their application to professional contexts that are required for critically examining and addressing professional issues in the health sector, including the importance of Māori worldviews.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601
HLTH 603 – Advanced Research Design
This course provides students with an in-depth understanding and critique of the major methodological approaches to research investigations in the health sector, including Mātauranga Māori in research design, and provides the rationale for the selection of their approach to the investigation of their identified health issue that is the focus of their thesis research.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601, 602
HLTH 604 – Research Proposal
This course draws together students’ detailed understanding, gained from earlier coursework, of the theory, methodology and professional context for investigating the health issue that is the subject of their thesis research. The focus of the course is on the development of the proposal for the thesis research.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 601, HLTH 602, HLTH 603
HLTH 691 – Doctor of Health Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
HLWB 690 – Health and Wellbeing Thesis for PhD
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
HLWB 691 – Health and Wellbeing Thesis for PhD (Public Health)
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis in public health.
120 pts
MIDW 691 – Doctor of Midwifery Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
NRSE 691 – Doctor of Nursing Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
Health Promotion
AREC 501 – Promoting Active Recreation/ Whakatairanga i Ngā mahi a Rēhia
This course provides students with an understanding of the theoretical frameworks, practical guidelines and mātauranga Māori that underpin effective promotion of active recreation across the lifespan. The course explores the current 'active recreation system' including Ngā mahi o te Rēhia (Active Recreation) and how this relates to hauora (wellbeing) in Aotearoa New Zealand and in diverse population groups globally. Students will develop skills in assessing community-led initiatives and translating evidence into effective active recreation advocacy, policy and practice.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
AREC 513 – Research Project/ Kaupapa Rangahau
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MPAH
EDUC 568 – Sport and Physical Activity: Supporting Youth Development
This course critically examines beliefs about the use of sport and physical activity contexts for youth development and the implications for policy and practice. Students will examine contemporary models and evidence based practice in relation to the evaluation of programmes designed to promote positive youth development.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 464, EDUC 564 in 2015-2018
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 501 – Research for Practice
This course examines principles of research, locating and interpreting research, critiquing research and using appropriate research to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective care. The course focuses on practice development using evidence informed frameworks. The course also examines and critiques the socio-cultural, political and ethical contexts influencing health research in Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts
HLTH 521 – Research Methods
This course prepares students to undertake independent research by developing knowledge and skills in a variety of paradigms and methods, and engaging in higher-level debates on research philosophy and theory, ethics, limitations, data gathering and analysis.
30 pts
HLTH 528 – Evaluation for Health
This course will introduce students to the role and importance of evaluation for informing service development at a service and organisation level. It provides an overview of forms and types of evaluations and uses a programme approach to cover needs analysis, formative evaluation and outcome evaluation. Theoretical and design considerations such as programme logic, ethics, stakeholder engagement, timing of the evaluation, methods and data sources are introduced in relation to planning and critiquing each of these forms of evaluation.
30 pts
PAAH 501 – Emerging Issues in Physical Activity Promotion/ Ngā Take o te Whakatairanga Kori Tinana
This course provides students with an understanding of the inter-relationships between physical activity, exercise, fitness and sport in Aotearoa New Zealand and globally. The course explores the history of physical activity guidelines and how participation varies across population groups. Students will develop skills in applying both mātauranga Māori and non-Indigenous methods to assessing physical activity and its association with hauora and wellbeing.
15 pts
PAAH 502 – Physical Activity and the Environment / Kori Tinana me te Taiao
This course provides students with an understanding of how te taiao (the natural environment) influences physical activity, hauora and wellbeing. The course explores how mātauranga Māori (traditional knowledge) is embedded in te taiao and the incidental health outcomes that arise from privileging the environment. Students will develop skills in engaging with te taiao as an avenue for promoting physical activity in different contexts in Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts
PAAH 503 – Innovative Approaches to Physical Activity Promotion
This course provides students with an understanding of Indigenous and non-Indigenous approaches to physical activity promotion, surveillance and related wellbeing benefits. The course explores systems approaches to promoting physical activity and processes for delivering physical activity interventions at scale. Students will develop skills in translating evidence into effective physical activity advocacy, policy and practice.
15 pts
PAAH 513 – Research Project/ Kaupapa Rangahau
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MPAH
PLAY 501 – Promoting Active Play/ Whakatairanga i ngā Mahi Tākaro
This course provides students with an understanding of the theoretical frameworks, practical guidelines and mātauranga Māori that underpin effective promotion of active play across the lifespan. The course explores the current ‘play system’ including tākarokaro Māori (indigenous play) and how this relates to hauora (wellbeing) in Aotearoa New Zealand and in diverse population groups globally. Students will develop skills in assessing play environments and translating evidence into effective play advocacy, policy and practice.
15 pts
PLAY 513 – Research Project/ Kaupapa Rangahau
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MPAH
SPOR 501 – Promoting Sport-for-Development/ Whakatairanga i ngā Hākinakina
This course provides students with an understanding of the theoretical frameworks, practical guidelines and mātauranga Māori that underpin effective promotion of sport-for-development initiatives across the lifespan. The course explores the current ‘sport system’ including taonga tākaro (traditional games) and how this relates to hauora (wellbeing) in Aotearoa New Zealand and in diverse population groups globally. Students will develop skills in assessing local needs for sport-for-development programmes and translating evidence into effective sport-for-development advocacy, policy and practice.
15 pts
SPOR 513 – Research Project/ Kaupapa Rangahau
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of MPAH
Health Psychology
HPSY 501 – Health Psychology: Health and Wellbeing in Context
This course will provide an in-depth examination of the social, cultural and environmental contexts in which people maintain good health and wellbeing. It will explore the roles of behaviour, emotions, identity, relationships and belonging in promoting physical and psychological wellbeing and preventing illness from individual, group, community, local and global perspectives. Particular emphasis will be on Māori, Pasifika and diverse communities in Aotearoa New Zealand.
15 pts
HPSY 502 – Health Psychology: Illness, Disease and Support
This course examines how individuals, whānau and care givers make sense of becoming ill and how they engage with health professionals and live with illness and disease. Cultural understandings of health, systemic issues and environmental contexts will be explored extensively. The course will address critical issues involved in symptom recognition, help-seeking behaviour, interactions with health professionals, experiences of being ill and living with chronic conditions, embodiment, identity, pain and quality of life. The course will be framed by social, cultural and environmental contexts as well as intersectional identities particularly gender and minority groups.
15 pts
HPSY 503 – Professional Skills and Cultural Safety in Health Psychology Practice
This course examines frameworks for health psychology practice in a range of settings in Aotearoa. We consider health system issues and how psychological approaches can inform collaborative practice with other professionals, community providers, and whānau. Students will acquire skills and knowledge in interpersonal communication, reflexivity, ethical approaches, and cultural safety, to enable them to work effectively in a range of health psychology roles.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 504 – Research and Inquiry in Health Psychology
This course prepares students to undertake independent research in health psychology by exposing them to planning, gathering and analysing data using a variety of quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods of research and developing knowledge and skills for the critical evaluation of research. Māori research and Pasifika research methodologies will also be explored in this course. Students will scope a possible research project topic.
30 pts
HPSY 505 – Health Psychology Placement
Professional work placement for health psychology students in a health organisation with close supervision by a registered health professional. This is a requirement for entry to the Postgraduate Diploma in Health Psychology Practice. Limited to 8 students.
15 pts • (P) HPSY501, HPSY502, HPSY503, HPSY504
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 510 – Professional Issues in Health Psychology Practice 1
This first professional practice course strengthens the foundational and cultural competencies for evidence-based practice as a psychologist in a range of health settings. Students will consolidate their skills a knowledge in communication, assessment, evaluation and problem solving in collaboration with other health professionals, including Māori and Pasifika cultural professionals, community providers (mainstream, Māori and Pasifika) and whanau.
15 pts • (P) HPSY 503 (C) HPSY 511 and HPSY 512
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 511 – Professional Issues in Health Psychology Practice 2
This second professional practice course extends students’ competencies for practice as a psychologist in a range of health settings. Students will deepen their knowledge of evidence-based and practice-informed interventions and support provision in multiple contexts. They will engage in reflective practice during critical evaluations of health psychology work to ensure the mana and wellbeing of the communities they serve and their own professional and cultural integrity is preserved.
15 pts • (P) HPSY 503 (C) HPSY 510 and 512
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 512 – Supervised Internship
Students complete 1500 hours of health psychology practice supervised by registered psychologists, in partnership with relevant cultural oversight, developing the core competencies required for professional registration with the NZ Psychologists Board under the relevant Scope of Practice. There will be a focus on working in partnership with mainstream providers that work with Māori and Pasifika communities, Māori service providers and Pasifika service providers to enhance cultural responsivity and skill capacity in their practice.
120 pts • (P) HPSY 503 (C) HPSY 510 and HPSY 511
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 591 – Thesis in Health Psychology
Thesis in Health Psychology.
120 pts
HPSY 690 – Health Psychology for PhD
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts
Higher Education Learning and Teaching
HELT 501 – Foundations of Learning and Teaching in Higher Education
Using the theme of Ako - the interrelatedness of teaching and learning - participants will evaluate the explanatory power and practical applications of higher education theories and research for understanding and improving teaching effectiveness and learning outcomes. Assessment includes reflective evaluation of teaching and curriculum design.
30 pts • (X) UTDC 501
Not offered in 2024
HELT 502 – Portfolios for Professional Practice
This course will introduce different types of teaching portfolios used in higher education. Students will be required to select and annotate evidence appropriate to specific portfolio types and develop a reflection-based peer-reviewed portfolio for an agreed purpose, and take part in peer review of written teaching portfolios.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501; (X) UTDC 503
Not offered in 2024
HELT 503 – Researching Higher Education
In this course participants will learn how different research approaches are used to address specific education questions. Participants will develop a research proposal related to their teaching, to be investigated in HELT 504, or as a research grant application to an internal or external education funder.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501
HELT 504 – Applied Research Project in Higher Education
Participants will undertake and report an individually supervised, research project on a specific aspect of higher education. Participants will apply educational theories and research approaches studied in HELT501and HELT503, with the aim of producing research outcomes appropriate for conference or journal acceptance.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501, HELT 503
Not offered in 2024
HELT 505 – Special topic: Higher Education in New Zealand
This course covers aspects of New Zealand higher education policy, the Treaty of Waitangi, diversity and practice that are distinctive to the New Zealand tertiary environment. It also examines key learning and teaching theories and their application within the New Zealand university context.
30 pts • (P) UTDC 501 or HELT 501
Not offered in 2024
HELT 506 – Special Topic: Teaching as Communication and Interaction
Teaching as mediating learning is about creating an environment that facilitates knowledge construction and provides opportunities for students to communicate complex ideas in a range of contexts, using different modes and formats. This course engages participants in a critical evaluation of higher education teaching and learning as a form of conversations and dialogue. Participants will explore aspects of academic communications in their courses and design discipline-specific course tasks and activities. Participants will engage with the students-as-partners framework by looking at examples from Victoria and elsewhere.
30 pts • (P) As for PGCert entry requirements
Not offered in 2024
HELT 507 – Learning and Teaching with Digital Technology
Participants will experience and reflect upon the impact and practical uses of digital technologies on student learning. The course will explore how technology can influence and support student outcomes in different disciplines both online and in a face-to-face context.
30 pts • (X) HELT 506 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2024
HELT 520 – Directed Individual Study
This provides students with the option of following a directed individual study, with the approval of the Director of the Centre for Academic Development, and under the supervision of an academic staff member with appropriate expertise.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501; (X) HELT 505, HELT 506
History
HIST 403 – A Topic in Pacific History: New Zealand(ers) in the “Sea of Islands”
This course explores the involvement of Aotearoa/New Zealand and New Zealanders in the Pacific islands since 1840. It focuses not only on New Zealand’s formal colonial empire and its legacy in Sāmoa, Cook Islands, Niue, Tokelau and Nauru but also its connections with other parts of the region including (but not limited to) the Solomon Islands, Fiji and Vanuatu.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 404 – A Topic in the History of the United States: From Cold War to Culture Wars, 1965-2021
The course explores the way the Cold War shaped US society and culture from 1965 to 1991 and the causes and consequences of the Culture Wars that followed from 1991 to 2021. It examines the growing polarisation- political, social, cultural, ideological, and regional- that stems from the conflict between an increasingly powerful Christian Right and progressive movements and the lack of an existential threat to provide a basis for unity since the end of the Cold War.
30 pts
HIST 407 – A Topic in European History 1: Histories of the Senses
This course will introduce students to historical problems and approaches in studying the five senses: vision, touch, taste, smell and hearing. The chief aims of the course are to consider the role of the senses in history and to interrogate historians' emphasis on textual primary sources in the discipline. The seminar discussions will focus primarily on Europe before 1800, and will be based on readings of scholarly works in cultural history and the history of medicine, technology and the environment- with occasional forays into other geographical regions and historical periods.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 412 – A Topic in the History of Sport: Studies in the History of Sport and Spectatorship
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 419 – A Topic in Historiography and Historical Method 1: History and Theory
This is a historiographical and theoretical course. This means that we will examine both the philosophical bases for understanding the past and the ways in which history has been (and currently is) practised.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 420 – A Topic in the History of Race Relations in New Zealand: Contexts of the Treaty
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 421 – A Topic in European History 2: The European Outreach into the Atlantic
This course considers the European outreach into the Atlantic in early modern history, 1400-1800. We examine the development of major Atlantic trades, including the Newfoundland fishing industry, whaling, the slave trade, and trades in cash-crops and other consumer goods. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 422 – A Topic in New Zealand History 1: Oral History in Aotearoa New Zealand: Subjectivity and Story-telling
In this course we explore how we are shaped and in turn shape our historical pasts, through the medium of oral history. How are kōrero tuku iho – indigenous oral histories – crucial to tribal autonomy and liberation? How do whānau and whenua inform the histories we tell? How are memories influenced by pervasive public narratives? How can we speak historical truths to power from the margins and be transformative? We take a multidisciplinary approach to indigenous, feminist, disabled, queer, trans and class-conscious oral histories. Students will put theory into practice conducting interviews to create their own oral histories.
30 pts
HIST 423 – A Topic in Historiography and Historical Method 2: Digital History
This course will examine the digital tools and methods increasingly used by historians in producing historical scholarship, via discussion of recent scholarship on digital history and hands-on workshops of various digital skills and resources. Students at all levels of digital competency are welcome. Final outputs may vary depending on the skills students begin the course with, but everyone who completes the course will have increased their digital skills base and created a digital exploration of their chosen research topic.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 425 – A Topic in European History 3: Scotland- Colony, Nation, Empire
Was there such a thing as a Scotttish Empire or a distinctively Scottish experience of empire? This course takes a self-consciously Scotocentric approach to British imperial and colonial history. It considers Scottish thinking on empire, Scottish experiences of empire and the role of empire in shaping the Scottish nation. The course focuses mostly on the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries but considers the medieval foundations of imperialism in Britain and the legacy of decolonisation for the Scottish nation and the British state in the 20th and 21st centuries.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 427 – A Topic in New Zealand History 2: Empire and Desire: Gender and Imperialism, c.1780-1920
Spanning the period from roughly the end of the 18th Century and American independence through to the imperial conferences of the 1920s, this course explores the inter-related histories of gender and empire, largely as they unfolded in what become known as the British Empire. New Zealand and other settler colonies will provide the major focus for the course.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 428 – Special Topic: Class in History
This course will examine the importance of social class as an analytical category and a historical reality. Attention will be paid to classical and more recent theoretical debates, and to the concrete meaning of class in a variety of historical situations. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 429 – History of Migration
History of Migration considers the history of forced and free migration. Topics may include: Māori migration to Aotearoa; recent Māori migration to Australia; the transatlantic slave trade; convict labour; indentured labour in the Atlantic, Indian Ocean and Pacific worlds; mass migration in the era of steamships; rural/urban migration; as well as themes such as commodities and migration, warfare and migration, religious change and migration, culture and migration, and the economics of migration.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 430 – Māori Literature in History
Drawing on an extensive archival and published pool of Māori writing c. 1820 to the current day, this course examines the written landscape of Aotearoa New Zealand's first peoples. Critical and theoretical work on indigenous literatures drawn from various perspectives will be read alongside a variety of texts written by Māori over time. The course will deal with material in both Māori and English; ability in te reo Māori will be helpful but is not essential.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 431 – Class in History
This course will examine the importance of social class as an analytical category and a historical reality. Attention will be paid to classical and more recent theoretical debates, and to the concrete meaning of class in a variety of historical situations. The course will deal with elites and the middle classes as much as with the working class, and with historiographical discussion as well as with current research.
30 pts • (X) HIST 428 (2013-2020)
HIST 448 – National Awakening in Eastern Europe
This course introduces students to the phenomenon 'national awakening' by examining the political, social, intellectual, and cultural origins of East European nationalism in light of nationalism theory. Students may choose to focus on either Czech or Hungarian history in the 19th Century. 100% internal assessment including a major 7500 word research essay worth 70%.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 449 – Origins of Nationalism
The emergence of nationalism has transformed human societies all over the world, but scholars disagree about what nationalism is and how to interpret it. This course examines the origins of nationalism in detail by reading canonical works by leading nationalism theorists, primary sources related to the history of nationalism, and a selection of outstanding and influential case studies.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HIST 489 – Research Project
HIST 489 is a compulsory research essay undertaken in the completion of a BA (Hons) degree. The topic is devised principally by the student under the guidance of a History programme staff member.
30 pts
HIST 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in History.
120 pts
HIST 690 – History for PhD
120 pts
Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
HRER 401 – Labour Policy
This course examines matters related to the policy-making role of the State in employment relations. Areas covered include issues related to labour protection, minimum wage, pay equity, employment equity, workers' compensation, occupational health and safety and labour legislation.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 401;
Not offered in 2024
HRER 402 – Employment Relations
Theoretical approaches to the study of employment relations, with specific emphasis on the evolution of general employment relations theory, theories of the labour movement, theories of employer/managerial behaviour, and the interrelationship of theory, research, and practice.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 402;
Not offered in 2024
HRER 405 – The Future of Work and Employment
Recent developments in human resource management have been driven by the changing context of work, as employers seek to remain competitive. This course focuses on this new work context and the challenges it poses for human resource management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level HRER or MGMT pts (X) MGMT 405;
HRER 411 – ST: Emerging Tech, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with INFO 413, MGMT 409, MARK 407, IBUS 411, TOUR 411.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
HRER 412 – Special Topic
Special topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
HRER 413 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
HRER 430 – Research Project in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level HRER pts
HRER 501 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
HRER 502 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
HRER 530 – Research Project
30 pts
HRER 531 – Research Paper
Research paper in human resource management and employment relations.
30 pts
HRER 592 – Thesis
Thesis in human resource management and employment relations.
90 pts
HRER 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations.
60 pts
Human Resources Management and Employment Relations
HRER 401 – Labour Policy
This course examines matters related to the policy-making role of the State in employment relations. Areas covered include issues related to labour protection, minimum wage, pay equity, employment equity, workers' compensation, occupational health and safety and labour legislation.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 401;
Not offered in 2024
HRER 402 – Employment Relations
Theoretical approaches to the study of employment relations, with specific emphasis on the evolution of general employment relations theory, theories of the labour movement, theories of employer/managerial behaviour, and the interrelationship of theory, research, and practice.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 402;
Not offered in 2024
HRER 405 – The Future of Work and Employment
Recent developments in human resource management have been driven by the changing context of work, as employers seek to remain competitive. This course focuses on this new work context and the challenges it poses for human resource management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level HRER or MGMT pts (X) MGMT 405;
HRER 411 – ST: Emerging Tech, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with INFO 413, MGMT 409, MARK 407, IBUS 411, TOUR 411.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
HRER 412 – Special Topic
Special topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
HRER 413 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
HRER 430 – Research Project in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level HRER pts
HRER 501 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
HRER 502 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
HRER 530 – Research Project
30 pts
HRER 531 – Research Paper
Research paper in human resource management and employment relations.
30 pts
HRER 592 – Thesis
Thesis in human resource management and employment relations.
90 pts
HRER 592 – Thesis
Thesis in human resource management and employment relations.
90 pts
HRER 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations.
60 pts
HRER 690 – Human Resource and Employment Relations for PhD
120 pts
Indigenous Studies
MAOR 501 – Aro Taketake/Indigenous Theories
This course will explore Indigenous theories and worldviews. In particular, it will cover Indigenous peoples’ political and cultural relationships, international contexts, resource management and policy (language, education, economic and science) and governance.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
MAOR 512 – Kia Kautū/Internship
Approved and supervised work placement of students in an organisation with a predominant focus on Indigenous issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director; (X) MAOR 413, 410 in 2013-2019
MAOR 521 – Kia Rukuhia/Project in Indigenous Studies
This course enables students to research a particular aspect of Indigenous Studies in detail with a focus on conducting reviews of key literature in the discipline by Indigenous peoples and about Indigenous peoples. The course will also examine the challenges and opportunities around, and the practicalities of, preparing academic work on Indigenous specific issues for publication.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
Industrial Design
See also Design Innovation
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Information Management
See also Library and Information Studies
MMIM 581 – Special Topic: Digital Architecture
This course addresses the conceptual and design challenges involved in developing and managing digital architecture, by investigating the alignment between enterprise goals and strategy, business processes, information systems and technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital architectures, and how to create effective architecture governance instruments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMIM 590 – Case Study Project
A independent investigation of a selected information management issue as a case study.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
Information Management and Business
INFM 571 – Guiding and Growing Digital Businesses
This course will focus on guiding and growing digital businesses, whether that be within established organisations or entrepreneurial ventures. This will include innovative digital business models and the strategies needed to support them. It will also explore the unique challenges associated with growing digital businesses including those related to user acquisition, scaling and platform management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 572 – IT and Digital Governance
This course explores IT and digital governance, including constructing organisational information policies and practices that enable people to do their jobs while protecting privacy and confidentiality. It also includes compliance with national and international laws related to privacy, intellectual property, censorship, and access to official information. In addition to covering aspects of digital governance associated with risk-avoidance the course also covers how good governance practices can enable organisations to extract the most value from their data, information, and other digital assets.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 573 – Digital Transformation and Change
This course will explore how digital technology drives transformation and change within organisations and society and how transformation and change in those things drive change in digital technology. This will include discussion of emerging technologies, such as artificial intelligence and augmented reality and topics such as planning for change, dealing with resistance to change, and digital work.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 574 – Information Security
This course covers current information security topics from a high-level digital solution design as a managerial point of view. Students will become familiar with contemporary information security-related threats and risks for organizations as well as proven approaches, methods and techniques for secure digital solution design and information security management in organizations. They will also learn how to utilize these approaches, methods and techniques for information security assessments response and enhancement plans.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 575 – Designing for Agility
This course provides students with principles processes, and practices for the development of IT-enabled organisational agility. It covers managerial aspects of organisational design (e.g., projects, programmes, teams, IT infrastructures, digital platforms) necessary to drive agility in different types of organisations, and application of design thinking principles and methods to create innovative solutions in an agile way.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 576 – Digital Architecture
This course addresses the conceptual and design challenges involved in developing and managing digital architecture, by investigating the alignment between enterprise goals and strategy, business processes, informati information systems and technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital architectures, and how to create effective architecture governance instruments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 580 – Storing and Accessing Data
This course focuses on the factors organisations must consider and balance to create information architecture that take into account organisational requirements as well as user experience, computational efficiency, and data privacy and security. It also includes hands-on experience designing, implementing, and using relational databases.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 581 – Analysing Data for Decision Making
This course provides students with the ability to do basic forms of data analysis including generating frequencies, descriptive statistics, cross-tabs, and ANOVA with software commonly used for these tasks. It will also provide them with an understanding of how to select the most appropriate measures and test statistics for a given data type and question / problem, and how to communicate results verbally and visually.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 582 – Advanced Analytical Techniques
This course builds on the knowledge students gain in INFM 580 and INFM 581 by considering situations in which more complex analytical approaches may be needed to address organisational objectives. It also focusses on the legal, ethical and cultural concerns that may arise as a result of the application of such techniques and how to communicate the results of more complex forms of analysis to different target audiences.
15 pts • (P) INFM 580, 581
Not offered in 2024
INFM 583 – Automation of Analytical Processes and Machine Learning
This course builds on INFM 580, 581, and 582 to enable students to automate analytical models and develop machine learning models. Attention will be given to the types of situations in which automation and machine learning are appropriate, the data and organisational requirements for successful implementation, and how to communicate results verbally and visually.
15 pts • (P) INFM 580, 581, 582
Not offered in 2024
INFM 584 – Sustainable and Socially Responsible Business in a Digital World
A hands-on exploration of how the use and impact of digital technologies and systems relates to sustainability and socially responsible business. Topics will focus on current issues regarding both sustainability (eg clean energy, climate change, innovation, and sustainable cities) and ethics (eg inequality, digital inclusion, privacy and identity, and IT professional conduct) in the context of organisations, communities,government and society.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 585 – ST: Communicating Data for Impact
This course focuses on communicating data in a way that’s appropriate for the target audience, objective, and type of data and analysis. It covers various ways of communicating data, including with words, numbers, charts, graphs, dashboards and infographics as well as how to assemble those together to tell a larger story.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 588 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
Information Studies
INFO 520 – The Information Professions
This course explores the role of the information professions in society, focusing on the diverse nature of librarianship/information work and the key issues and trends impacting its development.
15 pts
INFO 521 – Management in Information Services
Introduces the key concepts of management and organisation theory necessary for the effective management of information services.
15 pts
INFO 522 – Information Policy Concepts, Issues and Processes
This course explores information policy concepts and issues with which information professionals need to be familiar, including the processes through which information policy and legislation are created in New Zealand, individual policies which influence information creation, access and use and the role of information professionals in information policy development.
15 pts
INFO 523 – Information Access and Use
This course covers models of information seeking behaviour and information literacy, and will equip students with the skills to assist users efficiently and effectively to access information in contexts such as libraries, museums, records management systems, and archives.
15 pts
INFO 525 – Digital Technologies for Information Professionals
A study of the technologies used for creating, storing, and disseminating information, including hardware, software, and virtual and physical environments. The student will use and evaluate technologies for information management.
15 pts
INFO 527 – Creating and Managing Metadata
An introduction to the theories, standards, and systems used for the storage and retrieval of information. Topics include metadata schemes, standards for record structure and content, and the design principles of databases used for information management and retrieval.
15 pts
INFO 528 – Research Methods for Information Management Environments
An introduction to the common forms of research for libraries, archives, records centres, and other information management environments; including quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods research, as well as the evaluation and application of such methods within the discipline.
15 pts
INFO 530 – Mana Mātauranga Māori
A critical examination of how library and information management institutions in Aotearoa New Zealand engage with Māori knowledge sources, and how this contributes to the provision of services and resources that meet the information and cultural needs of Māori clients.
15 pts
INFO 531 – Aotearoa New Zealand: Information Resources, Tools, Issues
An in-depth examination of the structures, institutions, resources, and tools for New Zealand studies within an historical and contemporary framework of research, access, and preservation in the cultural heritage sector and digital humanities.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 533 – Services to Specific Groups
An examination of information-seeking behaviour in specific subject disciplines, such as law or business, or in specific groups within society, such as children and young adults, and the development and marketing of collections and services for these groups.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 534 – Archival Systems
Theory, systems and strategies for the determination of those records worthy of long-term preservation and their management in the digital age.
15 pts
INFO 535 – Managing Current Records
Theory, tools and strategies to ensure that records in the digital working environment are created and maintained in accordance with organisational and societal requirements.
15 pts
INFO 536 – Books and the Information Society
The role of the book as written text, material object and cultural transaction in the contemporary information landscape, emphasising descriptive bibliography, rare books and special collections, artifacts in the digital domain, communication and information design, and New Zealand print culture.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 537 – Information Culture
An exploration of the values, attitudes and behaviours of individuals towards information, and the influences of these on the management of information and records in organisations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 538 – Practicum
A period of work experience in an information service for students with little or no prior relevant work experience. The placement will be subject to protocols and managed through a set of learning objectives, and must be approved by the course coordinator before commencement.
15 pts • (P) 60 500-level INFO pts
INFO 539 – Archives and Libraries: Access, Advocacy and Outreach
The development of advocacy and the theory, design, implementation and evaluation of public programming in archives and libraries. An exploration of information seeking needs of different user groups and the development of archival and library services to meet their needs.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 540 – Preservation Management in Libraries and Archives
The principles and practice of information preservation with an emphasis on management of preservation activities in a New Zealand bicultural context. Topics include preservation standards, ethics and policies, conservation solutions for various media, collection assessment and project management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 542 – Management of Library Services
The application of management theory to the practice of managing and marketing libraries, emphasising the development and quality control of services development and quality control of services and collections tailored to customer needs.
15 pts
INFO 543 – Digital Curation
This course covers long-term preservation issues relating to digital objects, that is, maintaining and adding value to a trusted body of digital information for current and future use.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 544 – Online Searching
Searching and information services in the online environment, including both the free Internet environment and subscription databases.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 545 – Advanced Information Technology for Information Managers
An in-depth examination of selected advanced technologies used for creating, storing, locating, presenting and repurposing information, particularly in the context of library and information management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 546 – Resource Description and Discovery
Includes: Standards and processes used in libraries by cataloguing and metadata staff for creating or obtaining data for resource description and discovery; the relationship of cataloguing and metadata services to a library’s internal operations and to relevant external agencies and systems; and managing cataloguing operations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 547 – Managing Digital Collections
The course covers the purpose, strategies, tools and standards used to digitise information and its subsequent management. It explores issues relating to digitisation, in particular those concerning the planning, creation, organisation and management of digitised collections.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 551 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
INFO 552 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
INFO 553 – Approved Course of Study
A supervised WISE programme of on-line study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 554 – Approved Course of Study
A supervised WISE programme of on-line study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 560 – Special Topic
tbc
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 561 – Special Topic
tbc.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 580 – Research Project
A supervised research project on an information management problem. The student will apply one or more established methodologies to collect and analyse data and communicate the results in a written report.
30 pts • (P) INFO 528; (X) INFO 550
ELCM 690 – e-Commerce for PhD
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 691 – Information Studies for PhD
120 pts
Information Systems
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
INFO 401 – Principles of Information Systems Scholarship
An overview of the main streams of research which contribute to the field of information systems. This course will provide students with the perspective needed to appreciate current and future trends in information systems research.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level INFO points
INFO 401 – Principles of Information Systems Scholarship
An overview of the main streams of research which contribute to the field of information systems. This course will provide students with the perspective needed to appreciate current and future trends in information systems research.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level INFO points
INFO 405 – IT and the New Organisation
Information technology assumes new and even greater importance as organisations de-layer, downsize, re-engineer, focus on their core competencies, and outsource some of their components. Widespread adoption of team structures internally, and new inter-organisational relationships externally, create even greater challenges for the effective application of information technology within and across firms. This course examines the role and function of IT within the context of such new organisational arrangements.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level ELCM or INFO pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 405 – IT and the New Organisation
Information technology assumes new and even greater importance as organisations de-layer, downsize, re-engineer, focus on their core competencies, and outsource some of their components. Widespread adoption of team structures internally, and new inter-organisational relationships externally, create even greater challenges for the effective application of information technology within and across firms. This course examines the role and function of IT within the context of such new organisational arrangements.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level ELCM or INFO pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 407 – Virtual Workplace: Issues and Strategies
In the virtual workplace, individuals and groups will use a variety of technologies to assist them in communicating, collaborating, and in coordinating their activities across distance, time and culture. This course examines the impact the virtual workplace has on individuals, groups and societies. In particular, the course provides an opportunity for students to examine the technologies and issues associated with working in the virtual workplace and to identify strategies in managing them.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 407 – Virtual Workplace: Issues and Strategies
In the virtual workplace, individuals and groups will use a variety of technologies to assist them in communicating, collaborating, and in coordinating their activities across distance, time and culture. This course examines the impact the virtual workplace has on individuals, groups and societies. In particular, the course provides an opportunity for students to examine the technologies and issues associated with working in the virtual workplace and to identify strategies in managing them.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 410 – Research Paper in Information Systems
A supervised independent investigation of an information systems issue. The student is required to complete a detailed and original investigative report. The investigation may take the form of a case study, action research, extended research essay, or individual research project.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
INFO 410 – Research Paper in Information Systems
A supervised independent investigation of an information systems issue. The student is required to complete a detailed and original investigative report. The investigation may take the form of a case study, action research, extended research essay, or individual research project.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
INFO 411 – Special Topic: Complexity & Connection Science
Complexity and connection science refer to the interdisciplinary scholarship that brings together mathematical modelling, cognitive and behavioural theories, and computational tools to understand systems that are too complex to be understood by looking at their parts individually. In this course students learn theories and methods to rigorously study complex systems.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 411 – Special Topic: Complexity & Connection Science
Complexity and connection science refer to the interdisciplinary scholarship that brings together mathematical modelling, cognitive and behavioural theories, and computational tools to understand systems that are too complex to be understood by looking at their parts individually. In this course students learn theories and methods to rigorously study complex systems.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 412 – Information Systems Analysis and Development
Advanced topics in systems analysis and development. Topics may include: system development methodologies, the human aspects of system development, dynamics of system development teams, requirements elicitation, analysis & representation, system design, the management of system development projects, the evaluation of system development, and system maintenance.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level INFO pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 412 – Information Systems Analysis and Development
Advanced topics in systems analysis and development. Topics may include: system development methodologies, the human aspects of system development, dynamics of system development teams, requirements elicitation, analysis & representation, system design, the management of system development projects, the evaluation of system development, and system maintenance.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level INFO pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 413 – Special Topic: Emerging Technologies, Organisations and Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with HRER 411, MGMT 409, TOUR 411, MARK 407.
15 pts
INFO 413 – Special Topic: Emerging Technologies, Organisations and Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with HRER 411, MGMT 409, TOUR 411, MARK 407.
15 pts
INFO 430 – Research Project in Information Systems
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level INFO pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 430 – Research Project in Information Systems
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level INFO pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 588 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
INFO 510 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
INFO 512 – Making a Contribution to Theory
An introduction to establishing the theoretical contribution of a piece of research.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School
INFO 513 – Quantitative Research Methods
An examination of quantitative research methods appropriate to advanced research.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 514 – Qualitative Research Methods
An examination of qualitative research methods appropriate to advanced research.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 515 – Experimental and Design Science Research Strategies
An examination of how to design and conduct experiments to investigate research problems; and how to design, build, and evaluate artefacts to conduct design science research.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School
Not offered in 2024
INFO 591 – Information Systems Thesis
MCom thesis in Information Systems.
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFO 592 – Information Systems Thesis
90 point thesis in Information Systems.
90 pts
INFO 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Information Systems.
60 pts
MBUA 510 – Business and Systems Analysis
Students will immerse themselves in fundamental business analysis principles, processes, techniques, and tools, gaining practical experience as they learn how business and system analysts address organisational challenges. They will develop competence in identifying problems and crafting innovative solutions enabled by information systems.
15 pts
MBUA 511 – Process Management and Design
Business process management covers the lifecycle from identifying and understanding business processes to analysing and improving them. Students learn a modern business process modelling technique as well as process analysis methods and apply both to designing improved business processes. They then test and evaluate their proposed process redesigns using simulation software.
15 pts
MBUA 512 – Data, Analytics & Insights
Equips students with a solid foundation in relational databases, data analytics, and evidence-based decision-making for business development. Through theoretical and hands-on approaches, students learn database design, querying, analytics, and data visualisation. Real-world applications empower them to harness data-driven insights, fostering strategic growth in both for-profit and not-for-profit contexts.
15 pts
MBUA 513 – Leading Digital Projects and Solutions
This course provides students with contemporary IT project management skills - including traditional and agile methodologies - and the use of project management tools. In addition, students will gain an appreciation of risk managment, change management strategies for internal and external stakeholders, and dealing with social and cultural issues in project environments.
15 pts
MBUA 514 – Digital Architecture
Digital architecture addresses the holistic alignment between business goals and strategy, processes and operations across business ecosystems, digital data and systems, and the underlying technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital enterprise and ecosystem architectures, how to plan the transition from a baseline to a target architecture, and how to create effective governance instruments for successful digital architecture management.
15 pts • (P) MBUA 510
MBUA 515 – Digital Innovation and Strategy
This course provides students with the skills required for formulating IS strategy. Students learn about the role of IT in designing new business models and in enabling innovation. Students will develop a mastery of the IS strategic process, including governance, application portfolio management, business case development, sourcing decisions, and benefits assessment.
15 pts • (P) MBUA 510
MBUA 531 – Digital Transformation Consulting Practice
This course covers specific intervention tools and techniques used by business analysts and consultants when assessing organisations and undertaking change projects. Business analysts are required to understand political, managerial, and economic considerations of business analysis practice. Students will learn effective change strategies and how to communicate effectively with stakeholders.
15 pts
MBUA 532 – Business Analysis Project
Research project on a selected aspect of business analysis.
30 pts • (P) MBUA 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515
INFO 690 – Information Systems
120 pts
INFO 691 – Information Studies for PhD
120 pts
Innovation and Commercialisation
ATEN 502 – Strategy and Validation
Provides students with training on the application of strategy development, and market and product validation practices as they specifically relate to developing and commercialising innovation-based projects. Students will apply these skills within a multidisciplinary team environment to both their individual and team projects.
30 pts • (P) ATEN 504
Not offered in 2024
ATEN 503 – Development and Commercialisation
Provides students with the training and skills necessary for the development and potential commercialisation of innovation-based projects. Students will actively contribute as a team member on other students' projects, and in doing so will also gain the skills and experience required to work effectively in multidisciplinary teams.
15 pts • (P) ATEN 502
Not offered in 2024
ATEN 504 – Introduction to Innovation and Commercialisation
An introduction to the fundamental concepts of developing and commercialising innovation-based projects, including project establishment, the roles of researchers and industry, and strategy, legal, financial, validation and product development practices. Students will develop a research portfolio proposal as a prerequisite to ATEN 591, Innovation and Commercialisation Research Portfolio.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ATEN 591 – Innovation and Commercialisation Research Portfolio
The research portfolio allows students to apply their own discipline-specific knowledge and experience, and to draw upon the expertise of other students, researchers and industry, to research and lead the development and potential commercialisation of an innovation-based project. This will give students a practice-based learning experience and sought-after and transferable skills.
120 pts • (P) ATEN 501 or 504
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
ENTR 507 – Entrepreneurship in Practice
The course will focus on how to help people and communities generate value by seizing opportunities to solve commercial, social, environmental, or civic problems. It provides an introduction to the concepts and capabilities necessary to develop new ideas into products and services and will emphasise new venture formation, providing learning opportunities to develop skills in identifying and validating business and other opportunities. Students will work in groups to test out and validate a new venture idea.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENTR 512 – Intellectual Property and Business Innovation
This course provides students with skills to strategically use intellectual property laws in a modern-day business. It includes lectures on how to protect innovations, such as software, data sets, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology and know-how. In addition, the course focuses on business models around innovations, management of intellectual property, and how to use intellectual property successfully commercialise a product or service.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENTR 580 – New Venture Commercialisation
This course is a ‘capstone’ course for the MBus(Prof) Specialisation in Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Commercialisation. It will focus on the theory and practice of how a new venture can be developed and commercialised from inception and validation through to securing funding, customer acquisition, revenue streams and developing sustainable scale, using established frameworks such as Design Thinking and variations of the Business Model Canvas in an interactive workshop setting. Students will work in groups to test out, validate and launch a new venture idea.
15 pts • (P) ENTR 512, 15 pts from (AFIN 551, ENTR 507, INFM 571, MGMT 522)
Not offered in 2024
Interaction Design
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping, as well as effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Students will also be introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of ideation, narrative design, pre-production, and professional practice, through the lens of animation, visual effects, and technical art. Students will consider traditional and emergent approaches to these topics while building creative kaupapa and demonstrating rangatiratanga.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/ Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
This advanced course offers an intensive, hands-on experience in compositing and visual effects (VFX) design. Students explore digital compositing techniques, advanced VFX tools, and VFX shot design, focusing on integrating CGI with live action footage. The curriculum includes modules on digital film camera operation, matte extraction, color matching, tracking, matte painting, and advanced integration techniques, including image based lighting and deep compositing. Emphasis is placed on storytelling, aesthetics, and technical precision. Industry-standard software Nuke, alongside Houdini will be used. Collaboration, individual assignments, and masterclasses by industry experts culminate in a professional portfolio showcasing each student's skills and creativity.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course, students master the technical skills required to create exceptional animations with Unreal Engine using a motion capture pipeline. We explore best practices and key concepts for crafting compelling visual narratives using real-time motion capture and editing techniques. Students have the opportunity to work closely with professional actors, who share their insights and experiences on how to direct motion ethically and effectively. By the end of this course, students gain confidence and take their animation skills to the next level.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 301
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2024
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course offers in-depth training in creative coding for visual effects using Houdini and its scripting language, VEX. Students dive into the world of procedural system development, learning to create sophisticated models and digital creatures. The curriculum emphasizes mastering Houdini's node-based workflow and VEX scripting to build dynamic, procedural models, tools and creatures. Key topics include procedural design, parametric tool creation, shader design, and rigging for animation. Through hands-on projects, students apply these skills to create complex, scalable, and customizable VFX elements.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Interior Architecture
See also Architecture and Landscape Architecture
INTA 411 – Interior Architecture Research Studio / Te Taupuni Mahi Rangahau Whakaniko ki Rō Whare
Studio-based advanced design project founded on research specific to interior architecture.
15 pts • (P) INTA 312
INTA 412 – Interior Architecture Design Research / Te Mahi Rangahau o te Ao Whakanikoniko
Studio-based capstone project that explores complex contemporary issues in the field of interior architecture. Emphasis is placed on critical thinking and design decision making on cultural considerations, design brief development, aesthetic and formal potency of the work and comprehensive communication of design.
30 pts • (P) INTA 411; (C) INTA 421
INTA 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakanikoniko
This studio-based course explores advanced materials and technologies for their potential to inform advanced forms of interior architecture design proposals. Students will develop details from an INTA design project through this course.
15 pts • (P) INTA 411; (X) ITDN 411
INTA 451 – Theory and Criticism in Interior Architecture / Te Tātari Kōrero o te Ao Whakanikoniko
The exploration of significant modes and sites of theory and criticism specific to interior architecture, including critical reflection on how interiors are described, interpreted, evaluated and culturally considered.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351, 352, 353, 354; (X) ITDN 371
SARC 455 – House and Home / He Whare, He Kāinga
Ideas and issues surrounding house and home will be presented across a broad range of disciplines ranging from technical aspects to theoretical, with the idea that the accommodation of intra-related disciplines reaches most complexity in the design of a house.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts
SARC 471 – International Field Study / Te Mahi a te Ao Whānui
An analytical cross-cultural design exploration of designed spaces and sites with special emphasis on critical understanding of why and how they are uniquely formed by the historical and cultural contexts they are part of and the design inspiration that can be derived from such understanding.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts; (X) SARC 371
Not offered in 2024
INTA 592 – Interior Architecture Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau o Te Wharenikoniko
Studio-based independent design by research project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of interior architecture. The final design/research proposal should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts
INTA 593 – Interior Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau o Te Wharenikoniko
This is a studio-based independent research by design project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture/interior architecture/landscape architecture. The final design/research outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development, and expression.
120 pts • (P) Permission of HoS
INTA 690 – Interior Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Te Wharenikoniko
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
International Business
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
IBUS 401 – Advanced International Business
This course analyses advanced theories and develops applications relevant to present day developments in international business, enabling students to apply analytical tools to inform global strategy formulation and execution, and to assess outcomes. In particular the course addresses issues regarding international business theory, strategy, and management concerns.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
IBUS 402 – Multinational Corporations in the Global Business Environment
This course examines the role, scope and impact of multinational corporations (MNCs) in the global economy, with particular emphasis on current issues in the global business environment. Critique and extension of existing theories of the MNC are developed in light of these issues.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
IBUS 404 – Cross-Cultural Management
This course focuses on management in a cross-cultural context. The emphasis is on developing intercultural competence through analysis of the role of culture in international management and the influence of culture on communication, leadership and negotiating in a diverse environment.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
IBUS 406 – Global Environment and Strategy
This advanced course provides a contemporary understanding of the global business environment, and examines global strategies, global value chains, entrepreneurship and cross-cultural management. Students will critically evaluate international business theories and develop solutions for tackling a range of international business challenges.
15 pts
IBUS 407 – Advanced Entrepreneurship in International Business
A course drawing on concepts underpinning the domain of international entrepreneurship involving opportunity recognition across international borders. The course bridges the theory/practitioner divide by proposing recommendations, supported by research, to exploit an identified opportunity for the internationalising firm.
15 pts • (P) IBUS 305; (X) IBUS 412 in 2011-2014
Not offered in 2024
IBUS 411 – Special Topic: Technology & Society
This course explores the intersection of emerging technologies with organisations and society, including the platform economy, artificial intelligence, augmented reality, and data-centric organisations. Students will examine how technologies may lead to organisational and societal changes, create value or cause ethical and legal issues. Students will investigate how different stakeholders communicate technically complex topics with potentially wide-ranging implications to the public, and learn how to communicate such challenging topics to the general public in an objective fashion. Co-taught with HRER 411, MGMT 409, TOUR 411, INFO 413, MARK 407.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
IBUS 412 – ST: Advanced Issues in International Business and Marketing
Businesses operate in competitive and dynamic environments that increasingly shape business practices. By exploring the intersection of marketing and international business, students will acquire an in-depth knowledge of significant marketing and international business research and contemporary practices that tackle the changing nature of markets, business, and consumers.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) MARK 408
IBUS 430 – Research Project
A supervised individual international business research project.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level IBUS pts
IBUS 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IBUS 591 – Thesis
MCom thesis in International Business.
120 pts
IBUS 592 – Thesis in International Business
90 point Thesis in International Business.
90 pts
IBUS 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in International Business.
60 pts
IBUS 690 – International Business for PhD
120 pts
International Relations
INTP 416 – The Politics of Statebuilding
This course examines contemporary state-building missions, such as those to Solomon Islands, East Timor, Bosnia and Kosovo, but is particularly concerned with how foreign-orchestrated interventions interact with local state formation processes. It looks at how modern states, particularly those in the South Pacific and Southeast Asia, are shaped by underlying conditions, including ethno-linguistic diversity and/or conflict, and the presence of powerful military forces.
30 pts • (X) INTP 452 (2013-16)
Not offered in 2024
INTP 417 – Comparative Regional Integration
Is the structure of political economy in the contemporary world national, regional or global? This course investigates this question by addressing one of the central issues of comparative politics and international relations: the politics of creating and extending market relations. 70% internal assessment, 30% examination.
30 pts • (X) POLS 417.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 427 – Special Topic: War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores different forms of conflict in the international system as well as the changing nature of political violence. It then explores the ways in which actors in the international system have attempted to mitigate conflict through conflict resolution and to deal with its fallout in criminal tribunals and truth commissions after war. Alongside analysis of the tangible dimensions of war, students will also consider the unseen dimensions, exploring motivations for political violence as well as the psychological effects of such violence on communities. The course employs a multidisciplinary perspective, drawing on readings from political studies, security studies, history, psychology, and social theory.
30 pts • (X) POLS 427
Not offered in 2024
INTP 429 – Analysis of International Cooperation
This course explores when and why states cooperate with each other, how they structure their cooperation (through informal arrangements, laws, and organisations), and what role(s) various domestic and international actors play in these processes. We ground ourselves in the early literature on international cooperation, but focus chiefly on more recent work. Because the recent literature relies heavily on quantitative analysis, students will learn elements of regression analysis and will be able to interpret scholarly findings that employ these methods. We will explore various issue-areas: economics, the environment, social and cultural matters, human rights, and development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 430 – The Politics of International Migration Management
This course explores how state and non-state actors are responding to the multiple challenges raised by international migration. With a focus on the cross-border movement of people displaced by climate change, conflict, disasters, and human right abuses, we will study initiatives at the regional and international level to manage international flows of people. The course will address questions such as: which initiatives appear to have the best chance of engendering international cooperation to manage the 1 billion+ people predicted to be displaced by climate change by 2050? How do concerns about international security, human security and great power rivalry interact with attempts to develop effective ways of managing large population flows in the 21st century?
30 pts • (X) POLS 430
INTP 441 – International Political Economy
In this course we examine issues in international political economy (IPE). We begin by focusing on the main theoretical perspectives in IPE, before moving to specific issue-areas such as international trade, finance, international investment, globalisation, international institutions and economic coordination. Key themes include the role of individual political action and the connections between the domestic and the international. Because the literature frequently relies on quantitative evidence, students will learn how to interpret statistical findings.
30 pts • (X) POLS 441
INTP 442 – Asian Security
This course introduces theoretical approaches to the study of conflict and regional order and applies them to the contemporary Asia-Pacific region. Specific topics covered may include great power rivalry in Asia; real and potential inter-state and intra-state conflicts; a range of so-called 'non-traditional' and 'human security' challenges; and the role of regional institutions such as ASEAN, the ARF, APEC and the East Asian Summit. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) POLS 442
Not offered in 2024
INTP 444 – China and the World
This course examines the ongoing international political change as a consequence of the recent ascendance of China in power and influence in the international system. We take China's evolving relations with the liberal international order as a case study to explore what generates authority in world politics, the different forms such authority takes, and what drives the transformation of an order in world politics.
30 pts • (X) POLS 444.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 445 – Global Civil Society
This course explores the relationship of civil society (including NGOs and social movements) to aspects of development both within countries and at the global level. It considers contrasting theoretical views, examines case studies, and stresses the necessity of incorporating political considerations into analysis and action.
30 pts • (X) POLS 445
Not offered in 2024
INTP 446 – War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores political violence and its fallout in global politics, with a particular emphasis on the experience of war and the way it shapes bodies, lives and societies. Topics include the changing nature of political violence, the liberal peace and indigenous approaches to peacemaking, post-conflict trauma, war criminal tribunals, truth commissions, and memory and memorialisation.
30 pts • (X) INTP 427 (2015-2018, 2020)
INTP 448 – Identity and World Politics
The main purpose of this course is to explore the role of national identity in international relations. It will introduce concepts, theories and empirical research on the role of collective identities in shaping states' policies. The first part of the course will be devoted to surveying different concepts of identity and theories of identity in shaping states’ policies via case studies that include China-Japan relations, Russia's relations with the West, US foreign policy and the Arab-Israeli conflict.
30 pts • (X) POLS 448
INTP 451 – Special Topic: The Politics of Nuclear Weapons: Disarmament, Arms Control, and Non-Proliferation
This course analyses the role of nuclear weapons in international politics. It addresses the origins of the atomic bomb project, early efforts to control nuclear materials, deterrence theory, nuclear strategy and force posture, and considers contemporary challenges to the global nuclear order. Upon completion of the course, students should have a good understanding of the emergence and spread of nuclear weapons and be able to evaluate contemporary nuclear security issues in light of this context.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 452 – Special Topic: China Field Study
This course is a study of Chinese politics with special emphasis on how government and politics function in China and China's international relations and includes a field trip to Beijing, China.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator; (X) INTP 378 and POLS 378 in 2008-12 and 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
INTP 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) POLS 453
Not offered in 2024
INTP 489 – Research Project
The INTP 489 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) INTP 446,POLS 423,489
MIGS 401 – Directed Individual Study in Migration Studies
This course is a supervised programme of research and study on selected themes in Migration Studies.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
POLS 401 – Some Aspects of Modern Social and Political Thought: Power, Freedom and Justice
This course explores contemporary attempts to deal with the interrelated questions of power, freedom, and justice in modern society. Topics include the nature of power in general and the forms power takes in modern states; the nature of freedom and its forms, as well as their relation to the forms of power; and the possibility of a just social order under modern conditions. We will approach these themes through careful readings of theoretical and philosophical works by Weber, Berlin, Arendt, Foucault, Habermas, Rawls, and others.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 402 – Selected Topic in Political Theory: Collisions and Coexistence: The Politics of Encounter in Diverse and Unequal Societies
Pluralism is often said to constitute a basic ‘fact’ of contemporary politics, and contemporary political theory has increasingly shifted away from political goals of unity, purity and a common good to models that take social difference as both inescapable fact and normative ideal. This course examines how such a ‘politics of difference’ is variously conceived, and the practical challenges it entails. Drawing from major developments in critical democratic, multicultural, and postcolonial theory, we will explore both the possibilities and challenges of cross-cultural understanding, coalition and coexistence in diverse and unequal societies.
30 pts
POLS 403 – Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
This course will focus on fundamental questions such as what political leadership is, and when and why it matters. Classical leadership theories are canvassed, normative questions about leadership addressed, and the relationship between individual leaders and the wider societal and historical forces they encounter feature as a dominant theme throughout the course. Different presidential and prime ministerial leadership theories will be contrasted, using contemporary examples, drawn mainly from the U.S. and New Zealand. The dark side of leadership will also traverse historical figures such as Hitler and Stalin. A particular aspect of this course will be to focus on the psychological aspects of leadership, especially the master skill of discernment underpinned by a leader's character. The course will also examine case study methodology to assist students to undertake a research paper into aspects of political leadership.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 404 – Media, Politics and Campaigns
This course looks at the interrelations of media, communication and politics, especially as they interact in political campaigns and elections. As well as exploring modern campaigns the course covers several related topics and themes, each of which influence the political communication environment. Topics include: the evolution and practices of modern party communication (strategy, marketing, media management), election campaigns, the shifting news media environment and journalist-politician relations, platform politics and social media, popular culture and populist politics, media effects and influences, comparative political and media systems, interest groups and the policy process, the ‘crisis’ of participation and democracy.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 407 – Who Votes, Who Governs? Rethinking Political Participation and Representation
Some argue that we are in the midst of a crisis of democracy with a decreasing number of people involved in politics. Others claim that the democratic process is actually improving with more people becoming politically engaged. We study different types and levels of political participation across generations and social groups.
30 pts • (X) POLS 414 (2012-16)
POLS 414 – Special Topic: Politics, State and Society in the Pacific Islands
This course examines the politics of the Pacific Island states, and New Zealand’s role in the Oceania region. The first part looks at country-specific issues, including the drivers of the coup cycle in Fiji and sovereignty debates in New Caledonia. The second part considers broader themes such as electoral reform, the political economy of trade and the management of natural resource extraction.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 416 – Borders, Migrants and States
This course will investigate the causes and consequences of contemporary human mobility from a political perspective. Topics will include: different modes of contemporary transnational migration, including refugee flows, temporary foreign workers, and highly skilled migrants; the regulation of citizenship; challenges of migrant incorporation; Islam in the West; the securitisation of migration; and state-diaspora relations.
30 pts
POLS 418 – Special Topic: Japan Field Study: Border Studies in Japan
This course is a comparative study of Japan’s borders and territorial issues. It includes participation in Border Studies Summer School at Japan’s Hokkaido University. The Summer School will take place between Victoria’s Trimesters 1 and 2.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator
Not offered in 2024
POLS 419 – Government and Politics in Aotearoa New Zealand
Aotearoa New Zealand’s unique political system is the subject of significant domestic and international interest. In the first half of the course, we consider events and ideas that have influenced Aotearoa’s political institutions, processes, and actors, focusing on Māori and colonial influences. The second half of the course is co-constructed with students, allowing you to study topics relevant to your research interests. Across the course, we read cutting-edge scholarship to enable you to conduct original research that contributes to our collective understanding of politics in Aotearoa. Seminars will be held on campus and at Parliament, He Tohu and Te Papa.
30 pts
POLS 428 – Parliamentary Internship
This course provides a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into parliamentary processes, the roles and responsibilities of members of Parliament, the functions and activities of the research units, the conduct of select committees and the activities of parliamentary parties. Students who are accepted into this programme will have the opportunity to learn about the parliamentary process by working at Parliament during their honours year. Members of Parliament are not to be contacted about an internship under this programme without prior authorisation from the Course Coordinator.
30 pts • (P) permission of Course Coordinator; (X) PUBL 482
^ Limited entry course
POLS 432 – Political Ideas, Political Action
This course explores the ways in which political ideas and political action shape political outcomes in a variety of situations. The precise content varies year to year, driven by the interests of the students enrolled in the course but a significant part of the course usually explores issues of New Zealand politics.
30 pts • (X) PUBL 406, 407
Not offered in 2024
POLS 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) INTP 453
Not offered in 2024
POLS 488 – Approaches to Migration Studies
This course will introduce students to the study of migration from a range of disciplinary perspectives. Students will examine core issues, concepts, theories and debates in the analysis of migration and how key disciplines (international relations, politics, geography, anthropology law and psychology) contribute to our understanding of international migration's causes and consequences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 489 – Research Project
The POLS 489 research essay gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) POLS 423,INTP 446, 489
INTP 586 – Approaches to International Relations
This course examines the structural, institutional and normative approaches to international relations and how these analytical frameworks contribute to a deeper understanding of order and conflict in world politics. The course prepares students to engage substantive research projects for their MIR study
30 pts • (X) POLS/INTP 588.
INTP 589 – Research Project
The INTP 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) 120 INTP points at 400 level or above or permission of head of school
INTP 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in International Relations.
120 pts
INTP 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of International Relations.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
INTP 595 – MIR Thesis
Students follow a programme of research and writing on a topic approved by the MIR coordinator and with a supervisor assigned by the MIR coordinator. Students must submit a paper of between 20,000 and 25,000 words.
90 pts • (P) POLS/INTP 588 or INTP 586; (X) POLS/INTP 589.
^ Limited entry course
POLS 586 – Approaches to Comparative Political Science
This course provides a survey of the different methods and perspectives used in the Political Science discipline. Students will gain greater awareness of the philosophical and political implications of different approaches to Political Science. They will explore a variety of theoretical perspectives and research methodologies used in the Political Science discipline and the application of those perspectives and methodologies to empirical questions.
30 pts
POLS 589 – Research Project
The POLS 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) POLS 586 or permission of head of school
POLS 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Political Science.
120 pts
POLS 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of Political Science.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
POLS 595 – Thesis
90 pts • (P) POLS 586
^ Limited entry course
INTP 690 – International Relations for PhD
120 pts
POLS 690 – Political Science for PhD
120 pts
International Relations and Political Science
See also Political Science and International Relations
INTP 416 – The Politics of Statebuilding
This course examines contemporary state-building missions, such as those to Solomon Islands, East Timor, Bosnia and Kosovo, but is particularly concerned with how foreign-orchestrated interventions interact with local state formation processes. It looks at how modern states, particularly those in the South Pacific and Southeast Asia, are shaped by underlying conditions, including ethno-linguistic diversity and/or conflict, and the presence of powerful military forces.
30 pts • (X) INTP 452 (2013-16)
Not offered in 2024
INTP 417 – Comparative Regional Integration
Is the structure of political economy in the contemporary world national, regional or global? This course investigates this question by addressing one of the central issues of comparative politics and international relations: the politics of creating and extending market relations. 70% internal assessment, 30% examination.
30 pts • (X) POLS 417.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 427 – Special Topic: War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores different forms of conflict in the international system as well as the changing nature of political violence. It then explores the ways in which actors in the international system have attempted to mitigate conflict through conflict resolution and to deal with its fallout in criminal tribunals and truth commissions after war. Alongside analysis of the tangible dimensions of war, students will also consider the unseen dimensions, exploring motivations for political violence as well as the psychological effects of such violence on communities. The course employs a multidisciplinary perspective, drawing on readings from political studies, security studies, history, psychology, and social theory.
30 pts • (X) POLS 427
Not offered in 2024
INTP 429 – Analysis of International Cooperation
This course explores when and why states cooperate with each other, how they structure their cooperation (through informal arrangements, laws, and organisations), and what role(s) various domestic and international actors play in these processes. We ground ourselves in the early literature on international cooperation, but focus chiefly on more recent work. Because the recent literature relies heavily on quantitative analysis, students will learn elements of regression analysis and will be able to interpret scholarly findings that employ these methods. We will explore various issue-areas: economics, the environment, social and cultural matters, human rights, and development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 430 – The Politics of International Migration Management
This course explores how state and non-state actors are responding to the multiple challenges raised by international migration. With a focus on the cross-border movement of people displaced by climate change, conflict, disasters, and human right abuses, we will study initiatives at the regional and international level to manage international flows of people. The course will address questions such as: which initiatives appear to have the best chance of engendering international cooperation to manage the 1 billion+ people predicted to be displaced by climate change by 2050? How do concerns about international security, human security and great power rivalry interact with attempts to develop effective ways of managing large population flows in the 21st century?
30 pts • (X) POLS 430
INTP 441 – International Political Economy
In this course we examine issues in international political economy (IPE). We begin by focusing on the main theoretical perspectives in IPE, before moving to specific issue-areas such as international trade, finance, international investment, globalisation, international institutions and economic coordination. Key themes include the role of individual political action and the connections between the domestic and the international. Because the literature frequently relies on quantitative evidence, students will learn how to interpret statistical findings.
30 pts • (X) POLS 441
INTP 442 – Asian Security
This course introduces theoretical approaches to the study of conflict and regional order and applies them to the contemporary Asia-Pacific region. Specific topics covered may include great power rivalry in Asia; real and potential inter-state and intra-state conflicts; a range of so-called 'non-traditional' and 'human security' challenges; and the role of regional institutions such as ASEAN, the ARF, APEC and the East Asian Summit. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) POLS 442
Not offered in 2024
INTP 444 – China and the World
This course examines the ongoing international political change as a consequence of the recent ascendance of China in power and influence in the international system. We take China's evolving relations with the liberal international order as a case study to explore what generates authority in world politics, the different forms such authority takes, and what drives the transformation of an order in world politics.
30 pts • (X) POLS 444.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 445 – Global Civil Society
This course explores the relationship of civil society (including NGOs and social movements) to aspects of development both within countries and at the global level. It considers contrasting theoretical views, examines case studies, and stresses the necessity of incorporating political considerations into analysis and action.
30 pts • (X) POLS 445
Not offered in 2024
INTP 446 – War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores political violence and its fallout in global politics, with a particular emphasis on the experience of war and the way it shapes bodies, lives and societies. Topics include the changing nature of political violence, the liberal peace and indigenous approaches to peacemaking, post-conflict trauma, war criminal tribunals, truth commissions, and memory and memorialisation.
30 pts • (X) INTP 427 (2015-2018, 2020)
INTP 448 – Identity and World Politics
The main purpose of this course is to explore the role of national identity in international relations. It will introduce concepts, theories and empirical research on the role of collective identities in shaping states' policies. The first part of the course will be devoted to surveying different concepts of identity and theories of identity in shaping states’ policies via case studies that include China-Japan relations, Russia's relations with the West, US foreign policy and the Arab-Israeli conflict.
30 pts • (X) POLS 448
INTP 451 – Special Topic: The Politics of Nuclear Weapons: Disarmament, Arms Control, and Non-Proliferation
This course analyses the role of nuclear weapons in international politics. It addresses the origins of the atomic bomb project, early efforts to control nuclear materials, deterrence theory, nuclear strategy and force posture, and considers contemporary challenges to the global nuclear order. Upon completion of the course, students should have a good understanding of the emergence and spread of nuclear weapons and be able to evaluate contemporary nuclear security issues in light of this context.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 452 – Special Topic: China Field Study
This course is a study of Chinese politics with special emphasis on how government and politics function in China and China's international relations and includes a field trip to Beijing, China.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator; (X) INTP 378 and POLS 378 in 2008-12 and 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
INTP 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) POLS 453
Not offered in 2024
INTP 489 – Research Project
The INTP 489 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) INTP 446,POLS 423,489
POLS 401 – Some Aspects of Modern Social and Political Thought: Power, Freedom and Justice
This course explores contemporary attempts to deal with the interrelated questions of power, freedom, and justice in modern society. Topics include the nature of power in general and the forms power takes in modern states; the nature of freedom and its forms, as well as their relation to the forms of power; and the possibility of a just social order under modern conditions. We will approach these themes through careful readings of theoretical and philosophical works by Weber, Berlin, Arendt, Foucault, Habermas, Rawls, and others.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 402 – Selected Topic in Political Theory: Collisions and Coexistence: The Politics of Encounter in Diverse and Unequal Societies
Pluralism is often said to constitute a basic ‘fact’ of contemporary politics, and contemporary political theory has increasingly shifted away from political goals of unity, purity and a common good to models that take social difference as both inescapable fact and normative ideal. This course examines how such a ‘politics of difference’ is variously conceived, and the practical challenges it entails. Drawing from major developments in critical democratic, multicultural, and postcolonial theory, we will explore both the possibilities and challenges of cross-cultural understanding, coalition and coexistence in diverse and unequal societies.
30 pts
POLS 403 – Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
This course will focus on fundamental questions such as what political leadership is, and when and why it matters. Classical leadership theories are canvassed, normative questions about leadership addressed, and the relationship between individual leaders and the wider societal and historical forces they encounter feature as a dominant theme throughout the course. Different presidential and prime ministerial leadership theories will be contrasted, using contemporary examples, drawn mainly from the U.S. and New Zealand. The dark side of leadership will also traverse historical figures such as Hitler and Stalin. A particular aspect of this course will be to focus on the psychological aspects of leadership, especially the master skill of discernment underpinned by a leader's character. The course will also examine case study methodology to assist students to undertake a research paper into aspects of political leadership.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 404 – Media, Politics and Campaigns
This course looks at the interrelations of media, communication and politics, especially as they interact in political campaigns and elections. As well as exploring modern campaigns the course covers several related topics and themes, each of which influence the political communication environment. Topics include: the evolution and practices of modern party communication (strategy, marketing, media management), election campaigns, the shifting news media environment and journalist-politician relations, platform politics and social media, popular culture and populist politics, media effects and influences, comparative political and media systems, interest groups and the policy process, the ‘crisis’ of participation and democracy.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 407 – Who Votes, Who Governs? Rethinking Political Participation and Representation
Some argue that we are in the midst of a crisis of democracy with a decreasing number of people involved in politics. Others claim that the democratic process is actually improving with more people becoming politically engaged. We study different types and levels of political participation across generations and social groups.
30 pts • (X) POLS 414 (2012-16)
POLS 414 – Special Topic: Politics, State and Society in the Pacific Islands
This course examines the politics of the Pacific Island states, and New Zealand’s role in the Oceania region. The first part looks at country-specific issues, including the drivers of the coup cycle in Fiji and sovereignty debates in New Caledonia. The second part considers broader themes such as electoral reform, the political economy of trade and the management of natural resource extraction.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 416 – Borders, Migrants and States
This course will investigate the causes and consequences of contemporary human mobility from a political perspective. Topics will include: different modes of contemporary transnational migration, including refugee flows, temporary foreign workers, and highly skilled migrants; the regulation of citizenship; challenges of migrant incorporation; Islam in the West; the securitisation of migration; and state-diaspora relations.
30 pts
POLS 418 – Special Topic: Japan Field Study: Border Studies in Japan
This course is a comparative study of Japan’s borders and territorial issues. It includes participation in Border Studies Summer School at Japan’s Hokkaido University. The Summer School will take place between Victoria’s Trimesters 1 and 2.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator
Not offered in 2024
POLS 419 – Government and Politics in Aotearoa New Zealand
Aotearoa New Zealand’s unique political system is the subject of significant domestic and international interest. In the first half of the course, we consider events and ideas that have influenced Aotearoa’s political institutions, processes, and actors, focusing on Māori and colonial influences. The second half of the course is co-constructed with students, allowing you to study topics relevant to your research interests. Across the course, we read cutting-edge scholarship to enable you to conduct original research that contributes to our collective understanding of politics in Aotearoa. Seminars will be held on campus and at Parliament, He Tohu and Te Papa.
30 pts
POLS 428 – Parliamentary Internship
This course provides a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into parliamentary processes, the roles and responsibilities of members of Parliament, the functions and activities of the research units, the conduct of select committees and the activities of parliamentary parties. Students who are accepted into this programme will have the opportunity to learn about the parliamentary process by working at Parliament during their honours year. Members of Parliament are not to be contacted about an internship under this programme without prior authorisation from the Course Coordinator.
30 pts • (P) permission of Course Coordinator; (X) PUBL 482
^ Limited entry course
POLS 432 – Political Ideas, Political Action
This course explores the ways in which political ideas and political action shape political outcomes in a variety of situations. The precise content varies year to year, driven by the interests of the students enrolled in the course but a significant part of the course usually explores issues of New Zealand politics.
30 pts • (X) PUBL 406, 407
Not offered in 2024
POLS 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) INTP 453
Not offered in 2024
POLS 488 – Approaches to Migration Studies
This course will introduce students to the study of migration from a range of disciplinary perspectives. Students will examine core issues, concepts, theories and debates in the analysis of migration and how key disciplines (international relations, politics, geography, anthropology law and psychology) contribute to our understanding of international migration's causes and consequences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 489 – Research Project
The POLS 489 research essay gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) POLS 423,INTP 446, 489
INTP 586 – Approaches to International Relations
This course examines the structural, institutional and normative approaches to international relations and how these analytical frameworks contribute to a deeper understanding of order and conflict in world politics. The course prepares students to engage substantive research projects for their MIR study
30 pts • (X) POLS/INTP 588.
INTP 589 – Research Project
The INTP 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) 120 INTP points at 400 level or above or permission of head of school
INTP 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in International Relations.
120 pts
INTP 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of International Relations.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
INTP 595 – MIR Thesis
Students follow a programme of research and writing on a topic approved by the MIR coordinator and with a supervisor assigned by the MIR coordinator. Students must submit a paper of between 20,000 and 25,000 words.
90 pts • (P) POLS/INTP 588 or INTP 586; (X) POLS/INTP 589.
^ Limited entry course
POLS 586 – Approaches to Comparative Political Science
This course provides a survey of the different methods and perspectives used in the Political Science discipline. Students will gain greater awareness of the philosophical and political implications of different approaches to Political Science. They will explore a variety of theoretical perspectives and research methodologies used in the Political Science discipline and the application of those perspectives and methodologies to empirical questions.
30 pts
POLS 589 – Research Project
The POLS 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) POLS 586 or permission of head of school
POLS 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Political Science.
120 pts
POLS 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of Political Science.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
POLS 595 – Thesis
90 pts • (P) POLS 586
^ Limited entry course
INTP 690 – International Relations for PhD
120 pts
POLS 690 – Political Science for PhD
120 pts
International Trade
ITRA 501 – Multidisciplinary Approaches to International Trade
Students will study international trade from multiple discipline and cultural perspectives, including law, economics, Māori studies, international relations, political economy and development studies. The course will cover key economic models and conceptual frameworks of international trade; cross-border legal regulation, including treaty- making, standard-setting, adjudication, and administrative action; the relationship between international trade and development; political economy with an Asia Pacific focus and a variety of perspectives from those involved in International trade including Māori.
30 pts
Italian
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
ITAL 401 – Advanced Italian Language
Advanced-level study of both written and spoken Italian. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ITAL 402 – Italian Literature and Culture from Realism to Modernism
An advanced course in literary and cultural studies, examining a range of works by significant Italian cultural figures of the 19th and early 20th centuries. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ITAL 407 – Special Topic: Contemporary Italian Literature
The course covers historical, cultural, literary and linguistic aspects of contemporary Italian fiction through a close study of three selected works: two collections of short-stories - Marcovaldo by Italo Calvino (1923-1985) and Sessanta Racconti by Dino Buzzati (1906-1971) - and one novel - Sostiene Pereira by Antonio Tabucchi (1943). 100% internal assessment. Co-taught with ITAL 308.
30 pts • (X) ITAL 308
Not offered in 2024
ITAL 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
ITAL 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Italian.
120 pts
ITAL 690 – Italian for PhD
120 pts
Japanese
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
JAPA 401 – Advanced Japanese Language
This course offers students an opportunity to extend their language skills through the reading of newspapers, periodicals and excerpts from essays and short stories, and expressing opinions on social issues both orally and in writing. The study of grammar to an advanced level is also included. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
JAPA 405 – Special Topic: Japanese Pop Culture: Book to Screen
This course introduces Japanese popular culture through film adaptations of manga comics, anime and literature. The texts studied include adapted texts in Japanese and English translations. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
JAPA 412 – Japanese Mythology
This course examines various aspects of the Japanese mythology derived from the earliest written sources and from oral traditions. Selected Japanese myths are outlined and devices of orality (pre-literary) tradition are applied to them. Origins of Japanese mythology are explored in the context of prehistoric migrations and recent archaeological findings. 100% internal assessment. Co-taught with JAPA 314.
30 pts • (X) JAPA 314.
Not offered in 2024
JAPA 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
JAPA 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Japanese.
120 pts
JAPA 690 – Japanese for PhD
120 pts
Landscape Architecture
See also Architecture and Interior Architecture
LAND 411 – Landscape Architecture Design Studio V / Te Taupuni Mahi Pokepoke, Whakarākei i a Papa-tūā-nuku V
This studio-based design course explores settlement ecologies across regional and local scales. Students investigate natural and urban systems drawing out complex ecologies through the process of designing and resolving a landscape architecture proposal.
15 pts • (P) LAND 312 or equivalent
LAND 412 – Landscape Architecture Design Studio VI / Te Taupuni Mahi Pokepoke, Whakarākei hoki i a Papa-tūā-nuku VI
This advanced studio-based design course focuses on research investigation and management of a landscape architectural urban design problem at a scale that emphasises research skills, development and testing of design ideas and integration of technology.
30 pts • (P) LAND 411; (C) LAND 421
LAND 421 – Landscape Technology: Landscape Infrastructures and Construction Systems / Ngā Hangarau Pokepoke, Whakarākei hoki i a Papa-tūā-nuku: Ngā Tukanga Hangahanga
This course critically examines infrastructure systems and assemblages. This course addresses core aspects of landscape infrastructures - characteristics and applications, construction detailing, management and maintenance. It recognises and promotes the integration of infrastructure systems with contemporary urban environments through design research.
15 pts • (P) LAND 411
LAND 451 – Advanced Landscape Architecture History and Theory / Ngā Tino Kōrero o te Mahi Pokepoke, Whakarākei hoki i a Papa-tūā-nuku: Te Tātari Kōrero
This course aims to provide students with the ability to engage with key disciplinary design issues through a critical introduction to contemporary and emerging urban and landscape architectural design.
15 pts • (P) LAND 251
SARC 471 – International Field Study / Te Mahi a te Ao Whānui
An analytical cross-cultural design exploration of designed spaces and sites with special emphasis on critical understanding of why and how they are uniquely formed by the historical and cultural contexts they are part of and the design inspiration that can be derived from such understanding.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts; (X) SARC 371
Not offered in 2024
LAND 593 – Landscape Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau o Te Whare Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
This is a studio-based independent research by design project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture/interior architecture/landscape architecture. The final design/research outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development, and expression.
120 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
LAND 690 – Landscape Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Te Whare Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
LAND 690 – Landscape Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Te Whare Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
Language and Culture Studies
FHSS 401 – Advanced Language Directed Study
This advanced-level language course aims to improve students' proficiency in the four key language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) through an in-depth study of one of the following languages: Chinese, French, German, Ancient Greek, Italian, Japanese, Latin, Spanish.
30 pts
FHSS 402 – Translating in Aotearoa New Zealand: Theory and Practice
Every act of translation requires the re-creation of meaning, whether across languages, cultures, genres, or media. This course provides students with direct experience in the transformation entailed by translation, enabling them to discover how equivalence is negotiated, achieved, communicated and evaluated. Focusing on multi-ethnic and multi-lingual Aotearoa New Zealand as a case study, students will develop a theoretical and practical understanding of translation as cross-cultural equivalence and of how crucial cross-cultural equivalence is in both local and global settings and scenarios.
30 pts
FHSS 403 – Directed Individual Study
TBC.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Associate Dean
FHSS 406 – Special Topic: Topics in the Environmental Humanities
The Environmental Humanities is an emerging interdisciplinary field exploring how human activity and values are entangled with and have impacts on nonhuman worlds, ecological histories, and the planet. This course will explore key questions from the field by placing a range of essays in dialogue with visual and textual cultures from Aotearoa and beyond. Students will be be supported to pursue independent research projects, and work collaboratively to establish, activate and exhibit these ideas in the community.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Associate Dean
FHSS 407 – Special Topic:
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FHSS 408 – Special Topic:
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
FHSS 409 – Special Topic
Topic to be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
Latin
See also Classical Studies and Greek
LATI 401 – Latin Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Latin Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 402 – Augustans
This course will examine selected Augustans Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 403 – Latin Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Latin Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 405 – Special Topic: Readings in Latin Literature
This course will examine selected Latin texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LATI 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) LATI 404.
Law
LAWS 504 – International Trade Law
Students in this course will study key legal agreements, dispute settlement processes and related issues in international trade, including the World Trade Organisation agreements relating to goods, services and intellectual property and dispute settlement (GATT, SPS, SCM, GATS, TRIPS and the DSU) and the Trans- Pacific Partnership Agreement and examples of free trade agreements.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 520 – Special Topic: Law and Disobedience
From climate change protests to the recent demonstrations against Covid-19 restrictions, individuals have engaged in different types of illegal acts. Are those acts not only illegal, but also ‘wrong’? In other words, when are we morally justified to disobey the law? This seminar will investigate possible answers to those questions by looking at different arguments that academics and activists have advanced about the possible justification(s) of civil disobedience, as well as by examining several case studies.
40 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 521 – Special Topic: Organisational Law Corporations, Trusts, Fiduciary Relationships
The law provides several standard form legal entities and relationships that allow persons to structure their business, non-profit, and domestic affairs. Although often theorized as a series of default ‘standard form contracts’, they each have distinctive non-contractual features. This course will consider Organisational law from doctrinal, historical and theoretical perspectives, as well as considering how they might be reframed to fit the 21st century, including reference to developing crises of the environment, social inequality, and technological change.
40 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 522 – Special Topic: Public Law: Institutions, Power and Accountability
This course allows students to explore a wide range of issues relating to the state and its institutions, the allocation and exercise of public power, and accountability for the exercise of that power. The main goal of the course is the production of a high-quality research paper addressing a particular issue in public law. The topic for the research paper may fall within the traditional and broad ambit of constitutional or administrative law or may focus on particular spheres of public law such as the Treaty of Waitangi, Bill of Rights, public regulation and accountability, or local government.
40 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 523 – Special Topic: International Climate Change Law
Climate change poses a seemingly intractable policy challenge of unrivalled complexity, which international law has had only modest success in addressing. This course explores ethical, legal, and institutional issues that shape international climate change law & policy, as well as pathways towards an understanding of cooperative sovereignty & shared responsibility.
40 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 524 – Special Topic: Global Issues in Intellectual Property
This course provides the knowledge and analytical tools necessary to apply the rules of international/ intellectual property (including copyright, patents and/ trade marks) to fact situations in a global context. Topics include international treaty obligations and where relevant dispute settlement regimes, including at the World Trade Organization and investment tribunals relating to intellectual property. This course will be weekly seminars in trimester 1 and block in trimester 2, dates to be confirmed.
40 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 525 – Special Topic: Intl' Commercial Contracts
International commercial contracts, in particular sale of goods contracts, from their negotiation to their enforcement are the focus of this paper. The course thereby explores several areas of law, inter alia, private international law, the CISG, international dispute resolution, INCOTERMS and insurance in regard to international contracts.
40 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 526 – Special Topic: Continuity & Change in Private Law
How does policy shape what the law becomes, and how does the law and its values shape policy development? This is a course about the interaction of the law and of policy, about using lawyer's knowledge and skills to change the law, and through it, the world in which we live.
40 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 527 – Special Topic: Law of Armed Conflict
The seminar will examine the principles and rules of the law of armed conflict, assess their implementation and enforcement at the domestic and global levels, and evaluate the application of the law in past and current international and non-international armed conflicts.
40 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 528 – Special Topic: Contemporary Issues in Public International Law: Human Rights, Climate Change
This course explores international law issues, focusing on international human rights, climate change and other topical questions. The course, taught by Faculty experts, aims to give students a good understanding of different facets of international law – from orthodox theory to business and human rights to climate change litigation.
40 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 529 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between the student and supervisor and approved by the Director Postgraduate Studies.
40 pts • (P) Permission of Director Postgraduate Studies
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 530 – Special Topic: New Zealand and Australian Copyright and Designs Law
This course focuses on the protection of designs for products in Australian and New Zealand law. It also provides an overview of Australian and New Zealand copyright law, with a particular focus on the designs / copyright law interface. The course also covers designs law practice.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 531 – ST: Indigenous Peoples Intellectual Property
This course looks at Indigenous intellectual property in the international context. Examples will be discussed from different countries. Co-taught with LAWS 431.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 532 – Special Topic: Trial Advocacy
This course gives an insight into the procedure of a complex criminal trial (eg homicide). It explores the phases of and actors involved in a trial: police investigation, laying of the charges, the role of the defence, and the actual proceedings (including pre-trial applications and trial before a jury). The course will provide students the opportunity to investigate practical and academic issues arising at each stage of the process. Co-taught with LAWS 432.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 533 – Special Topic: tbc
tbc. Co-taught with LAWS 433.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 534 – Special Topic: TBC
TBC. Co-taught with LAWS 434.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 535 – Special Topic: Consumer Law
This course explores key issues in consumer law. It examines the difficulties faced by consumers in both the market-place and in the legal system. It also considers the legal challenges posed by the impact of technology on commerce. The starting point is to identify where consumers might be vulnerable and to consider the various legal approaches that can be taken to improve consumer welfare. Many areas of consumer vulnerability are due to an inequality in bargaining power between consumers and suppliers or manufacturers. Other areas of vulnerability are due to a consumers’ own “poor” choices and the protective laws are paternalistic (e.g. laws regulating tobacco and alcohol use) Students are encouraged to formulate arguments about whether and to what extent it is legitimate for the law to intervene in the free-market. Co-taught with LAWS 435.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 536 – Special Topic: Trade Marks and Unfair Competition
More New Zealand and Australian businesses depend on trade marks than any other form of intellectual property. The course will cover key areas and topical issues in trade mark law, including registered trade marks passing off and geographical indications in both Australia and New Zealand. This course will also examine how trade marks operate in domestic and international trade.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 537 – Special Topic: Patent Law
This course provides the foundations necessary to understand both New Zealand and Australian patent law and how that law operates in a global context. Topics include the patent examination and grant systems, infringement, non-infringing uses and the policy and functions of patent law.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 538 – Special Topic: Fraud and Corruption in an International Context
This course will illustrate, analyse, and evaluate patterns of fraud and corruption in an international context. Participants will be given the opportunity by the means of case studies to develop an understanding how fraud and corruption takes place in the context of budget spending of international organisations and Governments. Students will be introduced to evaluation techniques into fraud patterns. Students will be able to determine ways of lawful evidence collection and to calculate damages deriving from fraudulent and corruptive activities. Further, participants will be able to select the appropriate follow up measure(s), such as judicial, administrative, and financial. Co-taught with LAWS 438.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 539 – Special Topic: Construction Law
The course will follow a construction project from conception through to completion. Students will gain insights into the detailed treatment of legal issues specific to construction law such as variations, quality, time and payment. The course will cover the statutory and regulatory framework for the building and construction sector, the relationships between participants in the industry, including analysis of common issues that building and construction projects face. Co-taught with LAWS 439.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 540 – Special Topic: Civil Remedies
Choice of remedy is often an overlooked part of litigation. It can raise not only difficult legal challenges, but also tactical and strategic issues. Remedies are a critical part of obtaining the outcome a party seeks. This course is designed to give students an understanding of the main remedies which are available in civil litigation and to discuss current issues with particular remedies, along with practical application of that remedy. Co-taught with LAWS 440.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 541 – Special Topic: Shaping Aotearoa New Zealand’s Public Law
This seminar, inspired by a recent speech by Chief Justice Helen Winkelmann, looks at public law in Aotearoa New Zealand, its distinctiveness, the different ways it has been shaped and how it might be reshaped in the future. Students will study the speech and have the opportunity to explore issues arising from it in independent research projects. Co-taught with LAWS 441.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 542 – Special Topic: Health Law
The course looks at health issues from conception and birth through to death. It deals with the regulation of health professionals and the rights of patients. The restructuring of the health system, pandemics and legislation on therapeutic products are among recent issues. Topics may be looked at from a comparative angle and exploration of ethical issues is ecouraged. Co-taught with LAWS 442.
20 pts • (X) LAWS 442/542 in 2017, LAWS 431/531 in 2021
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 543 – Special Topic: TBC
TBC.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 544 – Special Topic: Research Clinic
Our clinic offers students the opportunity to work "hands-on" together on a specific project of practical importance. Students will work in a supervised small group on a specific project related to international economic law. As the output of the course, students will submit and present a group report of the project.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 545 – Special Topic: TBC
TBC Co-taught with LAWS 445.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 546 – Special Topic: The Legal World of Small States
Small states make up the majority of UN member states. Small states are incredibly diverse, with greatly varying sizes, populations, economies, natural resources, and vulnerabilities. The unofficial category of “small states” (less than 1.5million citizens) includes some of the most and least developed nations in the world, resource-rich and resource scarce countries, and both island and landlocked states. Given this, the priorities and perspectives of small states can be as diverse as their characteristics. However, they are united in facing the same challenges due to their size. Legal solutions have to reflect the uniqueness of small states but at the same time connect them and make them globally competitive. Co-taught with LAWS 446.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 547 – Special Topic: Financial Markets Regulation
Study of current issues in financial markets regulation in New Zealand. Co-taught with LAWS 447.
20 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 548 – Special Topic: TBC
TBC. Co-taught with LAWS 448.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 549 – Special Topic: Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between the student and supervisor and approved by the Director Postgraduate Studies.
20 pts • (P) Permission of Director Postgraduate Studies
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 550 – Special Topic: Internship
The intern is placed with a law office, court, voluntary organisation, government department or similar agency. There the intern will be assigned various tasks including a component of serious legal research. The intern does not receive any payment for the work done on placement. Note: This internship is currently only available to international students.
20 pts • (X) LAWS 450
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 551 – Special Topic: NZ and Australian Intellectual Property Law
The course provides an advanced level overview of IP law, including the commonalities and differences between New Zealand and Australian patent, trade mark, copyright, design and related rights such as plant variety rights and confidential information. The trans-Tasman relationship will be discussed in the context of international obligations.
10 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 552 – Special Topic: Legal Systems and Sources of Law
This course provides an overview of New Zealand’s and Australia’s legal systems and sources of law. It is primarily designed for students without an LLB (or other first degree in law) and admission is by approval of the Director of Postgraduate Studies.
10 pts
LAWS 554 – Special Topic: Patent Interpretation
This course teaches the fundamentals of interpreting patent specifications and claims. Students taking this course must have studied Patent Laws (LAWS 537).
15 pts • (P) LAWS 537
LAWS 555 – ST: Patent Drafting
This course provides the foundations necessary to understand how patents are drafted and to devel the practical skills necessary to draft patent specification claims. The course uses case studies that reflect issues th arise with drafting. Students taking this course must have studied Patent Law (LAWS 537).
15 pts • (P) LAWS 537
LAWS 580 – Introduction to the Common Law
Basic concepts of common law including sources of law, private law, public law, precedent and the relationship between common law and statute.
10 pts
Not offered in 2024
LAWS 581 – Advanced Legal Study
Research methodologies, legal theories and basic skills required for successful postgraduate study in law.
10 pts
LAWS 582 – Legal Writing
Independent research on a topic in a student's chosen field of law subject to the approval of the Director of Postgraduate Studies. The paper's supervisor will have expertise in the subject area of the research. This major piece of writing demands significant planning, organisation and management of time.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
LAWS 591 – Thesis
LLM thesis.
120 pts
LAWS 592 – Dissertation
90 pts
LAWS 593 – Research Portfolio
A portfolio encompassing two courses and research papers completed on related and approved topics.
90 pts
LAWS 690 – Law for PhD
120 pts
Linguistics
See also Applied Linguistics and TESOL
LALS 401 – Foundations of Linguistics for Advanced Study
An intensive course that surveys foundational issues in the core areas of linguistics (semantics, syntax, phonology and phonetics). An advanced introduction to the scientific study of language for post-graduate students without sufficient prior linguistics training to proceed directly to the Master of Linguistics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
LING 406 – Special Topic
TBA.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LING 407 – Special Topic
Special topic to be advised.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LING 410 – Special Topic
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LING 411 – Preparation for Advanced Research in Linguistics
Students will become familiar with a range of key qualitative and quantitative research methods used in modern linguistics. This will include data analysis skills and the ability to apply these skills to linguistic and interdisciplinary research.
30 pts • (P) at least B+ in LALS 401 or equivalent Linguistics background
Not offered in 2024
LING 412 – Topics in Theoretical and Cognitive Linguistics
Advanced study of topics in theoretical and cognitive linguistics, e.g. phonetics and phonology, syntax, semantics or psycholinguistics. The topics covered will vary from year to year. The course will explore classic and cutting-edge research in relation to that year’s topics. Contact the Linguistics Programme Director for more details.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LING 413 – Topics in Sociolinguistics
Advanced study in sociolinguistics. Topics will vary year to year, including quantitative sociolinguistic studies of language variation and change through to qualitative sociolinguistic studies in interactional sociolinguistics and discourse analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LING 414 – Topics in Linguistics at the Interfaces
Advanced study of topics which involve the interfaces between different aspects of the linguistic system, e.g. language variation and change, language acquisition, the development of New Zealand English. The topics covered will vary from year to year. The course will explore classic and cutting-edge research in relation to that year’s topics. Contact the Linguistics Programme Director for more details.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LING 420 – Directed Research in Linguistics
This course will develop students’ ability to carry out linguistic research through in-depth discussion of literature and methodology in an area of current research in linguistics. The area is to be agreed with a supervisor. This will lead to the development of a substantial research proposal.
30 pts • (X) LING 407 (in 2016 and 2017)
LING 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Linguistics. Students cannot enrol on line for theses and should contact the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences offices, or Victoria International if you are an International student.
120 pts
LING 690 – Linguistics for PhD
120 pts
Literary Translation Studies
LITR 591 – Literary Translation Studies
MA thesis in Literary Translation Studies.
120 pts
LITR 690 – Literary Translation Studies for PhD
120 pts
Logic
See also Logic and Computation and Philosophy
COMP 425 – Computational Logic
This course is concerned with the application of formal logic to problems in Computer Science, and with techniques for mechanising logical reasoning. Topics may include: systems of reasoning; logic programming; the application of temporal and modal logics; and the relationship between proofs, programs, specifications and types. Students are recommended to take MATH 309 or PHIL 211/334/335.
15 pts • (P) COMP 304, one further 300-level COMP, NWEN or SWEN course; (MATH 309 or PHIL 211, 334, 335 recommended)
Not offered in 2024
MATH 433 – Model Theory
Model theory describes mathematical structures by investigating logical statements that are true of those structures. This course introduces the fundamental ideas and techniques of model theory, such as structures and formulas, the ultraproduct construction, the compactness theorem, and quantifier elimination. The course gives examples of applications to entities in algebra and discrete mathematics, such as fields, groups, and graphs.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
Not offered in 2024
MATH 434 – Set Theory
Set theory lies at the foundations of mathematics - all objects of mathematical interest can be construed as sets. Contemporary set theory explores some of the rich structure of the class of all sets, and the limitations of the theory. The course constructs the universe of set theory from the axioms of Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory with the Axiom of Choice. Other topics include ordinals, cardinals and transfinite constructions.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
MATH 435 – Computability and Complexity
The questions of the minimal computational effort required to find answers to certain problems, and whether there are limits to what can be computed, are at the heart of this course. Topics covered include the basics of computability theory, partial computable functions, a universal machine, the recursion theorem, relativised Turing computability, the arithmetical hierarchy, priority arguments and the computably enumerable degrees. Further topics following students’ interests, such as computable structures, Ramsey theory, and algorithmic randomness.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
MATH 439 – Category Theory
15 pts • (P) MATH 311
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 420 – Directed Individual Study
Students will undertake an approved, supervised course of study relating to philosophy and complementing their work in the Honours Degree within the Philosophy programme.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
PHIL 421 – Formal Logic
This course will be an introduction to standard model and proof theory.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 402
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 422 – Philosophical Logic
This course will be an in-depth discussion of one or more problems in contemporary philosophical logic. Topics will change from year to year, but they may include vagueness, theories of truth, modal logic applied to problems in philosophy, or the philosophy of mathematics. 100% internal assessment.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 402
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 441 – Metaphysics and Epistemology
This course considers questions about the fundamental nature of reality and what we can know and justifiably believe about it.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 403
PHIL 442 – Language and Mind
This course considers questions about how our thoughts and language can represent the world.
15 pts
PHIL 443 – Value Theory
This course will consider closely some topics in moral philosophy, social and political philosophy, aesthetics, and the philosophy of religion.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 404
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 444 – Advanced Ethics
This course examines contemporary debates in philosophy about the fundamental moral principles that govern and constrain human behaviour.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 404
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 445 – Contemporary Approaches to Philosophy
This course examines topics that continue to shape and influence contemporary western analytic philosophy.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 409
PHIL 446 – New Books in Philosophy
This course will involve students closely reading and critically evaluating two recently published monographs in philosophy.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 403
PHIL 447 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 449 – Political Philosophy
This course is an in-depth survey of central and fundamental questions in political philosophy. It will consider concepts such as politics, liberty, justice, property, rights, law, and authority. It will ask what these concepts mean and why they are important. It will also consider questions such as: What makes a government legitimate? What rights and freedoms should a government protect? What form should a government take? What duties do citizens owe to a legitimate government? and When can a government be legitimately overthrown, if ever? Students will be required to do advanced research (under supervision) on a topic of their choice.
15 pts
PHIL 489 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project with guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by Philosophy's Coordinator of Graduate Studies.
30 pts
SWEN 421 – Formal Software Engineering
This course addresses the use of mathematical logic in the specification and construction for software systems. It presents an introduction to the area of formal methods; the formal specification of software systems; the refinement of specifications to code; and their semantic foundations.
15 pts • (P) SWEN 324 (or 224); 30 300-level pts from (COMP, SWEN)
Not offered in 2024
SWEN 431 – Advanced Programming Languages
This course applies a range of advanced contemporary programming languages in current use, covering practical programming skills in the languages as well as their niches and design paradigms. The course will cover languages of present industrial interest, along with design trends of future languages.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level COMP or SWEN points (X) COMP 432
Management
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
MGMT 401 – Managerial Decision Processes
An examination of alternative models of managerial decision-making processes, including strategic decision-making; a study of the role and impact of modelling in decision-making; and of factors such as risk, judgement, ambiguity etc.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MGMT pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 403 – Operations Management
The importance of the operations function as a source of competitive advantage is creating many new challenges. The goals of this course are to expose students to important research and theory in operations management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MGMT pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 409 – Emerging Technologies, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with HRER 411, MARK 407, TOUR 411, INFO 413, IBUS 411.
15 pts
MGMT 410 – Special Topic: The Future(s) of Business
The course introduces students to the concepts, theories and practices of future studies and methodologies in a business context. Students explore critical contemporary issues shaping the future of business from global to regional perspectives, incorporating Mātauranga Māori. Topics and issues will vary from year to year.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 411 – Advanced Organisational Behaviour
An in-depth examination of current topics and debates in organisational behaviour. The course is premised on the assumption that there are numerous different perspectives for understanding individual and group behaviour in organisations.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MGMT pts
MGMT 413 – Innovation and Change Management
An advanced level consideration of topics such as new ventures, entrepreneurship, new product development, intrapreneurship, creativity, change and organisation development.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MGMT pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 414 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
MGMT 417 – Advanced Strategic Management
An advanced level survey of strategic management issues arising from the interaction between an enterprise and its environment, the integration of key resources and functional areas across the enterprise, and the processes that shape the goals, strategy and competitive advantage of the enterprise. The course takes a broad perspective and familiarises participants with the advanced strategic management literature.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MGMT pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 418 – Current Topics in Strategic Management
An examination of current management challenges affecting the strategic direction of the enterprise over the short and long term. The course will highlight recent developments in strategic management theory and practice.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MGMT points
MGMT 430 – Research Project in Management
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level MGMT pts
TOUR 401 – Global Tourism: Issues, Research and Management
This course provides students with the opportunity to familiarise themselves with the most current trends and issues that impact the global tourism industry. Students will use theoretical and empirical frameworks to address topics such as pandemics, poverty alleviation, environmental sustainability, Māori business, ethics, tourist flows and many more. Topics will vary from year to year based on environmental importance, context and relevance.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 407 – Special Topic
Special Topic slot to be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 411 – Emerging Technologies, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with HRER 411, MGMT 409, INFO 413, IBUS 411, MARK 407.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 412 – Tourism Entrepreneurship
This course investigates entrepreneurship in tourism and hospitality. Topics include entrepreneurial behaviour, tourism business networks and business planning, and strategic management at an advanced level.
15 pts • (P) 20 300-level TOUR pts or approved substitute; (X) TOUR 407 in 2009-11
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 415 – Sustainable Tourism Study Tour
This course evaluates sustainable tourism management at the destination level and includes seven days of field study within New Zealand. Prior to going ‘into the field’ key tourism management concepts are discussed in campus-based seminars. Once at the destination students will investigate the realities and complexities of sustainable tourism management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 416 – Tourism Internship
Students complete an approved and supervised voluntary internship with a tourism organisation (private, public or voluntary sector).
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 418 – Advanced Sustainable Tourism Management
This course fosters deep engagement with the principles and application of sustainable tourism management and the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. In addition to critically exploring the concept of sustainable tourism through global good and bad practice examples the course also examines the application and challenges of a sustainable tourism approach at destination level.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 419 – Tourism Futures
The course introduces the students to the concepts, theories and practices of tourism futures and futures methodologies. Students explore critical contemporary issues shaping the future of tourism from a global, community, indigenous and destination perspectives. Topics and issues will vary from year to year.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 430 – Research Project in Tourism
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level TOUR pts
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 501 – Organisational Problem Solving
This course helps participants develop their ability to diagnose organisational problems and opportunities, to identify and systematically evaluate options for addressing them, to formulate and justify recommendations about what option(s) to pursue and to effectively communicate recommendations to different audiences in different ways. In doing all of that it builds more general problem-solving and communication skills that can be applied in a variety of professional environments.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 502 – Economic Decision Analysis
This course develops knowledge and understanding of economic concepts and frameworks, and how these affect decision-making in various contexts. It enables students to draw on ideas from public, private and not-for-profit perspectives to develop insights into the principles and application of economics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 503 – Negotiation and Influence
This course develops skills around influencing a variety of stakeholders through negotiation and other techniques. It develops an understanding of cross-sectoral and cross-cultural approaches and allows students to apply these through practical scenarios.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the programme director
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 504 – Building an Evidence Base
This course develops the skills needed to create, assess and use a variety of different forms of evidence to inform decision making capability. How to marshal information and evidence and analyse it.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 510 – Sustainability and Business
How society harnesses its resources impacts on groups in different ways and across time. Sustainable business thinking can be deployed to give voice to those who bear the consequences now and in the future. This spans: local and global levels, reflecting on kaitiakitanga; how to inject optimism and conceptualise fairness; and how to design action plans for the here-and-now to shape the future. This course will challenge students to conceptualise the evolving roles of sustainability and business, and to critically reflect on what this means for business and policy.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
BUSI 580 – Interdisciplinary Project
15 pts • (P) 120 pts from the MBus(Prof) schedule or approved postgraduate courses
Not offered in 2024
ENTR 507 – Entrepreneurship in Practice
The course will focus on how to help people and communities generate value by seizing opportunities to solve commercial, social, environmental, or civic problems. It provides an introduction to the concepts and capabilities necessary to develop new ideas into products and services and will emphasise new venture formation, providing learning opportunities to develop skills in identifying and validating business and other opportunities. Students will work in groups to test out and validate a new venture idea.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENTR 512 – Intellectual Property and Business Innovation
This course provides students with skills to strategically use intellectual property laws in a modern-day business. It includes lectures on how to protect innovations, such as software, data sets, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology and know-how. In addition, the course focuses on business models around innovations, management of intellectual property, and how to use intellectual property successfully commercialise a product or service.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
ENTR 580 – New Venture Commercialisation
This course is a ‘capstone’ course for the MBus(Prof) Specialisation in Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Commercialisation. It will focus on the theory and practice of how a new venture can be developed and commercialised from inception and validation through to securing funding, customer acquisition, revenue streams and developing sustainable scale, using established frameworks such as Design Thinking and variations of the Business Model Canvas in an interactive workshop setting. Students will work in groups to test out, validate and launch a new venture idea.
15 pts • (P) ENTR 512, 15 pts from (AFIN 551, ENTR 507, INFM 571, MGMT 522)
Not offered in 2024
GBUS 511 – Global Business Environment
Understanding the global business environment is a must for any business in a globally connected world. This course provides a contemporary understanding of global institutions; and cross-country differences in political, legal and economic systems. Students will analyse the dynamics of geopolitical tensions involving global powers. They will draw strategic, managerial and ethical implications from their macro analysis of the environment for international firms.
15 pts
GBUS 512 – Management Theory and Practice
This course offers a broad perspective on modern management in the business, public and voluntary sectors, and examines key issues likely to face managers in the near future.
15 pts
GBUS 513 – Strategic Marketing
Leadership often means knowing where and how to compete. Strategic Marketing provides students with the theoretical frameworks and practical tools to achieve and sustain an organisation’s competitive advantage. Students are presented with real business challenges requiring market analysis and data-based decision-making for the creation of innovative ideas, products and experiences for actual and potential customers in new and emerging markets.
15 pts
GBUS 514 – Accounting for Managers
This course introduces students to the concepts of financial and management accounting, covering the content of financial statements; concepts of value and profit, cost behaviour and cost-volume-profit relationships; and cost allocation principles.
15 pts
GBUS 541 – Global Strategy
To be successful in the global market, firms need to develop an effective strategy. This course provides an understanding of frameworks and concepts in strategic management with a focus on global competition, collaborations and corporate governance. Topics include internal organisational analysis, competitive behaviour, mergers, acquisitions and alliances.
15 pts
GBUS 542 – Managing Across Cultures
Graduates looking to expand their career in global business must have cross-cultural management skills. Students will examine the implications of culture on managerial practices and build communication, negotiation and leadership skills.
15 pts
GBUS 580 – Consultancy Project
The project involves visiting and working with an organisation, doing internal and external research, placing the work in a global context, and producing a report and presentation, to a brief agreed with the client.
30 pts
GBUS 581 – Research Project
This course aims to provide students with applied research methodologies whereby practical solutions to real organisational issues can be derived. Students need to identify a relevant issue, position it in a global context, propose an applicable methodology, collect relevant data and write a business research project including appropriate recommendations.
30 pts
GOVT 543 – Public Policy and the Economics of Wellbeing
This course covers recent developments in the economics of wellbeing and explores how insights from wellbeing economics can be applied in a public policy context. It focuses on the practical application of wellbeing measures to inform decision-making, drawing on both objective outcome frameworks and measures of subjective wellbeing.
15 pts • (P) GOVT 521 or 15 approved ECON pts (X) GOVT 552 in 2018-2019
Not offered in 2024
INFM 571 – Guiding and Growing Digital Businesses
This course will focus on guiding and growing digital businesses, whether that be within established organisations or entrepreneurial ventures. This will include innovative digital business models and the strategies needed to support them. It will also explore the unique challenges associated with growing digital businesses including those related to user acquisition, scaling and platform management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 572 – IT and Digital Governance
This course explores IT and digital governance, including constructing organisational information policies and practices that enable people to do their jobs while protecting privacy and confidentiality. It also includes compliance with national and international laws related to privacy, intellectual property, censorship, and access to official information. In addition to covering aspects of digital governance associated with risk-avoidance the course also covers how good governance practices can enable organisations to extract the most value from their data, information, and other digital assets.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 573 – Digital Transformation and Change
This course will explore how digital technology drives transformation and change within organisations and society and how transformation and change in those things drive change in digital technology. This will include discussion of emerging technologies, such as artificial intelligence and augmented reality and topics such as planning for change, dealing with resistance to change, and digital work.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 574 – Information Security
This course covers current information security topics from a high-level digital solution design as a managerial point of view. Students will become familiar with contemporary information security-related threats and risks for organizations as well as proven approaches, methods and techniques for secure digital solution design and information security management in organizations. They will also learn how to utilize these approaches, methods and techniques for information security assessments response and enhancement plans.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 575 – Designing for Agility
This course provides students with principles processes, and practices for the development of IT-enabled organisational agility. It covers managerial aspects of organisational design (e.g., projects, programmes, teams, IT infrastructures, digital platforms) necessary to drive agility in different types of organisations, and application of design thinking principles and methods to create innovative solutions in an agile way.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 576 – Digital Architecture
This course addresses the conceptual and design challenges involved in developing and managing digital architecture, by investigating the alignment between enterprise goals and strategy, business processes, informati information systems and technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital architectures, and how to create effective architecture governance instruments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 580 – Storing and Accessing Data
This course focuses on the factors organisations must consider and balance to create information architecture that take into account organisational requirements as well as user experience, computational efficiency, and data privacy and security. It also includes hands-on experience designing, implementing, and using relational databases.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 581 – Analysing Data for Decision Making
This course provides students with the ability to do basic forms of data analysis including generating frequencies, descriptive statistics, cross-tabs, and ANOVA with software commonly used for these tasks. It will also provide them with an understanding of how to select the most appropriate measures and test statistics for a given data type and question / problem, and how to communicate results verbally and visually.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 582 – Advanced Analytical Techniques
This course builds on the knowledge students gain in INFM 580 and INFM 581 by considering situations in which more complex analytical approaches may be needed to address organisational objectives. It also focusses on the legal, ethical and cultural concerns that may arise as a result of the application of such techniques and how to communicate the results of more complex forms of analysis to different target audiences.
15 pts • (P) INFM 580, 581
Not offered in 2024
INFM 583 – Automation of Analytical Processes and Machine Learning
This course builds on INFM 580, 581, and 582 to enable students to automate analytical models and develop machine learning models. Attention will be given to the types of situations in which automation and machine learning are appropriate, the data and organisational requirements for successful implementation, and how to communicate results verbally and visually.
15 pts • (P) INFM 580, 581, 582
Not offered in 2024
INFM 584 – Sustainable and Socially Responsible Business in a Digital World
A hands-on exploration of how the use and impact of digital technologies and systems relates to sustainability and socially responsible business. Topics will focus on current issues regarding both sustainability (eg clean energy, climate change, innovation, and sustainable cities) and ethics (eg inequality, digital inclusion, privacy and identity, and IT professional conduct) in the context of organisations, communities,government and society.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 585 – ST: Communicating Data for Impact
This course focuses on communicating data in a way that’s appropriate for the target audience, objective, and type of data and analysis. It covers various ways of communicating data, including with words, numbers, charts, graphs, dashboards and infographics as well as how to assemble those together to tell a larger story.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
INFM 588 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
MGMT 521 – Supply Chain Management
The study of the integration of all the value-creating elements in a network of supplier, manufacturing, assembly, distribution, and logistics facilities that perform the functions of procurement of materials, transformation of these materials into intermediate and finished products, and the distribution of these products to customers.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 522 – Innovation and Value Creation
This course examines how domestic and global organisations manage complexity in the pursuit of innovation, sustainability and value creation.
15 pts
MGMT 523 – Ethics and Sustainability
The course provides concepts and frameworks to explore and evaluate ethical arguments regarding the three dimensions of sustainability, namely environmental protection, economic development and social equity. The course also explores the ethical responsibilities of managers and organisations.
15 pts
MGMT 524 – Leadership and Change
Change is an ever present phenomenon in all organisations. This course is an attempt to understand the challenges and the complexities of leading change effectively in organisations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
MGMT 591 – Thesis
MCom thesis in Management.
120 pts
MGMT 592 – Thesis in Management
90 point Thesis in Management.
90 pts
MGMT 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Management.
60 pts
PECO 511 – Microeconomics in Context
Frameworks for decision making by individuals, firms and government agencies. The course introduces cost-benefit analysis and covers consumer and household economics; different trading arrangements and market structures; implications of government interventions in modern economies. Emphasises the interpretation of microeconomic analysis.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 501;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 512 – Macroeconomics in Context
Aggregate economic analysis and its its implementation in monetary and fiscal policy, using workhorse frameworks such as the AS/AD model and extensions. The course addresses the roles of government and central bank, Keynesian versus neoclassical policy prescriptions and debates in local and global contexts; mechanisms and models of economic stabilisation, growth and development.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 502;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 513 – Applications of Econometrics
Applied econometrics and its use in quantifying relationships in practical settings. Develop econometric models using the R statistical programming language. Using econometric methods in R, explore the time series properties of various types of dataset, including trend, seasonality, autocorrelation, and stationarity. Investigate volatility models.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 503;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 514 – Regulation: economics for the public sector
This course studies the economic analysis of social regulation. It emphasises interventions motivated by externalities or by paternalism. Part one covers topics in the use of Cost Benefit Analysis in regulatory review. This material should complement the material on CBA in PECO511. Part two deals with the selection of appropriate policy instruments. It refers to design standards, performance standards, corrective taxes, cap-and-trade schemes, restrictions on contracts, information provision and possibly nudges.
15 pts • (P) PECO511 (X) MMPE 504;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 515 – Markets and Institutions
How information and institutions may shape industries, distortions in markets and their evolution. The course investigates the characteristics of markets and the implications for firm conduct and market outcomes. Game theory frames specific applications and market case studies.
15 pts • (P) PECO 511 (X) MMPE 505;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 516 – International and Trade Economics
This course examines open economies: small and large, with a focus on Asia/Pacific economies and their trade prospects. It introduces models and mechanisms of international trade: classical comparative advantage; differentiated products; trade and development. It explores trade agreements, rules, and related international structures/bodies; as well as offshore investment and capital market flows.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 526;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 517 – Resource Markets and the Environment: Growth and Environmental Stewardship
This course focuses on business, trade and policy issues around exhaustible and renewable resources. The course covers topical debates - resource-intensive commodities, and environmental stewardship - and case studies specific markets. Core models are used to frame debates, suggest institutions and policy responses.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 507;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 518 – Public Finance: Options, Implications and Impacts
This course studies the design, practice and impact of public sector revenue and expenditure decisions. The course separates public financing from spending issues, relates principles to practical applications, such as infrastructure, and project evaluation. It explores how microsimulation modelling can quantify the impact of policy.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 508;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 519 – Behavioural Economics
In contrast to the rational and self-interested model of human behaviour traditionally used in economics, behavioural economics uses insights from psychology and sociology to make more realistic assumptions about human behaviour and motivations. In particular, this course studies people’s limited computational capacity, computational capacity, limited self-control and social preferences and their implications.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 509, MMPE 520 in 2015-2017;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 520 – The Economics of Natural Disasters and Climate Change
This course frames how natural disasters impact on the economy, evaluates prevention and mitigation policy, and appraises post-disaster interventions and their efficacy. This course covers material on the scientific implications of climate change – impacts, mitigation, and adaptation.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 510, MMPE 520 in 2014, MMPE 522 in 2016;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 521 – ‘Miracle’ economies: growth and development
This course analyses the economic transformation of rapidly growing economies - with an emphasis on Asia - after 1945, examining why some grew faster than others and so many descended into crisis during the 1990s. A strong emphasis is placed on the role of economic policy.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
PECO 522 – Business Cycle Analysis and Implications
This course studies the theory and empirics of business cycles. It explores the output gap: theory, measurement. It covers the topics of recession/recovery dating; leading, coincident, lagging indicators; and fiscal policy: the structural balance, fiscal impulse. We examine overall monetary conditions; the use of diffusion indices; forecasting GDP, interest rates, exchange rates. We use forecasts in business and policy contexts.
15 pts • (P) PECO 512, PECO 513
Not offered in 2024
PECO 523 – Applications of economics and finance
This course gives students an opportunity to connect their knowledge of economics and finance to particular applications.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 or equivalent
Not offered in 2024
PECO 526 – Economics of International Trade
Study of open economics with economic models of international trade, including classical comparative advantage, increasing return to scale, and differentiated products. Apply understanding of economic models to current issues and controversies, including trade and development, environment, trade agreements and trade diversion, offshoring investment, FDI, and outsourcing.
30 pts • (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 516
Not offered in 2024
PECO 533 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
TOUR 591 – Thesis
MTM thesis.
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 592 – Thesis in Tourism Management
90 point thesis in Tourism Management.
90 pts
Not offered in 2024
MGMT 690 – Management for PhD
120 pts
TOUR 690 – Tourism Management for PhD
120 pts
Maori (courses with significant Maori content)
MAOR 406 – Te Reo o Nga Tohunga/The Language of the Masters
This is an advanced course in Maori language. While the emphasis is placed on the study of classical texts including waiata, whakatauki and karakia, it will also include examples of contemporary compositions. Examples of classical texts that will be covered in this course may include excerpts from Nga Moteatea, Nga Hakirara a Nga Tupuna as well as contemporary writing such as Te Tu a Te Toka - He Ieretanga no nga Tai e Wha. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 506.
Not offered in 2024
MAOR 408 – Tā Te Māori Rangahau/Methodology of Māori Research
This course explores research theories and practices of relevance to researchers in Māori Studies. In 12 weekly seminars, staff at Te Kawa a Māui share their discipline-specific experiences and methodologies, including discussions on kaupapa Māori research. Through guided assessment and compulsory weekly tutorials, students will produce their own research proposal. Scholarship in Māori Studies has been produced by using a variety of different approaches to research, which in turn depend on the disciplinary background of the researcher. Te Kawa a Māui is a multi-disciplinary School which combines a wealth of disciplinary expertise from areas as diverse as history, politics, anthropology, performing arts, literature and science. This course aims to explore the different ways of conducting research in these disciplines, while also equipping students with generic research skills that are independent of discipline. Note: CRN 7712 is taught in English.
30 pts
MAOR 411 – Te Ao Hurihuri/Issues in Contemporary Māori Society
This course covers the development of government and iwi policy to address issues of significance to Māori. It includes a review of some traditional and contemporary tikanga and Māori concepts impacting on issues that governments wish to address through policy processes. The course also briefly covers Māori interest in international/Indigenous issues. Students will gain an insight into policy development processes as well as past and present mechanisms for dealing with Māori/iwi/hapū interest in policy outcomes. Students will examine policy decisions that have given rise to conflict between the Crown and Māori/iwi, and consider options available to Māori/iwi to interact in policy processes.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 511
MAOR 489 – Kaupapa Rangahau/Research Project
Students enrolled in this course will complete a major essay, the topic of which is to be negotiated with the Head of School, Māori Studies, who will arrange appropriate supervision.
30 pts
THEA 403 – Drama and Theatre in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course explores the theatre of Aotearoa New Zealand by studying a range of play-scripts from the colonial era to the present day, through the lens of post-colonial theory. Topics include the evolution of nationalist drama, the growth of professional theatre and playwriting, the development of Maori and Pasifika theatre, and contemporary trends towards inter-cultural and devised theatre.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
EPSY 514 – Educational Psychology Assessment
This course focuses on psychological assessments in education. The main topics include foundations of assessment, applied behaviour analysis, contemporary psychometric assessment, ecological assessment and communicating assessment results. There will be specific focus on the implications for cultural relevance of assessments, in particular Maori and Pasifika.
30 pts
HELT 505 – Special topic: Higher Education in New Zealand
This course covers aspects of New Zealand higher education policy, the Treaty of Waitangi, diversity and practice that are distinctive to the New Zealand tertiary environment. It also examines key learning and teaching theories and their application within the New Zealand university context.
30 pts • (P) UTDC 501 or HELT 501
Not offered in 2024
INFO 523 – Information Access and Use
This course covers models of information seeking behaviour and information literacy, and will equip students with the skills to assist users efficiently and effectively to access information in contexts such as libraries, museums, records management systems, and archives.
15 pts
INFO 530 – Mana Mātauranga Māori
A critical examination of how library and information management institutions in Aotearoa New Zealand engage with Māori knowledge sources, and how this contributes to the provision of services and resources that meet the information and cultural needs of Māori clients.
15 pts
MSSL 505 – Partnerships and Networks
Building and sustaining effective relationships with the school community and beyond is the focus of this course. Participants will have the opportunity to evaluate strategies and approaches and to articulate how these may be implemented in a variety of situations. There will be a particular focus on relationships with Māori and Pacific communities.
15 pts
MAOR 690 – Māori for PhD
120 pts
Maori Studies
MAOR 406 – Te Reo o Nga Tohunga/The Language of the Masters
This is an advanced course in Maori language. While the emphasis is placed on the study of classical texts including waiata, whakatauki and karakia, it will also include examples of contemporary compositions. Examples of classical texts that will be covered in this course may include excerpts from Nga Moteatea, Nga Hakirara a Nga Tupuna as well as contemporary writing such as Te Tu a Te Toka - He Ieretanga no nga Tai e Wha. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 506.
Not offered in 2024
MAOR 408 – Tā Te Māori Rangahau/Methodology of Māori Research
This course explores research theories and practices of relevance to researchers in Māori Studies. In 12 weekly seminars, staff at Te Kawa a Māui share their discipline-specific experiences and methodologies, including discussions on kaupapa Māori research. Through guided assessment and compulsory weekly tutorials, students will produce their own research proposal. Scholarship in Māori Studies has been produced by using a variety of different approaches to research, which in turn depend on the disciplinary background of the researcher. Te Kawa a Māui is a multi-disciplinary School which combines a wealth of disciplinary expertise from areas as diverse as history, politics, anthropology, performing arts, literature and science. This course aims to explore the different ways of conducting research in these disciplines, while also equipping students with generic research skills that are independent of discipline. Note: CRN 7712 is taught in English.
30 pts
MAOR 410 – Kaupapa Turua/Special Topic: Iwi Internship
This course aims to provide a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into the operations of an iwi organisation, the roles and responsibilities of iwi representatives, resource consent processes and/or iwi negotiations with the Crown. Students who are accepted into this course will have the opportunity to work in an iwi organisation throughout the year. Although examining iwi organisations and their duties is a very local kind of examination, in this course students will also reflect on the situation Indigenous politics. Students will need to contact the Course Coordinator if they are interested in the course and will be interviewed prior to enrolling.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 510
Not offered in 2024
MAOR 411 – Te Ao Hurihuri/Issues in Contemporary Māori Society
This course covers the development of government and iwi policy to address issues of significance to Māori. It includes a review of some traditional and contemporary tikanga and Māori concepts impacting on issues that governments wish to address through policy processes. The course also briefly covers Māori interest in international/Indigenous issues. Students will gain an insight into policy development processes as well as past and present mechanisms for dealing with Māori/iwi/hapū interest in policy outcomes. Students will examine policy decisions that have given rise to conflict between the Crown and Māori/iwi, and consider options available to Māori/iwi to interact in policy processes.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 511
MAOR 413 – Kia Kautū/Internship
Approved and supervised work placement of students in an organisation with a predominant focus on Māori issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director (X) MAOR 410 in 2013-2019, MAOR 510 in 2013-2019, MAOR 512
^ Limited entry course
MAOR 489 – Kaupapa Rangahau/Research Project
Students enrolled in this course will complete a major essay, the topic of which is to be negotiated with the Head of School, Māori Studies, who will arrange appropriate supervision.
30 pts
MAOR 501 – Aro Taketake/Indigenous Theories
This course will explore Indigenous theories and worldviews. In particular, it will cover Indigenous peoples’ political and cultural relationships, international contexts, resource management and policy (language, education, economic and science) and governance.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
MAOR 510 – Kaupapa Turua/Special Topic
This course aims to provide a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into the operations of an iwi organisation, the roles and responsibilities of iwi representatives, resource consent processes and/or iwi negotiations with the Crown. Students who are accepted into this course will have the opportunity to work in an iwi organisation throughout the year.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 410
Not offered in 2024
MAOR 512 – Kia Kautū/Internship
Approved and supervised work placement of students in an organisation with a predominant focus on Indigenous issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director; (X) MAOR 413, 410 in 2013-2019
MAOR 521 – Kia Rukuhia/Project in Indigenous Studies
This course enables students to research a particular aspect of Indigenous Studies in detail with a focus on conducting reviews of key literature in the discipline by Indigenous peoples and about Indigenous peoples. The course will also examine the challenges and opportunities around, and the practicalities of, preparing academic work on Indigenous specific issues for publication.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
MAOR 591 – Thesis
MA thesis (100%) in Maori Studies.
120 pts
MAOR 595 – Rangahau Pūtahi: Dissertation
A major research dissertation in Māori studies or Pacific studies or Education. An appropriate supervisor will be assigned depending upon the student's choice of topic.
60 pts
MAOR 690 – Māori for PhD
120 pts
Marine Biology
See also Biological Sciences
BMAR 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
BMAR 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Marine Biology.
120 pts
BMAR 690 – Marine Biology for PhD
120 pts
Marine Conservation
See also Biological Sciences
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School; (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
Marketing
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
MARK 401 – Foundations of Contemporary Marketing
Using problem-based, small group learning, students critically evaluate foundational work on core concepts in marketing, and review cutting-edge research with a focus on consumer behaviour, marketing strategy and sustainable marketing. Together with insights from current practice this ensures students engage with current marketing knowledge.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MARK points or permission of Head of School
MARK 402 – Consumers, Technology and Product Development
Examines innovation, new product development processes, and the role of technology. Identifies factors affecting success and failure, new product diffusion and acceptance, and organisational climates amenable to new products.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MARK pts
Not offered in 2024
MARK 403 – Advanced International Marketing
Examines development of international marketing strategies by New Zealand exporters, and public policy initiatives to foster overseas marketing. The international marketing literature is critically examined.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MARK pts
Not offered in 2024
MARK 404 – Critical Thinking in Contemporary Marketing
A critical examination of the academic literature concerning the impact and implications of technology and emerging research trends on contemporary marketing practice.
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 300-level MARK pts
Not offered in 2024
MARK 406 – Managing Marketing Communications
In a rapidly changing world, marketing communications is faced with many challenges arising from technology, the rise of the influencer, consumer trends and for businesses trying to get heard. Students will explore advanced marketing communication theory and practice to better negotiate the realities of the contemporary communication era.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MARK pts or permission of Head of School
MARK 407 – ST: Emerging Tech, Organisations and Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with HRIR 411, MGMT 409, TOUR 411, INFO 413, IBUS 411.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MARK 408 – Special Topic: Issues in International Business and Marketing
Businesses operate in competitive and dynamic environments that increasingly shape business practices. By exploring the intersection of marketing and international business, students will acquire an in-depth knowledge of significant marketing and international business research and contemporary practices that tackle the changing nature of markets, business, and consumers.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) IBUS 412
MARK 410 – Advanced Consumer Behaviour
This course advances student understanding of various aspects of consumer behaviour at individual and organisational levels.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level MARK points or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
MARK 411 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts • (P) Approval of Head of School
MARK 412 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts • (P) Approval of Head of School
MARK 430 – Research Project
A supervised individual marketing research project.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level MARK pts
MARK 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MARK 531 – Analysing Markets
This course examines the key role of collecting interpreting and analysing marketing data and information to assist marketing managers. It involves applying the principles of market research and information technologies to marketing and strategy-related problems.
15 pts
MARK 532 – Consumer Behaviour
The course examines consumers and their consumption-related behaviours, which includes the acquisition, usage and disposition of goods, services and experiences. It focuses on understanding consumers as individuals and as members of other groups and cultures.
15 pts • (X) GBUS 532
MARK 533 – Marketing Communications
Using an integrated marketing communications framework, this course examines a range of communication tools and options available for marketers, including advertising and digital media. It focuses on marketing communication strategies and activities that build brand equity. Ethical and social issues relating to marketing communications are also explored.
15 pts • (X) GBUS 533
MARK 534 – Contemporary Marketing
This course focuses on current marketing theories and practice within a global context. It seeks to critically examine the challenges marketers face in today’s changing environment, and their responses to these contemporary challenges.
15 pts • (X) GBUS 534
Not offered in 2024
MARK 591 – Thesis
MCom thesis in Marketing.
120 pts
MARK 592 – Thesis in Marketing
90 point thesis in Marketing.
90 pts
MARK 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Marketing.
60 pts
MARK 690 – Marketing for PhD
120 pts
Mathematics
See also Logic and Computation
DATA 471 – Practical Data Science
A course in practical data science. The course will introduce interactive displays, infographics and dashboards, focussing on communication, reporting and visualisation. It will bring together techniques in statistical and mathematical modelling with programming as well as social and ethical perspectives on data science. Co-taught with DATA 301.
15 pts • (P) DATA 201; one of (DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017–2018) (X) DATA 301
DATA 472 – Data Management and Programming
A course in the practical aspects of data management for those who work with data sources. Students will apply programming and data management techniques using a high-level language and SQL. Web scraping, data transformation, data cleaning, summary and visualisation. Students will create a web-based application to investigate, analyse and display a data set. Co-taught with DATA 202.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN) (X) DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017-2018, STAT 483 in 2017-2020.
DATA 473 – Statistical Modelling for Data Science
In this course we uncover the role that Statistics plays in Data Science. With a focus on understanding relevant statistical methods and their practical applications, this course will help you consolidate key data science skills. Topics covered include generalised linear models, polynomial regression, generalised additive models, shrinkage methods and supervised learning methods. The topics are covered in the context of inference and prediction for continuous, count and binary outcomes. Co-taught with DATA 303.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) DATA 303
DATA 474 – Simulation & Stochastic Models
Simulation and modelling of stochastic systems, covering examples from Operations Research and Computer Science, including queues, networks and computer systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation experiments. Co-taught with COMP 312, DATA 304.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) COMP 312, DATA 304
Not offered in 2024
DATA 480 – Research Preparation for Data Science
This course provides students with an opportunity to develop their research skills in Data Science, including use of library resources, constructing literature reviews, developing research questions, writing research proposals and developing skills in oral presentation.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MDataSc
DATA 481 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 482 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 483 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 487 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
15 pts
DATA 489 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
30 pts
DATA 491 – Mathematics for Data Science
How should we model data to ensure we have a good understanding of the world? Drawing correct conclusions from well-chosen statistical models needs a range of mathematical techniques. This course shows you the key methods used in the construction and maximisation of likelihoods, the analysis of experimental data and linear models, and an exploration of probability plus several probability distributions. Specific mathematical topics include matrices and their properties, differentiation and optimisation of functions, plus integral calculus. The mathematical methods will be implemented and illustrated using the statistical software R, including the use of simulation, numerical methods and graphics.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) MATH 277, STAT 391
DATA 492 – Data Science Algorithms
This course will derive the fundamental algorithms of data science from mathematical and statistical principles. Algorithms for regression, clustering, dimensionality reduction and stochastic optimisation will be derived, together with methods to generate pseudo-random numbers and samples from probability distributions, including the use of Markov Chain Monte Carlo samplers. Practical work will be used to develop understanding of how the algorithms work in practice and the limits on their use.
15 pts • (P) STAT 391 or DATA 491
Not offered in 2024
MATH 431 – Enumeration of Patterns and Order
15 pts • (P) MATH 311
Not offered in 2024
MATH 432 – Discrete Mathematics
Discrete mathematics deals with mathematical structures that can be counted. These structures can describe, for example, the pairwise relationships between a set of objects (forming graphs) or discrete symmetries of crystals (forming groups). Another example is a matroid, which describes a notion of dependence of a set of objects. This course combines ideas from graph theory, linear algebra, coding theory, and problems in combinatorial optimisation. It investigates properties of these various mathematical structures, and the underlying notions of duality.
15 pts • (P) (one of MATH 361 or MATH 311 or MATH 324) and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
MATH 433 – Model Theory
Model theory describes mathematical structures by investigating logical statements that are true of those structures. This course introduces the fundamental ideas and techniques of model theory, such as structures and formulas, the ultraproduct construction, the compactness theorem, and quantifier elimination. The course gives examples of applications to entities in algebra and discrete mathematics, such as fields, groups, and graphs.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
Not offered in 2024
MATH 434 – Set Theory
Set theory lies at the foundations of mathematics - all objects of mathematical interest can be construed as sets. Contemporary set theory explores some of the rich structure of the class of all sets, and the limitations of the theory. The course constructs the universe of set theory from the axioms of Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory with the Axiom of Choice. Other topics include ordinals, cardinals and transfinite constructions.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
MATH 435 – Computability and Complexity
The questions of the minimal computational effort required to find answers to certain problems, and whether there are limits to what can be computed, are at the heart of this course. Topics covered include the basics of computability theory, partial computable functions, a universal machine, the recursion theorem, relativised Turing computability, the arithmetical hierarchy, priority arguments and the computably enumerable degrees. Further topics following students’ interests, such as computable structures, Ramsey theory, and algorithmic randomness.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
MATH 436 – Galois Theory and Number Theory
Galois theory brings together several branches of mathematics and is a natural bridge between algebra and number theory. The course starts with the historical question of whether polynomial equations can be solved by radicals and rediscovers Galois' method. It explores the connection between different areas of algebra such as finding roots of polynomials, field extensions, algebraic and transcendental numbers, and Galois groups. The second half of the course covers algebraic number theory.
15 pts • (P) MATH 311 and 15 further 300 level MATH pts
MATH 437 – Polynomials, Ideals and Varieties
15 pts • (P) MATH 311
Not offered in 2024
MATH 438 – Knots and Complexity
This course introduces polynomial invariants of knots and graphs, including Jones polynomials of knots and Tutte polynomials of graphs. The focus is on complexity theoretic aspects associated with their evaluation. The course serves as further study in graph theory and as an introduction to knot theory and enumeration complexity.
15 pts • (P) MATH 311 or 324 or 335; (X) MATH 483 in 2011-2013
Not offered in 2024
MATH 439 – Category Theory
15 pts • (P) MATH 311
Not offered in 2024
MATH 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
MATH 441 – Measure Theory
Measure theory generalises mathematical notions such as length and volume, and has important applications in probability, physics, and mathematical analysis. Topics that are covered in this introductory course include measurable spaces and measures, integration theory on measure spaces, convergence theorems, and decomposition theorems.
15 pts • (P) MATH 212 and 15 300 level MATH pts
MATH 442 – Functional Analysis
An introductory course in Functional Analysis covering the major theorems including the fixed point, Hahn-Banach, closed graph and open mapping theorems, and their applications.
15 pts • (P) MATH 312 or 317 or 318
Not offered in 2024
MATH 443 – Operator Algebra
Operator algebras have a rich algebraic and analytic structure modelled on the properties of bounded linear operators on a Hilbert space. This course introduces the basic theory of Banach and C*-algebras with an emphasis on how it is used.
15 pts • (P) MATH 318 (X) MATH 483 in 2018-2020
Not offered in 2024
MATH 452 – Topology
Topology is a fundamental subject that interacts with most other areas of mathematics. This course covers basic point set topology, providing a foundation used throughout mathematics. Abstractions of analytic notions such as continuity, compactness, and connectedness are introduced.
15 pts • (P) 30 300 level MATH pts
MATH 453 – Lie Groups and Lie Algebras
15 pts • (P) MATH 243, one of (MATH 311, 312, 313, 317, 318)
Not offered in 2024
MATH 460 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
MATH 461 – Differential Equations
15 pts • (P) MATH 301
Not offered in 2024
MATH 462 – Dynamical Systems and Control
Dynamical systems, which are time-varying, underlie much of mathematical physics. This course covers the fundamental concepts of qualitative theory of dynamical systems, including limit sets and periodic orbits, stable manifolds and crises, and bifurcations. The addition of inputs and outputs to a system provides the possibility for methods for analysis and control of it, known as Control Theory. This course introduces control-theoretic notions, including reachability, controllability, observability analysis and feedback stabilization techniques.
15 pts • (P) MATH 244 and 15 300 level MATH pts
MATH 464 – Differential Geometry
15 pts • (P) MATH 301
Not offered in 2024
MATH 465 – General Relativity and Cosmology
15 pts • (P) MATH 464
Not offered in 2024
MATH 466 – Topics in Applied Mathematics
Two topics of a more advanced nature in applied mathematics or mathematical physics from a selection that may include: classical mechanics, fluid mechanics, quantum mechanics, special relativity. Topics may not include any already or concurrently taken in MATH 321, 322 or 323 or in MATH 467.
15 pts • (P) MATH 301 or 321 or 322
MATH 467 – Topics in Applied Mathematics
Two topics of a more advanced nature in applied mathematics or mathematical physics from a selection that may include: classical mechanics, fluid mechanics, quantum mechanics, special relativity. Topics may not include any already or concurrently taken in MATH 321, 322 or 323 or in MATH 466.
15 pts • (P) MATH 301 or 321 or 322
Not offered in 2024
MATH 477 – Probability
The course starts with weak and almost sure convergence, then covers limit theorems and semi-groups of distributions, infinitely divisible and stable distributions and Levy processes, with emphasis on compound Poisson processes, random walks and Brownian motion. The material is illustrated by real-life examples from finance, insurance and other fields.
15 pts • (P) MATH 377; (X) STAT 437
Not offered in 2024
MATH 480 – Special Topic
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MATH 481 – Special Topic
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MATH 482 – Special Topic: Infinite Combinatorics
This course will focus on the application of infinitary methods (logic, topology, dynamical systems) in Ramsey theory and the combinatorial study of finite discrete structures.
15 pts • (P) MATH 309
Not offered in 2024
MATH 483 – Special Topic: Commutative Algebra
This course will focus on the theory of rings and modules, with an eye to applications to algebraic number theory.
15 pts • (P) MATH 251, MATH 311
Not offered in 2024
MATH 487 – Research Project 1
Supervised research project in Mathematics.
15 pts • (X) MATH 489
^ Limited entry course
MATH 488 – Research Project 2
Supervised research project in Mathematics.
15 pts • (X) MATH 489
MATH 489 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Mathematics.
30 pts • (X) MATH 487, 488
DATA 501 – Advanced Techniques in Data Science
A course in the application of Data Science techniques to a problem. Each student will develop a distributable software package to process, investigate, analyse, manipulate, summarise and visualise data from a data source. The package will be developed in a standard programming environment and will be fully documented and peer tested. Students will write an accompanying critique of relevant data limitations and any legal or ethical considerations.
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 400-level pts from (AIML, COMP, DATA, STAT)
DATA 581 – Data Science Practicum
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in the application of Data Science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in Data Science applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to develop teamwork and communication skills in the real world.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in the MDataSc, 60 approved points of courses from the MDataSc
DATA 588 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
45 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
DATA 591 – Thesis in Data Science
MSc thesis in Data Science.
120 pts
MATH 591 – Thesis
MSc or MA thesis in Mathematics.
120 pts
DATA 690 – Data Science for PhD
Data Science for PhD.
120 pts
MATH 690 – Mathematics for PhD
120 pts
MATH 691 – Mathematics for PhD (Science)
120 pts
MATH 693 – Mathematics for PhD (Computer/Data Science)
120 pts
Media Design
See also Culture+Context and Industrial Design
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical and culturally appropriate methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification or appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2024
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Not offered in 2024
Media Studies
MDIA 403 – Mass Media and Popular Culture
This course is an advanced study of a selected form of mass media culture, in the context of the operation of the international culture industries. Aspects to be addressed may include economic production, theories of consumption, the production of norms, issues of globalisation, and celebrity culture.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDIA 407 – Media, Subjectivity and Identity
This course is an advanced examination of theories of identity and subjectivity alongside media theories in order to determine ways in which the contemporary human 'self' is constituted through media texts, representations and spectatorship.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDIA 408 – Media Policy
The course critically examines the political, economic and normative aspects of media policy, including legal/regulatory and funding arrangements. The focus will be primarily on contemporary New Zealand but will include consideration of the historical and global context of media policy and comparative cases where relevant. The course will emphasise broadcasting, but will include consideration of digitalisation, convergence, censorship and intellectual property in relation to various media forms.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDIA 409 – Special Topic: Communication, Media, and the Cultures of the City
Media and communication in the city offer a rich field of study. From the infrastructural networks through which information, images, sounds, people, objects, commodities circulate to the various symbol systems that mediate their meaning for individuals and groups, cities allow us to contemplate the interplay of communication and media. Drawing from film, television, social media, popular music and urban policy, among others, and utilising semiotics, media and communication theories, we will cover local and global examples. Topics will include: the ‘creative’ city, cities on screen(s), scenes, global cities, the atmospheric city, the city as an ethical space, and more.
30 pts
MDIA 410 – Special Topic: Science Fiction as Political Communication
Building upon a reading intensive six-week introduction, where students will develop a conceptual/theoretical foundation, students will explore one of the following themes: science fiction as political thought experiment; science fiction as political activism; translated political representations in science fiction; science fiction as political educator; or the politics of utopian fiction.
30 pts
MDIA 412 – International News Media
This course introduces students to the theories and findings from the primary areas of academic research related to the international news media. This is a research-oriented course. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDIA 416 – Media, Activism and Social Movements
This course interrogates the relationship between media, social movements, and social change. It examines the role of traditional media institutions, the historical use of ‘alternative’ media by groups in order to inform and mobilise social movements, and the limits and obstacles that result from interactions with these various media forms.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MDIA 489 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project with regular guidance and support from a supervisor. This project is developed and completed as a 10,000 word research essay. Students who have been approved for and enrolled in MDIA 489 will be contacted by the coordinator prior to the start of trimester one regarding their research topic and supervision.
30 pts
MDIA 591 – Thesis
Supervised research and writing of a 40,000 word thesis on an approved topic.
120 pts
MDIA 690 – Media Studies for PhD
120 pts
Microbiology
See also Molecular Biology
MBIO 434 – Microbiology
Seminars introducing topics of current interest in microbiology research, providing insight into techniques used in microbiology and the development of new knowledge in the field.
30 pts
MBIO 440 – Directed Individual Study in Microbiology
A supervised programme of study in microbiology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School; (X) BIOL 440
Not offered in 2024
MBIO 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts
MBIO 580 – Preparation for Research
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
MBIO 591 – Thesis in Microbiology
Masters thesis in microbiology.
120 pts
MBIO 690 – Microbiology for PhD
120 pts
MBIO 692 – Microbiology for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
Midwifery
See also Health and Nursing
HLTH 501 – Research for Practice
This course examines principles of research, locating and interpreting research, critiquing research and using appropriate research to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective care. The course focuses on practice development using evidence informed frameworks. The course also examines and critiques the socio-cultural, political and ethical contexts influencing health research in Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts
HLTH 502 – Applied Pathophysiology
Pathophysiology is explored in relation to clinical practice and emerging evidence. This course provides a foundation for clinical decisions related to interventions, management and expected health outcomes across the lifespan.
30 pts
HLTH 504 – Specialist Practice: Long Term Conditions
This specialist practice course will enhance the knowledge and skills of health care professionals who support individuals and populations living with long term conditions. Key issues for exploration during this course include: population health approaches to understand the impact of long term conditions, the role of health professionals in long term conditions management, and patient self-management strategies to improve health outcomes. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 506 – Specialist Practice: Acute Care
This course will develop knowledge of specialist practice at an advanced level, in the context of international developments in patient care. Innovations in practice and challenges facing specific specialty practice areas are the key content areas. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH502, students must be in direct patient contact
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 513 – Real World Midwifery
This course explores the role of the midwife as it is constructed in contemporary society. In particular it explores the context in which midwifery is practised and in which it attempts to support and promote normal childbirth.
30 pts • (X) MIDW 523
HLTH 514 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning
This course provides the opportunity for nurses to develop culturally safe comprehensive systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning skills across the lifespan. Students will also have the opportunity to learn more about concepts which support equitable health outcomes. Students must be in direct tāngata whai ora (patient) contact.
30 pts • (P) Registered nurses who have successfully completed HLTH 502, students must be in direct tāngata whai ora (patient) contact.
HLTH 515 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning: Neonatal Nursing
This course is designed to develop the skills of systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning in the care of the neonate. Students work alongside mentors in their clinical practice to develop these skills.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; (X) NURS 553
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 516 – Health, Illness and Disease
This course focuses on sociological and anthropological literature about the experience of being healthy and being sick, as it relates to institutional recognition of disease.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 517 – Diagnostics and Therapeutics
This course examines the sensitivity, specificity and utility of commonly used diagnostic testing methods (including the FBC, 12 lead ECG and telemetry monitoring, radiological imaging, and cardio-pulmonary diagnostics). In addition, course modules will explore the assessments of nutrition, infection, and anaemia alongside their associated common therapies. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502, HLTH 514 Students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 518 – Clinical Pharmacology
This course examines principles of clinical pharmacology, including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and pharmacotherapy, with application to clinical practice clearly drawn to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective use of medicines, and improved quality of care.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
HLTH 519 – Research Review
In developing a review relevant to your area of practice this course will examine the practices of scholarly writing and publishing practices to assist students in preparing manuscripts for publication in the appropriate scholarly or professional forum.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 520 – Practice Project
Students negotiate, design, undertake and report on an evidence based project of relevance to their practice area under the supervision of academic and workplace mentors.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; at least 30 points from HLTH 501-550; (X) HLTH 551, HLWB 513
HLTH 521 – Research Methods
This course prepares students to undertake independent research by developing knowledge and skills in a variety of paradigms and methods, and engaging in higher-level debates on research philosophy and theory, ethics, limitations, data gathering and analysis.
30 pts
HLTH 522 – Health Systems, Policy and Practice
This course explores health care policy and service delivery in Aotearoa New Zealand and internationally. The structural, political, professional and ethical dimensions of health service delivery are examined.
30 pts
HLTH 523 – Contemporary Issues in Nursing
This course will explore the role, place and voice of nurses influencing health and wellbeing at a national and international level. Students will be challenged to articulate their contribution to healthcare and encouraged to think innovatively about healthcare delivery. The course is designed to build professional self-confidence, by cultivating professional identity and professional voice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 524 – Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine the issues that arise in leading and managing in the health sector. It will cover leadership and management theories and concepts, organisational development, budgeting and financing processes in health care, planning human resources and managing people, and consider issues relating to cultural safety.
30 pts
HLTH 525 – Diversity in Health Care
This course explores health from a cultural, ethnic and population perspective. Differences in health and illness patterns amongst groups are examined. The potential development of more appropriate services to address diversity is assessed.
30 pts
HLTH 526 – Patient Safety and Risk Reduction
This course is designed to develop knowledge related to patient safety within the international health care arena. Research related to adverse events and strategies to improve patient safety and reduce risk provide the key content.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 527 – Ageing in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course critically analyses aspects of current health care services supporting the diversity of experiences as people age in Aotearoa New Zealand, inclusive of the perspective of Maori as Tangata Whenua. The course aims to examine the extent of ageing well in Aotearoa New Zealand and how services support person-centred care their whanau/families.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 528 – Evaluation for Health
This course will introduce students to the role and importance of evaluation for informing service development at a service and organisation level. It provides an overview of forms and types of evaluations and uses a programme approach to cover needs analysis, formative evaluation and outcome evaluation. Theoretical and design considerations such as programme logic, ethics, stakeholder engagement, timing of the evaluation, methods and data sources are introduced in relation to planning and critiquing each of these forms of evaluation.
30 pts
HLTH 529 – Special Topic
TBA
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 530 – Special Topic
TBA.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 531 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Master's course learning. Note: Students must have identified suitable mentor/s before commencing this course.
30 pts • (P) At least B in each of the following courses HLTH 514 or HLTH 515, HLTH 517 and HLTH 518; Students must be in direct patient contact (X) HLTH 544
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 532 – Midwifery Assessment and Decision-making in Complex Maternity Care
This clinically oriented course is focused on building midwifery assessment and decision-making for complexity in maternity care across the full range of midwifery practice. Clinical contact with childbearing women is required.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 533 – Midwifery Practicum in Complex Care
This course integrates theoretical knowledge into practice and extends the midwife's experience, knowledge, skills and practice in complex maternity care.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 541 – Advanced Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine leadership and management in the health sector, including strategy development, and monitoring and evaluating organisational performance.
15 pts • (P) HLTH 524 or approved substitute
HLTH 542 – Applied Ethics and Law for Health Professionals
This course will enable health care professionals to develop advanced skills in the interpretation, analysis and application of ethics and law in professional practice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 543 – Prescribing Practicum
This course will develop prescribing knowledge and skills, drawing on the student’s previous learning in advanced health assessment, diagnostic reasoning/therapeutics and pharmacology. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for registered nurse prescribing authority.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; At least a B in HLTH 514 & HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 544 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Advanced nursing practice learning within the context of Mentored practice. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for Nurse Practitioner registration and prepares them to contribute to Improvements in health outcomes for Maori through an Understanding of key concepts such as policy that supports Equitable health outcomes, Whanau Ora and Maori models of Health.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; a least a B in each of the following courses: HLTH 514, HLTH 517, HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact; (X) HLTH 531
HLTH 550 – Transition to Professional Nursing Practice
This course facilitates the transition of the newly graduated nurse to practice using the New Zealand quality and safety capability framework to support the provision of safe person-centred care. Graduate nurses will focus on developing professional resilience, confidence in their clinical assessment and reasoning skills including the application of pathophysiology knowledge to clinical decision making as part of the wider healthcare team in order to provide safe, competent and comprehensive care inclusive of family/whānau.
30 pts • (P) Must have gained registration with Nursing Council of New Zealand no more than 12 months before enrolment; (X) HLTH 540 in 2013
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 551 – Professional Project
This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to plan, execute and complete a project that demonstrates advanced knowledge in a field of professional practice. Students will apply skills acquired during the study programme to solve a practice problem or problems. The outcomes of the project will be presented in a report targeting relevant key stakeholders.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; Part 1 of MNS or Part 1 of MHlth subject requirement; (X) HLTH 520, HLWB 513
HLTH 560 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
HLTH 591 – Master of Health Research - Thesis
120 pts
HLTH 592 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Nursing
120 pts
HLTH 593 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Midwifery
120 pts
HLTH 594 – Thesis for Master of Nursing Science
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to nursing practice and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and makes a contribution to nursing knowledge.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Part 1 of the MNS
HLTH 596 – Thesis for Master of Health Care
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to health care and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and contributes to knowledge in health practice, education and/or health services.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Parts 1 and 2 of MHC degree
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 597 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 601 – Critical Analysis of a Health Issue
During this course, students complete a critical review of the relevant literature as background to framing the proposed research question(s) and methodological approach for their investigation of the health issue that is the focus of their thesis research, including consideration of the importance of the issue for Māori communities.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 521 (or an approved equivalent)
HLTH 602 – Issues in Professional Contexts
In this course, students develop a detailed understanding of the philosophical and theoretical frameworks and their application to professional contexts that are required for critically examining and addressing professional issues in the health sector, including the importance of Māori worldviews.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601
HLTH 603 – Advanced Research Design
This course provides students with an in-depth understanding and critique of the major methodological approaches to research investigations in the health sector, including Mātauranga Māori in research design, and provides the rationale for the selection of their approach to the investigation of their identified health issue that is the focus of their thesis research.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601, 602
HLTH 604 – Research Proposal
This course draws together students’ detailed understanding, gained from earlier coursework, of the theory, methodology and professional context for investigating the health issue that is the subject of their thesis research. The focus of the course is on the development of the proposal for the thesis research.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 601, HLTH 602, HLTH 603
MIDW 690 – Midwifery for PhD
For exact school dates, times and venues please refer to the Graduate School's website – www.vuw.ac.nz/nmh.
120 pts
MIDW 691 – Doctor of Midwifery Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
Migration Studies
MIGS 401 – Directed Individual Study in Migration Studies
This course is a supervised programme of research and study on selected themes in Migration Studies.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
POLS 488 – Approaches to Migration Studies
This course will introduce students to the study of migration from a range of disciplinary perspectives. Students will examine core issues, concepts, theories and debates in the analysis of migration and how key disciplines (international relations, politics, geography, anthropology law and psychology) contribute to our understanding of international migration's causes and consequences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MIGS 588 – Internship
This course builds on the skills and knowledge gained through Part 1 of the programme. It provides students with the opportunity of gaining direct insights into the workings of government, ministries or related workplaces.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director/Course Coordinator
Not offered in 2024
MIGS 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to their internship. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by the Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
MIGS 590 – Research Essay
This course gives students the opportunity to undertake an individual research study building on their programme of study in Part 1 of the programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by the Programme Director.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Modern Language Studies
LANG 401 – Advanced Language Study for Translating and Interpreting
This is a practical course that aims to improve students’ proficiency to translate and/or interpret. Students will engage with various linguistic and translation theories, the application of which will help develop their analytical and practical skills.
30 pts
LANG 403 – Intercultural Communication in Professional Practice
This course explores theories and practices of intercultural communication, providing students with an advanced understanding of the relevant theoretical and practical issues in Aotearoa New Zealand and international contexts. Particular emphasis is placed on understanding and meeting the challenges of intercultural communication practices in professional settings.
30 pts
LANG 501 – Language Learning for Intercultural Competence in the Workplace
This advanced-level course in languages for intercultural competence will provide students across a wide range of Masters and Honours programmes the option of developing their linguistic skills and intercultural competence through critical reflection on the language learning experience informed by theories of language in the workplace.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
LANG 502 – Intercultural Communication/Applied Translation Placement
This course builds on the skills and knowledge acquired in T1 and T2 of the MICAT programme. It provides students with the opportunity of gaining direct insights into the relevance and impact of intercultural communication and translation skills in a variety of professional environments, contexts and practices. Placements will be organized through the MICAT Internship coordinator.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the MICAT Programme Director
LANG 503 – MICAT Project
In this course students will research and complete an independent project in intercultural communication or applied translation supervised by a staff member. They will strengthen their research skills, such as formulating a research question related to theories and practices of intercultural communication or applied translation, writing a literature review, developing appropriate methodologies, expressing a coherent argument and reflecting both critically and creatively on their project.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the MICAT Programme Director
LANG 504 – Interpreting in Aotearoa New Zealand: Theory and Practice
This course trains students in the skills and standards necessary to work as interpreters with a focus on community interpreting. Students will learn techniques for improving memorization, note-taking, compiling specialised glossaries, and professional development. They will discuss the ethical aspects of the profession and their practical implications for working interpreters and practice with both general and specialized texts (e.g. medicine, law, and immigration). Students will also gain greater awareness of interpreting in the official Languages of Aotearoa New Zealand: te reo Māori and New Zealand Sign Language (which have their own training and certification processes).
30 pts • (P) Permission of the MICAT Programme Director
LANG 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Modern Languages.
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
Museum and Heritage Studies
MHST 501 – Introducing Museums and Heritage A
This course introduces students to the history, theory and practice of museums, galleries, heritage and public history in a variety of forms and contexts internationally and in NZ including Māori perspectives on taonga tuku iho. It covers important aspects of contemporary museology and heritage management including: culture and identity, place and memory, mission and vision, policy and practice, audience and visitors, ethics and value, tae atu ki te kaitiakitanga me ērā atu āhuatanga katoa.
15 pts • (X) MHST 511
MHST 502 – Introducing Museums and Heritage B
This course introduces students to the history, theory and practice of museums, galleries, heritage and public history in a variety of forms and contexts internationally and locally including Māori perspectives on taonga tuku iho. It examines core functional processes in cultural organisations in applied professional settings: management, policy, collections, exhibitions, programmes, education, interpretation and audience engagement.
15 pts • (P) MHST 501 (X) MHST 511
MHST 503 – Museum and Heritage Practicum A
This course introduces students to the professional policies, trends, skills and practices in the New Zealand museum and heritage sector through class-based seminars, hands-on workshops, onsite visits and visiting speakers. It allows students to explore day to day operational issues facing the professional today, put into effect broad aspects of professional museum and heritage practice and establishes a bridge between the university and the workplace. The course culminates with a workplace-based placement which gives students real-world experience in a museum or heritage agency. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass this course will receive a P grade.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director; (X) MHST 512
MHST 504 – Museum and Heritage Practicum B
This course introduces students to the professional practices of project planning in the museum and heritage sector and allows them to apply museum and heritage theory in practical contexts. In addition to class-based seminars, students will work in teams on a sector-based project that requires them to put into effect broad aspects of professional museum and heritage practice, including the principles, practices and skills associated with community and stakeholder engagement, project design and planning, marketing planning, financial planning and business writing. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass this course will receive a P grade.
15 pts • (P) MHST 501, MHST 503, permission of Programme Director; (X) MHST 512
MHST 505 – Museum and Heritage Research
An introduction to research design, methods and sources in museum and heritage contexts, including exhibition research, conservation plans and assessments, and visitor studies. The course covers interviews, surveys, observational, documentary and archival methods, and culminates in the preparation and presentation of a research plan for a project, essay or thesis topic.
15 pts • (X) MHST 513
MHST 506 – Museum and Heritage Research Project
This course leads on from MHST 505 Museum and Heritage Research and gives students the opportunity to undertake an applied research project. This may take the form of visitor, exhibition or other heritage or museum related research. It may be an individual or group project.
15 pts • (P) MHST 505 (X) MHST 513
MHST 507 – Museums and Māori A
This course examines the changing relationship between museums and Māori people from the colonial period to the present. Through a series of historical and contemporary case studies explored in wānanga-based discussion, the relationship between Māori and objects, collections, display and audience is explored, including the Treaty of Waitangi, tikanga, taonga, kaitiakitanga and mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (X) MHST 515
Not offered in 2024
MHST 508 – Museums and Māori B
This course examines the ongoing relationship between museums and Māori people in the current professional context, with input from professionals who share their experience of working with iwi on recent projects. It culminates in an independent research project and presentation examining current policy and practice in New Zealand museums including post-settlement tribal cultural development.
15 pts • (P) MHST 507 (X) MHST 515
Not offered in 2024
MHST 509 – Museum and Heritage Experiences
This course examines museum and heritage experiences from a variety of theoretical perspectives and across a broad range of contexts, including exhibitions, public programmes, historic sites, new media and cultural tourism. It explores the relationship between the display and interpretation of heritage, and heritage as lived experience, including the role of meaning-making, play and affective engagement.
15 pts • (X) MHST 516
Not offered in 2024
MHST 510 – Heritage Practices
This course covers theoretical debates in heritage studies and their implications for heritage practices relating to cultural, natural and intangible heritage. Topics include the global politics of heritage, Indigenous/human rights, conflict and reconciliation, commemoration and memorialisation, NZ approaches to heritage management, policy, planning and legislation are examined in light of broader heritage debates.
15 pts • (X) MHST 520 in 2017
MHST 514 – Practicum 2
This course, which follows on from MHST 512, gives students opportunities to learn advanced aspects of professional practice in museums and heritage related organisations spread over two 200 hour work placements.
30 pts • (X) MHST 502
Not offered in 2024
MHST 518 – Research Essay
This is a 1:1 directed study of a particular aspect of museum and heritage studies leading to a substantial 10,000 word essay based on the student's own research.
30 pts • (P) MHST 501, 502, 503, 504; (X) RECN 555
MHST 519 – Project
This course provides students with the opportunity to propose, research, plan and implement an independent supervised project which could take the form of an exhibition/survey/portfolio/report/catalogue or other approved exercise. As part of their project students will be placed at an external organisation. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass this course will receive a P grade.
30 pts • (P) MHST 501, 502, 503, 504, permission of Programme Director; (X) MHST 526
MHST 520 – Special Topic: Exhibition Studies
This course introduces students to the history, theory adn practice of exhibitions in museums, galleries and related oraganisations. As well as seminar- based discussion of the critical literature of exhibitions, display, and interpretation, the class will work with a local public institution, it's collections and staff, and prepare, design, mount, evaluate and de-install a small temporary exhibit. The course will culminate in a public exhibition produced by students in collaboration with professionals, along with related marketing, events and public programmes, which will be set up in advance by the academic supervisor in partnership with the workshop supervisor in an appropriate institution.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
MHST 521 – Special Topic
Approved course from another university.
0 pts
MHST 523 – Special Topic: Intercultural Museum Practice
This course examines the theoretical foundations of intercultural museum practice and its application in a variety of settings including international cultural partnerships, cultural diplomacy, exhibition development and visitor experience. The course culminates with students presenting a proposal for an integrated touring exhibit, educational kit and digital platform that will inspire NZers to engage with Latin American language and cultures, which will be co-developed with Mexican cultural institutions during the second half of 2020.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MHST 524 – Special Topic: Study Tour
The study tour run for this special topic course gives students the opportunity to travel overseas and experience first-hand museums, galleries and heritage buildings and sites in other countries and to reflect upon professional developments in collection, exhibition and programmes in comparison to New Zealand. As well as course work and assignments relevant to the tour, which give students insights into contemporary international museology, students gain first-hand experience in current museum and heritage practice by working on prescribed projects in local institutions under the guidance of experienced staff.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MHST 525 – Museum and Heritage Internship
This course provides the opportunity for advanced professional training and work experience through an internship in a professional museum or heritage organisation under the supervision of a suitably qualified and experienced professional and an academic supervisor. It takes the form of an independent directed study including meetings with supervisors one hour per fortnight culminating in the delivery of an independent project at the end of the course. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass this course will receive a P grade.
60 pts • (P) MHST 501, 502, 503, 504, permission of Programme Director; (X) MHST 518, 519
MHST 526 – Historic Heritage Conservation A
This course provides students with an overview of and background to the history, theory and practice of heritage conservation of historic buildings, monuments, sites, and landscapes in a New Zealand context. Coursework, site visits, and assessment will provide practical experience in research, assessment, recording, management, interpretation and conservation of historic heritage.
15 pts • (X) MHST 522
Not offered in 2024
MHST 527 – Historic Heritage Conservation B
This course introduces students to applied professional practice in the heritage conservation of historic buildings, monuments, sites, and landscapes in a New Zealand context. The course assessment will provide practical experience in research, assessment, recording, management, interpretation and conservation of historic heritage. The final research project will be a conservation plan, heritage assessment, interpretation plan or equivalent professional report.
15 pts • (P) MHST 526 (X) MHST 522
Not offered in 2024
MHST 528 – Special Topic: Heritage Interpretation: Theory and Practice
This course examines the theoretical framework of heritage interpretation and its application in a variety of professional settings including heritage buildings and sites, museum and gallery exhibitions, digital platforms and other visitor experiences. The course culminates with students presenting an interpretation plan for an exhibit, display, website or other professional setting.
15 pts
MHST 529 – Special Topic
TBC.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MHST 530 – Research Proposal
This course gives students the opportunity to write a 4,000 word research proposal on a museum and heritage studies topic, including a detailed literature review and research design. It leads on from MHST 505 Museum and Heritage Research and prepares students intending to enrol for MHST 518 or MHST 591.
15 pts • (X) MHST 513
Not offered in 2024
MHST 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Museum and Heritage Studies.
120 pts
MHST 593 – Dissertation
Dissertation in Museum and Heritage Studies (length c. 20,000 words).
60 pts
Not offered in 2024
MHST 690 – Museum & Heritage Studies PhD
120 pts
Music
NZSM 401 – Creative Research in Composition/Sonic Arts
Supervised independent study in composition or sonic arts resulting in a portfolio of compositions and/or sound-based works. A proposal outlining the intended work for this course must be approved by the Director NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts • (P) Portfolio.
NZSM 402 – Project in Composition/Sonic Arts
Supervised independent study in composition or sonic arts resulting in a portfolio of compositions and/or sound-based works. A proposal outlining the intended work for this course must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts • (P) Portfolio.
NZSM 403 – Advanced Music/Sound for Film
Development of advanced skills in composing music or sound for film. Students choose to focus on one of two disciplines: 1) film scoring or 2) audio post-production for film. The film scoring stream focuses on analysing and reproducing the compositional features of common genres and moods, working with traditional acoustic instruments as well as sample libraries (familiarity with Digital Audio Workstations and experience in orchestral composition is assumed). The audio post-production stream focuses on workflow, understanding industry standards, and advanced operation of DAWs (familiarity with Avid’s Pro Tools software is assumed).
30 pts • (P) One of CMPO 301, 305, 386, or portfolio; (X) NZSM 408, NZSM 486
NZSM 404 – Topic in Composition: Sonic Microverses
An in-depth examination of the main compositional approaches that foreground instrumental timbre in both notated music and sonic art. Featured composers include Sciarrino, Lachenmann and the Spectralists, as well as composers who use microphony, microtonality and microsound. Students express their research though a suite of creative and analytical projects.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 405 – Topic in Composition: The Total Audio Landscape in Film
Exploration of an area of learning specific to the research interests and activity of an academic staff member, applicable to the domains of both Instrumental/Vocal Composition and Sonic Arts. Current offering: Advanced study of the specific technical requirements for integrating music and sound design in the 'total audio landscape' of a film. Students will engage with this integration from the point-of-view of their particular specialisation (i.e. film music composition or audio post-production), and collaborate with other students in the course to realise a complete audio production for a short film project.
30 pts • (P) Two courses from CMPO 301-315, 381-389
NZSM 406 – Advanced Projects in Orchestration
Advanced concepts and techniques in the arrangement of existing music for instrumental ensembles, with an emphasis on arranging for large and/or unusual combinations of instruments. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) CMPO 330 or 331 or entrance by portfolio; (X) CMPO 330
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 419 – Independent Performance Project
Supervised independent study of a performance topic of special interest. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline. 100% internal assessment.
15 pts • (P) Audition
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 426 – Topic in Performance: Collaborative Performance Project with Jazz/Improvisation
A collaborative performance project, focused on Jazz or cross-genre music involving Jazz, utilising acoustic and/or electronic instruments, and performed to a professional standard in a live or studio setting. Collaborations may also involve composers/sonic artists, producers, or recording engineers. The assessed output can be either a live performance, or a recording with a predominantly live component.
30 pts • (P) PERF 320 or 330 and project proposal (max. 250 words)
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 427 – Topic in Performance
Advanced study of a selected topic in performance, with a focus on practical application. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) BMus and audition
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 430 – Topic in Music Studies
Advanced study of a selected topic within music.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 431 – Approaches to Music Research
Advanced study in the historical development of musicology as a discipline, considering a variety of methodologies and approaches that may be applied to advanced study in music.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 164 or 166; one of MUSC 220-259; one of MUSC 320-359; (X) MUSC 344, NZSM 344.
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 438 – Editing as Interpretation
Advanced practical studies in early music notation and the critical editing of music. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 266
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 441 – Topic in New Musical Concepts: Green Sound: Music, Creativity and the Ecological Future
An examination, expressed through advanced critical and potentially creative work, of new conceptual approaches to sonic art and/or instrumental/vocal composition. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 445 – Operatic Criticism
A detailed exploration of one or more critical approaches to opera in relation to a particular selection of operatic works. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 446 – Topic in Musicology: Historical Performance Practice
Advanced study of a selected topic in musicology. Current offering: Drawing upon works from the Western art music tradition dating from around 1600 up until modern times (but with an emphasis on 17th and 18th-century repertoire), this course examines how music in a particular style might originally have sounded, as well as considering the links between the historical study of style and contemporary approaches to performing. A range of issues will be covered, including debates about the aesthetic validity of ‘historically informed performance’, the evaluation of primary sources as evidence for earlier performance styles, and the exploration of early instruments, playing and singing techniques, and performance conditions when seeking to identify the stylistic context of a particular composition.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 449 – Topic in Jazz: Histories, Organisations, and Careers since the 1960s
Advanced study of a selected topic within jazz studies. This course is an advanced study of shifting and negotiated notions of form, style, historical narrative, institutional location, and political economy surrounding the performance of jazz and improvised musics after 1960. This period is characterised by increasing wealth inequality and economic precarity as well as transnationalism and globalisation. We examine discourses and practices that have shaped histories, institutions, and careers associated with jazz over the last 60 years, framing discussions of the sounds and ideologies of jazz and improvised musics around the economics that powerfully structure musical activity.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 451 – Approaches to Music Ethnography Research
Advanced study of approaches to music ethnography, considering research methodologies involving the use of interviews, recordings, and performance in their appropriate historical, ethical, and critical contexts. Course will include the application of some of these methodologies to an approved research project with individuals and communities of any musical area.
30 pts
NZSM 453 – Research in Music, Society, and Culture
Advanced study of historical and recent developments in ethnomusicology and musicology, considering a variety of methodologies and approaches that may be applied to advanced study in music. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 458 – Topic in Music of the Pacific Islands: Musical Instruments and Sound Culture in the Pacific
Advanced study of a selected topic related to Pacific Islands music, focused on particular cultural areas and considered from a range of historical, cultural, or critical perspective. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 460 – Critical Approaches to Music in Film
In depth study and application of critical methods as applied to music in film. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 461 – Materials of 20th/21st Century Music
Advanced materials and analytical techniques relating to selected Western art music repertoire after 1900. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 266
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 470 – Music Therapy Principles
Development of the conceptual skills and knowledge to understand the work of a music therapist in a therapeutic team and to identify and respond to varied needs of clients and associated caregivers. (Note: this course does not entitle students to practice as music therapists.)
30 pts • (P) Permission Head of School; (X) NZSM 520
NZSM 471 – Jazz Research
Advanced critical and analytical study of jazz, developing competency in a range of research methods. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 164, and one of MUSC 320-359 and BMus; (X) MUSC 327 (2014)
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 472 – Approaches in Music Education
A critical exploration of the variety of methodologies, perspectives and materials employed in the field of music education internationally. This course will be of value to musicians with an interest in education as well as those whose aspiration is to become a career music educator. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) BMus
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 474 – Music Pedagogy
A broad introduction to the methodologies, practices and applications of music pedagogy for advanced musicians. This course will be of value to musicians with an interest in education as well as those whose aspiration is to become a career music educator.
30 pts • (P) BMus; (X) NZSM 427
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 485 – Advanced Creative Audio Coding
Advanced study of interactive/game audio programming techniques and approaches to the integration of audio into new and existing games and creative applications, and the use of game engines as environments for the exploration of generative and procedural audio in games and interactive environments.
30 pts • (P) One of CMPO 381, 385, or any 300-level CGRA, SWEN or COMP course
NZSM 487 – Advanced Stereo Production
Through a series of student-led projects, students will develop advanced skills in stereo audio production, with a focus on inventive content, production and attaining industry standards in mixing and mastering. Students will also explore critical and scholarly perspectives on stereo sound production.
30 pts • (P) CMPO 386
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 494 – Scholarly Project
Supervised advanced research of a music topic appropriate to the student's course of study, to include a major written component of a scholarly nature. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts • (P) B+ or better in one of MUSC 320-359
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 495 – Minor Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student’s course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
15 pts • (P) Two of MUSC 220-259
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 496 – Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student's course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts
PERF 401 – Creative Research in Classical Performance
Refinement of creative research skills in the domain of Classical Performance, culminating in a substantial public recital, and a written component that explicates students’ creative research processes and platforms. Through studio lessons, group classes and workshops, students develop their performance skills to an advanced level, while cultivating greater musical independence and initiative, and expanding the ability to perform or conduct a variety of musical genres.
30 pts • (P) Audition (X) NZSM 411, 413, 414, PERF 411, 413, 414;
PERF 402 – Classical Performance Recital
Development of musical performance towards an independently conceived and presented public recital.
30 pts • (P) Audition; (X) NZSM 411, 413, 414, PERF 411, 413, 414
PERF 403 – Creative Research in Jazz Performance
Refinement of creative research skills culminating in a substantial public recital and a creative research platform written component. This course advances the performance and improvisation skills gained at the undergraduate level, while cultivating greater musical independence and initiative, and expanding the ability to perform in a variety of different musical contexts.
30 pts • (P) Audition (X) NZSM 412, PERF 412;
PERF 404 – Jazz Performance Recital
Development of jazz performance towards an independently conceived and presented public recital.
30 pts • (P) Audition; (X) NZSM 412, PERF 412
PERF 433 – Small Ensemble Second Study
Extension of ensemble skills and presentation of ensemble music including chamber music or contemporary ensemble, in an area that supplements or complements the main area of study.
30 pts • (P) Audition
PERF 434 – Orchestral Performance
Preparation and presentation of an extended repertoire for orchestra to a professional level appropriate to the student's instrument, including preparatory research and study for orchestral auditions.
30 pts • (P) Audition
PERF 435 – Opera Performance
Supervised study of vocal and dramatic performance, including related background study, in appropriate opera repertoire of Western music.
30 pts • (P) Audition
NZSM 501 – Special Topic
This course will focus on a subject determined by the student and their supervisor. Please contact music@vuw.ac.nz for more information.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 502 – Special Topic: Research Approaches in Music Therapy
A detailed examination of a large-scale research project recently or currently undertaken by a music therapy staff member; exploration of methodologies, methods, and ethical issues frequently encountered in music therapy research; and the development of a research proposal in preparation for enrolment in NZSM 526 Casework and Research in 2021.
30 pts • (P) NZSM 520
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 520 – Music Therapy Principles
Development of the conceptual skills and knowledge to understand the work of a music therapist in a therapeutic team and to identify and respond to varied needs of clients and associated caregivers. (Note: this course does not entitle students to practise as music therapists.)
30 pts • (X) NZSM 470, NZSM 491, 133.792
NZSM 521 – World Musics and Music Therapy
Study of world musics and examination of the relationship between the music of different cultures and clinical work in music therapy. This study will also develop and enrich improvisation skills and sensitivity to cross-cultural practice.
15 pts • (P) NZSM 520; (X) 133.797
NZSM 522 – Music Therapy Methods
Preparation and performance of appropriate repertoire with technical and musical mastery in situations relevant to music therapy. Improvisation styles, development of the voice for the music therapy context and receptive music therapy methods.
30 pts • (P) NZSM 520; (C) NZSM 520; (X) 133.798
NZSM 523 – Music Therapy Practicum
Observation of experienced music therapists and supervised practice in a variety of health, education or community settings. NZSM 523 alternates fortnightly with NZSM 527. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass the course will receive a P grade.
30 pts • (P) NZSM 520, 522
NZSM 524 – Independent Study
Development, under supervision, of an approved area of special interest.
15 pts • (X) 133.790
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 526 – Case Work and Research
Demonstration of competent assessment, provision of appropriate music experiences and interactions, observations and evaluation in a client setting. Expansion of the understanding of music therapy by the analysis, synthesis and interpretation of ideas and information, making use of rigorous research methodology.
120 pts • (P) NZSM 520, 521, 522, 523, 525
NZSM 527 – Research Approaches in Music Therapy
A detailed examination of a large-scale research project recently or currently undertaken by a music therapy staff member. The course will explore methodology, methods, ethics and the development of research proposals. NZSM 527 alternates fortnightly with NZSM 523.
15 pts • (P) NZSM 520 (or NZSM 470) or 133.794; (X) NZSM 525
NZSM 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
NZSM 591 – Musicology
A thesis on an approved topic which may include a supplementary research component relevant to the topic of the thesis (comprising 25% of the final grade).
120 pts • (X) MUSI 591, 133.890
NZSM 592 – Composition
A thesis comprising an original composition or compositions of a scope approved by the Head of School which may include a research report which elucidates the composition(s) submitted or a supplementary research component relevant to the topic of the thesis (comprising 25% of the final grade).
120 pts • (X) MUSI 592, 133.892
NZSM 596 – Performance
A thesis of a scope approved by the Head of School comprising a significant performance or series of performances and a written exegesis.
120 pts • (X) MUSI 596, 133.896
NZSM 597 – Musicology
A written thesis on an approved topic (90 points).
90 pts • (X) 133.890, MUSI 591.
NZSM 598 – Composition
A thesis of a scope approved by the Head of School comprising original composition/creative work and a written exegesis (90 points).
90 pts • (X) 133.892, MUSI 592
NZSM 599 – Performance
A thesis of a scope approved by the Head of School comprising a significant performance or series of performances and a written exegesis (90 points).
90 pts • (C) An approved 400 or 500 level paper; (X) 133.896, MUSI 596.
NZSM 640 – Composition/Sonic Arts
An approved supervised independent project in composition or sonic arts. The project provides a context in which students explore individual research interests at an advanced level.
60 pts
NZSM 641 – Performance
Development and refinement of performance skills to an advanced level, through a performance project that provides a context in which students explore individual research interests.
60 pts
NZSM 650 – Research Proposal and Presentation
Development of a research proposal that lays out the appropriate scope, context, and aims for a line of enquiry to be explored through an exegesis and either a portfolio of creative work in composition or sonic arts or creative work in performance culminating in two public recitals and two lecture recitals.
30 pts
NZSM 651 – Special Topic
Exploration of an area of learning specific to the research interests and activity of a music academic staff member.
30 pts
NZSM 652 – Special Topic
Exploration of an area of learning specific to the research interests and activity of a music academic staff member.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 660 – Composition/Sonic Arts Thesis
Development and refinement of an approved portfolio of creative work in composition or sonic arts, with the Exegesis providing a coherent line of enquiry outlining the scope, context, aims, and critical perspectives, to accompany the works presented in Composition/Sonic Arts.
120 pts • (P) Successful completion of Part One and approval of the research prospectus
NZSM 661 – Performance Thesis
Development and refinement of approved creative work in performance culminating in two public recitals and two lecture recitals, with the Exegesis providing a coherent line of enquiry outlining the scope, contexts, aims , and critical perspectives, to accompany the works presented in Performance.
120 pts • (P) Successful completion of Part One and approval of the research prospectus
NZSM 690 – Music for PhD
120 pts
NZSM 701 – Advanced Musical Performance 1
In this course students work under individual supervision to acquire in-depth knowledge of musical repertoire appropriate to their instrument. While the course is essentially practical, providing an opportunity to consolidate technique and develop professional confidence in public performance, students also acquire an in-depth understanding of the historical and social context of the musical repertoire they study. Assessment is by two public recitals each of 70' duration. One recital may include a collaborative work of not more than 20' duration.
120 pts
NZSM 702 – Advanced Performance II
This course is a further study of musical repertoire under supervision, as for NZSM 701. In addition, students will receive guidance on the preparation and delivery of a well-structured and informed pre-concert talk. Assessment is by two public recitals each of 70' duration. One of the recitals for NZSM 702 must include a pre-concert talk of ca. 30' duration. One recital may include a collaborative work of not more than 20' duration. To achieve a pass in NZSM 702, students should demonstrate on both recitals high artistic achievement as reflected by the standards currently in place for solo concert artists worldwide. Candidates are expected to cover repertoire and styles other than those already studied and presented in NZSM 701.
120 pts
Music Studies
NZSM 426 – Topic in Performance: Collaborative Performance Project with Jazz/Improvisation
A collaborative performance project, focused on Jazz or cross-genre music involving Jazz, utilising acoustic and/or electronic instruments, and performed to a professional standard in a live or studio setting. Collaborations may also involve composers/sonic artists, producers, or recording engineers. The assessed output can be either a live performance, or a recording with a predominantly live component.
30 pts • (P) PERF 320 or 330 and project proposal (max. 250 words)
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 427 – Topic in Performance
Advanced study of a selected topic in performance, with a focus on practical application. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) BMus and audition
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 430 – Topic in Music Studies
Advanced study of a selected topic within music.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 431 – Approaches to Music Research
Advanced study in the historical development of musicology as a discipline, considering a variety of methodologies and approaches that may be applied to advanced study in music.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 164 or 166; one of MUSC 220-259; one of MUSC 320-359; (X) MUSC 344, NZSM 344.
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 438 – Editing as Interpretation
Advanced practical studies in early music notation and the critical editing of music. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 266
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 441 – Topic in New Musical Concepts: Green Sound: Music, Creativity and the Ecological Future
An examination, expressed through advanced critical and potentially creative work, of new conceptual approaches to sonic art and/or instrumental/vocal composition. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 445 – Operatic Criticism
A detailed exploration of one or more critical approaches to opera in relation to a particular selection of operatic works. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 446 – Topic in Musicology: Historical Performance Practice
Advanced study of a selected topic in musicology. Current offering: Drawing upon works from the Western art music tradition dating from around 1600 up until modern times (but with an emphasis on 17th and 18th-century repertoire), this course examines how music in a particular style might originally have sounded, as well as considering the links between the historical study of style and contemporary approaches to performing. A range of issues will be covered, including debates about the aesthetic validity of ‘historically informed performance’, the evaluation of primary sources as evidence for earlier performance styles, and the exploration of early instruments, playing and singing techniques, and performance conditions when seeking to identify the stylistic context of a particular composition.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 449 – Topic in Jazz: Histories, Organisations, and Careers since the 1960s
Advanced study of a selected topic within jazz studies. This course is an advanced study of shifting and negotiated notions of form, style, historical narrative, institutional location, and political economy surrounding the performance of jazz and improvised musics after 1960. This period is characterised by increasing wealth inequality and economic precarity as well as transnationalism and globalisation. We examine discourses and practices that have shaped histories, institutions, and careers associated with jazz over the last 60 years, framing discussions of the sounds and ideologies of jazz and improvised musics around the economics that powerfully structure musical activity.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 451 – Approaches to Music Ethnography Research
Advanced study of approaches to music ethnography, considering research methodologies involving the use of interviews, recordings, and performance in their appropriate historical, ethical, and critical contexts. Course will include the application of some of these methodologies to an approved research project with individuals and communities of any musical area.
30 pts
NZSM 453 – Research in Music, Society, and Culture
Advanced study of historical and recent developments in ethnomusicology and musicology, considering a variety of methodologies and approaches that may be applied to advanced study in music. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 458 – Topic in Music of the Pacific Islands: Musical Instruments and Sound Culture in the Pacific
Advanced study of a selected topic related to Pacific Islands music, focused on particular cultural areas and considered from a range of historical, cultural, or critical perspective. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 460 – Critical Approaches to Music in Film
In depth study and application of critical methods as applied to music in film. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 461 – Materials of 20th/21st Century Music
Advanced materials and analytical techniques relating to selected Western art music repertoire after 1900. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 266
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 470 – Music Therapy Principles
Development of the conceptual skills and knowledge to understand the work of a music therapist in a therapeutic team and to identify and respond to varied needs of clients and associated caregivers. (Note: this course does not entitle students to practice as music therapists.)
30 pts • (P) Permission Head of School; (X) NZSM 520
NZSM 471 – Jazz Research
Advanced critical and analytical study of jazz, developing competency in a range of research methods. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) MUSC 164, and one of MUSC 320-359 and BMus; (X) MUSC 327 (2014)
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 472 – Approaches in Music Education
A critical exploration of the variety of methodologies, perspectives and materials employed in the field of music education internationally. This course will be of value to musicians with an interest in education as well as those whose aspiration is to become a career music educator. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) BMus
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 474 – Music Pedagogy
A broad introduction to the methodologies, practices and applications of music pedagogy for advanced musicians. This course will be of value to musicians with an interest in education as well as those whose aspiration is to become a career music educator.
30 pts • (P) BMus; (X) NZSM 427
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 494 – Scholarly Project
Supervised advanced research of a music topic appropriate to the student's course of study, to include a major written component of a scholarly nature. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts • (P) B+ or better in one of MUSC 320-359
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 495 – Minor Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student’s course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
15 pts • (P) Two of MUSC 220-259
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 496 – Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student's course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts
NZSM 501 – Special Topic
This course will focus on a subject determined by the student and their supervisor. Please contact music@vuw.ac.nz for more information.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 502 – Special Topic: Research Approaches in Music Therapy
A detailed examination of a large-scale research project recently or currently undertaken by a music therapy staff member; exploration of methodologies, methods, and ethical issues frequently encountered in music therapy research; and the development of a research proposal in preparation for enrolment in NZSM 526 Casework and Research in 2021.
30 pts • (P) NZSM 520
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 591 – Musicology
A thesis on an approved topic which may include a supplementary research component relevant to the topic of the thesis (comprising 25% of the final grade).
120 pts • (X) MUSI 591, 133.890
NZSM 597 – Musicology
A written thesis on an approved topic (90 points).
90 pts • (X) 133.890, MUSI 591.
NZSM 650 – Research Proposal and Presentation
Development of a research proposal that lays out the appropriate scope, context, and aims for a line of enquiry to be explored through an exegesis and either a portfolio of creative work in composition or sonic arts or creative work in performance culminating in two public recitals and two lecture recitals.
30 pts
NZSM 651 – Special Topic
Exploration of an area of learning specific to the research interests and activity of a music academic staff member.
30 pts
NZSM 652 – Special Topic
Exploration of an area of learning specific to the research interests and activity of a music academic staff member.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
Music Therapy
NZSM 470 – Music Therapy Principles
Development of the conceptual skills and knowledge to understand the work of a music therapist in a therapeutic team and to identify and respond to varied needs of clients and associated caregivers. (Note: this course does not entitle students to practice as music therapists.)
30 pts • (P) Permission Head of School; (X) NZSM 520
NZSM 520 – Music Therapy Principles
Development of the conceptual skills and knowledge to understand the work of a music therapist in a therapeutic team and to identify and respond to varied needs of clients and associated caregivers. (Note: this course does not entitle students to practise as music therapists.)
30 pts • (X) NZSM 470, NZSM 491, 133.792
NZSM 521 – World Musics and Music Therapy
Study of world musics and examination of the relationship between the music of different cultures and clinical work in music therapy. This study will also develop and enrich improvisation skills and sensitivity to cross-cultural practice.
15 pts • (P) NZSM 520; (X) 133.797
NZSM 522 – Music Therapy Methods
Preparation and performance of appropriate repertoire with technical and musical mastery in situations relevant to music therapy. Improvisation styles, development of the voice for the music therapy context and receptive music therapy methods.
30 pts • (P) NZSM 520; (C) NZSM 520; (X) 133.798
NZSM 523 – Music Therapy Practicum
Observation of experienced music therapists and supervised practice in a variety of health, education or community settings. NZSM 523 alternates fortnightly with NZSM 527. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass the course will receive a P grade.
30 pts • (P) NZSM 520, 522
NZSM 524 – Independent Study
Development, under supervision, of an approved area of special interest.
15 pts • (X) 133.790
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 526 – Case Work and Research
Demonstration of competent assessment, provision of appropriate music experiences and interactions, observations and evaluation in a client setting. Expansion of the understanding of music therapy by the analysis, synthesis and interpretation of ideas and information, making use of rigorous research methodology.
120 pts • (P) NZSM 520, 521, 522, 523, 525
NZSM 527 – Research Approaches in Music Therapy
A detailed examination of a large-scale research project recently or currently undertaken by a music therapy staff member. The course will explore methodology, methods, ethics and the development of research proposals. NZSM 527 alternates fortnightly with NZSM 523.
15 pts • (P) NZSM 520 (or NZSM 470) or 133.794; (X) NZSM 525
Music: Composition
See also Music
NZSM 401 – Creative Research in Composition/Sonic Arts
Supervised independent study in composition or sonic arts resulting in a portfolio of compositions and/or sound-based works. A proposal outlining the intended work for this course must be approved by the Director NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts • (P) Portfolio.
NZSM 402 – Project in Composition/Sonic Arts
Supervised independent study in composition or sonic arts resulting in a portfolio of compositions and/or sound-based works. A proposal outlining the intended work for this course must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts • (P) Portfolio.
NZSM 403 – Advanced Music/Sound for Film
Development of advanced skills in composing music or sound for film. Students choose to focus on one of two disciplines: 1) film scoring or 2) audio post-production for film. The film scoring stream focuses on analysing and reproducing the compositional features of common genres and moods, working with traditional acoustic instruments as well as sample libraries (familiarity with Digital Audio Workstations and experience in orchestral composition is assumed). The audio post-production stream focuses on workflow, understanding industry standards, and advanced operation of DAWs (familiarity with Avid’s Pro Tools software is assumed).
30 pts • (P) One of CMPO 301, 305, 386, or portfolio; (X) NZSM 408, NZSM 486
NZSM 404 – Topic in Composition: Sonic Microverses
An in-depth examination of the main compositional approaches that foreground instrumental timbre in both notated music and sonic art. Featured composers include Sciarrino, Lachenmann and the Spectralists, as well as composers who use microphony, microtonality and microsound. Students express their research though a suite of creative and analytical projects.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 405 – Topic in Composition: The Total Audio Landscape in Film
Exploration of an area of learning specific to the research interests and activity of an academic staff member, applicable to the domains of both Instrumental/Vocal Composition and Sonic Arts. Current offering: Advanced study of the specific technical requirements for integrating music and sound design in the 'total audio landscape' of a film. Students will engage with this integration from the point-of-view of their particular specialisation (i.e. film music composition or audio post-production), and collaborate with other students in the course to realise a complete audio production for a short film project.
30 pts • (P) Two courses from CMPO 301-315, 381-389
NZSM 406 – Advanced Projects in Orchestration
Advanced concepts and techniques in the arrangement of existing music for instrumental ensembles, with an emphasis on arranging for large and/or unusual combinations of instruments. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) CMPO 330 or 331 or entrance by portfolio; (X) CMPO 330
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 495 – Minor Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student’s course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
15 pts • (P) Two of MUSC 220-259
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 592 – Composition
A thesis comprising an original composition or compositions of a scope approved by the Head of School which may include a research report which elucidates the composition(s) submitted or a supplementary research component relevant to the topic of the thesis (comprising 25% of the final grade).
120 pts • (X) MUSI 592, 133.892
NZSM 598 – Composition
A thesis of a scope approved by the Head of School comprising original composition/creative work and a written exegesis (90 points).
90 pts • (X) 133.892, MUSI 592
NZSM 640 – Composition/Sonic Arts
An approved supervised independent project in composition or sonic arts. The project provides a context in which students explore individual research interests at an advanced level.
60 pts
NZSM 660 – Composition/Sonic Arts Thesis
Development and refinement of an approved portfolio of creative work in composition or sonic arts, with the Exegesis providing a coherent line of enquiry outlining the scope, context, aims, and critical perspectives, to accompany the works presented in Composition/Sonic Arts.
120 pts • (P) Successful completion of Part One and approval of the research prospectus
Music: Performance
See also Music
NZSM 419 – Independent Performance Project
Supervised independent study of a performance topic of special interest. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline. 100% internal assessment.
15 pts • (P) Audition
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 495 – Minor Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student’s course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
15 pts • (P) Two of MUSC 220-259
Not offered in 2024
NZSM 496 – Independent Project
Supervised independent study of a music topic appropriate to the student's course of study. A proposal outlining the intended work for this paper must be approved by the Director of the NZSM prior to the enrolment deadline.
30 pts
PERF 401 – Creative Research in Classical Performance
Refinement of creative research skills in the domain of Classical Performance, culminating in a substantial public recital, and a written component that explicates students’ creative research processes and platforms. Through studio lessons, group classes and workshops, students develop their performance skills to an advanced level, while cultivating greater musical independence and initiative, and expanding the ability to perform or conduct a variety of musical genres.
30 pts • (P) Audition (X) NZSM 411, 413, 414, PERF 411, 413, 414;
PERF 402 – Classical Performance Recital
Development of musical performance towards an independently conceived and presented public recital.
30 pts • (P) Audition; (X) NZSM 411, 413, 414, PERF 411, 413, 414
PERF 403 – Creative Research in Jazz Performance
Refinement of creative research skills culminating in a substantial public recital and a creative research platform written component. This course advances the performance and improvisation skills gained at the undergraduate level, while cultivating greater musical independence and initiative, and expanding the ability to perform in a variety of different musical contexts.
30 pts • (P) Audition (X) NZSM 412, PERF 412;
PERF 404 – Jazz Performance Recital
Development of jazz performance towards an independently conceived and presented public recital.
30 pts • (P) Audition; (X) NZSM 412, PERF 412
PERF 433 – Small Ensemble Second Study
Extension of ensemble skills and presentation of ensemble music including chamber music or contemporary ensemble, in an area that supplements or complements the main area of study.
30 pts • (P) Audition
PERF 434 – Orchestral Performance
Preparation and presentation of an extended repertoire for orchestra to a professional level appropriate to the student's instrument, including preparatory research and study for orchestral auditions.
30 pts • (P) Audition
PERF 435 – Opera Performance
Supervised study of vocal and dramatic performance, including related background study, in appropriate opera repertoire of Western music.
30 pts • (P) Audition
NZSM 596 – Performance
A thesis of a scope approved by the Head of School comprising a significant performance or series of performances and a written exegesis.
120 pts • (X) MUSI 596, 133.896
NZSM 599 – Performance
A thesis of a scope approved by the Head of School comprising a significant performance or series of performances and a written exegesis (90 points).
90 pts • (C) An approved 400 or 500 level paper; (X) 133.896, MUSI 596.
NZSM 641 – Performance
Development and refinement of performance skills to an advanced level, through a performance project that provides a context in which students explore individual research interests.
60 pts
NZSM 661 – Performance Thesis
Development and refinement of approved creative work in performance culminating in two public recitals and two lecture recitals, with the Exegesis providing a coherent line of enquiry outlining the scope, contexts, aims , and critical perspectives, to accompany the works presented in Performance.
120 pts • (P) Successful completion of Part One and approval of the research prospectus
Network Engineering
See also Engineering, Computer System Engineering, Electronic Engineering, and Software Engineering
NWEN 690 – Network Engineering for PhD
120 pts
New Zealand Studies
NZST 512 – Dissertation in New Zealand Studies
Only available to students part-way through a Master of New Zealand Studies.
60 pts
Not offered in 2024
NZST 513 – New Zealand Studies
A multidisciplinary course introducing graduate students to a broad range of cross-disciplinary issues and topics on New Zealand society, history and culture. Students will be encouraged to think across disciplines and produce interdisciplinary work. Fortnightly site visits to resource institutions are included, as well as a kaupapa Maori component.
30 pts • (X) NZST 501,511
Not offered in 2024
NZST 591 – Thesis
Thesis in New Zealand Studies for MA.
120 pts
NZST 690 – New Zealand Studies for PhD
120 pts
Nursing
See also Health and Midwifery
NRSE 401 – Fundamentals of Nursing Care
This course introduces students to the fundamentals of nursing care. Module one introduces students to the scholarship and discipline of nursing, including nursing’s social mandate and the values of the profession. Module two introduces students to the fundamentals of nursing care, including principles of person-centred care, clinical decision-making, clinical assessment and related anatomy and physiology. Students will spend time in clinical practice environments considering the role of the registered nurse.
15 pts
NRSE 402 – Hauora Māori
This course develops a critical understanding of the core principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi and how they are applied when delivering health services for both Māori and non-Māori New Zealanders. Students will learn about the unique Māori perspectives and kaupapa approaches relating to health and wellbeing and develop strategies for implementing tikanga Māori in health care settings to ensure equity of access and outcomes for Māori in Aotearoa New Zealand.
15 pts
NRSE 403 – Integrated Nursing Practicum 1
The aim of this course is to introduce students to nursing practice in a range of settings and contexts. This course has four modules of learning: anatomy and physiology; microbiology; pharmacology; and law and ethics. Students will be challenged to consider how these concepts relate to the practice of nursing. Students will develop skills in clinical reasoning and clinical decision-making as part of the learning experience and progress confidence in supporting hauora Māori and relevant kaupapa Māori approaches to nursing practice.
30 pts • (P) NRSE 401 and NRSE 402
NRSE 404 – Integrated Nursing Practicum 2
This course introduces students to evidence-based nursing practice in a range of settings and contexts. The two modules relate to long-term conditions and mental health and addictions. Emphasis will be given to pharmacological processes, building therapeutic relationships and formulating risk assessments. Students will develop their clinical reasoning and clinical decision-making as part of the clinical learning experience. Throughout the practicum, students will be supported to build and progress confidence in supporting hauora Māori and relevant kaupapa Māori approaches to practice.
30 pts • (P) NRSE 403
NRSE 405 – Integrated Nursing Practicum 3
This course further develops the student’s knowledge and skills in a range of clinical practice environments. The three modules relate to: interprofessional collaboration, clinical reasoning and clinical assessment (with a focus on recognising deterioration and taking appropriate action) and the use of technology and health information across the health continuum. Students will be critically challenged to consider how these concepts relate to the delivery of person-centred care. Throughout the practicum students will be supported to build confidence in supporting hauora Māori and relevant kaupapa Māori approaches to practice.
30 pts • (P) NRSE 404
HLTH 501 – Research for Practice
This course examines principles of research, locating and interpreting research, critiquing research and using appropriate research to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective care. The course focuses on practice development using evidence informed frameworks. The course also examines and critiques the socio-cultural, political and ethical contexts influencing health research in Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts
HLTH 502 – Applied Pathophysiology
Pathophysiology is explored in relation to clinical practice and emerging evidence. This course provides a foundation for clinical decisions related to interventions, management and expected health outcomes across the lifespan.
30 pts
HLTH 504 – Specialist Practice: Long Term Conditions
This specialist practice course will enhance the knowledge and skills of health care professionals who support individuals and populations living with long term conditions. Key issues for exploration during this course include: population health approaches to understand the impact of long term conditions, the role of health professionals in long term conditions management, and patient self-management strategies to improve health outcomes. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 506 – Specialist Practice: Acute Care
This course will develop knowledge of specialist practice at an advanced level, in the context of international developments in patient care. Innovations in practice and challenges facing specific specialty practice areas are the key content areas. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH502, students must be in direct patient contact
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 513 – Real World Midwifery
This course explores the role of the midwife as it is constructed in contemporary society. In particular it explores the context in which midwifery is practised and in which it attempts to support and promote normal childbirth.
30 pts • (X) MIDW 523
HLTH 514 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning
This course provides the opportunity for nurses to develop culturally safe comprehensive systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning skills across the lifespan. Students will also have the opportunity to learn more about concepts which support equitable health outcomes. Students must be in direct tāngata whai ora (patient) contact.
30 pts • (P) Registered nurses who have successfully completed HLTH 502, students must be in direct tāngata whai ora (patient) contact.
HLTH 515 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning: Neonatal Nursing
This course is designed to develop the skills of systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning in the care of the neonate. Students work alongside mentors in their clinical practice to develop these skills.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; (X) NURS 553
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 516 – Health, Illness and Disease
This course focuses on sociological and anthropological literature about the experience of being healthy and being sick, as it relates to institutional recognition of disease.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 517 – Diagnostics and Therapeutics
This course examines the sensitivity, specificity and utility of commonly used diagnostic testing methods (including the FBC, 12 lead ECG and telemetry monitoring, radiological imaging, and cardio-pulmonary diagnostics). In addition, course modules will explore the assessments of nutrition, infection, and anaemia alongside their associated common therapies. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502, HLTH 514 Students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 518 – Clinical Pharmacology
This course examines principles of clinical pharmacology, including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and pharmacotherapy, with application to clinical practice clearly drawn to inform clinical reasoning for safe and effective use of medicines, and improved quality of care.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
HLTH 519 – Research Review
In developing a review relevant to your area of practice this course will examine the practices of scholarly writing and publishing practices to assist students in preparing manuscripts for publication in the appropriate scholarly or professional forum.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 520 – Practice Project
Students negotiate, design, undertake and report on an evidence based project of relevance to their practice area under the supervision of academic and workplace mentors.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; at least 30 points from HLTH 501-550; (X) HLTH 551, HLWB 513
HLTH 521 – Research Methods
This course prepares students to undertake independent research by developing knowledge and skills in a variety of paradigms and methods, and engaging in higher-level debates on research philosophy and theory, ethics, limitations, data gathering and analysis.
30 pts
HLTH 522 – Health Systems, Policy and Practice
This course explores health care policy and service delivery in Aotearoa New Zealand and internationally. The structural, political, professional and ethical dimensions of health service delivery are examined.
30 pts
HLTH 523 – Contemporary Issues in Nursing
This course will explore the role, place and voice of nurses influencing health and wellbeing at a national and international level. Students will be challenged to articulate their contribution to healthcare and encouraged to think innovatively about healthcare delivery. The course is designed to build professional self-confidence, by cultivating professional identity and professional voice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 524 – Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine the issues that arise in leading and managing in the health sector. It will cover leadership and management theories and concepts, organisational development, budgeting and financing processes in health care, planning human resources and managing people, and consider issues relating to cultural safety.
30 pts
HLTH 525 – Diversity in Health Care
This course explores health from a cultural, ethnic and population perspective. Differences in health and illness patterns amongst groups are examined. The potential development of more appropriate services to address diversity is assessed.
30 pts
HLTH 526 – Patient Safety and Risk Reduction
This course is designed to develop knowledge related to patient safety within the international health care arena. Research related to adverse events and strategies to improve patient safety and reduce risk provide the key content.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 527 – Ageing in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course critically analyses aspects of current health care services supporting the diversity of experiences as people age in Aotearoa New Zealand, inclusive of the perspective of Maori as Tangata Whenua. The course aims to examine the extent of ageing well in Aotearoa New Zealand and how services support person-centred care their whanau/families.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 528 – Evaluation for Health
This course will introduce students to the role and importance of evaluation for informing service development at a service and organisation level. It provides an overview of forms and types of evaluations and uses a programme approach to cover needs analysis, formative evaluation and outcome evaluation. Theoretical and design considerations such as programme logic, ethics, stakeholder engagement, timing of the evaluation, methods and data sources are introduced in relation to planning and critiquing each of these forms of evaluation.
30 pts
HLTH 529 – Special Topic
TBA
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 530 – Special Topic
TBA.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 531 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Master's course learning. Note: Students must have identified suitable mentor/s before commencing this course.
30 pts • (P) At least B in each of the following courses HLTH 514 or HLTH 515, HLTH 517 and HLTH 518; Students must be in direct patient contact (X) HLTH 544
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 532 – Midwifery Assessment and Decision-making in Complex Maternity Care
This clinically oriented course is focused on building midwifery assessment and decision-making for complexity in maternity care across the full range of midwifery practice. Clinical contact with childbearing women is required.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 533 – Midwifery Practicum in Complex Care
This course integrates theoretical knowledge into practice and extends the midwife's experience, knowledge, skills and practice in complex maternity care.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 541 – Advanced Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine leadership and management in the health sector, including strategy development, and monitoring and evaluating organisational performance.
15 pts • (P) HLTH 524 or approved substitute
HLTH 542 – Applied Ethics and Law for Health Professionals
This course will enable health care professionals to develop advanced skills in the interpretation, analysis and application of ethics and law in professional practice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 543 – Prescribing Practicum
This course will develop prescribing knowledge and skills, drawing on the student’s previous learning in advanced health assessment, diagnostic reasoning/therapeutics and pharmacology. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for registered nurse prescribing authority.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; At least a B in HLTH 514 & HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 544 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Advanced nursing practice learning within the context of Mentored practice. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for Nurse Practitioner registration and prepares them to contribute to Improvements in health outcomes for Maori through an Understanding of key concepts such as policy that supports Equitable health outcomes, Whanau Ora and Maori models of Health.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; a least a B in each of the following courses: HLTH 514, HLTH 517, HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact; (X) HLTH 531
HLTH 550 – Transition to Professional Nursing Practice
This course facilitates the transition of the newly graduated nurse to practice using the New Zealand quality and safety capability framework to support the provision of safe person-centred care. Graduate nurses will focus on developing professional resilience, confidence in their clinical assessment and reasoning skills including the application of pathophysiology knowledge to clinical decision making as part of the wider healthcare team in order to provide safe, competent and comprehensive care inclusive of family/whānau.
30 pts • (P) Must have gained registration with Nursing Council of New Zealand no more than 12 months before enrolment; (X) HLTH 540 in 2013
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 551 – Professional Project
This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to plan, execute and complete a project that demonstrates advanced knowledge in a field of professional practice. Students will apply skills acquired during the study programme to solve a practice problem or problems. The outcomes of the project will be presented in a report targeting relevant key stakeholders.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501 or 521 or 528; Part 1 of MNS or Part 1 of MHlth subject requirement; (X) HLTH 520, HLWB 513
HLTH 560 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
HLTH 591 – Master of Health Research - Thesis
120 pts
HLTH 592 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Nursing
120 pts
HLTH 593 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Midwifery
120 pts
HLTH 594 – Thesis for Master of Nursing Science
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to nursing practice and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and makes a contribution to nursing knowledge.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Part 1 of the MNS
HLTH 596 – Thesis for Master of Health Care
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to health care and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and contributes to knowledge in health practice, education and/or health services.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Parts 1 and 2 of MHC degree
Not offered in 2024
HLTH 597 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
NRSE 501 – Final Nursing Practicum
This capstone course facilitates the transition from student to the role of the registered nurse. The three modules of the course address interprofessional collaboration; clinical reasoning and decision making; and leadership. Students will demonstrate the capability to build a therapeutic relationship with people, families/whānau and communities. The course will provide students with the opportunity to strengthen and consolidate their commitment to care, scholarship and Te Tiriti o Waitangi principles. Throughout the practicum, students will be supported to build confidence in supporting hauora Māori and kaupapa Māori approaches to practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501, 502 and NRSE 405
HLTH 601 – Critical Analysis of a Health Issue
During this course, students complete a critical review of the relevant literature as background to framing the proposed research question(s) and methodological approach for their investigation of the health issue that is the focus of their thesis research, including consideration of the importance of the issue for Māori communities.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 521 (or an approved equivalent)
HLTH 602 – Issues in Professional Contexts
In this course, students develop a detailed understanding of the philosophical and theoretical frameworks and their application to professional contexts that are required for critically examining and addressing professional issues in the health sector, including the importance of Māori worldviews.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601
HLTH 603 – Advanced Research Design
This course provides students with an in-depth understanding and critique of the major methodological approaches to research investigations in the health sector, including Mātauranga Māori in research design, and provides the rationale for the selection of their approach to the investigation of their identified health issue that is the focus of their thesis research.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601, 602
HLTH 604 – Research Proposal
This course draws together students’ detailed understanding, gained from earlier coursework, of the theory, methodology and professional context for investigating the health issue that is the subject of their thesis research. The focus of the course is on the development of the proposal for the thesis research.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 601, HLTH 602, HLTH 603
NRSE 691 – Doctor of Nursing Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
NRSE 691 – Doctor of Nursing Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
NURS 690 – Nursing for PhD
For exact school dates, times and venues please refer to the Graduate School's website – www.vuw.ac.nz/nmh.
120 pts
Nursing Practice
NRSE 401 – Fundamentals of Nursing Care
This course introduces students to the fundamentals of nursing care. Module one introduces students to the scholarship and discipline of nursing, including nursing’s social mandate and the values of the profession. Module two introduces students to the fundamentals of nursing care, including principles of person-centred care, clinical decision-making, clinical assessment and related anatomy and physiology. Students will spend time in clinical practice environments considering the role of the registered nurse.
15 pts
NRSE 402 – Hauora Māori
This course develops a critical understanding of the core principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi and how they are applied when delivering health services for both Māori and non-Māori New Zealanders. Students will learn about the unique Māori perspectives and kaupapa approaches relating to health and wellbeing and develop strategies for implementing tikanga Māori in health care settings to ensure equity of access and outcomes for Māori in Aotearoa New Zealand.
15 pts
NRSE 403 – Integrated Nursing Practicum 1
The aim of this course is to introduce students to nursing practice in a range of settings and contexts. This course has four modules of learning: anatomy and physiology; microbiology; pharmacology; and law and ethics. Students will be challenged to consider how these concepts relate to the practice of nursing. Students will develop skills in clinical reasoning and clinical decision-making as part of the learning experience and progress confidence in supporting hauora Māori and relevant kaupapa Māori approaches to nursing practice.
30 pts • (P) NRSE 401 and NRSE 402
NRSE 404 – Integrated Nursing Practicum 2
This course introduces students to evidence-based nursing practice in a range of settings and contexts. The two modules relate to long-term conditions and mental health and addictions. Emphasis will be given to pharmacological processes, building therapeutic relationships and formulating risk assessments. Students will develop their clinical reasoning and clinical decision-making as part of the clinical learning experience. Throughout the practicum, students will be supported to build and progress confidence in supporting hauora Māori and relevant kaupapa Māori approaches to practice.
30 pts • (P) NRSE 403
NRSE 405 – Integrated Nursing Practicum 3
This course further develops the student’s knowledge and skills in a range of clinical practice environments. The three modules relate to: interprofessional collaboration, clinical reasoning and clinical assessment (with a focus on recognising deterioration and taking appropriate action) and the use of technology and health information across the health continuum. Students will be critically challenged to consider how these concepts relate to the delivery of person-centred care. Throughout the practicum students will be supported to build confidence in supporting hauora Māori and relevant kaupapa Māori approaches to practice.
30 pts • (P) NRSE 404
NRSE 501 – Final Nursing Practicum
This capstone course facilitates the transition from student to the role of the registered nurse. The three modules of the course address interprofessional collaboration; clinical reasoning and decision making; and leadership. Students will demonstrate the capability to build a therapeutic relationship with people, families/whānau and communities. The course will provide students with the opportunity to strengthen and consolidate their commitment to care, scholarship and Te Tiriti o Waitangi principles. Throughout the practicum, students will be supported to build confidence in supporting hauora Māori and kaupapa Māori approaches to practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
60 pts • (P) HLTH 501, 502 and NRSE 405
NRSE 691 – Doctor of Nursing Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
Pacific Studies
See also Samoan Studies/Fa'asamoa
PASI 401 – Theory and Methods in Pacific Studies
This course reviews theoretical debates in Pacific Studies, traces the development and use of academic research methods in the Pacific, as well as examining indigenous research methods.
30 pts
PASI 402 – Special Topic: Pacific Jurisprudence: a study of custom and law in the Pacific
This course explores theories and philosophies of custom and law in the Pacific. It analyses the cultural and historical nuances of Pacific customs (such as "bride price" and the "ifoga") and related case law to reflect on the question of whether there is such a thing as a 'Pacific jurisprudence'. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (P) PASI 301 or 40 300-level points from ANTH, ARTH, ENGL, GEOG, HIST, INTP, KURA, POLS, MAOR, SAMO, MDIA, MUSC, CRIM, SOSC, LAWS; (X) LAWS 347, PASI 302
Not offered in 2024
PASI 403 – New Zealand Policy and Pacific People
This course explores the history of New Zealand government policy relating to Pacific nations and people, and analyses contemporary policy developments in terms of their political, cultural and economic contexts. Students will be exposed to a variety of guest lectures by former and current policy makers and policy analysts to gain a nuanced sense of the challenges of such work. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
PASI 404 – Special Topic: Pacific Epistemologies in Research Methodologies
This course critically examines Pacific research methodologies and methods (e.g. the talanoa, tivaevae, faafaletui, toktok), and their underlying epistemological foundations, using class-based discussions and a practical community-based group research exercise. Students will draw comparisons between these and relevant frames of knowing and doing used in social science and the humanities. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
PASI 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a predominant focus on Pacific issues. Students will be required to work between 150-200 hours (preferably at approximately 10 hours per week for 15-20 weeks).
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
PASI 489 – Comparative Research Project
A directed reading and independent research course emphasising comparative analysis along inter-ethnic, cross-cultural and/or international lines. Expected output is a 10,000-12,000 word essay.
30 pts
PASI 591 – Thesis
Supervised research and writing of a 40,000 word thesis on an approved topic.
120 pts
PASI 690 – Pacific Studies for PhD
120 pts
Philosophy
See also Logic and Computation
PHIL 420 – Directed Individual Study
Students will undertake an approved, supervised course of study relating to philosophy and complementing their work in the Honours Degree within the Philosophy programme.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
PHIL 421 – Formal Logic
This course will be an introduction to standard model and proof theory.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 402
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 422 – Philosophical Logic
This course will be an in-depth discussion of one or more problems in contemporary philosophical logic. Topics will change from year to year, but they may include vagueness, theories of truth, modal logic applied to problems in philosophy, or the philosophy of mathematics. 100% internal assessment.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 402
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 441 – Metaphysics and Epistemology
This course considers questions about the fundamental nature of reality and what we can know and justifiably believe about it.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 403
PHIL 442 – Language and Mind
This course considers questions about how our thoughts and language can represent the world.
15 pts
PHIL 443 – Value Theory
This course will consider closely some topics in moral philosophy, social and political philosophy, aesthetics, and the philosophy of religion.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 404
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 444 – Advanced Ethics
This course examines contemporary debates in philosophy about the fundamental moral principles that govern and constrain human behaviour.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 404
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 445 – Contemporary Approaches to Philosophy
This course examines topics that continue to shape and influence contemporary western analytic philosophy.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 409
PHIL 446 – New Books in Philosophy
This course will involve students closely reading and critically evaluating two recently published monographs in philosophy.
15 pts • (X) PHIL 403
PHIL 447 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 449 – Political Philosophy
This course is an in-depth survey of central and fundamental questions in political philosophy. It will consider concepts such as politics, liberty, justice, property, rights, law, and authority. It will ask what these concepts mean and why they are important. It will also consider questions such as: What makes a government legitimate? What rights and freedoms should a government protect? What form should a government take? What duties do citizens owe to a legitimate government? and When can a government be legitimately overthrown, if ever? Students will be required to do advanced research (under supervision) on a topic of their choice.
15 pts
PHIL 489 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project with guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by Philosophy's Coordinator of Graduate Studies.
30 pts
PHPE 401 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics
This course examines topics at the intersection of philosophy, politics and economics. Topics may include: social choice theory, rational choice theory, economic history, value theory, the politics of global finance, global governance, and comparative political economics.
30 pts
PHPE 402 – Approaches to Microeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of microeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 403 – Approaches to Macroeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of macroeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 404 – Directed Individual Study in Economics
Students will undertake an approved, supervised course of study relating to economics and complementing their work in the Philosophy, Politics and Economics programme.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
PHIL 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Philosophy.
120 pts
PHPE 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director (X) PHPE 593
PHPE 590 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics Internship
This course builds on the skills and knowledge gained through Part 1 of the PPE programme. It provides students with the opportunity of gaining direct insights into the workings of government, ministries or related workplaces. Placements will be organized through the PPE Internship coordinator. Acceptance into the course will require students to pass an interview.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
PHPE 593 – Dissertation
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
60 pts • (X) PHPE 589
PHIL 690 – Philosophy for PhD
120 pts
Physical Geography
See also Geography
PHYG 413 – Climate Dynamics
Provides an overview of the circulation of the global atmosphere, the basic drivers of the climate system, including the global radiation balance, and how climate varies seasonally and from year to year.
15 pts • (P) GEOG 220 or 321 (X) GPHS 426, PHYG 416 in 2014
PHYG 414 – Climate Change: Lessons from the past
This course examines the contemporary issue of climate change in the context of the past (Quaternary paleoclimate) and how these “lessons from the past” can inform understanding of contemporary climate change and inform future projections. Emphasis will be on terrestrial records, marine and ice core records and environments and a key focus will be New Zealand in the context of global patterns. Recent advances in the periodical literature are emphasised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYG 415 – Special Topic A:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYG 416 – Special Topic B
Topic to be decided.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYG 417 – Environmental Modelling
Knowledge and understanding of hydrological processes and interactions, assessment and management tools.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYG 418 – Geomorphology and its Application
This courses provides an examination of the theoretical basis for the study of landform systems. It also explores the application of those geopmorphic principles to the management of the environment and its relationship with human activity.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYG 419 – Natural Hazards and Risk: Processes and Impacts
This course provides an understanding of the nature, distribution and frequency of natural hazards both within New Zealand and globally. It analyses the causes of natural hazards, the processes driving them, the methodologies used in their analysis and their impacts both within New Zealand and globally.
15 pts
PHYG 420 – Hydrology and Water Resources
In this course, we delve into the science of hydrology underpinning water resources, and cover issues concerning the measurement, allocation, and vulnerability of water resources. You'll acquire essential quantitative skills for addressing water-related hazards and resource challenges while enhancing your ability to visualize and communicate water resource data and issues in compelling and impactful ways.
15 pts
PHYG 423 – Field Geomorphology
Through the undertaking of a field examination of the landform systems of New Zealand, this course analyses both both contemporary and past landform evolution, and considers the impact this has had and continues to have upon human interaction with the landscape.
15 pts
PHYG 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
PHYG 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Board of Studies in Physical Geography.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYG 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Physical Geography.
120 pts
PHYG 690 – Physical Geography for PhD
120 pts
PHYG 692 – Physical Geography for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
PHYG 695 – Physical Geography for PhD (ARC)
Physical Geography for PhD (Antartctic Research Centre).
120 pts
Physics
PHYS 411 – Quantum Mechanics
Non-relativistic quantum mechanics applied to atoms, molecules and nuclei.
15 pts • (X) PHYS 322
PHYS 412 – Theoretical Physics
The theory of many-body quantum physics.
15 pts
PHYS 413 – Condensed Matter Physics A
Vibrational and electron states in crystalline insulators, metals and semiconductors. Heat and charge transport.
15 pts
PHYS 414 – Condensed Matter Physics B
The emergent behaviours of condensed matter systems.
15 pts
PHYS 415 – Electromagnetism
Solutions to Maxwell's equations including electromagnetic waves in materials and in confined geometries, as well as an introduction to the physics of plasma.
15 pts
PHYS 416 – Relativity and Electrodynamics
Einstein's theory of special relativity, the dynamics of relativistic particles and electromagnetic fields and radiation by moving charges.
15 pts
PHYS 417 – Astrophysics
A selection of topics in modern astrophysics such as stellar structure and evolution, nuclear astrophysics, the physics of white dwarfs and observational general relativity.
15 pts
PHYS 418 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PHYS 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
PHYS 441 – Solid Earth Geophysics
A survey of the internal processes and properties of the Earth including Seismology, Geomagnetism, Gravity Geodynamics, Geothermal Processes and Geochronology. Also taught as GPHS 441.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 405, 441
Not offered in 2024
PHYS 447 – Introduction to Geomagnetism
An introduction to the geomagnetic field including physical and mathematical models, study of the past behaviour of the field and magnetohydrodynamic theory of the geodynamo. Also taught as GPHS 447.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 408, 442, 447, PHYS 442
Not offered in 2024
PHYS 460 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
PHYS 490 – Research Project A
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (X) PHYS 489
PHYS 491 – Research Project B
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (X) PHYS 489
PHYS 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Physics.
120 pts
PHYS 690 – Physics for PhD
120 pts
PHYS 691 – Applied Physics for PhD
Research Thesis.
120 pts
Political Science
INTP 416 – The Politics of Statebuilding
This course examines contemporary state-building missions, such as those to Solomon Islands, East Timor, Bosnia and Kosovo, but is particularly concerned with how foreign-orchestrated interventions interact with local state formation processes. It looks at how modern states, particularly those in the South Pacific and Southeast Asia, are shaped by underlying conditions, including ethno-linguistic diversity and/or conflict, and the presence of powerful military forces.
30 pts • (X) INTP 452 (2013-16)
Not offered in 2024
INTP 417 – Comparative Regional Integration
Is the structure of political economy in the contemporary world national, regional or global? This course investigates this question by addressing one of the central issues of comparative politics and international relations: the politics of creating and extending market relations. 70% internal assessment, 30% examination.
30 pts • (X) POLS 417.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 427 – Special Topic: War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores different forms of conflict in the international system as well as the changing nature of political violence. It then explores the ways in which actors in the international system have attempted to mitigate conflict through conflict resolution and to deal with its fallout in criminal tribunals and truth commissions after war. Alongside analysis of the tangible dimensions of war, students will also consider the unseen dimensions, exploring motivations for political violence as well as the psychological effects of such violence on communities. The course employs a multidisciplinary perspective, drawing on readings from political studies, security studies, history, psychology, and social theory.
30 pts • (X) POLS 427
Not offered in 2024
INTP 429 – Analysis of International Cooperation
This course explores when and why states cooperate with each other, how they structure their cooperation (through informal arrangements, laws, and organisations), and what role(s) various domestic and international actors play in these processes. We ground ourselves in the early literature on international cooperation, but focus chiefly on more recent work. Because the recent literature relies heavily on quantitative analysis, students will learn elements of regression analysis and will be able to interpret scholarly findings that employ these methods. We will explore various issue-areas: economics, the environment, social and cultural matters, human rights, and development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 430 – The Politics of International Migration Management
This course explores how state and non-state actors are responding to the multiple challenges raised by international migration. With a focus on the cross-border movement of people displaced by climate change, conflict, disasters, and human right abuses, we will study initiatives at the regional and international level to manage international flows of people. The course will address questions such as: which initiatives appear to have the best chance of engendering international cooperation to manage the 1 billion+ people predicted to be displaced by climate change by 2050? How do concerns about international security, human security and great power rivalry interact with attempts to develop effective ways of managing large population flows in the 21st century?
30 pts • (X) POLS 430
INTP 441 – International Political Economy
In this course we examine issues in international political economy (IPE). We begin by focusing on the main theoretical perspectives in IPE, before moving to specific issue-areas such as international trade, finance, international investment, globalisation, international institutions and economic coordination. Key themes include the role of individual political action and the connections between the domestic and the international. Because the literature frequently relies on quantitative evidence, students will learn how to interpret statistical findings.
30 pts • (X) POLS 441
INTP 442 – Asian Security
This course introduces theoretical approaches to the study of conflict and regional order and applies them to the contemporary Asia-Pacific region. Specific topics covered may include great power rivalry in Asia; real and potential inter-state and intra-state conflicts; a range of so-called 'non-traditional' and 'human security' challenges; and the role of regional institutions such as ASEAN, the ARF, APEC and the East Asian Summit. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) POLS 442
Not offered in 2024
INTP 444 – China and the World
This course examines the ongoing international political change as a consequence of the recent ascendance of China in power and influence in the international system. We take China's evolving relations with the liberal international order as a case study to explore what generates authority in world politics, the different forms such authority takes, and what drives the transformation of an order in world politics.
30 pts • (X) POLS 444.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 445 – Global Civil Society
This course explores the relationship of civil society (including NGOs and social movements) to aspects of development both within countries and at the global level. It considers contrasting theoretical views, examines case studies, and stresses the necessity of incorporating political considerations into analysis and action.
30 pts • (X) POLS 445
Not offered in 2024
INTP 446 – War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores political violence and its fallout in global politics, with a particular emphasis on the experience of war and the way it shapes bodies, lives and societies. Topics include the changing nature of political violence, the liberal peace and indigenous approaches to peacemaking, post-conflict trauma, war criminal tribunals, truth commissions, and memory and memorialisation.
30 pts • (X) INTP 427 (2015-2018, 2020)
INTP 448 – Identity and World Politics
The main purpose of this course is to explore the role of national identity in international relations. It will introduce concepts, theories and empirical research on the role of collective identities in shaping states' policies. The first part of the course will be devoted to surveying different concepts of identity and theories of identity in shaping states’ policies via case studies that include China-Japan relations, Russia's relations with the West, US foreign policy and the Arab-Israeli conflict.
30 pts • (X) POLS 448
INTP 451 – Special Topic: The Politics of Nuclear Weapons: Disarmament, Arms Control, and Non-Proliferation
This course analyses the role of nuclear weapons in international politics. It addresses the origins of the atomic bomb project, early efforts to control nuclear materials, deterrence theory, nuclear strategy and force posture, and considers contemporary challenges to the global nuclear order. Upon completion of the course, students should have a good understanding of the emergence and spread of nuclear weapons and be able to evaluate contemporary nuclear security issues in light of this context.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 452 – Special Topic: China Field Study
This course is a study of Chinese politics with special emphasis on how government and politics function in China and China's international relations and includes a field trip to Beijing, China.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator; (X) INTP 378 and POLS 378 in 2008-12 and 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
INTP 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) POLS 453
Not offered in 2024
INTP 489 – Research Project
The INTP 489 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) INTP 446,POLS 423,489
MIGS 401 – Directed Individual Study in Migration Studies
This course is a supervised programme of research and study on selected themes in Migration Studies.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
PHPE 401 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics
This course examines topics at the intersection of philosophy, politics and economics. Topics may include: social choice theory, rational choice theory, economic history, value theory, the politics of global finance, global governance, and comparative political economics.
30 pts
PHPE 402 – Approaches to Microeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of microeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 403 – Approaches to Macroeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of macroeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 404 – Directed Individual Study in Economics
Students will undertake an approved, supervised course of study relating to economics and complementing their work in the Philosophy, Politics and Economics programme.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
POLS 401 – Some Aspects of Modern Social and Political Thought: Power, Freedom and Justice
This course explores contemporary attempts to deal with the interrelated questions of power, freedom, and justice in modern society. Topics include the nature of power in general and the forms power takes in modern states; the nature of freedom and its forms, as well as their relation to the forms of power; and the possibility of a just social order under modern conditions. We will approach these themes through careful readings of theoretical and philosophical works by Weber, Berlin, Arendt, Foucault, Habermas, Rawls, and others.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 402 – Selected Topic in Political Theory: Collisions and Coexistence: The Politics of Encounter in Diverse and Unequal Societies
Pluralism is often said to constitute a basic ‘fact’ of contemporary politics, and contemporary political theory has increasingly shifted away from political goals of unity, purity and a common good to models that take social difference as both inescapable fact and normative ideal. This course examines how such a ‘politics of difference’ is variously conceived, and the practical challenges it entails. Drawing from major developments in critical democratic, multicultural, and postcolonial theory, we will explore both the possibilities and challenges of cross-cultural understanding, coalition and coexistence in diverse and unequal societies.
30 pts
POLS 403 – Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
This course will focus on fundamental questions such as what political leadership is, and when and why it matters. Classical leadership theories are canvassed, normative questions about leadership addressed, and the relationship between individual leaders and the wider societal and historical forces they encounter feature as a dominant theme throughout the course. Different presidential and prime ministerial leadership theories will be contrasted, using contemporary examples, drawn mainly from the U.S. and New Zealand. The dark side of leadership will also traverse historical figures such as Hitler and Stalin. A particular aspect of this course will be to focus on the psychological aspects of leadership, especially the master skill of discernment underpinned by a leader's character. The course will also examine case study methodology to assist students to undertake a research paper into aspects of political leadership.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 404 – Media, Politics and Campaigns
This course looks at the interrelations of media, communication and politics, especially as they interact in political campaigns and elections. As well as exploring modern campaigns the course covers several related topics and themes, each of which influence the political communication environment. Topics include: the evolution and practices of modern party communication (strategy, marketing, media management), election campaigns, the shifting news media environment and journalist-politician relations, platform politics and social media, popular culture and populist politics, media effects and influences, comparative political and media systems, interest groups and the policy process, the ‘crisis’ of participation and democracy.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 407 – Who Votes, Who Governs? Rethinking Political Participation and Representation
Some argue that we are in the midst of a crisis of democracy with a decreasing number of people involved in politics. Others claim that the democratic process is actually improving with more people becoming politically engaged. We study different types and levels of political participation across generations and social groups.
30 pts • (X) POLS 414 (2012-16)
POLS 414 – Special Topic: Politics, State and Society in the Pacific Islands
This course examines the politics of the Pacific Island states, and New Zealand’s role in the Oceania region. The first part looks at country-specific issues, including the drivers of the coup cycle in Fiji and sovereignty debates in New Caledonia. The second part considers broader themes such as electoral reform, the political economy of trade and the management of natural resource extraction.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 416 – Borders, Migrants and States
This course will investigate the causes and consequences of contemporary human mobility from a political perspective. Topics will include: different modes of contemporary transnational migration, including refugee flows, temporary foreign workers, and highly skilled migrants; the regulation of citizenship; challenges of migrant incorporation; Islam in the West; the securitisation of migration; and state-diaspora relations.
30 pts
POLS 418 – Special Topic: Japan Field Study: Border Studies in Japan
This course is a comparative study of Japan’s borders and territorial issues. It includes participation in Border Studies Summer School at Japan’s Hokkaido University. The Summer School will take place between Victoria’s Trimesters 1 and 2.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator
Not offered in 2024
POLS 419 – Government and Politics in Aotearoa New Zealand
Aotearoa New Zealand’s unique political system is the subject of significant domestic and international interest. In the first half of the course, we consider events and ideas that have influenced Aotearoa’s political institutions, processes, and actors, focusing on Māori and colonial influences. The second half of the course is co-constructed with students, allowing you to study topics relevant to your research interests. Across the course, we read cutting-edge scholarship to enable you to conduct original research that contributes to our collective understanding of politics in Aotearoa. Seminars will be held on campus and at Parliament, He Tohu and Te Papa.
30 pts
POLS 428 – Parliamentary Internship
This course provides a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into parliamentary processes, the roles and responsibilities of members of Parliament, the functions and activities of the research units, the conduct of select committees and the activities of parliamentary parties. Students who are accepted into this programme will have the opportunity to learn about the parliamentary process by working at Parliament during their honours year. Members of Parliament are not to be contacted about an internship under this programme without prior authorisation from the Course Coordinator.
30 pts • (P) permission of Course Coordinator; (X) PUBL 482
^ Limited entry course
POLS 432 – Political Ideas, Political Action
This course explores the ways in which political ideas and political action shape political outcomes in a variety of situations. The precise content varies year to year, driven by the interests of the students enrolled in the course but a significant part of the course usually explores issues of New Zealand politics.
30 pts • (X) PUBL 406, 407
Not offered in 2024
POLS 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) INTP 453
Not offered in 2024
POLS 488 – Approaches to Migration Studies
This course will introduce students to the study of migration from a range of disciplinary perspectives. Students will examine core issues, concepts, theories and debates in the analysis of migration and how key disciplines (international relations, politics, geography, anthropology law and psychology) contribute to our understanding of international migration's causes and consequences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 489 – Research Project
The POLS 489 research essay gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) POLS 423,INTP 446, 489
INTP 586 – Approaches to International Relations
This course examines the structural, institutional and normative approaches to international relations and how these analytical frameworks contribute to a deeper understanding of order and conflict in world politics. The course prepares students to engage substantive research projects for their MIR study
30 pts • (X) POLS/INTP 588.
INTP 589 – Research Project
The INTP 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) 120 INTP points at 400 level or above or permission of head of school
INTP 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in International Relations.
120 pts
INTP 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of International Relations.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
INTP 595 – MIR Thesis
Students follow a programme of research and writing on a topic approved by the MIR coordinator and with a supervisor assigned by the MIR coordinator. Students must submit a paper of between 20,000 and 25,000 words.
90 pts • (P) POLS/INTP 588 or INTP 586; (X) POLS/INTP 589.
^ Limited entry course
PHPE 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director (X) PHPE 593
PHPE 590 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics Internship
This course builds on the skills and knowledge gained through Part 1 of the PPE programme. It provides students with the opportunity of gaining direct insights into the workings of government, ministries or related workplaces. Placements will be organized through the PPE Internship coordinator. Acceptance into the course will require students to pass an interview.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
PHPE 593 – Dissertation
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
60 pts • (X) PHPE 589
POLS 586 – Approaches to Comparative Political Science
This course provides a survey of the different methods and perspectives used in the Political Science discipline. Students will gain greater awareness of the philosophical and political implications of different approaches to Political Science. They will explore a variety of theoretical perspectives and research methodologies used in the Political Science discipline and the application of those perspectives and methodologies to empirical questions.
30 pts
POLS 589 – Research Project
The POLS 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) POLS 586 or permission of head of school
POLS 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Political Science.
120 pts
POLS 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of Political Science.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
POLS 595 – Thesis
90 pts • (P) POLS 586
^ Limited entry course
INTP 690 – International Relations for PhD
120 pts
POLS 690 – Political Science for PhD
120 pts
Political Science and International Relations
INTP 416 – The Politics of Statebuilding
This course examines contemporary state-building missions, such as those to Solomon Islands, East Timor, Bosnia and Kosovo, but is particularly concerned with how foreign-orchestrated interventions interact with local state formation processes. It looks at how modern states, particularly those in the South Pacific and Southeast Asia, are shaped by underlying conditions, including ethno-linguistic diversity and/or conflict, and the presence of powerful military forces.
30 pts • (X) INTP 452 (2013-16)
Not offered in 2024
INTP 417 – Comparative Regional Integration
Is the structure of political economy in the contemporary world national, regional or global? This course investigates this question by addressing one of the central issues of comparative politics and international relations: the politics of creating and extending market relations. 70% internal assessment, 30% examination.
30 pts • (X) POLS 417.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 427 – Special Topic: War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores different forms of conflict in the international system as well as the changing nature of political violence. It then explores the ways in which actors in the international system have attempted to mitigate conflict through conflict resolution and to deal with its fallout in criminal tribunals and truth commissions after war. Alongside analysis of the tangible dimensions of war, students will also consider the unseen dimensions, exploring motivations for political violence as well as the psychological effects of such violence on communities. The course employs a multidisciplinary perspective, drawing on readings from political studies, security studies, history, psychology, and social theory.
30 pts • (X) POLS 427
Not offered in 2024
INTP 429 – Analysis of International Cooperation
This course explores when and why states cooperate with each other, how they structure their cooperation (through informal arrangements, laws, and organisations), and what role(s) various domestic and international actors play in these processes. We ground ourselves in the early literature on international cooperation, but focus chiefly on more recent work. Because the recent literature relies heavily on quantitative analysis, students will learn elements of regression analysis and will be able to interpret scholarly findings that employ these methods. We will explore various issue-areas: economics, the environment, social and cultural matters, human rights, and development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 430 – The Politics of International Migration Management
This course explores how state and non-state actors are responding to the multiple challenges raised by international migration. With a focus on the cross-border movement of people displaced by climate change, conflict, disasters, and human right abuses, we will study initiatives at the regional and international level to manage international flows of people. The course will address questions such as: which initiatives appear to have the best chance of engendering international cooperation to manage the 1 billion+ people predicted to be displaced by climate change by 2050? How do concerns about international security, human security and great power rivalry interact with attempts to develop effective ways of managing large population flows in the 21st century?
30 pts • (X) POLS 430
INTP 441 – International Political Economy
In this course we examine issues in international political economy (IPE). We begin by focusing on the main theoretical perspectives in IPE, before moving to specific issue-areas such as international trade, finance, international investment, globalisation, international institutions and economic coordination. Key themes include the role of individual political action and the connections between the domestic and the international. Because the literature frequently relies on quantitative evidence, students will learn how to interpret statistical findings.
30 pts • (X) POLS 441
INTP 442 – Asian Security
This course introduces theoretical approaches to the study of conflict and regional order and applies them to the contemporary Asia-Pacific region. Specific topics covered may include great power rivalry in Asia; real and potential inter-state and intra-state conflicts; a range of so-called 'non-traditional' and 'human security' challenges; and the role of regional institutions such as ASEAN, the ARF, APEC and the East Asian Summit. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) POLS 442
Not offered in 2024
INTP 444 – China and the World
This course examines the ongoing international political change as a consequence of the recent ascendance of China in power and influence in the international system. We take China's evolving relations with the liberal international order as a case study to explore what generates authority in world politics, the different forms such authority takes, and what drives the transformation of an order in world politics.
30 pts • (X) POLS 444.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 445 – Global Civil Society
This course explores the relationship of civil society (including NGOs and social movements) to aspects of development both within countries and at the global level. It considers contrasting theoretical views, examines case studies, and stresses the necessity of incorporating political considerations into analysis and action.
30 pts • (X) POLS 445
Not offered in 2024
INTP 446 – War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores political violence and its fallout in global politics, with a particular emphasis on the experience of war and the way it shapes bodies, lives and societies. Topics include the changing nature of political violence, the liberal peace and indigenous approaches to peacemaking, post-conflict trauma, war criminal tribunals, truth commissions, and memory and memorialisation.
30 pts • (X) INTP 427 (2015-2018, 2020)
INTP 448 – Identity and World Politics
The main purpose of this course is to explore the role of national identity in international relations. It will introduce concepts, theories and empirical research on the role of collective identities in shaping states' policies. The first part of the course will be devoted to surveying different concepts of identity and theories of identity in shaping states’ policies via case studies that include China-Japan relations, Russia's relations with the West, US foreign policy and the Arab-Israeli conflict.
30 pts • (X) POLS 448
INTP 451 – Special Topic: The Politics of Nuclear Weapons: Disarmament, Arms Control, and Non-Proliferation
This course analyses the role of nuclear weapons in international politics. It addresses the origins of the atomic bomb project, early efforts to control nuclear materials, deterrence theory, nuclear strategy and force posture, and considers contemporary challenges to the global nuclear order. Upon completion of the course, students should have a good understanding of the emergence and spread of nuclear weapons and be able to evaluate contemporary nuclear security issues in light of this context.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 452 – Special Topic: China Field Study
This course is a study of Chinese politics with special emphasis on how government and politics function in China and China's international relations and includes a field trip to Beijing, China.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator; (X) INTP 378 and POLS 378 in 2008-12 and 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
INTP 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) POLS 453
Not offered in 2024
INTP 489 – Research Project
The INTP 489 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) INTP 446,POLS 423,489
POLS 401 – Some Aspects of Modern Social and Political Thought: Power, Freedom and Justice
This course explores contemporary attempts to deal with the interrelated questions of power, freedom, and justice in modern society. Topics include the nature of power in general and the forms power takes in modern states; the nature of freedom and its forms, as well as their relation to the forms of power; and the possibility of a just social order under modern conditions. We will approach these themes through careful readings of theoretical and philosophical works by Weber, Berlin, Arendt, Foucault, Habermas, Rawls, and others.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 402 – Selected Topic in Political Theory: Collisions and Coexistence: The Politics of Encounter in Diverse and Unequal Societies
Pluralism is often said to constitute a basic ‘fact’ of contemporary politics, and contemporary political theory has increasingly shifted away from political goals of unity, purity and a common good to models that take social difference as both inescapable fact and normative ideal. This course examines how such a ‘politics of difference’ is variously conceived, and the practical challenges it entails. Drawing from major developments in critical democratic, multicultural, and postcolonial theory, we will explore both the possibilities and challenges of cross-cultural understanding, coalition and coexistence in diverse and unequal societies.
30 pts
POLS 403 – Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
This course will focus on fundamental questions such as what political leadership is, and when and why it matters. Classical leadership theories are canvassed, normative questions about leadership addressed, and the relationship between individual leaders and the wider societal and historical forces they encounter feature as a dominant theme throughout the course. Different presidential and prime ministerial leadership theories will be contrasted, using contemporary examples, drawn mainly from the U.S. and New Zealand. The dark side of leadership will also traverse historical figures such as Hitler and Stalin. A particular aspect of this course will be to focus on the psychological aspects of leadership, especially the master skill of discernment underpinned by a leader's character. The course will also examine case study methodology to assist students to undertake a research paper into aspects of political leadership.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 404 – Media, Politics and Campaigns
This course looks at the interrelations of media, communication and politics, especially as they interact in political campaigns and elections. As well as exploring modern campaigns the course covers several related topics and themes, each of which influence the political communication environment. Topics include: the evolution and practices of modern party communication (strategy, marketing, media management), election campaigns, the shifting news media environment and journalist-politician relations, platform politics and social media, popular culture and populist politics, media effects and influences, comparative political and media systems, interest groups and the policy process, the ‘crisis’ of participation and democracy.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 407 – Who Votes, Who Governs? Rethinking Political Participation and Representation
Some argue that we are in the midst of a crisis of democracy with a decreasing number of people involved in politics. Others claim that the democratic process is actually improving with more people becoming politically engaged. We study different types and levels of political participation across generations and social groups.
30 pts • (X) POLS 414 (2012-16)
POLS 414 – Special Topic: Politics, State and Society in the Pacific Islands
This course examines the politics of the Pacific Island states, and New Zealand’s role in the Oceania region. The first part looks at country-specific issues, including the drivers of the coup cycle in Fiji and sovereignty debates in New Caledonia. The second part considers broader themes such as electoral reform, the political economy of trade and the management of natural resource extraction.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 416 – Borders, Migrants and States
This course will investigate the causes and consequences of contemporary human mobility from a political perspective. Topics will include: different modes of contemporary transnational migration, including refugee flows, temporary foreign workers, and highly skilled migrants; the regulation of citizenship; challenges of migrant incorporation; Islam in the West; the securitisation of migration; and state-diaspora relations.
30 pts
POLS 418 – Special Topic: Japan Field Study: Border Studies in Japan
This course is a comparative study of Japan’s borders and territorial issues. It includes participation in Border Studies Summer School at Japan’s Hokkaido University. The Summer School will take place between Victoria’s Trimesters 1 and 2.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator
Not offered in 2024
POLS 419 – Government and Politics in Aotearoa New Zealand
Aotearoa New Zealand’s unique political system is the subject of significant domestic and international interest. In the first half of the course, we consider events and ideas that have influenced Aotearoa’s political institutions, processes, and actors, focusing on Māori and colonial influences. The second half of the course is co-constructed with students, allowing you to study topics relevant to your research interests. Across the course, we read cutting-edge scholarship to enable you to conduct original research that contributes to our collective understanding of politics in Aotearoa. Seminars will be held on campus and at Parliament, He Tohu and Te Papa.
30 pts
POLS 428 – Parliamentary Internship
This course provides a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into parliamentary processes, the roles and responsibilities of members of Parliament, the functions and activities of the research units, the conduct of select committees and the activities of parliamentary parties. Students who are accepted into this programme will have the opportunity to learn about the parliamentary process by working at Parliament during their honours year. Members of Parliament are not to be contacted about an internship under this programme without prior authorisation from the Course Coordinator.
30 pts • (P) permission of Course Coordinator; (X) PUBL 482
^ Limited entry course
POLS 432 – Political Ideas, Political Action
This course explores the ways in which political ideas and political action shape political outcomes in a variety of situations. The precise content varies year to year, driven by the interests of the students enrolled in the course but a significant part of the course usually explores issues of New Zealand politics.
30 pts • (X) PUBL 406, 407
Not offered in 2024
POLS 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) INTP 453
Not offered in 2024
POLS 488 – Approaches to Migration Studies
This course will introduce students to the study of migration from a range of disciplinary perspectives. Students will examine core issues, concepts, theories and debates in the analysis of migration and how key disciplines (international relations, politics, geography, anthropology law and psychology) contribute to our understanding of international migration's causes and consequences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
POLS 489 – Research Project
The POLS 489 research essay gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (X) POLS 423,INTP 446, 489
INTP 586 – Approaches to International Relations
This course examines the structural, institutional and normative approaches to international relations and how these analytical frameworks contribute to a deeper understanding of order and conflict in world politics. The course prepares students to engage substantive research projects for their MIR study
30 pts • (X) POLS/INTP 588.
INTP 589 – Research Project
The INTP 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) 120 INTP points at 400 level or above or permission of head of school
INTP 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in International Relations.
120 pts
INTP 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of International Relations.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
INTP 595 – MIR Thesis
Students follow a programme of research and writing on a topic approved by the MIR coordinator and with a supervisor assigned by the MIR coordinator. Students must submit a paper of between 20,000 and 25,000 words.
90 pts • (P) POLS/INTP 588 or INTP 586; (X) POLS/INTP 589.
^ Limited entry course
POLS 586 – Approaches to Comparative Political Science
This course provides a survey of the different methods and perspectives used in the Political Science discipline. Students will gain greater awareness of the philosophical and political implications of different approaches to Political Science. They will explore a variety of theoretical perspectives and research methodologies used in the Political Science discipline and the application of those perspectives and methodologies to empirical questions.
30 pts
POLS 589 – Research Project
The POLS 589 research project gives students the opportunity to pursue their own research topic with guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) POLS 586 or permission of head of school
POLS 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Political Science.
120 pts
POLS 593 – Dissertation
Research paper on a selected aspect of Political Science.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
POLS 595 – Thesis
90 pts • (P) POLS 586
^ Limited entry course
INTP 690 – International Relations for PhD
120 pts
POLS 690 – Political Science for PhD
120 pts
Primary Teacher Education
TCHG 505 – Te Koruru: Professional Practice 1
In this course, student teachers are introduced to Te Waharoa as the programme’s vision for Te Tiriti-led transformative education and to the Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand’s Code and Standards as the expectations for the teaching profession. They are introduced to a range of language learning strategies to support their development of proficiency in te reo Māori. During the teaching experience located in this course, they explore and apply models and frameworks for critical situational analysis of teaching and learning contexts and develop adaptive expertise as a developing teacher.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 507 and 508 or two of TCHG 526, 527 or 528
TCHG 506 – Te Koruru: Professional Practice 2
Through the perspective of tangata Tiriti, student teachers develop an understanding of their professional responsibilities to education for Pacific peoples. They refine their practice during teaching experience as they develop their independence, adaptive expertise and ability to cope with increasing complexity in learning and teaching situations. They also consider their ongoing professional commitments and roles as advocates in light of Te Waharoa and the Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand’s Code and Standards.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 509 and 517 or two of TCHG 529, 531 or 532
TCHG 507 – Ngā Amo: Primary Learning Design 1
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of Mathematics and two additional learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum. Student teachers explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. They contextualise Mātauranga-a-iwi within these learning areas. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, 508
TCHG 508 – Ngā Amo: Primary learning design 2
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of English and two additional learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum not studied in TCHG 507. They explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Student teachers learn how to utilise digital learning environments as they relate to these learning areas. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, 507
TCHG 509 – Ngā Amo: Primary learning design 3
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of three learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum not studied in TCHG 507, 508 or 517 and continue their study of Mathematics. They contextualise principles and practices of inclusive education within these learning areas, with a focus on students with additional learning needs. With a continued focus on design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They draw on their teaching experience to compare learning environments and critically reflect on professional responsibilities and relationships as these relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 506, 517
TCHG 510 – Teaching a Specialist Subject in a Secondary Context
A critical examination of epistemology and practices of a curriculum area in the secondary schooling context and of subject specific pedagogical approaches that can be used to meet teaching challenges and to improve learning outcomes for students in years 9-13. Evidence-based approaches for evaluating teaching effectiveness will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as a part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 513
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 511 – Teaching a Second Curriculum Area in a Secondary Context
A critical examination of learning theories and teaching practices within a second learning area and how these are used to develop, implement and evaluate a programme of learning for individuals and groups of learners either in the junior or senior secondary school context. Evidence-based approaches for measuring teaching effectiveness will be investigated and implemented. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 510, 513
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 512 – Enhancing Learning in the Secondary Curricula
A critical analysis of policies and practices that can enhance or limit student achievement in the secondary school curriculum through the examination of evidence. Current and future learning environments will be evaluated with consideration of challenges and opportunities in a digital age. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 510, 513
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 513 – Evidence-based Practice in the Secondary Context
A critical examination of professional practice using an evidence base. In this course students use evidence from assessment data, video analysis, observation and research to evaluate and develop their teaching practice in collaboration with their mentors. This course can only be undetaken as part of a teacher education programme.
10 pts • (P) TCHG 502 (C) TCHG 510;
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 514 – Evaluating Teaching in a Specialist Secondary Curriculum Subject
A critical examination of teaching and learning in a particular curriculum in the secondary school and of strategies that can improve achievement outcomes, particularly for students who may currently be underserved by the schooling system. Evidence-based approaches for evaluating teaching effectiveness when teaching diverse learners will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 510; (C) TCHG 516
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 515 – Critiquing the Secondary Curriculum
A critical examination of contemporary curriculum issues. Students will identify and investigate an aspect of a curriculum policy or implementation within or between curriculum areas and the impact of curriculum design on teaching and learning outcomes. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 510; (C) TCHG 516
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 516 – Evaluating Teacher Effectiveness in the Secondary Context
A critical examination of professional learning using an evidence base. In this course students synthesise research and evidence from their teaching to evaluate the effectiveness of their practice on the diverse learners they teach. This includes examining practice within the context of a digital age. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
10 pts • (P) TCHG 513; (C) TCHG 503, 514
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 517 – Ngā Amo: Primary learning design 4
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of three learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum that will not be, or have not been, studied in TCHG 507, 508 or 509 and continue their study of English. They contextualise education for Pacific peoples within these learning areas and explore the contribution of the learning areas to addressing wider social and environmental issues. With a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 506, 509
Professional Economics and Business
PECO 511 – Microeconomics in Context
Frameworks for decision making by individuals, firms and government agencies. The course introduces cost-benefit analysis and covers consumer and household economics; different trading arrangements and market structures; implications of government interventions in modern economies. Emphasises the interpretation of microeconomic analysis.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 501;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 512 – Macroeconomics in Context
Aggregate economic analysis and its its implementation in monetary and fiscal policy, using workhorse frameworks such as the AS/AD model and extensions. The course addresses the roles of government and central bank, Keynesian versus neoclassical policy prescriptions and debates in local and global contexts; mechanisms and models of economic stabilisation, growth and development.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 502;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 513 – Applications of Econometrics
Applied econometrics and its use in quantifying relationships in practical settings. Develop econometric models using the R statistical programming language. Using econometric methods in R, explore the time series properties of various types of dataset, including trend, seasonality, autocorrelation, and stationarity. Investigate volatility models.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 503;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 514 – Regulation: economics for the public sector
This course studies the economic analysis of social regulation. It emphasises interventions motivated by externalities or by paternalism. Part one covers topics in the use of Cost Benefit Analysis in regulatory review. This material should complement the material on CBA in PECO511. Part two deals with the selection of appropriate policy instruments. It refers to design standards, performance standards, corrective taxes, cap-and-trade schemes, restrictions on contracts, information provision and possibly nudges.
15 pts • (P) PECO511 (X) MMPE 504;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 515 – Markets and Institutions
How information and institutions may shape industries, distortions in markets and their evolution. The course investigates the characteristics of markets and the implications for firm conduct and market outcomes. Game theory frames specific applications and market case studies.
15 pts • (P) PECO 511 (X) MMPE 505;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 516 – International and Trade Economics
This course examines open economies: small and large, with a focus on Asia/Pacific economies and their trade prospects. It introduces models and mechanisms of international trade: classical comparative advantage; differentiated products; trade and development. It explores trade agreements, rules, and related international structures/bodies; as well as offshore investment and capital market flows.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 526;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 517 – Resource Markets and the Environment: Growth and Environmental Stewardship
This course focuses on business, trade and policy issues around exhaustible and renewable resources. The course covers topical debates - resource-intensive commodities, and environmental stewardship - and case studies specific markets. Core models are used to frame debates, suggest institutions and policy responses.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 507;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 518 – Public Finance: Options, Implications and Impacts
This course studies the design, practice and impact of public sector revenue and expenditure decisions. The course separates public financing from spending issues, relates principles to practical applications, such as infrastructure, and project evaluation. It explores how microsimulation modelling can quantify the impact of policy.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 508;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 519 – Behavioural Economics
In contrast to the rational and self-interested model of human behaviour traditionally used in economics, behavioural economics uses insights from psychology and sociology to make more realistic assumptions about human behaviour and motivations. In particular, this course studies people’s limited computational capacity, computational capacity, limited self-control and social preferences and their implications.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 509, MMPE 520 in 2015-2017;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 520 – The Economics of Natural Disasters and Climate Change
This course frames how natural disasters impact on the economy, evaluates prevention and mitigation policy, and appraises post-disaster interventions and their efficacy. This course covers material on the scientific implications of climate change – impacts, mitigation, and adaptation.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 510, MMPE 520 in 2014, MMPE 522 in 2016;
Not offered in 2024
PECO 521 – ‘Miracle’ economies: growth and development
This course analyses the economic transformation of rapidly growing economies - with an emphasis on Asia - after 1945, examining why some grew faster than others and so many descended into crisis during the 1990s. A strong emphasis is placed on the role of economic policy.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
PECO 522 – Business Cycle Analysis and Implications
This course studies the theory and empirics of business cycles. It explores the output gap: theory, measurement. It covers the topics of recession/recovery dating; leading, coincident, lagging indicators; and fiscal policy: the structural balance, fiscal impulse. We examine overall monetary conditions; the use of diffusion indices; forecasting GDP, interest rates, exchange rates. We use forecasts in business and policy contexts.
15 pts • (P) PECO 512, PECO 513
Not offered in 2024
PECO 523 – Applications of economics and finance
This course gives students an opportunity to connect their knowledge of economics and finance to particular applications.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 or equivalent
Not offered in 2024
PECO 526 – Economics of International Trade
Study of open economics with economic models of international trade, including classical comparative advantage, increasing return to scale, and differentiated products. Apply understanding of economic models to current issues and controversies, including trade and development, environment, trade agreements and trade diversion, offshoring investment, FDI, and outsourcing.
30 pts • (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 516
Not offered in 2024
PECO 533 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
Psychology
FPSY 401 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship 1
This course provides students with an opportunity to complete a special project or take part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency, undertaking forensic psychology-relevant work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 402 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship 2
This course provides students with an opportunity to complete a special project or take part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency, undertaking forensic psychology-relevant work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 403 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship
This course provides students with an opportunity to spend 2 trimesters working on a special project or taking part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency that undertakes forensic psychology-related work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) FPSY 401, 402
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 411 – Special Topic
This course is part of the MSc in Forensic Psychology and is taught in the School of Psychology.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
FPSY 420 – Introduction to Clinical Psychology for Forensic Practitioners
This course provides students with an understanding of the conceptual, empirical and practical issues associated with assessment. Topics covered include: clinical assessment and reasoning, ethics, mood disorders, psychosis, personality disorders, substance disorders and intellectual disability. In addition, labs cover the principles of assessment, interviewing and psychometric testing.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) PSYC 451, 452
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study tailored to the particular student and approved by the Programme Director. It may include an introduction to clinical assessment and formulation, through participation in relevant sections of PSYC 451/452, or an opportunity to work on a small project or in a placement with key stakeholders.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 401 – Theory and History of Psychology
This course deals with historical developments in the discipline of psychology as well as the philosophical and conceptual influences that have shaped the various approaches taken by psychologists.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 402 – Social Cognition
This course will cover advanced topics in social psychology. Such topics may include social cognition, group dynamics and interpersonal relations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 404 – Abnormal Psychology
The overall aim of this course is to introduce students to a range of current issues in the scientific study of selected psychological disorders experienced by adults. Emphasis is placed on the ability to approach these issues from a critical perspective and to evaluate the research evidence in support of particular explanatory and therapeutic models. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 321.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 405 – Environmental Psychology
This course examines the dynamic interplay between human behaviour and the environment. Topics to be covered will include: environmental risk perception and assessment; psychological factors associated with conservation behaviour; interventions designed to change human behaviour and environmental policies.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 406 – Gender, Media and Identity
This course will examine identity from a social constructionist perspective; it will explore the ways in which media representations construct and make available particular gendered identities, and the extent to which people incorporate these into their own sense of identity and social practices.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 326 or equivalent course from relevant discipline
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 408 – Consciousness and Cognition
The sense of being conscious - both of ourselves and of the world around us - is a central aspect of our psychological makeup. However, a great deal of perceptual and cognitive processing can be accomplished non-consciously. So what neural activity distinguishes conscious and non-conscious processes? What determines which mental contents reach awareness? How does consciousness interact with faculties such as attention and memory? And what sorts of neural activity determine states of consciousness (wakefulness, sleep, coma, vegetative state)? In this course we will discuss findings, theories and methodological issues related to the above questions.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 409 – Fundamentals of Behaviour Analysis
This course examines learning in the context of the relation between behaviour and the environment. Topics covered include: a review of the relationships between stimuli, behaviour and reinforcement; a behavioural view of private events such as memory, thinking and self-control; choice; applications of behavioural research to such diverse areas as animal welfare and behavioural problems, economic behaviour, health and safety. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 332.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 411 – Behaviour Analysis: Translating from Experiment to Application
Want to turn your mind to a real-world behaviour-change problem? PSYC 411 centres on a consultancy project with a government, university, or community partner. Partners provide a behaviour-change goal in their professional context. You will develop a plan to meet their goal through a blend of independent research and team collaboration. Each year we collaboratively customize course content to your partner’s goal. We will draw from advanced behaviour analytic concepts from experimental literature, techniques from applied behaviour analysis, and up-to-date behaviour change models. You will gain teamwork and communication skills and draw connections to behaviour-change careers in Aotearoa.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 332 or 409
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 412 – The Psychology of Criminal Conduct 1: Basic Concepts in Criminal Justice and Crime
This course covers basic concepts in criminal justice and the study of crime, and examines the nature of offending from sociological and psychiatric, as well as psychological, perspectives. The major psychological theories will be critically examined, and research on the biological, familial/social, and individual correlates of offending will be reviewed. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 335.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 413 – Advanced Cognitive Psychology
The course provides in-depth coverage of different methods and theories for influential findings in perception, attention, memory, and cognition. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 231
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 415 – Early Cognitive Development - Theory of Mind in Children and Adults
This course focuses on understanding the development of a foundational skill in early cognition— the ability to contemplate mental life (theory of mind). It explores diverse cognitive theories and methods surrounding the origins and nature of theory of mind in young human children and adults, concentrating on false-belief reasoning. Students pursuing this course should have a strong interest in cognition in relation to whether and how infants, preschool children, adults and animals engage in higher-order perspectival reasoning. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 324.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 417 – Cognitive Neuropsychology
This course explores the effects of brain damage from a cognitive point of view. Theories from cognitive psychology are used as a framework for understanding the behaviour of brain-impaired individuals, and studies of impaired individuals are used as a source of information about the cognitive psychology of the ability in question. Topics covered include: inference-making, visual object recognition deficits, impairments in spatial attention, disorders affecting memory and knowledge. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 327.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 418 – Advanced Discursive Social Psychology
This course will build upon the foundations of PSYC 427. It will introduce additional ways interaction is organised to conduct psychological business and produce social action. It will further develop student's capacity to identify order and actions in social interaction. PSYC 418 together with PSYC 427 are designed to develop competent and productive researchers of social interaction.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 427
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 420 – Affective Neuroscience
This course will explore the major theoretical perspectives and research methods applied to our understanding of emotional processes. We will focus on cognitive and neurological approaches to an understanding of emotion.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 327 or equivalent
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 421 – False Memories
In this course, we learn about the legal system; the impact of eyewitness testimony; wrongful convictions; perceiving real world events; remembering real world events; the suggestibility of children; child creche abuse cases; UFO sightings and alien abductions; hypnosis; theoretical issues in memory distortion; recognising people; individual differences, and common myths about memory that pervade our legal system and the opinions of the general public. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 322 (compulsory) and PSYC 335.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 322
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 422 – Drugs, Brain and Behaviour
This course will examine how drugs affect brain functioning. Through lectures, discussions and debates we will explore how drugs are developed and how they can be used or misused. We will focus on major issues and controversies that are currently discussed in the literature as well as in the media.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 233
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 423 – Culture and Social Behaviour
This course examines social psychology from a cross-cultural perspective. To what extent is social behaviour different or the same across the world? What theories can we use to understand the thoughts, feelings, actions, and beliefs of people across cultures? Emphasis is on such basic social processes as construction of identity and personality, dimensions of cultural variation, and intergroup harmony and conflict. Issues towards developing cross-cultural competence are considered, with an eye towards establishing better practices for the evolving population of Aotearoa/New Zealand. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 333 or 338.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 424 – Drug Addiction
This course examines the basis for drug addiction. Factors that contribute to the initiation and maintenance of drug-taking will be discussed as will factors that contribute to relapse. The focus is on addiction to drugs of abuse but other addictions may also be examined. Data derived from experiments in laboratory animals and humans will provide discussion of basic and clinical issues.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 233
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 425 – Personality and Motivation
This course examines contemporary aspects of personality and motivation. Topics covered include: individual differences, including genetic versus environmental factors, the person versus the situation, and different models of personality and intelligence; motivation, including intrinsic versus extrinsic motivation, achievement and affiliation motivation, perfectionism, self-actualisation and suggested hierarchies of motives, self-regulation and goal achievement.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 426 – Social Psychology and Well-being
This course examines aspects of social psychology that apply to well-being, with an emphasis on social judgements. Topics include: helplessness, the self, attributions, non-conscious processes and illusory cognitions and risk judgements. The course examines the key theories on these processes, and shows how they apply to clinical psychology, health psychology, work psychology, and sport.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 427 – Discursive Social Psychology
The aims of this course are to introduce students to the close and detailed observation of ordinary conversational interaction, and to some of the main ways in which such interaction is orderly and organised. The classes will be devoted to two kinds of activity: lectures to introduce and describe several types of organisation operating in conversation and collective examination of recordings and transcriptions of actual interactions. The assessments are designed to employ, consolidate and confirm student understanding of the material presented in lectures and practised in the collective examination of data.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 428 – Feminist Psychology
Does gender matter? What is feminist research? Should pornography be censored? Do gender roles have an evolutionary component? Over the past 25 years there have been significant theoretical and methodological developments in feminist psychology. This course examines the influences of feminism on psychology; the feminist critique of psychology and feminist theories of gender and sexuality. Key debates in feminist psychology will be discussed.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 429 – Psychology of Superstition
Why, in an age of exponential scientific progress, do people continue to think and behave irrationally? Students will consider this question from a range of social psychological, neurological, and behavioural perspectives. Topics covered might include: the relationship between religion and superstition, mental health and unusual beliefs, neurological bases for magical and superstitious thought, whether the scientific method can be applied to the study of paranormal phenomena, conspiracy beliefs, and social and cultural bias in what constitutes 'normal' thought.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 430 – Political Psychology
Topics covered in this course might include heuristics and voting behaviour, rational versus symbolic models of political preference, the role of values and attitudes in candidate and party evaluation and political rhetoric. Course material will draw primarily upon theory and research in the domains of social and cognitive psychology. PSYC 221 and 333 are recommended, and cognitive psychology would be useful.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 431 – Culture and Human Development
Much of culture is passed to the next generation through families and other intergenerational contacts. This course will examine how cultural values, beliefs, behaviours, etc. are transmitted through family systems and across age groups. In addition, the question of how culture is manifested in individuals of different ages will be addressed. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 234.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 432 – Applied Cross-Cultural Psychology
This course applies contemporary theory and research in cross-cultural psychology to issues arising from globalisation and life in multicultural societies. Topics are likely to include: communication across cultures; immigration, acculturation and adaptation; culture in the classroom; culture and the therapeutic process; working in a multicultural context; culture and diversity in the workplace; and culture and social justice.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 338
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 433 – Current Issues in Cross-Cultural Psychology
The course introduces the major paradigms and contemporary approaches to understanding the relationship between culture and human behaviour, including an overview of the basic assumptions and guiding principles of cross-cultural psychology, cultural psychology and indigenous psychologies. Models for understanding dimensions of cross-cultural variability are critically reviewed, meta-theories (e.g., an eco-cultural framework) are presented, and special issues relating to cross-cultural research are introduced.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 434 – Conducting Research Across Cultures
This course will focus on theoretical and practical challenges for conducting research involving individuals from more than one cultural background or ethnicity. Topics are likely to include defining and measuring culture; developing culture-sensitive studies, choice of language and translation; communication styles and bias; questionnaire and interview design; qualitative and quantitative data analysis for cultural and cross-cultural research; minorities, power and ethics in cross-cultural research; and ethno-methodologies and indigenous research methodologies. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 338.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 435 – Traumatic Memories and Repression
In this course, we study the misconceptions people have about trauma and stress - specifically the way traumatic or stressful experiences are remembered. We will learn about how we perceive and remember traumatic events; the problems with many diagnoses such as PTSD; the theory and history of repressed memories; satanic cults; abuse charges against clergy; dangerous psychotherapeutic practices, and the impact of repressed and recovered memories on the legal system and the field of psychotherapy and clinical practice. Appropriate background for this course is PSYC 322 (compulsory) and PSYC 335.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 322
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 436 – Autobiographical Memory
In this course, we study memories about our own personal life experiences. We will learn about how we remember significant events, both happy and sad; that the music, movies and clothes from a specific time in our lives remain our favourites forever; whether come important events are remembered more accurately than others; why some experiences define us and our peers as a generation, and the relationships between affective states and memory. Appropriate background for this course: PSYC 322 (compulsory) and PSYC 335.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 322
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 437 – Advanced Human Memory
This course covers several types of human memory errors and emphasises the importance of such errors in understanding memory function. It includes factors in production and avoidance of the errors, phenomenological experiences associated with the errors, and theoretical explanations for the errors and for memory, in general.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 438 – Theories of Violent Offending
This course examines psychological theories and research that attempt to explain violent offending. It does not assume that students have prior knowledge in the area of criminology or forensic psychology, however, such knowledge will be helpful.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 439 – Sexual Offending: Theories and Research
How and why do people sexually assault children and other adults? In this course we examine several interesting psychological theories of sexual offending and evaluate them both from a conceptual and an empirical perspective. We also scrutinise closely key empirical research studies that are pertinent to these theories.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 441 – Family Psychology
This course will comprise an in-depth examination of family processes and dynamics and their relation to the well-being of families and their members. It will address current theoretical and conceptual frameworks relating to families, and consider the empirical literature that exists.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 337
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 442 – The Psychology of Criminal Conduct 2: Areas of Application
This course focuses on the application of theory and research to practice. Our topics usually include theories and rehabilitation with various types of offenders, psychopathy, rehabilitation topics and forensic assessment.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 412
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 444 – Nature, Nurture, Neuroscience
The course examines the current role nature (genes) and nurture (environmental factors) play in shaping our brain and behaviour with a focus on the interaction between nature and nurture and the role of epigenetics. Topics covered will include molecular genetics, epigenetics and epidemiology informed by both human and animal research.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 445 – Cognitive Neuroscience of Face Processing
This course uses face processing as a model to illustrate modern research in cognitive neuroscience. It combines theories and methods from psychology, vision science, and neuroscience to explore the workings of face processing in humans and non-human animals. Emphasis is on the processing of facial identity, but expression and eye gaze will also be discussed. Methods covered include psychophysics, individual differences, eye tracking, imaging, electrophysiology, stimulation, and studies of individuals with brain pathology and atypical development. Highly recommended background are PSYC 231, 327 and 331.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 233, 327
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 446 – Social Cognitive Development in Infants and Children
This is a discussion-based course focusing on theoretical and empirical work on social cognition in infancy and early childhood, with critical integration of perspectives from comparative psychology.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 248 or 324; (X) PSYC 446 prior to 2012, PSYC 448 in 2017
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 447 – Special Topic: Open Science and Meta-analysis in R
This course provides an overview of the “replication crisis” and the open science movement that has emerged from it. We will focus in particular on meta-analysis, a set of techniques for analyzing and integrating findings across existing studies. Students will learn to conduct meta-analyses in R. No prior familiarity with R is required.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 232; PSYC 242 or 325
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 448 – Special Topic: Psychology of Emotion
What can science tell us about something as personal as our emotions? In this course we will explore emotion from evolutionary, neuroscience, cognitive, clinical, social, and developmental perspectives. We will consider how emotions affect how we think, feel, and act; how they differ across cultures and individuals, and how they contribute to our health and well-being.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 232; PSYC 242 or 325
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 449 – Special Topic: Gender, Sexuality, and Qualitative Research
What does it mean to ‘do’ gender? How can we understand sexual violence in the wake of Me Too? And what is discourse, anyway? This course provides an introduction to qualitative research through the lens of gender and sexuality. Students will use queer and feminist theory to analyse qualitative data and present their findings to the class in a seminar presentation.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 232
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 450 – ST: Neurodevelopmental disorders: ASD and ADHD
This course provides an overview of research on autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), two of the most common neurodevelopmental disorders. We also focus on identifying existing research questions arising from gaps in this knowledge. Students will learn about applying different research approaches to address current questions concerning neurodevelopmental disorders.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 248 or 324 or equivalents
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 451 – Clinical Adult Assessment and Intervention
This course presents students with a basic understanding of the conceptual, empirical, and practical issues associated with the assessment of adults. Topics covered include: models of assessment and clinical reasoning, ethics, values and clinical assessment, ethnicity and assessment, anxiety disorders, mood disorders, psychosis, personality and personality disorder, substance disorders, eating disorders, intellectual disability, and neuropsychological assessment.
30 pts • (P) PSYC 321, 327, 332 and provisional acceptance to the PGDipClinPsyc
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 452 – Clinical Child and Family Psychology
This course focuses on the ethical, conceptual, empirical and practice issues in assessment and intervention with children, adolescents, and families in clinical contexts. The specific content will be: theoretical framework; developmental psychopathology of major childhood disorders; evidence-based approaches to assessment (including standardised measures) and to treatment. Case material will be discussed to encourage students to integrate the information with their clinical practice.
30 pts • (P) PSYC 321, 327, 332, and provisional acceptance to the PGDipClinPsyc
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 461 – Advanced Research Statistics in Psychology: Structural Equation Modelling
This course consolidates and extends knowledge and skills in research methodology and statistics, focusing in particular on multivariate statistical methods (e.g. structural equation modelling). Topics may include mediation, moderation, psychometric evaluations of measures, latent variable modelling and statistical power.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 232; PSYC 242 (or 325) (X) PSYC 449 in 2017
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 462 – Cultures in Contact: Acculturation and Intercultural Relations
The course applies psychological theory and research to the study of acculturation (changes arising from intercultural contact) and intercultural relations. Research with immigrants, international students, refugees, indigenous peoples and members of ethnic minority groups is introduced to address issues such as acculturation and adaptation; biculturalism and multiculturalism; cultural competence; and working in culturally diverse settings.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 463 – Indigenous Psychology
This is a discussion-based course focusing on psychological theory and research relating to indigenous communities, with a particular emphasis on working alongside whānau Māori in New Zealand. The course will be organised around three interrelated themes: Kai, Kōrero and Kaupapa (Cuisine, Conversation and Core values). This work draws upon a range of approaches, including the studies of the cultural importance of food, the study of sociocultural autobiographical memory and indoctrinated values in Māori communities.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 464 – The Science of Intimate Relationships
This course examines intimate relationships from a social psychological and socio-cognitive perspective. It also draws on concepts and evidence from evolutionary, developmental and clinical psychology. Content includes: attachment, mate-selection, love, mind-reading, relationship beliefs, communication, sex, relationship violence, and relationship dissolution.
15 pts • (X) PSYC 447 in 2015-18
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 465 – Research Methods in Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience
This course provides an introduction to methods used in cognitive and behavioural neuroscience to explore the relationship between brain, cognition, and behaviour. Topics covered may include experimental design and stimulus preparation, eyetracking, psychophysiology, electrophysiology, brain stimulation, neuropsychological assessment, virtual reality, learning paradigms, the use of animal models, research with clinical and atypical populations, and advanced statistical techniques.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 232; PSYC 242 (or 325); 30 pts from PSYC 322, 327, 331, 332
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 489 – Research Project
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
CPSY 580 – Research Preparation
This course provides preparation for thesis research in Cross-cultural Psychology, including review of literature, research proposal and presentation.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
CPSY 591 – Thesis in Cross-cultural Psychology
Thesis in cross-cultural psychology (includes cultural and indigenous psychology).
120 pts
FPSY 580 – Research Preparation
This is a practical course in which students will acquire the key skills needed to undertake postgraduate level research in some aspect of Forensic Psychology. These skills will be acquired via class-based seminars, discussions and practical exercises based in a variety of research laboratories.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 591 – Thesis
Master's thesis in Forensic Psychology.
120 pts
PSYC 561 – Practicum
This practicum course extends the theoretical and practical skills gained in the probationary year of the program. The course consists of supervised practice in our psychology clinic for approximately 100 half days throughout the year and is complemented by full day workshops focussed on skill development in delivering various forms of evidence-based interventions for mental health, behavioural and developmental difficulties.
60 pts • (P) an A- grade or better in both PSYC 451 and 452 and permission of the Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 562 – Advanced Practicum
Placements are either paid or unpaid internships. Students may apply for internship employment which will be for either six months or a year. Unpaid placements are also available. To do an internship, students must register with the New Zealand Psychologist Board as an intern psychologist and must complete 1500 hours of internship under the supervision of a qualified practitioner. Students must complete the internship hours and pass each placement as well as completing all mandatory course requirements before being able to sit the final exam.
120 pts • (P) PSYC 561 thesis submitted and permission of the Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 571 – Advanced Neuropsychology Theory and Practice
The course addresses clinical neuropsychological assessment for adult populations. The course will provide the knowledge required for undertaking a basic neuropsychological assessment, and an understanding of some of the relevant issues relating to this area of psychology.
15 pts • (C) PSYC 562
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 572 – Adult and Child Clinical Psychology: Advanced Intervention Skills
This course addresses skills for advanced interventions and therapies for adult, child and family problems, building on the core cognitive and behavioural treatment techniques covered in PSYC 561, with an emphasis on describing therapeutic interventions from the major schools of psychotherapy. Topics may include schema-focused cognitive-behavioural interventions, cognitive-behavioural therapy with personality disorders, attachment interventions, self-harming behaviour, psychodynamic concepts and short term psychodynamic interventions, family therapy, feminist therapy, dealing with therapeutic process issues, gestalt techniques, and approaches to dealing with difficult clients, and complex cases.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 451, 452, 561; (C) PSYC 562; (X) PSYC 551
^ Limited entry course
PSYC 573 – Clinical Criminal Justice Psychology
This course focuses on the practice of clinical psychology with offenders in the adult criminal justice system. Themes covered are: clinical assessment of offence behaviour and offender characteristics, interventions to reduce criminal behaviour at the individual level, and ethical and legal issues for clinical practitioners. The choice of topics is oriented towards the practice of clinical psychology within New Zealand adult criminal justice settings, with an emphasis on the conceptualisation and modification of criminal behaviour from a scientist-practitioner perspective. The predominant theoretical model is cognitive-behavioural.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 451, 452, 561; (C) PSYC 562; (X) PSYC 504
Not offered in 2024
PSYC 591 – Thesis
MSc or MA thesis in Psychology.
120 pts
^ Limited entry course
CBNS 690 – Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience for PhD
120 pts
CPSY 690 – Cross-cultural Psychology for PhD
120 pts
FPSY 690 – Forensic Psychology for PhD
120 pts
PSYC 690 – Psychology for PhD
120 pts
^ Limited entry course
Public Administration
See also Public Management and Public Policy
EGOV 501 – Digital Government and Public Services
Managerial aspects and issues of digital government and public services and its external relationships, drawing on available theory, models, concepts, frameworks and strategies as well as on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts
EGOV 502 – Digital Government and Public Sector Reform
Theories, principles, models and strategies for ICT-enabled public sector reforms, drawing on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 532
Not offered in 2024
EGOV 503 – Digital Engagement in the Public Sector
Challenges, conditions and requirements for managing the use of ICTs to achieve effective forms of public engagement, drawing on New Zealand and international experience.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PADM 501 – Delivering Public Value
24 pts
PADM 502 – Designing Public Policies and Programmes
24 pts
PADM 503 – Choices and Challenges for Government in a Market Economy
24 pts
PADM 504 – Decision Making Under Uncertainty
24 pts
PADM 505 – Governing by the Rules - The Jurisprudence of Governing
24 pts
PADM 506 – Leading Public Sector Change
24 pts
PADM 507 – Financial Management in the Public Sector
This course considers issues associated with managing and accounting for performance in a public context. It covers public sector financial planning and management at both the macro level and also for individual organisations. It is not intended to teach students how to be an accountant but will explore some key accounting concepts as they relate to the public sector.
24 pts
PADM 508 – Approv Personal Course of Stud
FULL TOPIC: Approved Personal Courses of Study.
24 pts
PADM 509 – Approv Personal Course of Stud
FULL TOPIC: Approved Personal Courses of Study.
24 pts
PADM 510 – Approv Personal Course of Stud
FULL TOPIC: Approved Personal Courses of Study.
24 pts
PADM 511 – Approv Personal Course of Stud
FULL TOPIC: Approved Personal Courses of Study.
24 pts
PADM 512 – Work-based Project
48 pts
PADM 515 – Managing in Public Sector Organisations
This course guides students to both critically reflect on and take steps to expand their personal theories of management. It gives students an opportunity to think critically and creatively about management. By challenging their assumptions, considering new perspectives, and exploring cutting-edge research, the course helps students become better managers and leaders in their organisations.
24 pts
Public Management
See also Public Policy
EGOV 501 – Digital Government and Public Services
Managerial aspects and issues of digital government and public services and its external relationships, drawing on available theory, models, concepts, frameworks and strategies as well as on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts
EGOV 502 – Digital Government and Public Sector Reform
Theories, principles, models and strategies for ICT-enabled public sector reforms, drawing on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 532
Not offered in 2024
EGOV 503 – Digital Engagement in the Public Sector
Challenges, conditions and requirements for managing the use of ICTs to achieve effective forms of public engagement, drawing on New Zealand and international experience.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 501 – Government and Governing
Examines government and governing, the ethical and practical foundations of the institutions and processes that make up a polity.
15 pts
GOVT 502 – Public Managers and the Policy Process
Policymaking systems and structures, policy analysis processes including appropriate modes of citizen engagement, theories underpinning policy interventions and their design, implementation and evaluation.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 522
GOVT 503 – Policy and Management Practice
This course examines the interactions and interdependencies in the work that policy advisors and policy managers and implementers undertake in the pursuit of policy objectives.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 505 – An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis for Public Policy
The application of the methods of statistical analysis to problems, challenges, and decisions related to public policy, emphasising the intuition of applied statistical analysis, rather than the mathematics and mechanics of the methods.
15 pts
GOVT 511 – Managing for Results
Theory and practice in the strategic management of public resources to achieve desired government outcomes considering opportunities and constraints, focusing on outcomes-based approaches, strategic planning and logic modelling, performance strategies and management, and monitoring output targets and progress towards desired outcomes.
15 pts
GOVT 512 – Managing Public Resources
Designed for managers without specialist knowledge or training who need to understand the full spectrum of managing financial and organisational resources, covering planning and budgeting, revenue, expense asset and liability management, and reporting, auditing and accountability for the resources of public and community organisations.
15 pts
GOVT 513 – Managing People in the Public Sector
Organisational behaviour and managing people working in large and small organisations (public, community and indigenous) involved in public governance, highlighting recruitment, employment, development and performance, including strategic people management.
15 pts
GOVT 514 – Leading Change in Public Organisations
Leadership is a multifaceted concept. Modules will explore a range of themes including leading across contexts, followership and leading change. Students will develop their own unique leadership framework based on their own experiences, the latest theoretical developments in the field, and the knowledge of guest practitioners.
15 pts
GOVT 515 – Implementation and Service Delivery
The implementation and review phases of the strategic management cycle are essential to effective government policy. This course focuses on trends and developments in implementation and service delivery in liberal democracies such as Aotearoa/New Zealand with particular emphasis on the shift from ‘client focus’ to ‘co-production’ and ‘networked governance’. Note: CRN 30001 is only available to students in the PMSS cohort.
15 pts
GOVT 518 – Comparative Public Management
Comparative public management and public policy, with emphasis on contemporary developments in Asia-Pacific and beyond, including how challenges of public management and policy are addressed in other countries, theoretical approaches to assist in the comparative study of public management and public policy, and application of comparative/international experiences to specific settings and contexts.
15 pts
GOVT 519 – Development Policy and Management
The course examines how governments make a difference to development in their policies and their implementation. It looks at different approaches to the theory of state-led development and alternative models of the relationship between public institutions and human development.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 521 – Economics and Policy
Economic theories, principles and ideas and their application to complex strategic and operational policy issues, covering a diversity of approaches within economics including behavioral and institutional economics tools that can be used to assess policy options.
15 pts
GOVT 522 – Policy Analysis and Advising
Knowledge, competencies and behaviours required to craft quality policy analysis and advice across various policy domains, reflecting a range of values, examining policy systems and processes, including public participation, policy instruments, implementation, monitoring and evaluation.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 502 in 2020 or later
GOVT 523 – Policy Methods
Policy principles and compatible policy methods, suitable for specific types of policy challenges, based on theoretical frameworks for science, knowledge systems (with various types of evidence and scientific uncertainties) and values in policy decisions and implementation.
15 pts
GOVT 524 – Policy Workshop
This course consolidates and further develops policy analytic methods and practices in an extended application to a current policy challenge. Considers the roles, skills and competencies of policy practitioners operating in contexts that can be complex, uncertain, and ambiguous.
15 pts • (P) or (C) GOVT 521, 522, 523
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 525 – Policy Capstone
Consolidates and further develops policy analytic methods and practices in an extended application to a current policy challenge, with attention to the roles, skills and competencies of practitioners operating in contexts that can be complex, uncertain, and ambiguous.
30 pts • (C) GOVT 501, GOVT 505, GOVT 521, GOVT 522, GOVT 523 (X) GOVT 524
GOVT 531 – Local Government
This course explores local government policy and management issues, drawing on both New Zealand and international experience. Emphasis is given to the functions, structures, and financing arrangements of local governments, strategic planning practices, and the interfaces between local government, central government, Maori, and others in the private and community sectors.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 533 – Monitoring and Evaluation
This course focuses on monitoring and evaluation in public management and public policy and how high-quality monitoring and evaluation can improve policy and delivery, decision-making and the efficiency and effectiveness of resource allocation. The course will examine common forms of evaluation and provide a range of policy examples.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 534 – Public Integrity
This course examines integrity and ethics in the public sector from an individual, organisational and systemic viewpoint. It will investigate responsible leadership; identify signs of ethical collapse, demonstrate the concept of Integrity Management Systems (at local, national and organisational levels); and analyse international comparative cases on integrity management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 535 – Ideas and Instruments: Strategic Procurement and Contracting
Public spending through procurement and contracting is shaping numerous policy agendas including sustainability, labour conditions, SMEs, and the indigenous economy. This course focuses on the ideas institutions and instruments underpinning procurement and contracting, including the ways in which it contributes to efficient and equitable public spending.
15 pts
GOVT 536 – Regulatory Policy
Contemporary theory and practice in regulatory policy, the roles of government and others in designing policies to secure enhanced economic, social, environmental and cultural outcomes, and effective implementation of regulatory policy.
15 pts
GOVT 538 – Social Policy
An examination of various aspects of social policy with particular attention to the analysis of social security, poverty, social exclusion, social development, demographic trends, the operation of labour markets and superannuation.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 539 – Politics, Philosophy and Public Policy
This course examines the contribution of political, social and moral philosophy to an understanding of the role of the state, and some of the issues surrounding the application of social science theories and methodologies to the conduct of policy analysis.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 542 – Governance for Sustainability and Resilience
Conceptual approaches to sustainability and resilience, and how they can be operationalised across scales of societal and corporate governance. Operationalisation of innovative concepts such as circular bio-economy and anticipatory governance for vulnerability mitigation. Assessments of novel technologies and their appropriate regulation.
15 pts
GOVT 551 – Special Topic: Crown Entity Governance and Stewardship
This course examines good governance and stewardship for Crown entities in theory and practice. Attention is given to the roles of monitors in governance systems, their relationships with Ministers and Boards, with attention to different forms and functions of Crown entities. Note: Restricted to students in PGCert in Public Management for Crown Entity Monitors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Academic Programme Leader
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 552 – Special Topic: Crown Entity Performance Monitoring
This course develops capabilities across a range of practices for monitoring Crown entity performance. Considers monitoring frameworks, plans, indicator development and measurement, and the communication of performance assessments with attention to context, risk and uncertainty profiles, stakeholders, and Te Tiriti obligations. Note: Restricted to students in PGCert in Public Management for Crown Entity Monitors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Academic Programme Leader
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 553 – ST: Regulatory Practice in the 21st Century
This course examines contemporary trends in public management and their implications for regulatory practice now and in the future. In line with those trends, it focuses on the implementation and delivery of regulation, especially if and how management is effective in achieving desired policy goals and objectives. Note: CRN 27258 is only available to students in the G-Reg cohort.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 554 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 556 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 557 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 558 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 559 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 561 – Applied Research in Public Management
Applications of research methods and evidence in public management, covering research objectives, ethics, choosing appropriate methods creating and using case studies and program evaluation as an evidence-base for public management decisions, and underlying skills for collecting, recording and analysing different forms of data.
15 pts • (X) EGOV 520
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 562 – Research Project
Supervised independent research or practice-oriented investigation leading to a report addressing specific objectives in public management or public policy.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
GOVT 565 – MPM Capstone: The Future-Facing Public Manager
This course serves as an integrative capstone, which draws together lessons from required MPM courses and enables students to explore these within their own future career development. The course highlights key perspectives around the spirit of public service including issues of diversity, ethics and integrity in order to map out possibilities for the future of public service.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
GOVT 569 – Internship
A structured, academically-assessed placement with a department or agency (public or community sector) to achieve particular educational objectives, based on 'learning through experience'.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPM 501 – Public Management
An examination of governance and public management in Westminster-derived liberal democracies such as New Zealand, the interdependence of politics and management, the distinctive aspects of public management, the theories and applications and the developments currently emerging.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPM 502 – Law in the Public Sector
An introduction to various aspects of law as it affects public servants, including administrative law, the Treaty of Waitangi, constitutional law, civil rights and the legal system and method.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPM 521 – Comparative Public Management
An introduction to the study of public management drawing on comparative analysis of public administration and management mainly in OECD countries. The course will examine the role of public management in implementation and also ask what constitutes "good" public management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
MMPM 527 – Monitoring and Evaluation in the Public Sector
Approaches to monitoring and evaluation as a key aspect of performance management and strategic management in the public sector. This course focuses on requirements for monitoring, evaluation and reporting under Managing for Outcomes.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
Public Policy
See also Public Management
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 427 – Research Methods
An introduction to research methodology and methods that are common in business and government scholarship. We first cover philosophy of science and epistemology, then methods for reviewing literature, ollowed by research design, ethics and AI to support research processes. This is followed by a detailed account of a variety of qualitative and quantitative research methods. Cultural aspects of conducting research in business and government, including rangahau Māori, are also introduced.
15 pts • (X) the pair (FCOM 401, FCOM 421)
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
EGOV 501 – Digital Government and Public Services
Managerial aspects and issues of digital government and public services and its external relationships, drawing on available theory, models, concepts, frameworks and strategies as well as on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts
EGOV 502 – Digital Government and Public Sector Reform
Theories, principles, models and strategies for ICT-enabled public sector reforms, drawing on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 532
Not offered in 2024
EGOV 503 – Digital Engagement in the Public Sector
Challenges, conditions and requirements for managing the use of ICTs to achieve effective forms of public engagement, drawing on New Zealand and international experience.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
FCOM 592 – Thesis
Thesis in Governing for the Future.
90 pts
FCOM 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Governing for the Future.
60 pts
GOVT 501 – Government and Governing
Examines government and governing, the ethical and practical foundations of the institutions and processes that make up a polity.
15 pts
GOVT 502 – Public Managers and the Policy Process
Policymaking systems and structures, policy analysis processes including appropriate modes of citizen engagement, theories underpinning policy interventions and their design, implementation and evaluation.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 522
GOVT 503 – Policy and Management Practice
This course examines the interactions and interdependencies in the work that policy advisors and policy managers and implementers undertake in the pursuit of policy objectives.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 505 – An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis for Public Policy
The application of the methods of statistical analysis to problems, challenges, and decisions related to public policy, emphasising the intuition of applied statistical analysis, rather than the mathematics and mechanics of the methods.
15 pts
GOVT 511 – Managing for Results
Theory and practice in the strategic management of public resources to achieve desired government outcomes considering opportunities and constraints, focusing on outcomes-based approaches, strategic planning and logic modelling, performance strategies and management, and monitoring output targets and progress towards desired outcomes.
15 pts
GOVT 512 – Managing Public Resources
Designed for managers without specialist knowledge or training who need to understand the full spectrum of managing financial and organisational resources, covering planning and budgeting, revenue, expense asset and liability management, and reporting, auditing and accountability for the resources of public and community organisations.
15 pts
GOVT 513 – Managing People in the Public Sector
Organisational behaviour and managing people working in large and small organisations (public, community and indigenous) involved in public governance, highlighting recruitment, employment, development and performance, including strategic people management.
15 pts
GOVT 514 – Leading Change in Public Organisations
Leadership is a multifaceted concept. Modules will explore a range of themes including leading across contexts, followership and leading change. Students will develop their own unique leadership framework based on their own experiences, the latest theoretical developments in the field, and the knowledge of guest practitioners.
15 pts
GOVT 515 – Implementation and Service Delivery
The implementation and review phases of the strategic management cycle are essential to effective government policy. This course focuses on trends and developments in implementation and service delivery in liberal democracies such as Aotearoa/New Zealand with particular emphasis on the shift from ‘client focus’ to ‘co-production’ and ‘networked governance’. Note: CRN 30001 is only available to students in the PMSS cohort.
15 pts
GOVT 518 – Comparative Public Management
Comparative public management and public policy, with emphasis on contemporary developments in Asia-Pacific and beyond, including how challenges of public management and policy are addressed in other countries, theoretical approaches to assist in the comparative study of public management and public policy, and application of comparative/international experiences to specific settings and contexts.
15 pts
GOVT 519 – Development Policy and Management
The course examines how governments make a difference to development in their policies and their implementation. It looks at different approaches to the theory of state-led development and alternative models of the relationship between public institutions and human development.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 521 – Economics and Policy
Economic theories, principles and ideas and their application to complex strategic and operational policy issues, covering a diversity of approaches within economics including behavioral and institutional economics tools that can be used to assess policy options.
15 pts
GOVT 522 – Policy Analysis and Advising
Knowledge, competencies and behaviours required to craft quality policy analysis and advice across various policy domains, reflecting a range of values, examining policy systems and processes, including public participation, policy instruments, implementation, monitoring and evaluation.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 502 in 2020 or later
GOVT 523 – Policy Methods
Policy principles and compatible policy methods, suitable for specific types of policy challenges, based on theoretical frameworks for science, knowledge systems (with various types of evidence and scientific uncertainties) and values in policy decisions and implementation.
15 pts
GOVT 524 – Policy Workshop
This course consolidates and further develops policy analytic methods and practices in an extended application to a current policy challenge. Considers the roles, skills and competencies of policy practitioners operating in contexts that can be complex, uncertain, and ambiguous.
15 pts • (P) or (C) GOVT 521, 522, 523
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 525 – Policy Capstone
Consolidates and further develops policy analytic methods and practices in an extended application to a current policy challenge, with attention to the roles, skills and competencies of practitioners operating in contexts that can be complex, uncertain, and ambiguous.
30 pts • (C) GOVT 501, GOVT 505, GOVT 521, GOVT 522, GOVT 523 (X) GOVT 524
GOVT 531 – Local Government
This course explores local government policy and management issues, drawing on both New Zealand and international experience. Emphasis is given to the functions, structures, and financing arrangements of local governments, strategic planning practices, and the interfaces between local government, central government, Maori, and others in the private and community sectors.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 533 – Monitoring and Evaluation
This course focuses on monitoring and evaluation in public management and public policy and how high-quality monitoring and evaluation can improve policy and delivery, decision-making and the efficiency and effectiveness of resource allocation. The course will examine common forms of evaluation and provide a range of policy examples.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 534 – Public Integrity
This course examines integrity and ethics in the public sector from an individual, organisational and systemic viewpoint. It will investigate responsible leadership; identify signs of ethical collapse, demonstrate the concept of Integrity Management Systems (at local, national and organisational levels); and analyse international comparative cases on integrity management.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 535 – Ideas and Instruments: Strategic Procurement and Contracting
Public spending through procurement and contracting is shaping numerous policy agendas including sustainability, labour conditions, SMEs, and the indigenous economy. This course focuses on the ideas institutions and instruments underpinning procurement and contracting, including the ways in which it contributes to efficient and equitable public spending.
15 pts
GOVT 536 – Regulatory Policy
Contemporary theory and practice in regulatory policy, the roles of government and others in designing policies to secure enhanced economic, social, environmental and cultural outcomes, and effective implementation of regulatory policy.
15 pts
GOVT 538 – Social Policy
An examination of various aspects of social policy with particular attention to the analysis of social security, poverty, social exclusion, social development, demographic trends, the operation of labour markets and superannuation.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 539 – Politics, Philosophy and Public Policy
This course examines the contribution of political, social and moral philosophy to an understanding of the role of the state, and some of the issues surrounding the application of social science theories and methodologies to the conduct of policy analysis.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 542 – Governance for Sustainability and Resilience
Conceptual approaches to sustainability and resilience, and how they can be operationalised across scales of societal and corporate governance. Operationalisation of innovative concepts such as circular bio-economy and anticipatory governance for vulnerability mitigation. Assessments of novel technologies and their appropriate regulation.
15 pts
GOVT 543 – Public Policy and the Economics of Wellbeing
This course covers recent developments in the economics of wellbeing and explores how insights from wellbeing economics can be applied in a public policy context. It focuses on the practical application of wellbeing measures to inform decision-making, drawing on both objective outcome frameworks and measures of subjective wellbeing.
15 pts • (P) GOVT 521 or 15 approved ECON pts (X) GOVT 552 in 2018-2019
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 551 – Special Topic: Crown Entity Governance and Stewardship
This course examines good governance and stewardship for Crown entities in theory and practice. Attention is given to the roles of monitors in governance systems, their relationships with Ministers and Boards, with attention to different forms and functions of Crown entities. Note: Restricted to students in PGCert in Public Management for Crown Entity Monitors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Academic Programme Leader
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 552 – Special Topic: Crown Entity Performance Monitoring
This course develops capabilities across a range of practices for monitoring Crown entity performance. Considers monitoring frameworks, plans, indicator development and measurement, and the communication of performance assessments with attention to context, risk and uncertainty profiles, stakeholders, and Te Tiriti obligations. Note: Restricted to students in PGCert in Public Management for Crown Entity Monitors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Academic Programme Leader
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 553 – ST: Regulatory Practice in the 21st Century
This course examines contemporary trends in public management and their implications for regulatory practice now and in the future. In line with those trends, it focuses on the implementation and delivery of regulation, especially if and how management is effective in achieving desired policy goals and objectives. Note: CRN 27258 is only available to students in the G-Reg cohort.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 554 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 556 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 557 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 558 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 559 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
GOVT 561 – Applied Research in Public Management
Applications of research methods and evidence in public management, covering research objectives, ethics, choosing appropriate methods creating and using case studies and program evaluation as an evidence-base for public management decisions, and underlying skills for collecting, recording and analysing different forms of data.
15 pts • (X) EGOV 520
Not offered in 2024
GOVT 562 – Research Project
Supervised independent research or practice-oriented investigation leading to a report addressing specific objectives in public management or public policy.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
GOVT 565 – MPM Capstone: The Future-Facing Public Manager
This course serves as an integrative capstone, which draws together lessons from required MPM courses and enables students to explore these within their own future career development. The course highlights key perspectives around the spirit of public service including issues of diversity, ethics and integrity in order to map out possibilities for the future of public service.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
GOVT 569 – Internship
A structured, academically-assessed placement with a department or agency (public or community sector) to achieve particular educational objectives, based on 'learning through experience'.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
PUBL 501 – Research Paper in Public Policy
Students will conduct a substantial research project under supervision.
15 pts • (P) Part 1 of the Public Policy specialisation for the MCA
Not offered in 2024
PUBL 502 – Research Paper in Public Policy
Students will conduct a substantial research project under supervision.
15 pts • (P) Part 1 of the Public Policy specialisation for the MCA
Not offered in 2024
PUBL 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Public Policy.
120 pts
PUBL 690 – Public Policy for PhD
120 pts
Religious Studies
RELI 401 – Belief, Behaviour, Belonging
This course is a comprehensive graduate-level introduction to the study of religion, an expansive and dynamic field that examines religion’s entanglements with social, ethical and political dynamics. We consider the theories, debates, and innovations that have shaped this academic discipline. Drawing on cutting-edge scholarship, we explore diverse ideas and commitments, materialities, rituals, and practices. We also analyse the formation and function of religious community, including institutional, sectarian, and heterodox groups. This interdisciplinary course will be of interest to anyone working in the social sciences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
RELI 422 – Political Religions: States, Movements and Institutions
This course examines textual, theological and practical resources that religious believers use to inform their engagement with political and public issues. Contemporary issues are evaluated against the backdrop of historical debates concerning interactions of religion and politics. Case studies exemplify approaches to political thought and activism used within different traditions. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) RELI 417
Not offered in 2024
RELI 424 – Religion, Community and Identity
An advanced examination of relationships between religions and societies through a combination of theoretical models and case studies. The latter will address the social location and functions of religious communities, and religious interactions with social institutions, in selected societies. Concerns include issues of diversity, power, authority, law, and media.
30 pts • (X) RELI 407
Not offered in 2024
RELI 427 – Scriptures and Sacred Books: Language, Interpretation and Textuality
A critical study, in English, of a sacred text or texts from a selected major religious tradition.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
RELI 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
RELI 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Religious Studies.
120 pts
RELI 690 – Religious Studies for PhD
120 pts
Science
SCIE 401 – Special Topic: Urban Geography and Urban Health
This course will provide students with skills to argue which characteristics a healthy city would have, a city which provides a context for urban health. Students will be equipped to use geographical tools and concepts to analyse various intra-urban processes and their effects on urban health. The course will explore how characteristics of urban (notably residential) environments might promote or hinder urban health, how such effects can be analysed, and which measures urban planning can offer. Students will be exposed to contemporary urban geography debates about urban health in national and international contexts.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the relevant Head of School
Not offered in 2024
SCIE 402 – Special Topic: Advanced Environmental Science
Our Earth is facing escalating pressures on the environment. In this interdisciplinary science course, you will explore contemporary and controversial environmental issues facing us in New Zealand, and globally. You will develop scientific, analytical and mathematical skills to apply to key environmental problems.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
SCIE 403 – Special Topic: Cognitive Neuroscience of Memory and Practical Applications
Our memories allow us to learn from the past, make predictions about the future, and create our own sense of identity. In this course, students will discover our current understanding of how the brain creates memory, drawing on theories and methods in the field of cognitive neuroscience, and related applications.
15 pts • (P) PSYC 327
Not offered in 2024
SCIE 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
SCIE 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
SCIS 410 – Science Communication
An introduction to the theory and practice of science communication. Students will learn about the purpose of, audiences for and effectiveness of various forms of science communication. In addition, they will develop science communication skills and outputs related to specific areas of scientific research or societal concern and engage with science communication research and literature.
15 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director (X) SCIS 311, SCIE 311 in 2014-2017;
SCIS 411 – Key Ideas in Science in Society
An introduction to the key themes and readings relevant to the broad field of Science in Society, drawing on literature from, for example, Science, Technology and Society Studies (STS), History of Science and Public Engagement with Science (PES).
15 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director
SCIS 412 – Science in Society Research and Methods
An applied overview of current research practice, findings and methods at the intersection of science and society. The course is delivered through public research seminars from guest speakers, field trips, short wānanga and taught classes covering a selection of methods from those used in qualitative, quantitative, interpretive, creative and Kaupapa Māori research.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
SCIS 414 – Science and the Humanities
This course explores important connections between science, Mātauranga Māori, the arts and humanities in the contemporary world. Material is drawn from a wide range of sources, including the environmental humanities, new media studies, Māori and other Indigenous scholarship, creative arts and writing. Students will have opportunities to explore academic and creative responses to contemporary issues relating to science and technology.
15 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director
SCIS 420 – Special Topic: Cultures of Science
This course encourages students to critically engage with and understand the different cultures of science. Unpacking and evaluating legacies of science with attention to colonialism, sexism, racism, class, institutional cultures, ethics, politics, and policy frameworks; the students work towards imagining a better science and scientific practice.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
Not offered in 2024
SCIS 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
SCIS 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
SCIS 587 – Placement and Project
Selected students will be offered the opportunity to complete a supervised voluntary work placement in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy, science communication or public engagement with science. The student’s project will be agreed between the student and the programme coordinator.
60 pts • (P) Completion of part 1 of MScSoc and approval of programme director
SCIS 588 – Research Essay
A supervised research essay approved by the Programme Director. This course allows students to experience the process of developing a Science in Society research question and writing an essay.
30 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director and completion of part 1
SCIS 589 – Science Communication Project
Students develop a science communication output accompanied by a critical essay reflecting on the process of developing the output and on the success of the finished product.
30 pts • (P) SCIS 311 or SCIS 410
SCIS 590 – Research Project
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive written report. This course allows students to apply research skills learned in other Science in Society courses to a question at the intersection between science and society.
60 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
SCIS 591 – Thesis in Science in Society
120 pts
SCIE 690 – Thesis
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
SCIS 690 – Thesis
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director.
SCIS 692 – Science in Society for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
SCIS 693 – Science in Society for PhD (Arts)
120 pts
Science in Society
SCIS 410 – Science Communication
An introduction to the theory and practice of science communication. Students will learn about the purpose of, audiences for and effectiveness of various forms of science communication. In addition, they will develop science communication skills and outputs related to specific areas of scientific research or societal concern and engage with science communication research and literature.
15 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director (X) SCIS 311, SCIE 311 in 2014-2017;
SCIS 411 – Key Ideas in Science in Society
An introduction to the key themes and readings relevant to the broad field of Science in Society, drawing on literature from, for example, Science, Technology and Society Studies (STS), History of Science and Public Engagement with Science (PES).
15 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director
SCIS 412 – Science in Society Research and Methods
An applied overview of current research practice, findings and methods at the intersection of science and society. The course is delivered through public research seminars from guest speakers, field trips, short wānanga and taught classes covering a selection of methods from those used in qualitative, quantitative, interpretive, creative and Kaupapa Māori research.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
SCIS 414 – Science and the Humanities
This course explores important connections between science, Mātauranga Māori, the arts and humanities in the contemporary world. Material is drawn from a wide range of sources, including the environmental humanities, new media studies, Māori and other Indigenous scholarship, creative arts and writing. Students will have opportunities to explore academic and creative responses to contemporary issues relating to science and technology.
15 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director
SCIS 420 – Special Topic: Cultures of Science
This course encourages students to critically engage with and understand the different cultures of science. Unpacking and evaluating legacies of science with attention to colonialism, sexism, racism, class, institutional cultures, ethics, politics, and policy frameworks; the students work towards imagining a better science and scientific practice.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
Not offered in 2024
SCIS 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
SCIS 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
SCIS 587 – Placement and Project
Selected students will be offered the opportunity to complete a supervised voluntary work placement in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy, science communication or public engagement with science. The student’s project will be agreed between the student and the programme coordinator.
60 pts • (P) Completion of part 1 of MScSoc and approval of programme director
SCIS 588 – Research Essay
A supervised research essay approved by the Programme Director. This course allows students to experience the process of developing a Science in Society research question and writing an essay.
30 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director and completion of part 1
SCIS 589 – Science Communication Project
Students develop a science communication output accompanied by a critical essay reflecting on the process of developing the output and on the success of the finished product.
30 pts • (P) SCIS 311 or SCIS 410
SCIS 590 – Research Project
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive written report. This course allows students to apply research skills learned in other Science in Society courses to a question at the intersection between science and society.
60 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
SCIS 591 – Thesis in Science in Society
120 pts
SCIS 690 – Thesis
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director.
Second Language Education
See also Applied Linguistics, Linguistics, English as a Second Language, and TESOL
LALS 510 – Listening and Speaking in the Language Classroom
This course explores a range of principles and practices for the teaching and learning of listening and speaking skills in the second/foreign language classroom. Drawing on evidence from classroom research, the course explores evidence-based proposals for addressing the practical issues that teachers face in planning and implementing instruction that involves these two skills. Emphasis is given to the design of classroom materials, activities and lessons, and principles for managing classroom learning.
15 pts
LALS 511 – Teaching Reading and Writing
Examination of the principles behind the effective teaching of reading and writing skills in another language and the application of these principles in the preparation and use of teaching materials.
15 pts
LALS 512 – Exploring Grammar using Corpus Linguistics
In LALS 512, course members will learn how to use corpus linguistic methods to explore different grammatical constructions as a means to analyze and develop pedagogical material. The insights which this course aims to foster are relevant to L2 grammar in general, but most of the examples and materials used in the course concern L2 English.
15 pts
LALS 513 – The Pronunciation of English
Study of the phonological systems of English with a focus on using this knowledge for the preparation of teaching materials and assisting learners' language use.
15 pts
LALS 515 – Language Curriculum Development
The aim of this course is to familiarise students with the processes, issues and options of language course design and evaluation.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 516 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 517 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 518 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 519 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 520 – Second Language Acquisition
LALS 520 introduces course members to theories of second language acquisition. It explores linguistic, psychological, and educational factors that bear on the abilities of children and adults to understand and use second languages. The course emphasizes the application of SLA research to second language pedagogy.
15 pts
LALS 521 – Language for Specific Purposes
A study of the theory and practice of developing courses for adult learners with specific professional or academic purposes for learning a language. In particular, the course examines ways of understanding the specific purposes in detail through analysis of target communication, and how learning opportunities relevant to that target should be selected and managed in particular contexts of learning.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 522 – Teaching and Learning Vocabulary
The study of second language vocabulary learning and teaching, including factors that influence vocabulary learning, the roles of incidental acquisition and deliberate learning, how to select words for learning and how to assess vocabulary knowledge.
15 pts
LALS 523 – Assessment for Learning in the Language Classroom
A study of the theory and practice of language assessment, with particular reference to classroom learning and teaching. The course mainly focuses on classroom-based assessment for formative purposes.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 524 – Language Testing
A study of the design, development and analysis of language tests, especially for the purpose of assessing achievement or proficiency in a second language.
15 pts
LALS 525 – Learner Autonomy and Learning Strategies
This course introduces the principles and practices associated with learner autonomy and learner strategies in language learning. A key emphasis will be placed on how the theories and research covered can be translated into classroom practice.
15 pts
LALS 527 – Teaching Young Learners
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 528 – Classroom-based Research for Language Teachers
15 pts
LALS 529 – Task-Based Language Teaching
Task-based language teaching (TBLT) has been extensively theorized and researched in recent decades and widely adopted in language teaching and learning internationally. Drawing on theoretical and classroom perspectives, this course explores task-based course design, teaching and assessment. It considers the practicalities of adopting TBLT in contexts familiar to teachers on the course.
15 pts • (X) LALS 519, 2014-2016
LALS 530 – Teaching English as an International Language
The changing sociolinguistic landscape of English has led to a paradigm shift in the Applied Linguistics discipline, calling for a critical re-assessment of ELT assumptions and practices that have been traditionally oriented toward native-English speakers’ linguistic norms and practices. This course engages students in exploring the recent sociolinguistic development of the English language in various international contexts, and its implications for teaching English in today’s globalising/globalised world. LALS 530 is only available to RELC students (in Singapore).
15 pts • (X) LALS 519 in 2019-2021
LALS 531 – Computer-assisted Language Learning
This course engages participants in a critical examination of theoretical and practical issues in Computer-assisted Language Learning (CALL). Students will develop an understanding about using, evaluating and designing digital materials and tools for language learning and teaching. Students will also engage in creative thinking by undertaking a CALL project.
15 pts
LALS 540 – Hands-on Practice in Quantitative Research
A study of how to evaluate and design quantitative research in Applied Linguistics.
15 pts
LALS 541 – Hands-on Practice in Qualitative Research
A study of how to evaluate and design qualitative research in Applied Linguistics, applied to students’ individual research interests.
15 pts
LALS 542 – Interaction and Identity in Language Learning
This course explores what theories of identity contribute to our understanding of the teaching and learning of language in educational contexts. It examines how language and identity are interconnected, and considers implications for classroom practice.
15 pts
LALS 543 – Language in the Workplace
This course will introduce students to theoretical concepts, analytical models, and a range of methodologies from socio-linguistics and discourse analysis which can be used to explore the ways in which people communicate at work.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 544 – Discourse Analysis and Language Teaching
Discourse is language in use. This course explores the analysis of discourse structure in spoken and/or written text, and considers applications in language teaching.
15 pts
LALS 563 – Sociolinguistics and Language Education
This course centres around those areas of sociolinguistics which are of interest to both sociolinguists and applied linguists, particularly regarding the application of sociolinguistic concepts to language teaching.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
LALS 579 – Research Placement
Students will complete an approved research placement on an existing research project of a programme member. The placement may be part of a collaborative research project with a private sector establishment, public sector agency, or non-governmental organisation and hence may involve the student doing data collection, observations or consultation at that establishment/agency/organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
LALS 580 – Research Studies
The collection, analysis and interpretation of data relating to a research question arising from course work in the MLing, MTESOL or MAppLing programme, leading to a 6,000 word report. Permission of the Programme Director must be obtained before enrolling in this course.
15 pts
LALS 581 – Research Studies
The collection, analysis and interpretation of data relating to a research question arising from course work in the MLing, MTESOL or MAppLing programme, leading to a 6,000 word report. Permission of the Programme Director must be obtained before enrolling in this course.
15 pts
LALS 582 – Research Project
The collection, analysis and interpretation of data relating to a research question arising from course work in the MLing, MTESOL or MAppLing programme, leading to a 12,000 word report. Permission of the Programme Director must be obtained before enrolling in this course.
30 pts
LALS 583 – Dissertation
The collection, analysis and interpretation of data relating to a research question arising from course work in the MLing, MTESOL or MAppLing programme, leading to a 20,000 word dissertation. Permission of the Programme Director must be obtained before enrolling in this course.
60 pts
LALS 584 – Thesis
The collection, analysis and interpretation of data relating to a research question in the field of linguistics, applied linguistics or TESOL, leading to a 30,000 word thesis. Permission of the Programme Director must be obtained before enrolling in this course.
90 pts
Second Language Learning & Teaching
CHIN 401 – Advanced Chinese Language
Advanced level study of written and spoken Chinese, with particular reference to the language of the print and electronic media of China; advanced practical translation from and into Chinese; tuition in the use of a range of contemporary reference tools. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
CHIN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
GERM 401 – Advanced Language Study
Advanced-level study of written and spoken German. This is a compulsory course for German Honours. If all students enrolled in GERM 401 are agreed to it, the emphasis will be in Translation Studies. The decision will be made at the first meeting of the class. If the emphasis is to be on Translation Studies, the course will combine the study of the theory of professional translation and interpreting with advanced-level practice of translation of various texts from and into German. Some interpreting will also be practised. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GERM 411 – Special Topic 1: Captured Berlin: the Reflection of a City in Word and Image
This course presents Berlin through the lens of selected examples of literary texts and film from the Weimar Republic (1919-1933) to the present day. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
GERM 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise, on a topic of the student's choice, designed to develop skills in bibliographic searches and the elaboration of a closely argued analytic text.
30 pts
ITAL 401 – Advanced Italian Language
Advanced-level study of both written and spoken Italian. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ITAL 402 – Italian Literature and Culture from Realism to Modernism
An advanced course in literary and cultural studies, examining a range of works by significant Italian cultural figures of the 19th and early 20th centuries. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ITAL 407 – Special Topic: Contemporary Italian Literature
The course covers historical, cultural, literary and linguistic aspects of contemporary Italian fiction through a close study of three selected works: two collections of short-stories - Marcovaldo by Italo Calvino (1923-1985) and Sessanta Racconti by Dino Buzzati (1906-1971) - and one novel - Sostiene Pereira by Antonio Tabucchi (1943). 100% internal assessment. Co-taught with ITAL 308.
30 pts • (X) ITAL 308
Not offered in 2024
ITAL 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
JAPA 401 – Advanced Japanese Language
This course offers students an opportunity to extend their language skills through the reading of newspapers, periodicals and excerpts from essays and short stories, and expressing opinions on social issues both orally and in writing. The study of grammar to an advanced level is also included. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
JAPA 405 – Special Topic: Japanese Pop Culture: Book to Screen
This course introduces Japanese popular culture through film adaptations of manga comics, anime and literature. The texts studied include adapted texts in Japanese and English translations. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
JAPA 412 – Japanese Mythology
This course examines various aspects of the Japanese mythology derived from the earliest written sources and from oral traditions. Selected Japanese myths are outlined and devices of orality (pre-literary) tradition are applied to them. Origins of Japanese mythology are explored in the context of prehistoric migrations and recent archaeological findings. 100% internal assessment. Co-taught with JAPA 314.
30 pts • (X) JAPA 314.
Not offered in 2024
JAPA 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
MAOR 406 – Te Reo o Nga Tohunga/The Language of the Masters
This is an advanced course in Maori language. While the emphasis is placed on the study of classical texts including waiata, whakatauki and karakia, it will also include examples of contemporary compositions. Examples of classical texts that will be covered in this course may include excerpts from Nga Moteatea, Nga Hakirara a Nga Tupuna as well as contemporary writing such as Te Tu a Te Toka - He Ieretanga no nga Tai e Wha. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 506.
Not offered in 2024
MAOR 408 – Tā Te Māori Rangahau/Methodology of Māori Research
This course explores research theories and practices of relevance to researchers in Māori Studies. In 12 weekly seminars, staff at Te Kawa a Māui share their discipline-specific experiences and methodologies, including discussions on kaupapa Māori research. Through guided assessment and compulsory weekly tutorials, students will produce their own research proposal. Scholarship in Māori Studies has been produced by using a variety of different approaches to research, which in turn depend on the disciplinary background of the researcher. Te Kawa a Māui is a multi-disciplinary School which combines a wealth of disciplinary expertise from areas as diverse as history, politics, anthropology, performing arts, literature and science. This course aims to explore the different ways of conducting research in these disciplines, while also equipping students with generic research skills that are independent of discipline. Note: CRN 7712 is taught in English.
30 pts
MAOR 410 – Kaupapa Turua/Special Topic: Iwi Internship
This course aims to provide a limited number of selected students with the opportunity of gaining insights into the operations of an iwi organisation, the roles and responsibilities of iwi representatives, resource consent processes and/or iwi negotiations with the Crown. Students who are accepted into this course will have the opportunity to work in an iwi organisation throughout the year. Although examining iwi organisations and their duties is a very local kind of examination, in this course students will also reflect on the situation Indigenous politics. Students will need to contact the Course Coordinator if they are interested in the course and will be interviewed prior to enrolling.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 510
Not offered in 2024
MAOR 411 – Te Ao Hurihuri/Issues in Contemporary Māori Society
This course covers the development of government and iwi policy to address issues of significance to Māori. It includes a review of some traditional and contemporary tikanga and Māori concepts impacting on issues that governments wish to address through policy processes. The course also briefly covers Māori interest in international/Indigenous issues. Students will gain an insight into policy development processes as well as past and present mechanisms for dealing with Māori/iwi/hapū interest in policy outcomes. Students will examine policy decisions that have given rise to conflict between the Crown and Māori/iwi, and consider options available to Māori/iwi to interact in policy processes.
30 pts • (X) MAOR 511
MAOR 413 – Kia Kautū/Internship
Approved and supervised work placement of students in an organisation with a predominant focus on Māori issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director (X) MAOR 410 in 2013-2019, MAOR 510 in 2013-2019, MAOR 512
^ Limited entry course
MAOR 489 – Kaupapa Rangahau/Research Project
Students enrolled in this course will complete a major essay, the topic of which is to be negotiated with the Head of School, Māori Studies, who will arrange appropriate supervision.
30 pts
SPAN 401 – Advanced Spanish Language
This is an advanced-level course in Spanish language, which aims to improve students' proficiency in both written and spoken Spanish. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SPAN 405 – Special Topic 1: Literature under Dictatorship and Democracy: Spanish Memory Politics
This course presents a range of literary works by Spanish writers, studied in their original Spanish versions, and aims to introduce students to contemporary approaches to memory in literary and cultural criticism. Specific attention will be paid to the recent focus on recovering the past in modern Spanish literature. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SPAN 406 – Special Topic 2: From Civilisation to Barbarism to Transculturation in Latin American Literature
This Special Topic offers a course at Honours level that focuses on Latin American literature and culture, rather than both Latin American and Peninsular literature and culture. This will allow students greater immersion and specialisation in the field of Latin American Studies to better prepare them for postgraduate studies in that area. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SPAN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
Secondary School Leadership
MSSL 501 – Developing Leadership Capacity
An introduction to leadership theory and practice. Participants will have opportunities to develop a greater understanding of their personal leadership capacity including how to lead others and how to develop leadership in others.
15 pts
MSSL 502 – Shaping the Future
An examination of the role of the secondary school principal in leading change and encouraging creativity and innovation. Strategic planning, goal setting and problem solving are aspects of future-based leadership that will be explored in this course.
15 pts
MSSL 503 – Leading Learning and Teaching
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership including a study of the conditions necessary to support effective learning and teaching. The principal’s role in developing staff capacity related to teaching and learning in a digital age will be a focus of this course.
15 pts
MSSL 504 – Managing the Organisation/Systems
Course participants will critically examine some key theories of systems and organisational management, together with good practice guidelines for successful leadership/management of key areas of responsibility in secondary schools. Legal, human resource, financial and property management and governance issues will be considered.
15 pts
MSSL 505 – Partnerships and Networks
Building and sustaining effective relationships with the school community and beyond is the focus of this course. Participants will have the opportunity to evaluate strategies and approaches and to articulate how these may be implemented in a variety of situations. There will be a particular focus on relationships with Māori and Pacific communities.
15 pts
MSSL 506 – Leading Evidence-based Practice
An examination of the use of data to inform teaching and learning organisation and practice, to inform planning, and to monitor progress in New Zealand secondary schools. Tools for data collection and analysis will be considered and the uses of evidence examined.
15 pts
MSSL 507 – Te Tiriti Based Leadership Practice
This course deepens thinking and understanding regarding leadership practice in secondary schools of Aotearoa New Zealand based on the articles, provisions, and principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi. Participants will have opportunities to reflect on how to enact Te Tiriti o Waitangi based leadership and how to equitably privilege mātauranga, kaupapa, and tikanga Māori. Issues of race and colonialism underpinning New Zealand society and the school system will be considered. Participants will be required to critically evaluate and articulate how Te Tiriti can be honoured within school leadership practice and how they demonstrate cultural competencies that reflect Te Tiriti in their work.
15 pts
MSSL 508 – Research Project
A research project in a selected area of secondary school leadership.
60 pts
Secondary Teacher Education
TCHG 505 – Te Koruru: Professional Practice 1
In this course, student teachers are introduced to Te Waharoa as the programme’s vision for Te Tiriti-led transformative education and to the Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand’s Code and Standards as the expectations for the teaching profession. They are introduced to a range of language learning strategies to support their development of proficiency in te reo Māori. During the teaching experience located in this course, they explore and apply models and frameworks for critical situational analysis of teaching and learning contexts and develop adaptive expertise as a developing teacher.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 507 and 508 or two of TCHG 526, 527 or 528
TCHG 506 – Te Koruru: Professional Practice 2
Through the perspective of tangata Tiriti, student teachers develop an understanding of their professional responsibilities to education for Pacific peoples. They refine their practice during teaching experience as they develop their independence, adaptive expertise and ability to cope with increasing complexity in learning and teaching situations. They also consider their ongoing professional commitments and roles as advocates in light of Te Waharoa and the Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand’s Code and Standards.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 509 and 517 or two of TCHG 529, 531 or 532
TCHG 526 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Mātauranga-a-iwi
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of a specialist subject area. They contextualise Mātauranga-a-iwi within their specialist subject area. They explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, (527 or 528)
TCHG 527 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Digital Age Education
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of a specialist teaching subject. Student teachers develop professional digital competence related to their teaching practice. They explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, (526 or 528)
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 528 – Ngā Raparapa 1: Exploring Teaching Dynamics with a Digital Age Education Focus
In this course student teachers focus on current challenges facing the teaching profession. They also explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Student teachers develop professional digital competence as related to their teaching practice. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, (526 or 527)
TCHG 529 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Inclusive Education
In this course, student teachers deepen their critical examination of the nature and purposes of a specialist subject area. They contextualise principles and practices of inclusive education within this learning area, with a particular focus on students with additional learning needs. With a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505, 526 (C) TCHG 506, (531 or 532)
TCHG 531 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Pacific Learners
In this course, student teachers deepen their critical examination of the nature and purposes of a specialist teaching subject. They contextualise education for Pacific peoples within their teaching subject/s and explore the contribution of these subjects to addressing wider social and environmental issues. With a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505, 527 (C) TCHG 506, (529 or 532)
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 532 – Ngā Raparapa 2: Advancing Teaching Dynamics with a Pacific Learner Focus
In this course student teachers research a current challenge facing the teaching profession. They contextualise education for Pacific peoples within their teaching subject. They explore the contribution of the subject to addressing wider social and environmental issues and, with a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505, 528 (C) TCHG 506, (529 or 531)
Social Policy
SACS 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised voluntary work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy or service provision issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
SPOL 489 – Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an independent research project and write an extended essay. They will receive individual supervision from a staff member, and also work as a group learning foundational research skills, such as formulating a research question, writing a literature review and developing an argument.
30 pts
SPOL 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Social Policy.
120 pts
SPOL 690 – Social Policy for PhD
120 pts
Sociology
See also Social Policy and Social Science Research
SACS 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised voluntary work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy or service provision issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
SOSC 401 – Rethinking the Social
This course explores a number of key debates and paradigms in contemporary sociological theory. Students will explore the development of social theory, from the work of Marx, Weber, and Durkheim, up until the contemporary thinkers such as Latour, Alexander, Butler, Urry, and Beck. This course will also focus on crucial themes and influential paradigms in social theory.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SOSC 402 – State, Power, Emancipation
This course explores what the state is, and what it does. It considers questions of state power, policy making and implementation, and knowledge production through engaging with contemporary critical theory texts. Students will be encouraged to evaluate arguments about what constitutes effective politics today.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SOSC 413 – Special Topic: Debates in the Sociology of Knowledge
This course surveys key paradigms, issues, and research methodologies in the sociology of knowledge. Students will engage with the major conceptual and research approaches within this subfield, as well as with debates around ideology, utopia, religion, science, memory, and everyday knowledge in the contemporary world.
30 pts
SOSC 414 – Special Topic: Citizenship, (Il)legality and Belonging in the 21st Century
This course examines key sociological debates and approaches to citizenship, legality and belonging in the 21st Century. Students will explore how the last decades of social and political changes have produced new modes of governing citizenship, borders, boundaries and belonging. Through major sociological theories and ethnographies, the course will engage with topics such as statelessness, forced and undocumented migration, the rise of far-right politics, decolonisation and neoliberal regimes of citizenship and belonging.
30 pts
SOSC 415 – Contemporary Issues in the Sociology of Morality and Ethics
This course will explore the kinds of contributions sociologists can make to debates about ethics. It will cover theoretical approaches that place the question of ethics and moral life on the sociological agenda, including debates about research ethics in the social sciences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SOSC 416 – Qualitative Data Analysis
Develops an understanding of sociological approaches to the analysis of documents, interview data and other forms of talk, and interactions between people and their environment. The course will cover different forms of content, thematic, narrative, discourse and conversation analysis. Analytic approaches will be applied to data through individual and group work.
30 pts
SOSC 418 – Work and the Culture of Capitalism
This course explores the meaning of work in capitalist societies, focusing especially on the United States, United Kingdom, and New Zealand. It examines leading theories of how capitalism has changed during the late 20th and early 21st centuries and the implications of those changes for the meaning of work.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SOSC 489 – Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an independent research project and write an extended essay. They will receive individual supervision from a staff member, and also work as a group learning foundational research skills, such as formulating a research question, writing a literature review and developing an argument.
30 pts
SOSC 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Sociology.
120 pts
SOSC 690 – Sociology for PhD
120 pts
Software Engineering
See also Engineering, Computer System Engineering, Electronic Engineering, and Network Engineering
CYBR 471 – Offensive and Defensive Security
This course provides an in-depth journey into cybersecurity attacks and defences. It begins with the basics of reconnaissance, scanning, and exploitation, moving into advanced topics such as exploitation tools, post-exploitation techniques, and threat intelligence. The curriculum includes practical log analysis, vulnerability management, incident investigation, and the recovery process.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 371; 45 further 300-level pts from (AIML, CYBR, SWEN)
CYBR 472 – Cybercrime Investigations
This course offers an in-depth look at digital forensics, emphasizing its role in civil and criminal investigations including the legal context. Students will learn to analyse computer systems, mobile devices, and cloud environments, while understanding the legal and ethical aspects of forensic investigations. The program combines guest lectures from industry experts and practical exercises, preparing students to tackle real-world forensic challenges effectively.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (AIML, COMP, CYBR, SWEN)
CYBR 473 – Malware Analysis
This course introduces techniques and tools for analysing and detecting malicious software (malware). It covers in-depth analysis techniques for identifying, dissecting, and neutralising malware threats, including viruses, worms, trojans, and ransomware. The course emphasises practical skills in developing and implementing defensive strategies to protect systems against malware attacks.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (AIML, COMP, CYBR, SWEN)
SWEN 501 – Professional Programming Skills
This course teaches core programming skills, concepts and techniques, including fundamental control structures, collection data structures and testing.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MSwDev
SWEN 502 – Software Development Studio 1
The course addresses a range of software development skills and builds an understanding of technical and software engineering concepts and techniques. Students will work on a variety of industry relevant group projects which address a range of topics in software development and computer science. The course will teach teamwork skills, professional practice skills, and communication skills in the context of software development.
45 pts • (P) SWEN 501 (with B or better)
SWEN 504 – Software Development Studio 2
This course will consist of a sequence of group projects, interleaved with teaching sessions, industrial seminars, industrial case studies, and tutorials providing background to the projects, review of the student work, and additional material to complement the project work. The group work and the teaching will be done in the same physical space, allowing for flexible timing of the more formal components of the course. The course will include weekly seminars from industry professionals on a range of topics.
60 pts • (P) SWEN 502
SWEN 589 – Industry Research and Development Project
The course will consist of a substantial project, working on a software research and development task. Generally it will be done as a placement in industry, but could, in certain cases, be an industry-sourced (or industry-related) project done within the school. The project would involve supervision by an academic as well as the industry employer, and will involve formal and informal reporting, both written and oral presentations.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MSwDev
SWEN 690 – Software Engineering for PhD
120 pts
Spanish
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
SPAN 401 – Advanced Spanish Language
This is an advanced-level course in Spanish language, which aims to improve students' proficiency in both written and spoken Spanish. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SPAN 405 – Special Topic 1: Literature under Dictatorship and Democracy: Spanish Memory Politics
This course presents a range of literary works by Spanish writers, studied in their original Spanish versions, and aims to introduce students to contemporary approaches to memory in literary and cultural criticism. Specific attention will be paid to the recent focus on recovering the past in modern Spanish literature. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SPAN 406 – Special Topic 2: From Civilisation to Barbarism to Transculturation in Latin American Literature
This Special Topic offers a course at Honours level that focuses on Latin American literature and culture, rather than both Latin American and Peninsular literature and culture. This will allow students greater immersion and specialisation in the field of Latin American Studies to better prepare them for postgraduate studies in that area. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
SPAN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
SPAN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Spanish.
120 pts
SPAN 690 – Spanish for PhD
120 pts
Statistics
DATA 471 – Practical Data Science
A course in practical data science. The course will introduce interactive displays, infographics and dashboards, focussing on communication, reporting and visualisation. It will bring together techniques in statistical and mathematical modelling with programming as well as social and ethical perspectives on data science. Co-taught with DATA 301.
15 pts • (P) DATA 201; one of (DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017–2018) (X) DATA 301
DATA 472 – Data Management and Programming
A course in the practical aspects of data management for those who work with data sources. Students will apply programming and data management techniques using a high-level language and SQL. Web scraping, data transformation, data cleaning, summary and visualisation. Students will create a web-based application to investigate, analyse and display a data set. Co-taught with DATA 202.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN) (X) DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017-2018, STAT 483 in 2017-2020.
DATA 473 – Statistical Modelling for Data Science
In this course we uncover the role that Statistics plays in Data Science. With a focus on understanding relevant statistical methods and their practical applications, this course will help you consolidate key data science skills. Topics covered include generalised linear models, polynomial regression, generalised additive models, shrinkage methods and supervised learning methods. The topics are covered in the context of inference and prediction for continuous, count and binary outcomes. Co-taught with DATA 303.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) DATA 303
DATA 474 – Simulation & Stochastic Models
Simulation and modelling of stochastic systems, covering examples from Operations Research and Computer Science, including queues, networks and computer systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation experiments. Co-taught with COMP 312, DATA 304.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) COMP 312, DATA 304
Not offered in 2024
DATA 480 – Research Preparation for Data Science
This course provides students with an opportunity to develop their research skills in Data Science, including use of library resources, constructing literature reviews, developing research questions, writing research proposals and developing skills in oral presentation.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MDataSc
DATA 481 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 482 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 483 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
DATA 487 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
15 pts
DATA 489 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
30 pts
DATA 491 – Mathematics for Data Science
How should we model data to ensure we have a good understanding of the world? Drawing correct conclusions from well-chosen statistical models needs a range of mathematical techniques. This course shows you the key methods used in the construction and maximisation of likelihoods, the analysis of experimental data and linear models, and an exploration of probability plus several probability distributions. Specific mathematical topics include matrices and their properties, differentiation and optimisation of functions, plus integral calculus. The mathematical methods will be implemented and illustrated using the statistical software R, including the use of simulation, numerical methods and graphics.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) MATH 277, STAT 391
DATA 492 – Data Science Algorithms
This course will derive the fundamental algorithms of data science from mathematical and statistical principles. Algorithms for regression, clustering, dimensionality reduction and stochastic optimisation will be derived, together with methods to generate pseudo-random numbers and samples from probability distributions, including the use of Markov Chain Monte Carlo samplers. Practical work will be used to develop understanding of how the algorithms work in practice and the limits on their use.
15 pts • (P) STAT 391 or DATA 491
Not offered in 2024
STAT 431 – Biostatistics
A course about modelling survival time and multilevel data. Topics selected from maximum likelihood estimator review; large sample tests (Likelihood Ratio, Wald and Score tests); information criteria; Life tables; Kaplan-Meier estimator and log-rank test; Cox-proportional hazard model; multilevel linear regression and logistic regression; likelihood and Bayesian inference; multilevel models in R and WinBUGS.
15 pts • (P) One course from (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
Not offered in 2024
STAT 432 – Computational Statistics
Introduction to computationally intensive methods for statistical modelling and inference. Topics selected from jackknife and bootstrap bias correction and variance estimation; permutation tests; maximum likelihood estimation using EM algorithm; random numbers; probability distribution simulation; Bayesian Inference; Markov Chain Monte Carlo; Metropolis-Hastings algorithm; Gibbs sampling. Desirable that students have some programming experience.
15 pts • (P) one course from (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
STAT 433 – Stochastic Processes
The first half of the course covers the concepts of probability spaces, filtration and adapted processes; in particular, Brownian motion, Geometric Brownian motion and diffusion processes. It also studies Ito integrals, martingales, stochastic differential equations, stopping times, and the strong Markov property. The second half covers the Feynman-Kac formula and its connection to boundary value problems, Girsanov change-of-measure, Esscher transform of measure, first-passage problems of (Geometric) Brownian motion and diffusion processes, plus the Laplace transform of their first-passage times. Applications of the concepts in mathematical finance and actuarial science are discussed towards the end of the course.
15 pts • (X) STAT 441
STAT 434 – Statistical Inference
This course is an in-depth cover of classical statistical inference procedures in estimation and hypothesis testing. Topics include: limit theorems; theory of parametric estimation; sufficiency and efficiency; uniformly most powerful tests and likelihood ratio tests. As time permits, a selection of notions from Bayesian, nonparametric and robust statistics, will be discussed.
15 pts • (P) STAT 332; MATH 377 recommended
Not offered in 2024
STAT 435 – Time Series
A general introduction to the theory and practice of time series analysis. Topics will include: the basic theory of stationary processes; spectral or Fourier models;AR, MA and ARMA models; linear filtering; time series inference; and the sampling of continuous time processes. This foundation course has broad application in many areas. The statistical system R will be used for graphical displays, data analysis and simulation studies.
15 pts • (P) one of MATH 377, STAT 332
Not offered in 2024
STAT 436 – Forecasting
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 300-level pts from (ECON, MATH, QUAN, STAT)
Not offered in 2024
STAT 438 – Generalised Linear Models
Brief outline of generalised linear model theory, contingency tables, binary response models, log-linear models (for contingency tables), repeated measures, GEE analysis, logit models for multinomial responses and ordinal response models.
15 pts • (P) one course from (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
STAT 439 – Sample Surveys
An introduction to practical and technical aspects of survey sampling, including writing a survey proposal, costing, non-sampling errors, sampling theory, sample designs, questionnaire design, fieldwork, basic analytic techniques, and report writing. This course is co-taught with STAT 392.
15 pts • (P) STAT 193 (or equivalent), 30 approved pts from 201-399; (X) STAT 392
STAT 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
STAT 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
STAT 451 – Official Statistics
An overview of key areas of Official Statistics. Topics covered include data sources (sample surveys and administrative data); legal and ethical framework of official statistics; introductory demography; collection and analysis of health, social and economic data; data visualisation including presentation of spatial data; data matching and integration; the system of National Accounts.
15 pts • (P) STAT 193 (or equivalent), 30 200/300-level pts (including STAT 292 or 392 or 439)
STAT 452 – Bayesian Inference
The Bayesian approach is an alternative and increasingly popular way of analysing data in many applied fields of study, including biostatistics, ecology, psychology and economics. We will cover the basics of Bayesian theory and introduce computing methods necessary for practical implementation of this theory. Topics covered include Bayes’ theorem and the concepts of prior and posterior distributions, Bayesian model comparison and numerical tools for Bayesian estimation such as Markov Chain and Hamiltonian Monte Carlo. Practical implementation of the Bayesian approach will be illustrated in linear regression models, generalised linear models and mixed effects models.
15 pts • (P) One of (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
STAT 456 – Optimisation in Operations Research
An advanced course in the theory, algorithms and applications of deterministic optimisation in Operations Research. Topics will be chosen from: linear, integer, nonlinear and constraint programming; decompositions and relaxations; interior point algorithms; polyhedral theory; combinatorial optimisation; vehicle routing and scheduling; and applications. The course involves a number of small guided research projects. It is desirable that students enrolling in this course have some computer programming experience.
15 pts • (P) MATH 353
Not offered in 2024
STAT 457 – Stochastic Models in Warranty and Maintenance
An advanced course in the mathematical and statistical techniques for analysis of warranty or maintenance, warranty/maintenance cost models and some engineering aspects of warranty or maintenance. Topics covered include: basic concepts and ideas in warranty analysis or maintenance; types of warranty/maintenance policies; overview of renewal theory and its application in warranty analysis or maintenance. The course involves a number of guided research projects. Students must have programming experience and a sufficient background in probability theory.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
STAT 480 – Research Preparation
This course provides students with an opportunity to develop their research skills in Mathematics, Statistics and Operations Research, including use of library resources, constructing literature reviews, developing research questions, writing research proposals and developing skills in oral presentation.
15 pts
STAT 481 – Special Topic 1: Mathematical Demography and Life Insurance Mathematics
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
STAT 482 – Special Topic: System Modelling and Analysis in Science and Engineering
This course presents an overview of statistical modelling and analysis of systems in science and engineering. Modelling topics include fitting and selecting statistical distributions associated with the system. Analysis topics include simulation and the algebra of random variables, such as the use of transformation theory, conditioning and characteristic functions.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
STAT 483 – Special Topic: Data Management, Programming and Applications
This course introduces practical aspects of data management for statisticians, mathematicians, and data scientists. Students will learn the principles of programming in a high level language and in SQL in order to read, write, manipulate, transform, combine, summarise, display and otherwise manage data sets of all sizes. Students will apply programming and data management techniques in data rich settings, such as simulation and queuing. Students will demonstrate their knowledge by completing a software project.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the course coordinator
Not offered in 2024
STAT 487 – Research Project 1
A research project on a topic in statistics approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (X) STAT 489
STAT 488 – Research Project 2
A research project on a topic in statistics approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (X) STAT 489
STAT 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic in statistics approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (X) STAT 487, 488.
DATA 501 – Advanced Techniques in Data Science
A course in the application of Data Science techniques to a problem. Each student will develop a distributable software package to process, investigate, analyse, manipulate, summarise and visualise data from a data source. The package will be developed in a standard programming environment and will be fully documented and peer tested. Students will write an accompanying critique of relevant data limitations and any legal or ethical considerations.
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 400-level pts from (AIML, COMP, DATA, STAT)
DATA 581 – Data Science Practicum
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in the application of Data Science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in Data Science applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to develop teamwork and communication skills in the real world.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in the MDataSc, 60 approved points of courses from the MDataSc
DATA 588 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
45 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
DATA 591 – Thesis in Data Science
MSc thesis in Data Science.
120 pts
STAT 501 – Statistical Consulting
This course provides training in statistical consulting for practical research in other disciplines. Following formal development of skills to determine appropriate analysis methods for clients, students will complete projects based on supervised consultancy with students or staff members.
15 pts • (P) 30 pts from 400-level OPRE, STAT or STOR courses or approved by Head of School
STAT 581 – Statistical Practicum
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in the application of statistics. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in statistical consulting or statistical applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to develop teamwork and communication skills in the real world.
30 pts • (P) 60 approved OPRE, STAT or STOR pts at 400-level or above
STAT 588 – Applied Statistics Project
Research project in Statistics.
45 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
STAT 591 – Thesis in Statistics
tba
120 pts
STAT 592 – Thesis in Statistics
tba
90 pts
DATA 690 – Data Science for PhD
Data Science for PhD.
120 pts
STAT 690 – Statistics for PhD
tba
120 pts • (X) ORST 690 (up to 2015)
STAT 693 – Statistics for PhD (Computer/Data Science)
120 pts
Statistics and Operations Research
See also Statistics and Operations Research
STAT 431 – Biostatistics
A course about modelling survival time and multilevel data. Topics selected from maximum likelihood estimator review; large sample tests (Likelihood Ratio, Wald and Score tests); information criteria; Life tables; Kaplan-Meier estimator and log-rank test; Cox-proportional hazard model; multilevel linear regression and logistic regression; likelihood and Bayesian inference; multilevel models in R and WinBUGS.
15 pts • (P) One course from (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
Not offered in 2024
STAT 432 – Computational Statistics
Introduction to computationally intensive methods for statistical modelling and inference. Topics selected from jackknife and bootstrap bias correction and variance estimation; permutation tests; maximum likelihood estimation using EM algorithm; random numbers; probability distribution simulation; Bayesian Inference; Markov Chain Monte Carlo; Metropolis-Hastings algorithm; Gibbs sampling. Desirable that students have some programming experience.
15 pts • (P) one course from (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
STAT 433 – Stochastic Processes
The first half of the course covers the concepts of probability spaces, filtration and adapted processes; in particular, Brownian motion, Geometric Brownian motion and diffusion processes. It also studies Ito integrals, martingales, stochastic differential equations, stopping times, and the strong Markov property. The second half covers the Feynman-Kac formula and its connection to boundary value problems, Girsanov change-of-measure, Esscher transform of measure, first-passage problems of (Geometric) Brownian motion and diffusion processes, plus the Laplace transform of their first-passage times. Applications of the concepts in mathematical finance and actuarial science are discussed towards the end of the course.
15 pts • (X) STAT 441
STAT 434 – Statistical Inference
This course is an in-depth cover of classical statistical inference procedures in estimation and hypothesis testing. Topics include: limit theorems; theory of parametric estimation; sufficiency and efficiency; uniformly most powerful tests and likelihood ratio tests. As time permits, a selection of notions from Bayesian, nonparametric and robust statistics, will be discussed.
15 pts • (P) STAT 332; MATH 377 recommended
Not offered in 2024
STAT 435 – Time Series
A general introduction to the theory and practice of time series analysis. Topics will include: the basic theory of stationary processes; spectral or Fourier models;AR, MA and ARMA models; linear filtering; time series inference; and the sampling of continuous time processes. This foundation course has broad application in many areas. The statistical system R will be used for graphical displays, data analysis and simulation studies.
15 pts • (P) one of MATH 377, STAT 332
Not offered in 2024
STAT 436 – Forecasting
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 300-level pts from (ECON, MATH, QUAN, STAT)
Not offered in 2024
STAT 438 – Generalised Linear Models
Brief outline of generalised linear model theory, contingency tables, binary response models, log-linear models (for contingency tables), repeated measures, GEE analysis, logit models for multinomial responses and ordinal response models.
15 pts • (P) one course from (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
STAT 439 – Sample Surveys
An introduction to practical and technical aspects of survey sampling, including writing a survey proposal, costing, non-sampling errors, sampling theory, sample designs, questionnaire design, fieldwork, basic analytic techniques, and report writing. This course is co-taught with STAT 392.
15 pts • (P) STAT 193 (or equivalent), 30 approved pts from 201-399; (X) STAT 392
STAT 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
STAT 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
STAT 451 – Official Statistics
An overview of key areas of Official Statistics. Topics covered include data sources (sample surveys and administrative data); legal and ethical framework of official statistics; introductory demography; collection and analysis of health, social and economic data; data visualisation including presentation of spatial data; data matching and integration; the system of National Accounts.
15 pts • (P) STAT 193 (or equivalent), 30 200/300-level pts (including STAT 292 or 392 or 439)
STAT 452 – Bayesian Inference
The Bayesian approach is an alternative and increasingly popular way of analysing data in many applied fields of study, including biostatistics, ecology, psychology and economics. We will cover the basics of Bayesian theory and introduce computing methods necessary for practical implementation of this theory. Topics covered include Bayes’ theorem and the concepts of prior and posterior distributions, Bayesian model comparison and numerical tools for Bayesian estimation such as Markov Chain and Hamiltonian Monte Carlo. Practical implementation of the Bayesian approach will be illustrated in linear regression models, generalised linear models and mixed effects models.
15 pts • (P) One of (STAT 332, 393, 394) or (one of (STAT 391, DATA 491) and one of (DATA 303, 473))
STAT 456 – Optimisation in Operations Research
An advanced course in the theory, algorithms and applications of deterministic optimisation in Operations Research. Topics will be chosen from: linear, integer, nonlinear and constraint programming; decompositions and relaxations; interior point algorithms; polyhedral theory; combinatorial optimisation; vehicle routing and scheduling; and applications. The course involves a number of small guided research projects. It is desirable that students enrolling in this course have some computer programming experience.
15 pts • (P) MATH 353
Not offered in 2024
STAT 457 – Stochastic Models in Warranty and Maintenance
An advanced course in the mathematical and statistical techniques for analysis of warranty or maintenance, warranty/maintenance cost models and some engineering aspects of warranty or maintenance. Topics covered include: basic concepts and ideas in warranty analysis or maintenance; types of warranty/maintenance policies; overview of renewal theory and its application in warranty analysis or maintenance. The course involves a number of guided research projects. Students must have programming experience and a sufficient background in probability theory.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
STAT 480 – Research Preparation
This course provides students with an opportunity to develop their research skills in Mathematics, Statistics and Operations Research, including use of library resources, constructing literature reviews, developing research questions, writing research proposals and developing skills in oral presentation.
15 pts
STAT 481 – Special Topic 1: Mathematical Demography and Life Insurance Mathematics
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
STAT 482 – Special Topic: System Modelling and Analysis in Science and Engineering
This course presents an overview of statistical modelling and analysis of systems in science and engineering. Modelling topics include fitting and selecting statistical distributions associated with the system. Analysis topics include simulation and the algebra of random variables, such as the use of transformation theory, conditioning and characteristic functions.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
STAT 483 – Special Topic: Data Management, Programming and Applications
This course introduces practical aspects of data management for statisticians, mathematicians, and data scientists. Students will learn the principles of programming in a high level language and in SQL in order to read, write, manipulate, transform, combine, summarise, display and otherwise manage data sets of all sizes. Students will apply programming and data management techniques in data rich settings, such as simulation and queuing. Students will demonstrate their knowledge by completing a software project.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the course coordinator
Not offered in 2024
STAT 487 – Research Project 1
A research project on a topic in statistics approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (X) STAT 489
STAT 488 – Research Project 2
A research project on a topic in statistics approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (X) STAT 489
STAT 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic in statistics approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (X) STAT 487, 488.
STAT 501 – Statistical Consulting
This course provides training in statistical consulting for practical research in other disciplines. Following formal development of skills to determine appropriate analysis methods for clients, students will complete projects based on supervised consultancy with students or staff members.
15 pts • (P) 30 pts from 400-level OPRE, STAT or STOR courses or approved by Head of School
STAT 581 – Statistical Practicum
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in the application of statistics. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in statistical consulting or statistical applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to develop teamwork and communication skills in the real world.
30 pts • (P) 60 approved OPRE, STAT or STOR pts at 400-level or above
STAT 588 – Applied Statistics Project
Research project in Statistics.
45 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
STAT 591 – Thesis in Statistics
tba
120 pts
STAT 592 – Thesis in Statistics
tba
90 pts
STAT 690 – Statistics for PhD
tba
120 pts • (X) ORST 690 (up to 2015)
STAT 693 – Statistics for PhD (Computer/Data Science)
120 pts
Strategic Studies
INTP 416 – The Politics of Statebuilding
This course examines contemporary state-building missions, such as those to Solomon Islands, East Timor, Bosnia and Kosovo, but is particularly concerned with how foreign-orchestrated interventions interact with local state formation processes. It looks at how modern states, particularly those in the South Pacific and Southeast Asia, are shaped by underlying conditions, including ethno-linguistic diversity and/or conflict, and the presence of powerful military forces.
30 pts • (X) INTP 452 (2013-16)
Not offered in 2024
INTP 417 – Comparative Regional Integration
Is the structure of political economy in the contemporary world national, regional or global? This course investigates this question by addressing one of the central issues of comparative politics and international relations: the politics of creating and extending market relations. 70% internal assessment, 30% examination.
30 pts • (X) POLS 417.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 427 – Special Topic: War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores different forms of conflict in the international system as well as the changing nature of political violence. It then explores the ways in which actors in the international system have attempted to mitigate conflict through conflict resolution and to deal with its fallout in criminal tribunals and truth commissions after war. Alongside analysis of the tangible dimensions of war, students will also consider the unseen dimensions, exploring motivations for political violence as well as the psychological effects of such violence on communities. The course employs a multidisciplinary perspective, drawing on readings from political studies, security studies, history, psychology, and social theory.
30 pts • (X) POLS 427
Not offered in 2024
INTP 429 – Analysis of International Cooperation
This course explores when and why states cooperate with each other, how they structure their cooperation (through informal arrangements, laws, and organisations), and what role(s) various domestic and international actors play in these processes. We ground ourselves in the early literature on international cooperation, but focus chiefly on more recent work. Because the recent literature relies heavily on quantitative analysis, students will learn elements of regression analysis and will be able to interpret scholarly findings that employ these methods. We will explore various issue-areas: economics, the environment, social and cultural matters, human rights, and development.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 430 – The Politics of International Migration Management
This course explores how state and non-state actors are responding to the multiple challenges raised by international migration. With a focus on the cross-border movement of people displaced by climate change, conflict, disasters, and human right abuses, we will study initiatives at the regional and international level to manage international flows of people. The course will address questions such as: which initiatives appear to have the best chance of engendering international cooperation to manage the 1 billion+ people predicted to be displaced by climate change by 2050? How do concerns about international security, human security and great power rivalry interact with attempts to develop effective ways of managing large population flows in the 21st century?
30 pts • (X) POLS 430
INTP 441 – International Political Economy
In this course we examine issues in international political economy (IPE). We begin by focusing on the main theoretical perspectives in IPE, before moving to specific issue-areas such as international trade, finance, international investment, globalisation, international institutions and economic coordination. Key themes include the role of individual political action and the connections between the domestic and the international. Because the literature frequently relies on quantitative evidence, students will learn how to interpret statistical findings.
30 pts • (X) POLS 441
INTP 442 – Asian Security
This course introduces theoretical approaches to the study of conflict and regional order and applies them to the contemporary Asia-Pacific region. Specific topics covered may include great power rivalry in Asia; real and potential inter-state and intra-state conflicts; a range of so-called 'non-traditional' and 'human security' challenges; and the role of regional institutions such as ASEAN, the ARF, APEC and the East Asian Summit. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts • (X) POLS 442
Not offered in 2024
INTP 444 – China and the World
This course examines the ongoing international political change as a consequence of the recent ascendance of China in power and influence in the international system. We take China's evolving relations with the liberal international order as a case study to explore what generates authority in world politics, the different forms such authority takes, and what drives the transformation of an order in world politics.
30 pts • (X) POLS 444.
Not offered in 2024
INTP 445 – Global Civil Society
This course explores the relationship of civil society (including NGOs and social movements) to aspects of development both within countries and at the global level. It considers contrasting theoretical views, examines case studies, and stresses the necessity of incorporating political considerations into analysis and action.
30 pts • (X) POLS 445
Not offered in 2024
INTP 446 – War and its Aftermath
This course examines war and its aftermath in global politics. It explores political violence and its fallout in global politics, with a particular emphasis on the experience of war and the way it shapes bodies, lives and societies. Topics include the changing nature of political violence, the liberal peace and indigenous approaches to peacemaking, post-conflict trauma, war criminal tribunals, truth commissions, and memory and memorialisation.
30 pts • (X) INTP 427 (2015-2018, 2020)
INTP 448 – Identity and World Politics
The main purpose of this course is to explore the role of national identity in international relations. It will introduce concepts, theories and empirical research on the role of collective identities in shaping states' policies. The first part of the course will be devoted to surveying different concepts of identity and theories of identity in shaping states’ policies via case studies that include China-Japan relations, Russia's relations with the West, US foreign policy and the Arab-Israeli conflict.
30 pts • (X) POLS 448
INTP 451 – Special Topic: The Politics of Nuclear Weapons: Disarmament, Arms Control, and Non-Proliferation
This course analyses the role of nuclear weapons in international politics. It addresses the origins of the atomic bomb project, early efforts to control nuclear materials, deterrence theory, nuclear strategy and force posture, and considers contemporary challenges to the global nuclear order. Upon completion of the course, students should have a good understanding of the emergence and spread of nuclear weapons and be able to evaluate contemporary nuclear security issues in light of this context.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
INTP 452 – Special Topic: China Field Study
This course is a study of Chinese politics with special emphasis on how government and politics function in China and China's international relations and includes a field trip to Beijing, China.
30 pts • (P) permission of the course coordinator; (X) INTP 378 and POLS 378 in 2008-12 and 2014-15
Not offered in 2024
INTP 453 – Research Methods in Political Science
This course advances students' understanding of positivist and post-positivist approaches to the study of Political Science and International Relations, as well as providing practical experience in a range of research methods. Students will analyse the strengths and limitations of qualitative methods, such as process tracing, interviews and interpretative content analysis; quantitative methods such as statistical regression and coded content analysis; and research methods for critical theoretical inquiry, such as psycho-analytic analysis and genealogy. The course will also consider larger ethical questions raised by research design. Students will be exposed to examples of research in Political Science and International Relations that employ a range of research methods. This course also provides the opportunity to learn new research skills, ranging from a basic introduction to SPSS to the practise of interview techniques. The course's focus on research design will be particularly relevant to students considering postgraduate study.
30 pts • (D) POLS 453
Not offered in 2024
STRA 515 – New Zealand Foreign and Security Policy
This course explores New Zealand's foreign and security policy. Topics covered include NZ's approach to regional issues in Asia and the Pacific, trade, security and defence policy, multilateralism and the UN, key bilateral relationships and cultural and public diplomacy.
30 pts • (X) STRA 534 (2015-2020)
STRA 519 – Research Essay
A research paper on a topic of significance to the field of strategic and security studies.
30 pts • (P) 120 STRA points or permission of head of school
STRA 526 – Dissertation
The dissertation allows students to undertake a detailed examination of a strategic studies research topic as a piece of independent research with academic supervision. Trimester 3: Withdrawal with refund by 1/12/2017; withdrawal without refund by 26/01/2018, after which date the permission of the Associate Dean (Students) will be required to withdraw.
60 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
STRA 527 – Project
This course provides an opportunity for students to examine the development of government policy and practice in an area relevant to strategic studies, or to participate in a larger project in the Centre for Strategic Studies. Students will be supervised by a member of academic staff.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
STRA 531 – Strategic Studies
This course covers strategic thinking from Clausewitz to the 21st century. Emphasis will be placed on the relationship between force and international politics including the role of strategy in limiting international competition and attempts to restrain the use of force.
30 pts
STRA 532 – Asia-Pacific Strategy and Security
This course provides a comprehensive account of leading strategic and security issues in the Asia-Pacific region. Themes include strategic relations between the region's major powers, small state security in the South Pacific and the security role of Southeast Asian countries.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
STRA 533 – New Zealand Defence and Security Policy
This course will investigate the evolution of New Zealand's recent defence policy, its relationship to New Zealand's overall interests in both the wider world and closer to home, and the place of defence in New Zealand's national security agenda.
30 pts
STRA 534 – Special Topic: Contemporary Strategic and Nuclear Issues
This course examines themes in contemporary strategic issues, with a particular focus on the politics of nuclear weapons. The war in Ukraine is not just about European security but it has also raised the much broader issue of great power wars. In turn, a great power war in contemporary world politics raises the issue of nuclear weapons. This course will examine the prospect of great power wars and the role of nuclear weapons in contemporary world politics.
30 pts • (X) INTP 451 in 2022
STRA 535 – Special Topic: Designing Strategy: Wargaming and Analytic Tradecraft
This course introduces students to the strategist’s "toolkit"- qualitative approaches to designing strategy for high-stakes decisions, primarily in a national security context. It explains the uses and abuses of different forms of strategic analysis, debates in the field, and how policymakers and strategists approach the task of strategy development. The course involves significant student interaction through the construction and application of scenarios and wargames. Students will learn not just how, but when, to use different tools to inform strategic decisions, including matrix games, alternative futures analysis, blind-spot analysis, red-teaming, and net assessment, among others.
30 pts
STRA 536 – Special Topic: Future of War
This course explores the changing features of war and warfare in the early decades of the 21st century. The course addresses questions such as: what new ways of war could evolve? Is war on the decline or transforming as the domains of cyberspace and space become weaponised? What are the geostrategic, societal, economic, and technological factors that could affect the future conduct of war in its many extant or emergent forms? The course concludes by addressing the ethical, legal, and international relations impacts of plausible developments.
30 pts
STRA 537 – Approved course of study
A course of study in an approved area of strategic studies led by a member of the academic staff.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
STRA 538 – Strategic Asia
The threat and use of force have come to figure prominently in Asian international politics. This course explores the rationale, concepts, and military doctrines pertaining to the role of force as an instrument of state policy in postwar Asia in general, and the post- Cold War period in particular.
30 pts • (X) STRA 535 in 2015-2017
STRA 587 – Special Topic: Command, Leadership, and Management
The aim of this course is threefold. First is to ensure a robust understanding of the concept of command and its application in the context of NZDF. Second is to enhance understanding of theories of leadership and its practice. Third is to develop understanding of approaches to management, comparing defence & civilian practices.
30 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director
STRA 588 – Special Topic: Operational Studies
The aim of this module is to examine and evaluate the central issues, ideas and concepts that form the foundation for an understanding of the conduct of war in its various forms and in its different operating environments.
30 pts • (P) Approval of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
STRA 595 – Thesis
90 pts • (P) STRA 531
^ Limited entry course
Sustainable Engineering Systems
RESE 411 – Power Systems Analysis
This course introduces the electricity industry and its components along with techniques for modern electric power system modelling and analysis. Topics include transmission line models, transformers and per unit systems, generator models, network matrices, power flow analysis and computation, real and reactive power control, voltage control, and protection. The course incorporates lab and simulation based exercises, an industrial tour, and an industrial project.
15 pts • (P) EEEN 313 or (C) RESE 413
RESE 412 – Advanced Development of RE Systems
This course presents techniques used to design advanced, integrated renewable energy solutions for given situations. The hardware and control enabling renewable energy systems to interact with a wider grid are presented along with topologies such as nano- and micro-grids. To supplement the technical content, this course presents the concepts of systems engineering, which introduces systems thinking principles.
15 pts • (P) (EEEN 313, 315) or (C) (one of RESE 421, 431)
RESE 413 – Power Electronics and Electrical Machines
This course covers the theory, design and and application of electrical machines, power electronic circuits, electric drives, and the transformation and control of electrical energy. The course introduces the fundamentals of power electronics and electrical machines, and discusses the design issues related to electrical drives and small-scale power generation. Practical work will involve the design, development, and implementation of solutions to drive motors, convert renewable power, and switch mode power amplifiers.
15 pts • (P) EEEN 203, EEEN 204 (X) EEEN 313, EEEN 405, ECEN 405
RESE 421 – Energy Economic Analyses
This course introduces principles of economics, and how they relate to energy systems, specifically reflecting on the energy-economic nexus. It explores practical techniques to analyse the micro- and macro-economic implications of transitions in the energy system, along with relevant business and financial analysis techniques. It applies the principles and techniques to analyse a real-world topic to inform decision- or policy-making with appropriate conclusions and recommendations.
15 pts • (C) (one of RESE 423, 431, 412) (X) RESE 311
RESE 422 – Sustainability Modelling Techniques
This course introduces various approaches to analyse the sustainability of systems, such as cost-benefit analysis, and simulation modelling techniques. It then focuses more deeply on system dynamics modelling and life cycle analysis. Practical work explores simulations using industry-standard software packages and a project to model and investigate the sustainability implications of a renewable energy intervention in the economy – to develop a policy brief.
15 pts • (P) One of (RESE 423, 431, 412) (X) RESE 312
RESE 423 – Case studies of RE Systems
This course provides an overview of the role of energy systems in sustainability, and the development trends, past and future, of different technologies. The ways in which the technologies influence industry, government, and society are examined from a range of different perspectives, by focussing on specific, real-world case studies. Students will also gain practical skills in modelling renewable energy systems for different contexts, by utilising standard industry software packages.
15 pts • (C) One of (RESE 431, RESE 421)
Not offered in 2024
RESE 431 – RE Systems Generation
This course introduces a range of different energy generation systems, and especially those that utilise renewable resources: wind energy (pumping and power), geothermal, hydro (different scales), solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, and bioenergy. For each technology, the theoretical underpinning is examined with related practical experiments in the laboratory. Approaches to identify and conceptualise efficiency improvements for such systems are established. A practical project is undertaken to conceptualise and demonstrate an improved energy generation system for a real-world context.
15 pts • (X) RESE 321
RESE 432 – RE Storage and Conversion
This course provides insights into technologies that convert renewable energy generation into useful fuels or power in the economy and society. It will include bioenergy conversion processes, chemical storage (solid-state and liquid batteries), thermal storage, and pumped and mechanical storage. It examines the underlying physics and chemistry for each technology platform with related practical experiments in the laboratory. Approaches to identify and conceptualise efficiency improvements for such systems are established. A practical project is undertaken to conceptualise and demonstrate an improved energy storage system for a real-world context.
15 pts • (X) RESE 322
Not offered in 2024
RESE 451 – Research methods for RE systems (theory)
This course covers the theory and practice of undertaking research. The nature and process of quantitative and qualitative research approaches are explored to enable students to formulate and conduct a research effort to find answers to specific problems related to renewable energy. Topics that will be covered include: the aims of research; the research topic, project title, and research problem; literature review types; population and sampling types; types of quantitative and qualitative research designs; data-collecting methods and measuring instruments in quantitative and qualitative research; data analysis and interpretation of results; and validity of conclusions.
15 pts • (C) one of (RESE 421, 431, 412)
RESE 452 – Research methods for RE systems (project)
This course applies the research theory – from RESE 451 – to a specific renewable energy related, real-world problem that is identified. It explores and applies practical methods to undertake in-depth, critical analyses of the literature to derive the research rationale, objectives/questions, and strategy, as well as grounding the theory and engineering or analytical methods, and the related gaps in knowledge, that are applicable to the identified research problem. Practical workshops are undertaken to instil academic writing techniques that are applied to writing a research proposal and a supporting research article.
15 pts • (P) RESE 451
RESE 487 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of renewable energy – for the Bachelor of Science with Honours in Renewable Energy. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (C) RESE 452
RESE 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of renewable energy – for the Master of Renewable Energy. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor.
60 pts • (P) RESE 452, 60 further points from part 1 of the MRE
RESE 591 – Thesis in Renewable Energy
MSc thesis in Renewable Energy.
120 pts
Taxation
TAXN 690 – Taxation for PhD
120 pts
Teaching
TCHG 501 – Challenges and Opportunities in Teaching
An examination of the current challenges facing teachers in New Zealand and a critical analysis of the evidence used in their identification. Students will critique and synthesise literature that focuses on those underserved by the schooling system in New Zealand and analyse and evaluate assessment data for a cohort of students. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 502
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 502 – Creating and Sustaining an Effective Classroom Learning Environment
An examination of how teachers can establish and sustain a positive and inclusive classroom learning environment. This includes implementing and evaluating a range of strategies and interventions identified in empirical research to enhance the learning context of students at risk of underachieving or alienation. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 503 – Matauranga Maori in the Classroom
A critical examination of the role of the teacher and their commitment to the Treaty of Waitangi through the inclusion of Te Ao Maori in their teaching practice, including culturally responsive pedagogies. This will prepare graduates for the use of evidence-based approaches that meet the diverse needs of Maori students in schools. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 501
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 504 – Sustaining Evidence-based Practice
A critical examination of the challenges faced by beginning teachers in a school context, including an investigation into strategies to sustain an evidence-based approach to teaching to improve outcomes for the diversity of learners they will teach. Students will research, critique and debate current dilemmas facing the teaching profession. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 516 or 525
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 505 – Te Koruru: Professional Practice 1
In this course, student teachers are introduced to Te Waharoa as the programme’s vision for Te Tiriti-led transformative education and to the Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand’s Code and Standards as the expectations for the teaching profession. They are introduced to a range of language learning strategies to support their development of proficiency in te reo Māori. During the teaching experience located in this course, they explore and apply models and frameworks for critical situational analysis of teaching and learning contexts and develop adaptive expertise as a developing teacher.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 507 and 508 or two of TCHG 526, 527 or 528
TCHG 506 – Te Koruru: Professional Practice 2
Through the perspective of tangata Tiriti, student teachers develop an understanding of their professional responsibilities to education for Pacific peoples. They refine their practice during teaching experience as they develop their independence, adaptive expertise and ability to cope with increasing complexity in learning and teaching situations. They also consider their ongoing professional commitments and roles as advocates in light of Te Waharoa and the Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand’s Code and Standards.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 509 and 517 or two of TCHG 529, 531 or 532
TCHG 507 – Ngā Amo: Primary Learning Design 1
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of Mathematics and two additional learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum. Student teachers explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. They contextualise Mātauranga-a-iwi within these learning areas. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, 508
TCHG 508 – Ngā Amo: Primary learning design 2
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of English and two additional learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum not studied in TCHG 507. They explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Student teachers learn how to utilise digital learning environments as they relate to these learning areas. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, 507
TCHG 509 – Ngā Amo: Primary learning design 3
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of three learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum not studied in TCHG 507, 508 or 517 and continue their study of Mathematics. They contextualise principles and practices of inclusive education within these learning areas, with a focus on students with additional learning needs. With a continued focus on design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They draw on their teaching experience to compare learning environments and critically reflect on professional responsibilities and relationships as these relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 506, 517
TCHG 510 – Teaching a Specialist Subject in a Secondary Context
A critical examination of epistemology and practices of a curriculum area in the secondary schooling context and of subject specific pedagogical approaches that can be used to meet teaching challenges and to improve learning outcomes for students in years 9-13. Evidence-based approaches for evaluating teaching effectiveness will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as a part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 513
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 511 – Teaching a Second Curriculum Area in a Secondary Context
A critical examination of learning theories and teaching practices within a second learning area and how these are used to develop, implement and evaluate a programme of learning for individuals and groups of learners either in the junior or senior secondary school context. Evidence-based approaches for measuring teaching effectiveness will be investigated and implemented. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 510, 513
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 512 – Enhancing Learning in the Secondary Curricula
A critical analysis of policies and practices that can enhance or limit student achievement in the secondary school curriculum through the examination of evidence. Current and future learning environments will be evaluated with consideration of challenges and opportunities in a digital age. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 510, 513
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 513 – Evidence-based Practice in the Secondary Context
A critical examination of professional practice using an evidence base. In this course students use evidence from assessment data, video analysis, observation and research to evaluate and develop their teaching practice in collaboration with their mentors. This course can only be undetaken as part of a teacher education programme.
10 pts • (P) TCHG 502 (C) TCHG 510;
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 514 – Evaluating Teaching in a Specialist Secondary Curriculum Subject
A critical examination of teaching and learning in a particular curriculum in the secondary school and of strategies that can improve achievement outcomes, particularly for students who may currently be underserved by the schooling system. Evidence-based approaches for evaluating teaching effectiveness when teaching diverse learners will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 510; (C) TCHG 516
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 515 – Critiquing the Secondary Curriculum
A critical examination of contemporary curriculum issues. Students will identify and investigate an aspect of a curriculum policy or implementation within or between curriculum areas and the impact of curriculum design on teaching and learning outcomes. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 510; (C) TCHG 516
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 516 – Evaluating Teacher Effectiveness in the Secondary Context
A critical examination of professional learning using an evidence base. In this course students synthesise research and evidence from their teaching to evaluate the effectiveness of their practice on the diverse learners they teach. This includes examining practice within the context of a digital age. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
10 pts • (P) TCHG 513; (C) TCHG 503, 514
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 517 – Ngā Amo: Primary learning design 4
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of three learning areas of the New Zealand Curriculum that will not be, or have not been, studied in TCHG 507, 508 or 509 and continue their study of English. They contextualise education for Pacific peoples within these learning areas and explore the contribution of the learning areas to addressing wider social and environmental issues. With a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505 (C) TCHG 506, 509
TCHG 520 – Teaching English and Mathematics in the Primary Context
A critical examination of learning theories and teaching practices within the learning areas of English and mathematics and how these are used to develop, implement and evaluate a programme of learning for individuals and groups of learners in the primary or intermediate school context. Evidence-based approaches for measuring teaching effectiveness will be investigated and implemented. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 522
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 521 – Evaluating Inquiry Learning: Science and the New Zealand Curriculum
A critical examination of the use of inquiry learning in science and one other learning area. Evidence- based approaches for evaluating teaching effectiveness in science and one other learning area will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (C) TCHG 522
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 522 – Evidence-based Practice in the Primary Context
A critical examination of professional practice using an evidence base. In this course students use evidence from assessment data, video analysis, observation and research to evaluate and develop their teaching practice in collaboration with their mentors. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
10 pts • (P) TCHG 502; (C) TCHG 520, 521
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 523 – Evaluating English and Mathematics Learning in the Primary Context
A critical examination of assessment practices and achievement data that can inform the teaching of English and mathematics in the primary school. Students will explore and evaluate English and mathematics integration across the curriculum. An evaluation of teaching strategies for students who are underachieving will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 520; (C) TCHG 525
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 524 – Synthesising Learning Across the Curriculum
A critical examination of the design and implementation of teaching programmes that integrate the natural connections across learning areas. Evidence-based approaches for evaluating teaching effectiveness through the assessment of learning will be investigated. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
20 pts • (P) TCHG 521; (C) TCHG 525
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 525 – Evaluating Teacher Effectiveness in the Primary Context
A critical examination of professional learning using an evidence base. In this course students synthesise research and evidence from their teaching to evaluate the effectiveness of their practice on the diverse learners they teach. This includes examining practice within the context of a digital age. This course can only be undertaken as part of a teacher education programme.
10 pts • (P) TCHG 522; (C) TCHG 503, 523, 524
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 526 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Mātauranga-a-iwi
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of a specialist subject area. They contextualise Mātauranga-a-iwi within their specialist subject area. They explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, (527 or 528)
TCHG 527 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Digital Age Education
In this course, student teachers critically examine the nature and purposes of a specialist teaching subject. Student teachers develop professional digital competence related to their teaching practice. They explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, (526 or 528)
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 528 – Ngā Raparapa 1: Exploring Teaching Dynamics with a Digital Age Education Focus
In this course student teachers focus on current challenges facing the teaching profession. They also explore relational practices, human development and theories of learning as they establish learning-focussed cultures for curriculum learning and teaching. Student teachers develop professional digital competence as related to their teaching practice. Through the enactment of learning and teaching plans, they demonstrate their understanding of design for learning.
30 pts • (C) TCHG 505, (526 or 527)
TCHG 529 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Inclusive Education
In this course, student teachers deepen their critical examination of the nature and purposes of a specialist subject area. They contextualise principles and practices of inclusive education within this learning area, with a particular focus on students with additional learning needs. With a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505, 526 (C) TCHG 506, (531 or 532)
TCHG 531 – Ngā Maihi: Secondary Learning Design - Pacific Learners
In this course, student teachers deepen their critical examination of the nature and purposes of a specialist teaching subject. They contextualise education for Pacific peoples within their teaching subject/s and explore the contribution of these subjects to addressing wider social and environmental issues. With a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505, 527 (C) TCHG 506, (529 or 532)
Not offered in 2024
TCHG 532 – Ngā Raparapa 2: Advancing Teaching Dynamics with a Pacific Learner Focus
In this course student teachers research a current challenge facing the teaching profession. They contextualise education for Pacific peoples within their teaching subject. They explore the contribution of the subject to addressing wider social and environmental issues and, with a continued focus of design for learning, student teachers deepen their understanding of assessment practices. They critically reflect on professional relationships, including as they relate to curriculum learning and teaching.
30 pts • (P) TCHG 505, 528 (C) TCHG 506, (529 or 531)
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages
See also TESOL
LALS 401 – Foundations of Linguistics for Advanced Study
An intensive course that surveys foundational issues in the core areas of linguistics (semantics, syntax, phonology and phonetics). An advanced introduction to the scientific study of language for post-graduate students without sufficient prior linguistics training to proceed directly to the Master of Linguistics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
ELIN 801 – Introduction to Language Teaching
This course introduces the planning and implementation of appropriate classroom language teaching activities, and addresses issues in managing classrooms for effective second and foreign language learning. Students undertaking this course should have completed an undergraduate degree.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ELIN 802 – TESOL Classroom Practice
This course provides an introduction to classroom practice in TESOL. Activities include supervised observation of and participation in an ESOL course, practice teaching sessions, and keeping a journal for self-review.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
TESOL
See also Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, English as a Second Language, and Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages
LALS 401 – Foundations of Linguistics for Advanced Study
An intensive course that surveys foundational issues in the core areas of linguistics (semantics, syntax, phonology and phonetics). An advanced introduction to the scientific study of language for post-graduate students without sufficient prior linguistics training to proceed directly to the Master of Linguistics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
ALIN 592 – Thesis
MA thesis in TESOL. Students cannot enrol on line for theses and should contact the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences offices, or Victoria International if you are an International student.
120 pts
ELIN 801 – Introduction to Language Teaching
This course introduces the planning and implementation of appropriate classroom language teaching activities, and addresses issues in managing classrooms for effective second and foreign language learning. Students undertaking this course should have completed an undergraduate degree.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
ELIN 802 – TESOL Classroom Practice
This course provides an introduction to classroom practice in TESOL. Activities include supervised observation of and participation in an ESOL course, practice teaching sessions, and keeping a journal for self-review.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
Text Technologies
TXTT 401 – Print Culture Aotearoa / New Zealand
A critical examination of key issues in contemporary print culture theory and research with special emphasis on the historical development of New Zealand cultural identity through print, the problematic relationship between indigenous oral cultures and a colonising graphic medium, print cultures of the diaspora, and New Zealand's role as a node in the international book trade, both past and present. Please contact the coordinator by email to discuss timetabling: sydney.shep@vuw.ac.nz
30 pts • (P) TXTT 201, MDIA 204 or permission of the course coordinator; (X) LIBR 540 (2000-01)
Not offered in 2024
Theatre
THEA 401 – Drama and Theory
In this course, a range of historical and contemporary critical and theoretical perspectives are brought to bear on a representative range of classical and contemporary dramatic texts. Topics covered include classical dramatic theory and dramaturgy, contemporary performance theory, feminist, psychoanalytical, postmodernist, intercultural and postcolonial approaches.
30 pts • (X) THEA 501
Not offered in 2024
THEA 402 – Shakespearean Performance. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 10 December in the year prior to enrolment
30 pts • (X) DRAM 402, ENGL 452
Not offered in 2024
THEA 403 – Drama and Theatre in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course explores the theatre of Aotearoa New Zealand by studying a range of play-scripts from the colonial era to the present day, through the lens of post-colonial theory. Topics include the evolution of nationalist drama, the growth of professional theatre and playwriting, the development of Maori and Pasifika theatre, and contemporary trends towards inter-cultural and devised theatre.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
THEA 404 – Advanced Directing
This course explores a variety of approaches to theatre directing through practical workshops and theoretical study of directing methodologies. The emphasis is on leading a creative process from conception to performance through collaboration with actors, designers and technicians. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts • (P) 30 pts from (THEA 301, 302, 303, 304, 307, 308, 311, 323) (X) THEA 406 in 2015-16, THEA 411, THEA 412
Not offered in 2024
THEA 405 – Scriptwriting
This course provides both a theoretical and a practical approach to writing scripts for the theatre. Particular topics covered are myth and story, dramatic and scenographic mise-en-scene, spoken dialogue, and both narrative and organic dramaturgy. Study is made of playscripts and theatre works in performance. Students pursue individual study of selected writers, and compile portfolios of their own original writing, including a full-length script. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment. Please note that if you are unable to upload your writing sample directly, you are advised to send it to theatre@vuw.ac.nz.
30 pts • (X) FILM 405, THEA 411, THEA 412
Not offered in 2024
THEA 406 – Advanced Scenography
This course explores a variety of approaches to scenography through practical workshops and theoretical study of scenographic methodologies and theatrical technologies. The emphasis is on leading a creative process from conception, testing and demonstration through collaboration with other designers and technicians. Each student will design and realise a short scenographic performative piece for public showing. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts • (P) One of THEA 203, 210, 308 (X) THEA 411, THEA 412
Not offered in 2024
THEA 407 – Thinking through Theatre: Critical Approaches to Performance
In this course, a range of critical and theoretical perspectives are brought to bear on reading and writing about live and/or recorded performance. Topics may include feminism, queer theory, spectatorship studies, dramaturgy, postcolonialism, performance studies, and cultural materialism. This course aims to provide strategies for analysing theatre and other performance events that recognise the importance of their institutional and cultural contexts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
THEA 410 – Special Topic
TBC.
30 pts
Not offered in 2024
THEA 411 – Multidisciplinary Performance Practice Part A
Part A of an intensive course on practice-based research and collaborative performance production. Part A focuses on creative collaboration, generating artistic ideas, developing an artistic vision, strategy and planning. There are modules on core performance production roles including production management, directing, scenography, scriptwriting and devising. Students will learn how to develop a practice-based research project through studying research methodologies, critical theory and tikanga of theatre in practice.
30 pts • (X) THEA 404-406
THEA 412 – Multidisciplinary Performance Practice Part B
Part B of an intensive course on practice-based research and collaborative performance production. Part B focuses on rehearsal and production processes, with each student developing a core production role specialisation (for example production manager, producer, scenographer, performer, stage manager, scriptwriter or director) in small groups under the guidance of a supervisor. The course will culminate in a season of work-in-progress showings or exhibitions for THEA 590 creative projects or practice-based research projects.
30 pts • (P) THEA 411; (X) THEA 404-406
THEA 489 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to develop an individual research project - usually in the form of an extended essay, up to 10,000 words - in consultation with and with regular guidance from their supervisor/s. Students wishing to enrol in THEA 489 should consult with academic staff to discuss their areas of interest and must contact the Honours Co-ordinator with a brief outline of their intended topic, at least two weeks prior to the final date of enrolment. Students wishing to include practical work will also need to discuss the resource implications before they enrol.
30 pts
THEA 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
THEA 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Theatre.
120 pts
THEA 592 – Production Portfolio
120 pts • (X) THEA 521, 522, 523, 524, 525, 526
Not offered in 2024
THEA 690 – Theatre for PhD
120 pts
Tourism Management
TOUR 401 – Global Tourism: Issues, Research and Management
This course provides students with the opportunity to familiarise themselves with the most current trends and issues that impact the global tourism industry. Students will use theoretical and empirical frameworks to address topics such as pandemics, poverty alleviation, environmental sustainability, Māori business, ethics, tourist flows and many more. Topics will vary from year to year based on environmental importance, context and relevance.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 407 – Special Topic
Special Topic slot to be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 411 – Emerging Technologies, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with HRER 411, MGMT 409, INFO 413, IBUS 411, MARK 407.
15 pts
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 412 – Tourism Entrepreneurship
This course investigates entrepreneurship in tourism and hospitality. Topics include entrepreneurial behaviour, tourism business networks and business planning, and strategic management at an advanced level.
15 pts • (P) 20 300-level TOUR pts or approved substitute; (X) TOUR 407 in 2009-11
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 415 – Sustainable Tourism Study Tour
This course evaluates sustainable tourism management at the destination level and includes seven days of field study within New Zealand. Prior to going ‘into the field’ key tourism management concepts are discussed in campus-based seminars. Once at the destination students will investigate the realities and complexities of sustainable tourism management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 416 – Tourism Internship
Students complete an approved and supervised voluntary internship with a tourism organisation (private, public or voluntary sector).
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 418 – Advanced Sustainable Tourism Management
This course fosters deep engagement with the principles and application of sustainable tourism management and the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. In addition to critically exploring the concept of sustainable tourism through global good and bad practice examples the course also examines the application and challenges of a sustainable tourism approach at destination level.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 419 – Tourism Futures
The course introduces the students to the concepts, theories and practices of tourism futures and futures methodologies. Students explore critical contemporary issues shaping the future of tourism from a global, community, indigenous and destination perspectives. Topics and issues will vary from year to year.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level TOUR points
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 430 – Research Project in Tourism
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level TOUR pts
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 591 – Thesis
MTM thesis.
120 pts
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 592 – Thesis in Tourism Management
90 point thesis in Tourism Management.
90 pts
Not offered in 2024
TOUR 690 – Tourism Management for PhD
120 pts
Urban & Regional Planning
PLAN 411 – Urban Planning Design Studio / Whakamahere Tāone Taupuni Hoahoa
This course explores the principles and concepts of urban design and their application in urban planning practice by focusing on the social, cultural, environmental and economic processes that affect the natural and built environment.
30 pts
PLAN 412 – Regional Planning Design Studio / Whakamahere ā-Rohe Taupuni Hoahoa
This advanced design-based planning studio focuses on the research investigation of complexities resulting from the interaction between people and their environment and the associated economic and land development processes at a regional level. Students will engage in Work Integrated Learning by working on real-life issues of planning organisations and presenting back a project report. This exposure increases their awareness of and readiness for a career in planning.
30 pts
PLAN 451 – Planning Theory, Culture and Critique / Ariā Whakamahere, Ahurea me te Arohaehae
This course examines planning theories and approaches and contemporary debates and trends that guide the profession of urban and regional planning.
15 pts
PLAN 455 – Planning Practice / Te Mahi Kaupapa Here
This course will expose students to the practice of planning, focusing on New Zealand: including the philosophy of planning, plan making, plan implementation and planning in a bicultural context.
15 pts
PLAN 462 – Construction and Planning Law / Ture Waihanga me te Ture Whakamahere
A critical understanding of Aotearoa-New Zealand’s bicultural mandate for planning legislation and our obligations to te Tiriti o Waitangi, including key legal concepts and processes, government organisation and inenvirstitutional structures, resource and environmental legislation, and case law.
15 pts
PLAN 590 – Planning Research Project / Hinonga Rangahau Whakamahere
This course enables students to collect, analyse, synthesise, data and propose planning solutions for an established urban or regional area through supervised research. This course is first offered in 2024.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MURPlan Schedule
Not offered in 2024
PLAN 591 – Planning Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau Whakamahere
Research thesis. This course is first offered in 2024.
90 pts
Not offered in 2024
User Experience Design
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
MDDN 502 – User Experience Capstone Project/Hinonga Whakatinana ā-Wheako Whaiaro
In this course students apply knowledge and skills developed in the 400-level courses to a supervised project with an external organisation, or a personal project they define. Students will focus on extending all of their abilities, with particular emphasis on designing process, and communicating with stakeholders. Student work is experimental in nature, yet practical and useful. Students apply both analytical and creative approaches to problem-solving alongside a reflective design practice.
60 pts • (P) enrolment in the MUXD
Workplace Health and Safety
HLWB 507 – Principles of Health and Safety Management
This course will provide advanced knowledge of management systems, organisational culture, and the integration of legal, regulatory and societal factors in the context of health and safety management.
15 pts
HLWB 508 – Human and Biological Factors in Workplace Health and Safety
This course applies principles of human function and considers the application of cognitive and behavioural psychology to workplace health and safety practice.
15 pts
HLWB 509 – Identification, Assessment and Control of Hazards and Risks
This course provides advanced knowledge about practice and performance in workplace health and safety risk management.
15 pts
HLWB 510 – Principles of Occupational Health and Hygiene
This course will provide advanced knowledge of the principles and practice of work related health – health protection, health promotion and wellbeing. It provides knowledge and understanding of the main work-related health hazards, and the practices to recognise, assess, control and monitor risks.
15 pts
HLWB 511 – Health and Safety Management and Leadership
This course provides insights into organisational behaviour, structures, functions, roles and responsibilities and accountabilities. The approach to workplace health and safety strategies is discussed. The principles of effective project management and human resource management are also covered.
15 pts
HLWB 512 – Professional Role and Functioning
This course provides advanced knowledge about the role and function of corporate governance and corporate social responsibility. The professional role and ethical framework for the workplace health and safety professional is described. Theories of communication and fostering teamwork are also explored.
15 pts
Writing (Academic and Professional)
See also Creative Writing
WRIT 401 – Postgraduate Research Writing
The course teaches postgraduate students to analyse and practise the kinds of writing and reading required in their respective disciplines. There will be an emphasis on understanding the rhetorical structure of research proposals and theses. Students’ competence in the key academic operations of summary, paraphrase, synthesis, and citation will be further developed. Co-taught with WRIT 301. Please note this course is first offered in 2024.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2024